ACADEMICA COMPENDIUM APPENDIX

ACADEMICA COMPENDIUMAPPENDIX

SYLLABI OF THE COURSES MODERNIZED BY THE CENTRAL ASIAN UNIVERSITIES IN THEFRAMEWORK OF THE ACADEMICA PROJECT

2 ACADEMICA Project № 561553-EPP-1-2015-1-BG-EPPKA2-CBHE-JP

FOREWORD

This document should be considered as a supplementary part of ACADEMICA COMPENDIUM.

Here are published the syllabi for all courses modernized in the project framework. The content is structured by universities and semesters to facilitate readers' viewing and use.


INDEX

Sh. Ualikhanov Kokshetau State University, Kazakhstan ............................................................................. 7

Winter Semester Courses ................................................................................................................................... 7

Computer graphics – Syllabus .................................................................................................................... 7

Delphi programming - Syllabus ............................................................................................................... 13

Information security and protection of corporate information systems and networks - Syllabus ............................................................................................................................................................. 21

Organization of Computing Systems and Networks - Syllabus ................................................... 28

Processes of open cost mining - Syllabus ............................................................................................ 37

Professionally-oriented foreign language - Syllabus ....................................................................... 41

Programming Technology - Syllabus .................................................................................................... 45

The theory of complex systems - Syllabus .......................................................................................... 49

The theory of electricalcircuits - Syllabus ............................................................................................. 53

Visual C++ programming - Syllabus ...................................................................................................... 59

Summer Semester Courses ............................................................................................................................ 66

Architecture and organization of computer systems - Syllabus .................................................. 66

Computer networks - -Syllabus ............................................................................................................... 70

Construciton of mining enterprises - Syllabus ................................................................................... 77

Electrical and electricity of mining companies - Syllabus .............................................................. 79

Fundamental of computer simulation - Syllabus .............................................................................. 83

Fundamentals of Information Systems - Syllabus ............................................................................. 88

Information theory - Syllabus ................................................................................................................... 93

Physics of rocks - Syllabus .......................................................................................................................... 97

System programming - Syllabus ........................................................................................................... 100

International Information Technology University, Kazakhstan ........................................................... 109

Winter Semester Courses .............................................................................................................................. 109

Algorithms, Data Structures and Programming Syllabus ........................................................... 109

Business English -Syllabus ...................................................................................................................... 118

Database Management Systems - Syllabus ....................................................................................... 121

Professional Russian language- Syllabus .......................................................................................... 124


Human-Computer Interaction - Syllabus ........................................................................................... 131

Information and Communication Technologies - Syllabus ......................................................... 135

Information and Communication Technologies - Syllabus ......................................................... 138

Information Security - Syllabus .............................................................................................................. 146

English for Professional Purposes (Pre-intermediate)- Syllabus ................................................ 149

English Master’s Course - Syllabus ........................................................................................................ 153

Object-Oriented Porgramming - Syllabus ......................................................................................... 158

Operating systems - Syllabus ................................................................................................................. 162

Photo in multimedia - Syllabus .............................................................................................................. 166

Summer Semester Courses .......................................................................................................................... 171

Application Development - Syllabus ................................................................................................... 171

Data Processing - Syllabus ....................................................................................................................... 174

Economic theory - Syllabus ..................................................................................................................... 177

Electronics and Circuitry of Analog Devices - Syllabus ................................................................. 180

Electronics - Syllabus ................................................................................................................................. 185

Fundamentals of Information systems - Syllabus ........................................................................... 189

Fundamentals of Radio Circuits and Signals - Syllabus ............................................................ 195

General English/ English for Professional Purposes - Syllabus ................................................... 198

Professional English Low Pre-Intermediate Syllabus ..................................................................... 207

English for Professional Purposes /General English (Intermediate) - Syllabus ..................... 212

English for Professional Purposes /General English (STEM Pre-intermediate) - Syllabus 217

Introduction into IELTS (1) - Syllabus ................................................................................................... 221

Introduction into IELTS (2) - Syllabus ................................................................................................... 226

Introduction to IELTS (Finances) - Syllabus ....................................................................................... 231

Introduction into IELTS (Intermediate Level) - Syllabus ................................................................ 234

General English/ English for Professional Purposes - Syllabus .................................................. 239

Management of Change - Syllabus ...................................................................................................... 248

Prediction and Decision-Making Theory (Intelligent systems) - Syllabus ............................. 251

Project Management - Syllabus ............................................................................................................. 255

Quantitative methods for management - Syllabus ........................................................................ 256

TV and Radio Journalism - Digital news photography - Syllabus .............................................. 259

Abay Myrzakhmetov Kokshetau University, Kazakhstan ....................................................................... 263



Chemistry - Syllabus ................................................................................................................................... 263

DataBase Systems - syllabus ................................................................................................................... 268

Emergency situations of technogenic and natural character - Syllabus ................................ 272

Informational systems architecture Syllabus .................................................................................... 277

Management in IT - Syllabus ................................................................................................................... 282

Мetrology, standardization and certification - Syllabus ............................................................... 285

Physics - Syllabus ........................................................................................................................................ 290

Principles and Types of Monitoring - Syllabus ................................................................................. 295

Production Sanitary - Syllabus ............................................................................................................... 300

Programming technology - Syllabus ................................................................................................... 305

Protection in Emergency Situations - Syllabus ................................................................................ 310


Architecture of computer system - Syllabus ..................................................................................... 315

Bases of radiation safety - Syllabus ....................................................................................................... 320

Chemical Analysis - Syllabus ................................................................................................................... 326

Database in information systems - Syllabus ..................................................................................... 331

Emergency Rescue Case - Syllabus ....................................................................................................... 335

Fire safety - Syllabus ................................................................................................................................... 341

Information communication technology - Syllabus ...................................................................... 346

Fundamentals of Radiation Security - Syllabus ................................................................................ 350

Theory of electric chains - Syllabus ...................................................................................................... 355

Web programming - Syllabus ................................................................................................................. 361

Kostanay State Pedagogical Unstitute, Kazakhstan ................................................................................. 366

Winter and Summer Semester Course ..................................................................................................... 366

Information and communication technologies - Syllabus .......................................................... 366

Turkmen State Institute of Culture, Turkmenistan ................................................................................... 374


Database (Microsoft Access)- Syllabus ................................................................................................ 374

Sound Control - Syllabus .......................................................................................................................... 379

Sound Engineering - Syllabus ................................................................................................................ 383

Turkmen State Institute of Finances, Turkmenistan ................................................................................ 390


Information system and technology in the economy - Syllabus ............................................... 390


International payment system - Syllabus ........................................................................................... 395

Modern computer technology - Syllabus .......................................................................................... 401

Samarkand Veterinary Medicine Institute (Samarcand Agricultural Institute), Uzbekistan ...... 406


Materials Science and Technology of Structural Materials - Syllabus ...................................... 406

Theory of management - Syllabus ........................................................................................................ 416

Winter and Summer Semester Courses ................................................................................................... 422

Agricultural machine - Syllabus ............................................................................................................. 422

English - Syllabus ........................................................................................................................................ 426

Mathematics for economists - Syllabus .............................................................................................. 431


Accounting theory - Syllabus ................................................................................................................. 436

Agrarian Policy and Food Security - Syllabus ................................................................................... 442

Financial statement - Syllabus ............................................................................................................... 451

Information technologies in agriculture (a) and (b) - Syllabus ................................................... 459

Theoretical Mechanics - Syllabus .......................................................................................................... 470

Tashkent University of Information Technologies, Uzbekistan ........................................................... 478


Information Security (а) - Syllabus ........................................................................................................ 478

Information Security (b) - Syllabus ....................................................................................................... 491

Software Defined Networks - Syllabus ................................................................................................ 505

Winter and Summer Semester Courses ................................................................................................... 511

Network Programming -Syllabus .......................................................................................................... 511


Digital Forensics - Syllabus ...................................................................................................................... 522

Intrusion incident and Response - Syllabus ...................................................................................... 529

Aknowledgements ............................................................................................................................................... 536


Sh. Ualikhanov Kokshetau State University, Kazakhstan

Winter Semester Courses

Computer graphics – Syllabus

Course Title Computer graphics Pre-requisite (s) Informatics, Algorithmization and programming

Hours Lectures 15 h Practical classes 15 h Laboratory classes 15 h

Out of Class assignment Hours

Self-study assignments (SSA) 68 h Self-study under the teacher’s supervision (SSTUS) 22 h

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Shokan Ualikhanov Kokshetau State University Department: Information Systems and Computer Engineering Senior Lecturer: Yelena Glok E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description The main objective of the course "Computer graphics" is the study of methods for students images of objects, the general rules of drawing, of the design documents with the application of computer technology in the graphic example of AutoCAD. The methods of creation and processing of graphic images on the example of 12 CorelDraw, Adobe Photoshop software.

Trainees profile The course is intended for students studying under the bachelor program 5B070300 - Information systems

Learning Objectives At the end of this course, the student will be able to: • have an idea of the technology of computer graphics, the main opportunities for its use; • learn how to work with the CorelDraw toolkit, to know the basic concepts used in the construction of

the image; • solve practical problems of illustration and design; • learn how to work with the program of graphic design AutoCAD, create drawings for design

documentation; • learn how to use the methods of processing graphics using Adobe Photoshop.


Pedagogical aims to be reached The educational goals of the training are to give each student a basic knowledge of graphic editors, including ways to create objects, edit and use. A separate area of computer graphics is the creation of artistic images with the help of computer tools.

Pedagogical methodologies used: 1. Determination of a problem and setting of the purpose - disclosure of regularities of the pedagogical phenomenon. 2. Computation of the precisely contrared circle of the phenomena. 3. Exarticulation of the precisely contrared circle of the objects. 4. Creation of working hypotheses. 5. Choice of methods of a research. 6. Carrying out research and design of results. 7. Implementation in practice.

Pedagogical tools The presentations, direct teaching, a joint study, the study based on projects, discussions.

Environment used

For students different materials are prepared: distributing materials, the presentations with scoring and without, video, audio, interactive jobs, links and other resources on the Internet.

Course Structure The "Computer graphics" course lasts 15 weeks and is organized into 10 modules. The activities are different in each module and include: lectures, practical classes, laboratory classes, self-study assignments, self-study under the teacher’s supervision, etc.

Topical Outline and Schedule

DATE Week 1 – Module I: Introduction. The concept of computer graphics.

Topics

The main topics of this module are:

• The subject and scope of computer graphics. • Software tools for processing graphic information. • Types of software.

Learning activities

Module I "Main window, interface elements in CorelDraw" consists of the following: • Create a new document; • Methods for creating the simplest objects (rectangle, square, ellipse, circle); • Use the tools polygon, spiral, star, cells.


OUT OF CLASS Activities &

ASSIGNMENTS & ASSIGNED READINGS

Reading: Topics, Course Slides, Instructional Materials Self-assessment test (10 questions) Preparation for practical and laboratory researches

DATE Weeks 2-4 - Module II: Types of computer graphics.

Topics


• Advantages and disadvantages of raster graphics, vector graphics, three-dimensional graphics.

• Technology raster. • Structure of raster and vector files. • Technology of the vector.

Learning activities

Module II " Lines in CorelDraw" consists of the following: • Segments and nodes of the line; • Breakpoints; • Smoothed sites; • Lines closed, open and connected; • Bezier lines and tools.




DATE Week 5 - Module III: Fractal graphics.

Topics


• The concept of a fractal. • Mathematical support of fractal graphics. • The technology of creating images based on fractal graphics.

Learning activities Module III " Work with tools in CorelDraw" consists of the following:

• Work with tools polygon, spiral, millimeter, knife, eraser in CorelDraw.




DATE Week 6 - Module IV: Web-graphics.

Topics


• Development of content for the Internet. • Banner. • Image optimization. • Dynamic navigation menu.


Learning activities

Module IV " Creating an illustration in CorelDraw" consists of the following: • Methods of constructing the simplest geographic objects, ways of their

connection, transformation and transformation in CorelDraw; • Drawing a profile and editing its outlines in CorelDraw.




DATE Week 7 - Module V: Methods and means of recognition of graphic images.

Topics


• Organization of data in the form of spreadsheets. • Organization of data in the form of planes. • Advantages and disadvantages of raster files. • The net (cascade) model. • Advantages and disadvantages of the mesh model.

Learning activities

Module V " Manipulating objects in CorelDraw" consists of the following: • Placement by means of a docked window transformation in CorelDraw; • Copy and duplicate objects in CorelDraw; • Stretch and compress, locking objects in CorelDraw.




DATE Week 8 - Module VI: Graphical file formats.

Topics


• The format is .bmp and jpg. • The technology of compression of graphic files. • Compression with loss of JPEG. • Stages of JPEG compression. • MPEG compression.

Learning activities

Module VI " Perspective, shadow and extrusion in CorelDraw" consists of the following: • Transformation of the perspective in CorelDraw; • Shadows and tool interactive shadow in CorelDraw; • Extrusion of objects (Adding chamfers, pouring extrusion bodies, lighting

effects, rotation of extrusion bodies) in CorelDraw.


ASSIGNMENTS &

Reading: Topics, Course Slides, Instructional Materials Self-assessment test (10 questions)


ASSIGNED READINGS Preparation for practical and laboratory researches

DATE Weeks 9-10 - Module VII: Characteristics and features of work in the environment CorelDRAW.

Topics


• Work with objects and color in CorelDraw. • Working with text in CorelDraw. • Corel Graphics Suite.

Learning activities

Module VII " The main commands of Auto Cad and Creating Objects » consists of the following:

• Coordinate Systems; • Drawing the simplest shapes; • Erase, offset, fillet, stretch and crop lines; • Rectilinear objects, auxiliary lines, non-rectilinear objects and points (circles,

arcs, ellipses, rings, splines, composite objects of AutoCAD).




DATE Weeks 11-12 - Module VIII: Characteristics and features of work in the AutoCAD environment.

Topics


• The basic methods of drawing. • Working with objects in the AutoCAD environment. • Complex objects AutoCAD. • 3D constructions in the AutoCAD environment.

Learning activities

Module VIII "Editing objects", "Working with text " consists of the following: • Erasing objects; • Moving objects; • Copying objects; • Mirroring the objects; • Propagation of objects by an array; • Rotate objects.




DATE Weeks 13-14 - Module IX: Characteristics and features of work in the Adobe Photoshop.

Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Working with objects and color and converting them to Adobe Photoshop.


• Processing photo images to Adobe Photoshop.

Learning activities

Module IX "Interface Photoshop. " consists of the following: • Toolbar. • The palette panel. • Basic operations with images in Photoshop. • Zoom tool. The Magic Wand tool. • Layers.




DATE Week 15 - Module X: Computer publishing systems.

Topics


• Software for making newspapers and magazines. • Application programs for creating and editing raster images. • Application programs for creating and editing vector images.

Learning activities

Module X "Computer publishing systems" consists of the following: • Preparation of the text material. • Structuring the text. Convert a text style. • Proofreading of content. • Layout of a multiband edition оn a fixed template. • Layout of the scientific and technical text.




Assessment tools at the end of the course "A", "A-" ("perfectly") - if the student deeply and strongly acquired all program material, more exhaustively, sequentially, competently and logically harmoniously explains it, isn't at a loss with the response in case of modification of the job, freely copes with objectives, shows knowledge of theoretical material, correctly justifies the made decisions, owns scalene skills and methods of execution of practical operations, finds ability to independently generalize and explain material, without making mistakes; "B+", "B", "B-" ("well") - if the student knows program material well, competently and in essence explains it, doesn't allow essential inaccuracies in the response to a question, can correctly apply theoretical provisions and owns necessary skills in case of execution of practical tasks; "C+", "C", "C-", "D+", "D" ("satisfactorily") - if the student acquired only the main material, but doesn't know separate details, allows inaccuracies, insufficiently correct statements, breaks the sequence in presentation of program material and experiences difficulties in execution of practical jobs; "F" ("unsatisfactory") - if the student doesn't know the considerable part of program material, makes essential mistakes, with big difficulty performs practical works.


The teacher is guided by the same criteria in the course of exposure of an examination assessment. The assessment choice in a vibration amplitude from A- to A, from B- to B+, from D to C+ is defined by a level of compliance of knowledge and abilities of the student to the above described criteria.

Instructional Materials and References 1. Инженерная и компьютерная графика./ Э.Т. Романычева, А.К. Иванов, А.С. Куликов, Т.М. 2. Сидорова, СЮ. Сидоров. -М. 1996 2-Романычева Э.Т., Соколова Т.Ю., Шандурина Г.Ф. Инженерная и

компьютерная графика. -М:ДМКПресс,2001. 3. Чуприн А.И. AutoCAD. Лекции и упражнения. - СПб: ООО «ДиаСофтЮП», 2002. 4. ТайцA.M., Тайц А.А. Самоучитель CorelDraw 12. - СПб.: БХВ-Петербург, 2003. Ковтанюк Ю.С. 5. CorelDRAW 12 для дизайнера. - К.: Юниор, СПб: ДиаСофтЮП, 2003. 6. Лабораторный практикум по информатике: Учебное пособие для вузов. Под ред. В.А.

Острейковского. - М.: Высш.шк., 2003. 7. Компьютер для студентов, аспирантов и преподавателей. Самоучитель.: Учебное пособие. Под ред.

В.Б.Комягина. - М: Издательство ТРИУМФ, 2001. 8. Информатика. Базовый курс. Под ред. С.В.Симоновича. - СПб.: Питер, 2001.

All partners were actively involved

Delphi programming - Syllabus

Course Title Delphi programming Pre-requisite (s) Algorithmization and

Programming Languages, Mathematics

Hours 135 Out of Class assignment Hours

twice the in - class instructional time. [100 minutes per credit per week; 300 minutes (5 hours) per week for a 3 - credit course.]

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Sh. Ualikhanov Kokshetau State University Department: Faculty of Engineering and Technology Professor: Olga Shornikova, Master of Applied Mathematics and Informatics E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description

This course covers the principles and techniques involved in creating GUI (Graphical User Interface) programs using RAD (Rapid Application Development) tools. Topics include the concepts of event driven programming, principles of human interface design, and thedevelopment tools available in the Delphi software environment.

Trainees profile

The course is designed for students of the specialty «Information Systems».


Learning Objectives

By the end of this course the student will acquire abilities of making algorithms and implementing tasks from setting a problem till ready-made software. Upon completing the Course a student will: know:

main concepts and definitions specified in the covered program material; be able to:

make algorithms for settled tasks; obtain practical skills of:

developing programs based on made algorithms.

Pedagogical aims to be reached

The course is aimed at studying structural and object-oriented approaches to tasks solutions, as well as software development using means of rapid application development and visual tools of program developers while operating on modern personal computers.

Delphi environment with Object Pascal programming language is selected for systematization of basic knowledge about programming and algorithms making.

Pedagogical methodologies used: · Class discussion conducted · Recitation oral questions by teacher answered orally by students · Discussion groups conducted by selected student chairpersons · Lecture-demonstration by teacher · Presentation by a panel of instructors or students · Presentations by student panels from the class: class invited to participate · Student reports by individuals

Pedagogical tools • Online courses (courser,intuit) • Social networks (facebook, google plus) • Videos (youtube) • Educational portals (platonus) • Cloud technologies (google drive, dropbox)

Environment used In order to take this course, students must: √ Have access to a computer. √ Have continuous Internet access. √ Have the ability/permission to install software – Delphi. √ Have the ability to download and save files and documents to a computer. √ Have the ability to open Microsoft files and documents (.doc, .ppt, .avi, etc.).

Course Timing Duration of lectures/practical/laboratory lessons is 50 minutes


For 15 weeks.

Course Modality

This course is conducted face - to - face. Some course materials are only available online, via Information system "Platonus".

Course Structure The " System Programming" course lasts 15 weeks and is organized into 10 modules.


DATE Weeks 1-2 - Introduction in Delphi programming system: Topics

Programming system, language elements. Data types. Declarations. Expression and assignments. Language operations. Conditional statement. Iterative statements. Case statement.

Learning activities Input and output functions. Functions. Description, function determination. Examples of functions. Statements. Examples of usage. Storage classes. Automatic, static, external, register, variables. Examples. Preprocessor directives. Pointers and address arithmetic. Organization of memory and addressing.



Course Slides Additional materials given by teachers Books:

1. А.Y. Arhangelski. Pascal language and bases of programming in Delphi. Manual. – K.: Binom, 2004. - 496 p. 2. S. Bobrovski. Delphi technologies. Developing applications for business. Manual. – BHV.:Piter, 2014. – 720 p.

DATE Weeks 2-3 - Module II: Usage of complex types in language

Topics One-dimensional arrays and pointers. Lines. Processing of lines. Two-dimensional arrays. Usage of pointers for two-dimensional arrays. Data structures. Description of structures. Pointers and structures. Files. Files structure descriptions. Operation with files. Organization of communication with programs in other languages. Usage of library functions when programming applications. Operation with windows. Graphics. Creation and editing initial programs.


Programs compilation, implementation and debugging. Features of programming in Delphi environment. Programming bases in Object Pascal language. Comparing with Pascal language. Advantages of extensions of Delphi structures of algorithms.

Learning activities The Module Usage of complex types in language is composed the following activities: 1. Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing

information, 2. Productive – create, design, construc, complete, draw, compose, remix, write,

etc.; 3. Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based

scenarios.



Presentation preparation Case study taken from the student’s real world setting

DATE Weeks 4 – Module 3: Preparation and implementation of programs in Delphi environment II: g

Topics Stages of preparation and implementation of programs on a computer. Dealing with instrumental integrated systems, implementing stages of transferring, editing and execution of programs. Translator and link editor operation mode. Transferring of the initial program. Types of errors in programs. Technological, technical errors, software and system mistakes, documentation errors. Diagnostic translator messages about errors. Correction of syntax and semantic errors, program adjustment. Program implementation. System messages about errors while program implementing.

Learning activities The Module Preparation and implementation of programs in Delphi environment is composed the following activities:

• Organization of step- by-step open monitoring of programs development. • Special debugging of the program. Monitoring of score results and

implementation of programs. OUT OF CLASS

Activities & ASSIGNMENTS &

ASSIGNED READINGS


DATE Weeks 5-6. Module 4: Bases of programming technology Topics Methods of software design.

Descending and ascending programs design, and their combination. Structural programming. Modular programming. Programming language choice. Programming style. Programming quality parameters. Readability of programs, comments. Programming with error protection. Stage of debugging and test of programs. Documenting of programs. Types of program documentation established by SCSE.


Single System of Program Documentation (SSPD). Software design automation. CASE – technology. Code editor. Templates of components. Properties window.

Learning activities 1. Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing information,

2. Productive – create, design, construc, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.;

3. Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios.

OUT OF CLASS


ASSIGNED READINGS


DATE Weeks 7-8. Module 5: Bases of algorithmization and object-orientated programming. Topics Algorithms design, creation of block diagrams. Creation and destruction of objects.

Encapsulation. Inheritance. Polymorphism. Overload of methods. Events and delegating. Visibility areas. Internal structure of an object




OUT OF CLASS


ASSIGNED READINGS


DATE Weeks 9. Module 6: Processing of exceptional situations. Topics Operators of TR.except and TR...finally.

Exceptional situations as objects. Algorithm of processing exceptional situations. Dealing with properties of exceptional situations.




OUT OF CLASS


ASSIGNED READINGS


DATE Weeks 10-11. Module 7: Tools for dealing with databases. Topics Database desktop, SQL Explorer, SQL Monitor, SQL Builder.

Determination of tasks, objects, tables structures of a database. Determination of primary and secondary keys. External table link. Referential integrity. Normalization of data.





OUT OF CLASS


ASSIGNED READINGS


Weeks 12. Module 8: Data mapping mechanisms Topics Data mapping components.

Navigation through a data set and data modification. Synchronous data viewing. Learning activities 1. Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing



scenarios.




Weeks 13-15. Module 9: Conclusion. Dealing with fields Topics Statistic and dynamic fields.

Interaction of a data set and fields. Conversion of data types. Data control. Fields of synchronous viewing. Calculated fields.




OUT OF CLASS


ASSIGNED READINGS


Assessment tools at the end of the course

1. Programming in Delphi environment. 2. Usage complex types in Delphi environment. 3. Preparation and implementation of programs in Delphi environment. 4. Bases of programming technology. 5. Environment of programs development. 6. Object-orientated programming bases.


7. Processing of exceptional situations. 8. Tools for dealing with databases. 9. Dealing with fields of databases. 10. Data access mechanism. 11. Bases of SQL using. 12. Programming applications for Client-server architecture. 13. Creation of own Web server.

Exam questions 1. Object Pascal language. Main concepts. Keywords.

2. Program structure in Object Pascal language. 3. Declaration and description. Concept of terms and difference between them. 4. Subprogrammes in Object Pascal. 5. Statements in Object Pascal. 6. Directives of Object Pascal compiler. 7. Iterative statements on Object Pascal example. 8. Structural data types on Object Pascal example. 9. Arrays. 10. Combined data types in Object Pascal language. 11. Case variant records. Determination. Concept. An example of usage. 12. Linear lists. Concept. Determination. Dealing with them. 13. Data structures. Concept. Table. 14. Main operations over semi-static structures. 15. Dealing with files on the Object Pascal language example. 16. Usage of procedures and functions for displacement in the file on Object Pascal example. 17. Parameters for subprogrammes in the Object Pascal language. 18. Method of binary search on the example of a semi-static structure. 19. Four groups of operations with file variables. 20. Installation - completing operations with file variables. 21. Input-output operations with files. 22. Structural approach to programming. 23. Descending programming. 24. Ascending programming. 25. Entity of object approach to programming. 26. Composite operator. Concept. Syntax. Application example in the Object Pascal language. 27. The conditional statement. Concept. Syntax. Application example in the Object Pascal language. 28. Case statement. Concept. Syntax. Application example in the Object Pascal language. 29. 29.Cycle with a parameter. Concept. Syntax. Application example in the Object Pascal language. 30. Cycle with a precondition. Concept. Syntax. Application example in the Object Pascal language. 31. Cycle with a postcondition. Concept. Syntax. Application example in the Object Pascal language. 32. Access statement. Concept. Syntax. Application example in the Object Pascal language. 33. One-dimensional array. Concept. Syntax. Application example in the Object Pascal language. 34. Character array. Concept. Syntax. Application example in the Object Pascal language. 35. Two-dimensional array. Concept. Syntax. Application example in the Object Pascal language. 36. Declaration of tags. Syntax. Application example in the Object Pascal language. 37. Declaration of constants. Syntax. Application example in the Object Pascal language. 38. Description of types. Syntax. Application example in the Object Pascal language. 39. Declaration of variables. Syntax. Application example in the Object Pascal language. 40. Description of procedures and functions. Syntax. Application example in the Object Pascal

language. 41. Usage of access statement to writing fields. Syntax. Application example in the Object Pascal

language.


42. Concept, syntax and application of Seek procedure dealing with a file. 43. Concept, syntax and application of FileSize function dealing with a file. 44. Concept, syntax and application of FilePos function dealing with a file. 45. Concept, syntax and application of Rewrite procedure dealing with a file. 46. Concept, syntax and application of Reset procedure dealing with a file. 47. 47. Concept, syntax and application of Assign procedure dealing with a file. 48. 48. Search operation in the list. Efficiency and example. 49. 49. Sorting operation in the list. Example of a sorting method. 50. 50. Paste and deleting operations. Efficiency and example. 51.

The level of your achievements on the program of the course is assessed on a scale of final

evaluations established in the loan educational program (table 1). Table 1

Grade Grade Points

% Percentage Range Grade Definition

А 4,0 95- 100 Outstanding

А- 3,67 90-94 Outstanding

В+ 3,33 85-89 Good

В 3,0 80-84 Good

В- 2,67 75-79 Good

С+ 2,33 70-74 Satisfactory

С 2,0 65-69 Satisfactory

С- 1,67 60-64 Satisfactory

D+ 1,33 55-59 Satisfactory

D- 1,0 50-54 Satisfactory

F 0 0-49 Unsatisfactory

Evaluation of Tolerance Rating (TR) is accumulated during the semester. Each type of academic work is evaluated on a 100-point scale and is included in TR given a weighting coefficient according to Table 2.

Table 2 - Tolerance Rating. The significance of each type of work

Parameter Weighting coefficient

Implementation and protection of laboratory work 0,3

Settlement and graphics task 0,45

Control 0,2

Attending lectures 0,05

Total TR = ∑ Tolerance rating 1,0

The summary is S = 0.6TR+0.4E, where E - exam evaluation.

Instructional Materials and References 1. А.Y. Arhangelski. Pascal language and bases of programming in Delphi.


Manual. – K.: Binom, 2004. - 496 p. 2. S. Bobrovski. Delphi technologies. Developing applications for business. Manual. – BHV.:Piter, 2014. – 720 p. 3. N. Kultin Bases of programming in Delphi 7.Manual for self-tuition. – СПб.: BHV-Peterburg, 2015. – 598 p.

4. Howard M. The protected code.-K.,2004

Information security and protection of corporate information systems and networks - Syllabus

Course Title Information security and

protection of corporate information systems and networks

Pre-requisite (s) Informatics, Probability theory and mathematical statistics, Algorithmization and programming, Technology of programming




Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Shokan Ualikhanov Kokshetau State University Department: Information Systems and Computer Engineering Senior Lecturer: Yelena Glok E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description The aim of the "Information security and protection of corporate information systems and networks" discipline purpose studying of theoretical bases of construction and practical use of systems of information security in information systems, training of students in the systematized ideas of the principles, methods and implementers of data protection, to acquisition of practical skills on information security in the information systems necessary for their design and operation.

Trainees profile The course is intended for students studying under the bachelor program 5B070300 - Information systems.

Learning Objectives At the end of this course, the student will be able to: • HAVE a presentation on the theoretical foundations of the construction and practical use of information

security systems in information systems, the implementation of data protection, the acquisition of practical skills to protect information in the information systems necessary for their design and operation.

• KNOW the features of objects of information protection, their classification, have an idea of methods and means of information protection when implementing information processes for input, output, transmission, processing and storage of information;


• CAN be able to set and solve specific tasks on the use of information security tools to optimize the functioning of information systems (IS), assess the level of security in IP;

• BUY PRACTICAL SKILLS: to solve specific tasks on the use of information security tools to optimize the operation of corporate information systems (IS) and networks, to assess the level of security in the CIS; Protection, be able to apply systems of protection from viruses and from unauthorized access to a personal computer.

Pedagogical aims to be reached The educational goals of the training are to give each student basic knowledge of the security of computer science in modern information systems, modern anti-virus programs. The loss of commercial information or its disclosure by intruders or competitors is likely to lead to losses in the market. So, the theft of information can reduce the reputation of the company, and as for the substitution of information, it can even lead to ruin, not to mention the trust of customers. In connecting a computer to global networks and negative sides - after all, if you do not have the proper degree of protection, your information can suffer from attacks through the network or the Internet.

Pedagogical methodologies used: 1. Determination of a problem and setting of the purpose - disclosure of regularities of the pedagogical phenomenon. 2. Computation of the precisely contrared circle of the phenomena. 3. Exarticulation of the precisely contrared circle of the objects. 4. Creation of working hypotheses. 5. Choice of methods of a research. 6. Carrying out research and design of results. 7. Implementation in practice.


Environment used


Course Structure The "Information security and protection of corporate information systems and networks" course lasts 15 weeks and is organized into 12 modules. The activities are different in each module and include: lectures, practical classes, laboratory classes, self-study assignments, self-study under the teacher’s supervision, etc.


DATE Weeks 1,2 – Module I: Introduction. The purposes and problems of the course "Information Security and Protection of Corporate Information Systems and Networks", her place in educational process.

Topics


The main topics of this module are: • Introduction. The purposes and problems of the course "Information security

and protection of corporate information systems and networks", her place in educational process.

• A justification of a problem of information security in corporate information systems and networks.

• Classification of means of protection of corporate information systems and networks. The principles and methods of an assessment of efficiency of means of information protection in corporate information systems and networks.

Learning activities

Module I "Encryption, encoding and decoding of information using the Delphi programming environment" consists of the following:

• Project development; • Realization of the project.




DATE Week 3 - Module II: Information security in the implementation of information processes of input, output, transmission, processing and storage of information in corporate information systems and networks.

Topics


• Classification of protection objects. • Classification of protection elements on floppy disks, external storage devices

such as "Winchester", on the display, on the printer, in the interfaces. • Identification of characteristics for objects and protection elements required to

solve information security problems.

Learning activities

Module II "Encryption, encoding and decoding of information using the Delphi programming environment" consists of the following:





DATE Week 4 - Module III: Theoretical methods of information protection.

Topics


• Classification and general analysis of methods for modeling information security systems.

• Basic concepts of the theory of fuzzy sets. • The main provisions of probability-automaton modeling. • Basic provisions of the informal theory of systems.

Learning activities Module III "Encryption, encoding and decoding of information using the Delphi programming environment" consists of the following:

• Project development;


• Realization of the project.




DATE Week 5 - Module IV: Practical methods of information protection.

Topics


• Management • Оbstacles • Disguise • Regulation • Motivation • Coercion.

Learning activities

Module IV "Encryption, encoding and decoding of information using the Delphi programming environment" consists of the following:





DATE Week 6 - Module V: Software tools for protecting information in computers and networks.

Topics


• Classification of computer viruses, ways of contaminating the habitat. • Ways to activate the virus. • Destructive actions of viruses. • Methods of disguise. • Ways to choose a victim for infection. • Symptoms of viruses. Other dangerous programs.

Learning activities

Module V "Encryption, encoding and decoding of information using the Delphi programming environment" consists of the following:





DATE Week 7 - Module VI: Classification of antivirus products. Topics


The main topics of this module are: • Low-level editors. • Finalization of software products in the absence of source code. • Promising areas of fighting against viruses.

Learning activities

Module VI "Encryption, encoding and decoding of information using the Delphi programming environment" consists of the following:





DATE Weeks 8,9 - Module VII: Protection of the software against unauthorized access.

Topics


• Identify and authenticate the user. • Identification of PC. • Identify the executable module. • Using the hidden parts of the program and the features of physical media

when protecting against unauthorized copying. •

Learning activities

Module VII "Encryption, encoding and decoding of information using the Delphi programming environment" consists of the following:





DATE Week 10 - Module VIII: Organization of software protection from research.

Topics


• Use of specific features of the work of debuggers. • The programming language of protected programs.

Learning activities

Module VIII "Encryption, encoding and decoding of information using the Delphi programming environment" consists of the following:






DATE Week 11 - Module IX: Protection of information in open networks.

Topics


• Providing information security when connecting to the Internet: the stages of creation and management.

• Protection of the client - server architecture. • Protecting database management systems.

Learning activities

Module IX "Encryption, encoding and decoding of information using the Delphi programming environment" consists of the following:





DATE Week 12 - Module X: Cryptographic means of information protection.

Topics


• Overview of symmetric cryptosystems. Permutations. • Systems of substitutions. • Familiarization with the standards of block encryption. •

Learning activities

Module X "Encryption, encoding and decoding of information using the Delphi programming environment" consists of the following:





DATE Weeks 13,14 - Module XI: Systems with public key.

Topics


• Theoretical foundations of a public key system. • Use of cryptosystem algorithms with a public key to protect the transmitted

and stored data. • Application of a cryptosystem with a public key for key distribution. • Electronic signature.

Learning activities

Module XI "Encryption, encoding and decoding of information using the Delphi programming environment" consists of the following:


OUT OF CLASS


ASSIGNED READINGS



DATE Week 15 - Module XII: Organizational and technical means of information protection in computers and networks.

Topics


• Methods for assessing the level of security in information systems. • Organizational measures to control the control and protection of information. • Legislative measures for the protection of information. • Technical means of information protection.

Learning activities

Module XII "Encryption, encoding and decoding of information using the Delphi programming environment" consists of the following:





Assessment tools at the end of the course "A", "A-" ("perfectly") - if the student deeply and strongly acquired all program material, more exhaustively, sequentially, competently and logically harmoniously explains it, isn't at a loss with the response in case of modification of the job, freely copes with objectives, shows knowledge of theoretical material, correctly justifies the made decisions, owns scalene skills and methods of execution of practical operations, finds ability to independently generalize and explain material, without making mistakes; "B+", "B", "B-" ("well") - if the student knows program material well, competently and in essence explains it, doesn't allow essential inaccuracies in the response to a question, can correctly apply theoretical provisions and owns necessary skills in case of execution of practical tasks; "C+", "C", "C-", "D+", "D" ("satisfactorily") - if the student acquired only the main material, but doesn't know separate details, allows inaccuracies, insufficiently correct statements, breaks the sequence in presentation of program material and experiences difficulties in execution of practical jobs; "F" ("unsatisfactory") - if the student doesn't know the considerable part of program material, makes essential mistakes, with big difficulty performs practical works. The teacher is guided by the same criteria in the course of exposure of an examination assessment. The assessment choice in a vibration amplitude from A- to A, from B- to B+, from D to C+ is defined by a level of compliance of knowledge and abilities of the student to the above described criteria.

Instructional Materials and References 1. Петpаков Алексей Васильевич.. Основы практической защиты инфоpмации [Текст]:Учебное

пособие/МОРФ.-4-е изд.,доп.-М.:СОЛОН-Пpесс,2005.-384с.:ил. 2. Герасименко В. А. Защита информации в автоматизированных системах обработки данных.

Книга 1,2 М.; Энергоатомиздат, 1994 .-176 с.


3.Салома А. Криптография с открытым ключом. Пер. с англ. - М.: Мир, 1996.-304С. 4. Хоффман Л. Дж. Современные методы защиты информации / Пер. с англ. - М.: Сов. радио, 198О.-

264с. 5. Грушо А.А., Тимонина Е.Е. Теоретические основы защиты информации.-Издательство агентства

«Яхтсмен » М.-1996-71с. 6. Мельников В. В. Защита информации в компьютерных системах. Москва «Финансы и статистика»

«Электроинформ» 1997. -368с. 7. Расторгуев С.П. Программные методы защиты информации в компьютерах и сетях.

Издательство агентства «Яхтсмен » М.-, 1991. -368с 8. Анин Б. Защита компьютерной информации. - СПб.: БХВ-Санк-Петербург, 2000.-3 84с. 9. Бралиева Н.Б. и др. Информационные системы в бизнесе. -Алматы: РИК,1994.

Organization of Computing Systems and Networks - Syllabus

Course Title Organization of Computing

Systems and Networks Pre-requisite (s) Informatics, Information

theory, Discrete mathematics, Microelectronics




Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Shokan Ualikhanov Kokshetau State University Department: Information Systems and Computer Engineering Senior Lecturer: Gulshat Muradilova E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description The aim of the "Organization of Computing Systems and Networks" course is to study the features of the organization of computing machines, computer systems and networks, the principles of building individual devices and their interaction in the process of input, processing and output of information. This course is designed to provide you with basic concepts and techniques that will get you started in understanding and analysis of hardware and software interaction in computer systems. In this course, you will learn how computers work, how to analyze computer performance, and what issues affect the design and function of modern computers.

Trainees profile The course is addressed to students studying under the bachelor's program 5B070400 - Computer Engineering and Softwar.

Learning Objectives At the end of this course, the student will be able to:


• understand the principles of functional and structural organization of computing machines, systems,

computer complexes and networks, arithmetic, logical and circuitry fundamentals of computers; • must know

- principles of organization of internal and external storage devices; - structure of the processors; - principles of operation of input and output devices and the organization of their interaction with central devices; - basics of designing computer systems and networks.

Pedagogical aims to be reached Development of such professional competences as subject-specific (instrumental) and subject-specific (production-technological). Contribute to the development of such key competences as social (the ability to share information, to communicate, and to establish and maintain ocial ties through ICT resources), personal (ability to adapt to changing internal and external conditions in the information and communication space), methodical (ability to develop, choose and apply appropriate strategies for solving professional problems, critical thinking, ability to study).

Pedagogical methodologies used: Questioning, Explaining, Modeling, Demonstrating, Collaborating; E-learning methods: Expositive methods - obtaining new information, Application methods - active processes learners use to perform procedural and principle based tasks and build new knowledge, Collaborative methods – social dimensions of learning.

Pedagogical tools Interactive multimedia lesson; Virtual classroom; Combination of animation and simulation; Discussion forum, e-mail, chat, audio and video conference, shared documents; Simple learning resources (documents and PPT presentations) – doc, pdf, ppt, jpg. and etc.; Social networking

Environment used Classroom, Interactive whiteboard, Computer laboratory with Internet access and necessary software, Wi-Fi networks, ACADEMICA virtual environment

Course Timing Winter semester

Course Modality


Blended Modality

Course Structure The "Organization of Computing Systems and Networks " course lasts 15 weeks and is organized into 15 modules of 1 week each. The activities are different in each module and include: lectures, practical classes, laboratory classes, virtual class discussions, etc.


DATE Week 1 – Module I: Introduction. Principles of construction and organization of computers, computer systems

Topics

The main topics of this module are: • Introduction. Brief description of the course, its relationship with other

disciplines • Stages of computer development • Generalized block diagram of a computer system • Classification of computing machines • Principles of construction and organization of computers, computer systems

Learning activities

The Module I is composed the following activities: Classroom based teaching and group discussions on theoretical aspects of the module followed by practical work, laboratory work and assignments (lec 2h, prac 1h, lab 1h=100min)



Self-assessment test (10 questions) Reading: Course Slides Lecture Notes Additional materials given by teachers Watching: Multimedia lesson Self directed learning and self directed research through online resources, take-home assignments and reading

DATE Week 2 - Module II: Fundamentals of the logical design of digital devices

Topics

The main topics of this module are: • Boolean algebra • Boolean functions of one and two variables

Learning activities

The Module II is composed the following activities: Classroom based teaching and group discussions on theoretical aspects of the module followed by practical work, laboratory work and assignments



Self-assessment test (10 questions) Reading: Course Slides Lecture Notes Additional materials given by teachers Self directed learning and self directed research through online resources, take-home


assignments and reading

DATE Week 3 - Module III: Analytical representation of Boolean functions

Topics

The main topics of this module are: • Analytical representation of Boolean functions • Minimization of Boolean functions • Quine–McCluskey method • Karnaugh map or Veitch diagram

Learning activities

The Module III is composed the following activities: Classroom based teaching and group discussions on theoretical aspects of the module followed by practical work, laboratory work and assignments



Self-assessment test (10 questions) Reading: Course Slides Lecture Notes Additional materials given by teachers Self directed learning and self directed research through online resources, take-home assignments and reading

DATE Week 4 - Module IV: Scheme-technical basics of computer systems

Topics

The main topics of this module are: • Scheme-technical basics of computer systems • Logical and storage elements of the computer

Learning activities

The Module IV is composed the following activities: Classroom based teaching and group discussions on theoretical aspects of the module followed by practical work, laboratory work and assignments




DATE Week 5 - Module V: Functional units computer systems I

Topics

The main topics of this module are: • Functional units computer systems • Triggers • Registers • Counters

Learning activities

The Module V is composed the following activities: Classroom based teaching and group discussions on theoretical aspects of the module followed by practical work, laboratory work and assignments


ASSIGNMENTS &

Self-assessment test (10 questions) Reading: Course Slides


ASSIGNED READINGS Lecture Notes Additional materials given by teachers Watching: Multimedia lesson Self directed learning and self directed research through online resources, take-home assignments and reading

DATE Week 6 - Module VI: Functional units computer systems II

Topics

The main topics of this module are: • Encoders • Decoders • Multiplexers • Demultiplexers • Adders

Learning activities

The Module VI is composed the following activities: Classroom based teaching and group discussions on theoretical aspects of the module followed by practical work, laboratory work and assignments




DATE Week 7 - Module VII: LSI (large-scale integration) circuitry


• LSI circuitry

Learning activities

The Module VII is composed the following activities: Classroom based teaching and group discussions on theoretical aspects of the module followed by practical work, laboratory work and assignments




DATE Week 8 - Module VIII: Arithmetic basics of computer systems I

Topics

The main topics of this module are: • Presentation of information in computer • Numeral systems • Conversion of numbers from one positional numeral system to another • Representation of numbers. Forms of representation of numbers • Encoding negative numbers. Direct, inverse and additional codes


• Addition in binary numeral system

Learning activities

The Module VIII is composed the following activities: Classroom based teaching and group discussions on theoretical aspects of the module followed by practical work, laboratory work and assignments




DATE Week 9 - Module IX: Arithmetic basics of computer systems II

Topics

The main topics of this module are: • Performing operations of multiplication and division • Multiplication • Division

Learning activities

The Module IX is composed the following activities: Classroom based teaching and group discussions on theoretical aspects of the module followed by practical work, laboratory work and assignments




DATE Week 10 - Module X: Computer storage devices

Topics

The main topics of this module are: • Composition, purpose, classification of storage devices • Hierarchy of storage devices • Ways of organizing memory • Random access memory • Dynamic memory • Static memory • Buffer memory • Permanent storage devices • External storage devices

Learning activities

The Module X is composed the following activities: Classroom based teaching and group discussions on theoretical aspects of the module followed by practical work, laboratory work and assignments



Self-assessment test (10 questions) Reading: Course Slides Lecture Notes


Additional materials given by teachers Watching: Multimedia lesson Self directed learning and self directed research through online resources, take-home assignments and reading

DATE Week 11 - Module XI: Computer processors

Topics

The main topics of this module are: • Computer processors. Classification. Generalized structural diagram of the

processor • Arithmetic logic unit. Classification. Generalized structural diagram of ALU • Control unit. Classification. Generalized structural diagram • Organization of multiprogramming a mode of computer operation. Means of

protection of memory. Interrupt system.

Learning activities

The Module XI is composed the following activities: Classroom based teaching and group discussions on theoretical aspects of the module followed by practical work, laboratory work and assignments




DATE Week 12 - Module XII: Organization of input and output of information

Topics

The main topics of this module are: • Organization of input and output of information • Input/ Output devices

Learning activities

The Module XII is composed the following activities: Classroom based teaching and group discussions on theoretical aspects of the module followed by practical work, laboratory work and assignments




DATE Week 13 - Module XIII: Organization of computer complexes and systems

Topics

The main topics of this module are: • Data processing systems. Multiprocessor computing systems • Distributed data processing systems. Classification • Computing complexes and systems. Physical, logical and software structure of

the architecture of computing systems.


• Classification of computer complexes and systems.

Learning activities

The Module XIII is composed the following activities: Classroom based teaching and group discussions on theoretical aspects of the module followed by practical work, laboratory work and assignments




DATE Week 14 - Module XIV: Computer networks

Topics

The main topics of this module are: • Fundamental concepts and definitions • Local Area Networks • Global Networks • INTERNET - International Network

Learning activities

The Module XIV is composed the following activities: Classroom based teaching and group discussions on theoretical aspects of the module followed by practical work, laboratory work and assignments




DATE Week 15 - Module XV: Basics of designing computer systems and networks

Topics

The main topics of this module are: • Stages of design and production • Preparatory stage • Sketch design • Technical design

Learning activities

The Module XV is composed the following activities: Classroom based teaching and group discussions on theoretical aspects of the module followed by practical work, laboratory work and assignments; Review of semester activities and discussions.


ASSIGNMENTS &

Self-assessment test (10 questions) Reading: Course Slides


ASSIGNED READINGS Lecture Notes Additional materials given by teachers Watching: Multimedia lesson Self directed learning and self directed research through online resources, take-home assignments and reading


The level of your achievements by the course graded according to grading scale of credit system of education:

Assessment by letter system

Digital equivalent

Rating score (in percentages %)

Assessment by traditional system

A 4,00 95-100 Excellent

A- 3,67 90-94 B+ 3,33 85-89

Good B 3,00 80-84 B- 2,67 75-79 C+ 2,33 70-74

Satisfactory C 2,00 65-69 C- 1,67 60-64 D+ 1,33 55-59 D 1,00 50-54 F 0,00 0-49 Fail

Assessment of admission rating (AR) by you collects during the semester, and includes all types of

academic work and midterm control. Each type of academic work evaluate on a 100-point scale and is included in the average rating of current controls (Aver). Midterm control carried out 2 times per semester and assesses by the teacher each on 100 - point scale. The final grade is derived as: F=0,6*AR+0,4*E , where E – examination grade.

Instructional Materials and References Bibliography Main 1. Пятибратов А.П. и др. Вычислительные машины системы и сети. – М.:Статистика, 1991-400с. 2. Тынымбаев С.Т. Вычислительные машины, системы, комплексы и сети. Учебник для вузов. 2-ое издание. – Алматы: Рауан, 1997-366с. 3. Жмакин А.П. Архитектура ЭВМ. – СПб.: Питер, 2006. Additional 1. Ларионов А.М., Майоров С.А., Новиков Г.И. Вычислительные комплексы, системы и сети. – Л.: Энергоатомиздат, 1987. 2. Таненбаум Э. Архитектура компьютера. СПб.: Питер, 2003 – 704с: ил. 3. Гук М. Аппаратные средства IBM PC. – СПб.: Питер, 2002 -928с: ил. 4. А. Гук. Процессоры фирмы Intel от 8086 до PENTIUM II. - Санкт- Петербург: Питер-Пресс, 1998. 5. Галкин В.А., Григорьев Телекоммуникации и сети. М.: изд. МГТУ им. Н.Э. Баумана, 2003 – 608с: ил. 6. Мелехин В.Ф., Павловский Е.Г. Вычислительные машины, системы и


сети. М.: Академия, 2007 – 560 с. 7. Олифер В.Г.,Олифер Н.А. Компьютерные сети: принципы, технологии, протоколы: Учеб. пособие для вузов,- СПб. : Питер, 2000. 8. Цилькер, Б. Я. Организация ЭВМ и систем:учебник для студ. вузов,обучающихся по направлению "Информатика и вычислительная техника'УБ.Я.Цилькер, С.А.Орлов.-СПб.:Питер, 2004. 9.Избачков, Ю. Информационные системы: учебное пособие [длястуд. по спец. "Информатика и вычислительная техника "]/Ю.Избачков, В. Петров.-2-е изд.-СПб.: Питер, 2005. 10.Бройдо В.Л. Вычислительные системы, сети и телекоммуникации:Учеб. пособие для вузов.-СПб.:Питер, 2003. 11.Гук М. Аппаратные средства локальных сетей. Энциклопедия СПб.: Питер, 2000. 12.Назаров, А. Н. АТМЛехнические решения создания сетей/А.Н.Назаров, И.А.Развижин, М.В.Симонов.-М.Торячая линия-Телеком, 2001. 13. Толковый словарь по вычислительным системам /Под ред. В. Иллингуортаи др. Пер. с англ. А.К.Белоцкого и др.М.:Машиностроение, 1990. 14. Последние новости в компьютерном мире. [Электронный ресурс]. URL http://www.iXBT.ru/ 15.Достижения суперкомпьютерной техники. [Электронный ресурс]. URL http://www.supercomputers.ru/ 16. Телекоммуникационные технологии. [Электронный ресурс]. URL http://book.itep.ru/.ll partners were actively involved in all WP1 activities and did great

Processes of open cost mining - Syllabus

Course Title Processes of open cost

mining Pre-requisite (s) Geological discipline,

Fundamentals of mining and technology, Technology and complex mechanization of open development of ore and coal deposits, Principles of design of mining enterprises, Mining machinery and equipment quarry, State management of array, Labour protection.

Hours 135 Out of Class assignment Hours 8.30

Name and Contact Information of Instructors Professor Zhanna Sakenova [email protected] Course Description "Processes of open mining" students are given a representation of the essence of the production processes of quarries, methods for calculating the productivity of mining equipment. At the same time, the starting and scientific and methodological base is the teaching about the object of mining works and all production processes. When studying the discipline, each technological process is considered on the basis of physical and technological and mining characteristics of the rocks. Objects of study of mining sciences are: deposits of solid, liquid and gaseous minerals, the reserves of which are explored and are on the state register, and rocks containing mineral resources located within the mountain allotments allocated to mining enterprises; Methods and methods of extracting minerals and developing other rocks (well, open, underground, underwater technology), their enrichment and processing, as well as the construction of special underground and ground structures based on the characteristics of the arrays and


deposits; Technical means of mining, primary processing of minerals and construction of special facilities in connection with mining technology, as well as ways of their power supply; Ways and means of mechanization and automation of technological processes of extraction and processing of minerals; Methods and technical means of ensuring the safety of mining and construction of structures; Environmental effects of mining operations; Methods and means of organizing and managing mining production and improving its economic efficiency, material and labor resources of mining Objectives: Mastering students with knowledge of the scientific justification and organization of the implementation of basic and auxiliary processes in quarries in accordance with the requirements of the rules of technical operation and safety rules. Trainees profile

The course is addressed to which student class Bachelor of mining Learning Objectives

At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

• After completing the study disczilina student must be able to independently (including with the use of computers); • Practical calculations of parameters and indicators of technological complexes in relation to specific conditions of development of the field; • Students get knowledge about existing and promising ways of mining mineral deposits; Pedagogical aims to be reached

• Under the "mining art" was previously understood the system of techniques and methods of practical activities related to the exploration, extraction and processing of minerals. • Mining is a field of engineering and production, including methods and means of labor activity in the exploration, development of deposits and the primary processing of all types of minerals, as well as in the construction of mining enterprises and underground structures for various purposes. • All branches of mining and mining are characterized by a diversified technical and economic approach to solving scientific and production problems, an integrated approach to the use of minerals combined with minimal damage to nature.

Pedagogical methodologies used:

Expositive methods - obtaining new information (e.g. presentations, case studies, worked examples, demos)

Pedagogical tools Interactive multimedia lesson, Webcasting (video lessons and podcasts), Simple learning Resources (documents and PPT presentations)

Environment used

Interactive whiteboard, audience, computers, Internet, ACADEMICA virtual environment



Course Modality

Full-time Course Structure Structure of the course The course "Processes of open rocks" lasts 15 weeks and consists of 2 modules of 8 weeks each. In each module, different actions: lectures, discussions in virtual classes, case studies, webinars, etc. Topical Outline and Schedule

DATE Weeks x-y- Module title: Topics The main topics of this module are:

(Please describe new topics with Bold text) (Please describe updated/modernised topics with Regular&Underlined text) Please describe not changed topics with Regular text The concept of technology of mining a mineral deposit in the open way. 1. 1 General concept of what is called open mining. 1. 2. Technology of open mining. Works done on deposits 1. 3. Production processes in the quarry. Technology and mechanization of mining of rocks by hydraulic means. 2.1 General information. Application of the hydraulic method of development on open development. 2.2 Principle of technological interaction of the main equipment of hydromechanization during erosion and transportation of the rock. 2.3 Advantages and disadvantages of the hydraulic method of development. Preparation of rocks by explosion 3.1 General information on the preparation of rocks rocks explosion. 3.2 Methods of blasting. 3.3 The quality of the explosion.

Learning activities Training activities Module Processes of open mining. General information about the OGR processes The general concept consists of the following activities: Presentation of the course A) Arguments B) Objectives C) Structure D) Training conditions E) Prerequisites E-learning, from the beginning to the present A) computer training From ten years ago to the present day A) Recorded lessons "face to face" Modern solutions for e-learning A) Video tutorials



Course Slides Additional materials given by teachers

DATE Weeks 2 - Module II:


Topics The main topics of this module are: (Please describe new topics with Bold text) (Please describe updated/modernised topics with Regular&Underlined text) Please describe not changed topics with Regular text The use of rail transport. 4.1 General information. Advantages and disadvantages of rail transport. 4.2 Composition of the railway transport. 4.3 Throughput and carrying capacity of career railways. Technological schemes and equipment for the production of crushed stone sand and gravel. 5.1 Technological schemes and structures of complex mechanization at the enterprises for the production of crushed stone, sand and gravel. 5.2 Selection of processing and further storage of minerals. Features of mining operations in the extraction of natural stone. 6.1 General information. Requirements for natural stones. 6.2 Selection of technology for the development of natural stone deposits. 6.3 Equipment used for the development of natural stone.

Learning activities Training activities Module Processes of open mining. General information about the OGR processes The general concept consists of the following activities: Presentation of the course A) Arguments B) Objectives C) Structure D) Training conditions E) Prerequisites E-learning, from the beginning to the present A) computer training From ten years ago to the present day A) Recorded lessons "face to face" Modern solutions for e-learning A) Video tutorials




Learning activities Training activities Module Processes of open mining. General information about the OGR processes The general concept consists of the following activities: Presentation of the course A) Arguments B) Objectives C) Structure D) Training conditions E) Prerequisites E-learning, from the beginning to the present A) computer training From ten years ago to the present day A) Recorded lessons "face to face" Modern solutions for e-learning


A) Video tutorials

OUT OF CLASS ASSIGNMENTS &

ASSIGNED READINGS

Self-assessment test ( 30 questions) Reading: Texts provided by teacher


estimated equivalents

Based on letter system

digital equivalent The percentage of

points Based on the traditional system


A- 3,67 90-94 B+ 3,33 85-89

Good B 3,00 80-84 B- 2,67 75-79 C+ 2,33 70-74

satisfactorily C 2,00 65-69 C- 1,67 60-64 D+ 1,33 55-59 D 1,00 50-54 F 0,00 0-49 unsatisfactorily

Instructional Materials and References

Course slides

Additional lectures notes provided by teachers

Dedicated bibliography provided by teachers All partners were actively involved in all WP1 es

Professionally-oriented foreign language - Syllabus

Course Title Professionally-oriented

foreign language Pre-requisite (s) The student must have

knowledge in the amount of grammatical and lexical material passed on 1,2 courses.


Name and Contact Information of Instructors Professor Nurlan Baikenov E-mail [email protected]


Course Description The objectives of the course are specified in the requirements for communicative skills of speaking, listening, reading and writing in all types of speech activity associated with the perception and generation of discourse, interaction (dialogic communication) and mediation (translation of special texts). Practical foreign language course is considered in the program as a discipline, designed to meet the needs of the future specialist in acquiring knowledge and skills that will enable him: - to carry out oral and written communication in a foreign language in all types of speech activity with the leading role of reading; - independently deepen knowledge and improve the skills obtained in the university, for professional further activities; - master the lexical-grammatical and phonetic minimum of the basic and professional sublanguage, taking into account the amount of hours allocated for studying the discipline for communicatively oriented use for the purposes of everyday, professional and business communication.

Trainees profile

The course is addressed to which student class? Bachelor of mining


The purpose of teaching a foreign language as a general educational subject of a social and humanitarian block in the higher educational institutions of the indicated directions is to form the communicative and professional competencies of students.


As a part of communicative competence, linguistic (linguistic), discourse (speech) and socio-cultural competences are formed on an integrative basis. The content of linguistic competence includes knowledge and ability to apply phonological, lexical, grammatical phenomena of the language under study in a volume defined by the program in communicative and professional activities. The discursive component presupposes the student's knowledge and ability to apply in communicative and professional activities, the studied linguistic means for constructing utterances and texts in accordance with the norms of the language and speech forms (narrative, description, monologue, dialogue). Professional competence is formed in practical classes in accordance with the objectives of the course.



Pedagogical tools Interactive multimedia lesson, Webcasting (video lessons and podcasts), Simple learning

Resources (documents and PPT presentations)


Environment used


Course Modality

Full-time

Course Structure The " Professionally-oriented foreign language " course lasts 15 weeks and is organized into 5 modules of 3 weeks each. The activities are different in each module and include: lectures, virtual class discussions, case studies, webinars, etc.



(Please describe new topics with Bold text) (Please describe updated/modernised topics with Regular&Underlined text) Please describe not changed topics with Regular text

Working in Engineering 1) Main branches of engineering 2) Functions and professional activities of an engineer in modern society 3) Careers in engineering, job requirements in engineering.

Technical Design of Engineering Objects and Components

• Categorizing Engineering Materials and their Properties;

• Engineering design;

• Measurements

Learning activities The Module 1. Working in Engineering, Technical Design of Engineering Objects and Components is composed the following activities: Course presentation a) Arguments b) Objectives c) Structure d) Training environment e) Pre-requisites E-Learning, from the beginning to now a) Computer Based Training From ten year ago to nowadays


a) Recorded face-to-face lessons Modern E-Learning Solutions a) Video Lessons




DATE Weeks 2 - Module II: Topics The main topics of this module are:

(Please describe new topics with Bold text) (Please describe updated/modernised topics with Regular&Underlined text) Please describe not changed topics with Regular text

Effective Spoken and Written Technical Communication

1. Introduction to technical communication; oral communication. 2. Written and spoken instructions 3. Safety in the workplace

Research, Discovery and Innovation

1. Research Methods and Activities in Science and Engineering 2. Famous Innovators 3. Scientific and Technical Revolution, Describing Latest Inventions and

Breakthroughs

On Education

1. A Teacher's Main Responsibility is to Teach 2. Challenges for the future in maintaining and improving the quality of the

teacher 3. Teaching strategies for effective learning

Learning activities The Module Effective Spoken and Written Technical, Research, Discovery and

Innovation, On Education Communication is composed the following activities: Course presentation a) Arguments b) Objectives c) Structure d) Training environment e) Pre-requisites E-Learning, from the beginning to now a) Computer Based Training From ten year ago to nowadays a) Recorded face-to-face lessons Modern E-Learning Solutions a) Video Lessons




ASSIGNED READINGS

Assessment tools at the end of the course estimated equivalents





A- 3,67 90-94 B+ 3,33 85-89

Good B 3,00 80-84 B- 2,67 75-79 C+ 2,33 70-74



Course slides


Dedicated bibliography provided by teachers All partners were actively involved in all WP1 activities and did great job for overcoming the delay

Programming Technology - Syllabus

Course Title Programming Technology

Pre-requisite (s) Basics of programming, Algorithmization

Hours Lectures-30, practical lessons-15, seminars-15


30

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Kokshetau State University named after Sh. Ualikhanov Department: Faculty of Techniques and Technology Senior Lecturer: Baklkhazova Umsnganim E-mail: [email protected]


Course Description The Life Cycle of programs. Project planning and management. Testing and quality assurance. Accompanying Documentation. Software quality standards. Structural design. Ascending and descending ways of designing and implementing software

Trainees profile

The course is addressed to which student class? Baccalaureate / Full-time and correspondence courses / Second year students of the specialty Information Systems and Computers and software

Learning Objectives At the end of this course, the student will be able to: • Draw up a technical task • Choose the necessary mathematical models and methods for their algorithmic implementation. • To make a choice of software and tools for software development. • Organize verification, testing and checking the stability of software. • To carry out development of the technical task, drawing up and analysis of the work plan, create a user

interface and perform project integration;

Pedagogical aims to be reached -formation of students' knowledge of the discipline associated with the software development process, including links to the subject area, implementation, production organization, control over the terms of execution and quality; - familiarization with technical software and technological solutions used in software development; - the acquisition of practical skills in working in a team of programmers, the ability to find the right technological solutions for choosing the structure of a software project, methods of testing and controlling the use of modern tools and methodological tools


Active and interactive teaching methods. The main methods used: lecture, seminar, work in pairs, work in small groups, brainstorming, random research method, Case-study method, method of discussion, modular training, Thematic discussions

Pedagogical tools

Textbooks, handouts, electronic textbooks, digital educational resources, websites.

Environment used

Computers, interactive whiteboard , mobile device applications


Course Timing

Autumn semester

Course Structure


DATE Weeks 1-2. Module title: History of the development of software development technologies

Topics History of the development of software development technologies Learning activities The Module is composed the following activities:

Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information; History of the development of software development technologies: methodology, method, technological operation, technology, classification of software products. Basic concepts and definitions. What is the technology of programming? What are the main stages of of development of programming technology? Methods and tools for developing software products? The concept of the quality of software products. Criteria of quality. practical lessons-seminars: Choice of technology, language and programming environment



Reading; The first stage is spontaneous programming(from the appearance of the first computers to the mid-60s of the XX century). The second stage is a structural approach to programming (60-70s of the XX century). The third stage is the object approach to programming (from the middle80's until the end of the 90-ies of the twentieth century). The fourth stage is a component approach and CASE-technologies (from the mid-90s of XX to our time). Advantages and disadvantages of each stage.

DATE Weeks 3– 4. Module 2 : Stages of software development Topics Stages of software development. Basic concepts and elements of software

development technologies.

Learning activities The Module _ is composed the following activities: Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Basic concepts and definitions. Stages of software development: Life cycle, stages of software development. Models of software development. The main technological approaches: cascade, frame, assembly, adaptive (extreme programming). Basic concepts and elements of software development technologies



Conducting research; What are the main stages of the software development cycle? Describe stage of the stage Planning. Describe stage of the Feasibility study. Describe stage of the Product design. Describe stage of the Coding. Describe stage of the Implementation and Integration. Describe stage of the Testing. Describe stage of the Installation and Maintenance


DATE Weeks 5-6. Module 3: Types of designs

Topics TDesign in the procedural approach ..Design for an object approach of desigTts of designs gns Learning activities

Design in the procedural approach: state transition diagram, functional diagram, data flow diagram, data relationship diagram. Analysis of information processing and selection of data structures for its storage Selection of methods and development of basic algorithms for solving the problem. Design for an object approach: a typical course of events, a diagram of use cases, a context diagram of classes, a class diagram for the design phase and the implementation phase, a sequence diagram of the system



Reading; presentation preparation Design in the procedural approach: state transition diagram, functional diagram, data flow diagram, data relationship diagram

DATE Weeks 7-9. Module 4: Development of the user interface Topics Classification of software interfaces

Learning activities

User interface elements, dialog types and forms, dialogue script, ways of interaction between a person and a computer . Analysis and specification of requirements to the software product Analysis of information processing and selection of data structures for its storage Selection of methods and development of basic algorithms for solving the problem Development of the structural scheme of the software product



Reading; presentation preparation . The psychology of people and the choice of the right user interface Development of the user interface: solved tasks and means. Feasibility and metaphorical interface. Types of interfaces.

DATE Weeks 10-11. Module 5: Documentation and Maintenance./ Topics Documentation and Maintenance..Quality controlSelf-documenting programshe ion twarocum

Learning activities

Do Documentation tasks. Self-documenting programs, the composition of the software documentation, internal and user documents. Maintenance: Fixes errors, adds functionality, increases efficiency. Requirements for software and documentation for the implementation of successful support. Features of accompanying complex software products. Quality control. Software quality characteristics. Quantitative quality criteria. Standardization of information technologies. christictitative qu

OUT OF CLASS ASSIGNMENTS

& ASSIGNED READINGS

Preparation of program documentation. Types of program documents. Explanatory note. User guide. The manual of the system programmer. The basic rules of registration of the program documentation. Rules of registration of explanatory notes in course design.

DATE WeWeeks 13-15. Module 6 :Testing and debugging of software dule II: Design in the procedural approach

Topics Testing and debugging of software Learning activities

Testing and debugging of software: methods for testing software modules, testing the system as a whole, debugging methods. Criteria for completing testing debugging. Classification of errors. Methods for debugging software. Methods and means of obtaining additional information. General methodology for debugging software


OUT OF CLASS

Activities & ASSIGNMENTS

& ASSIGNED READINGS

Conducting research; Software testing. The stages of testing and their characteristics. Basic principles of testing.Tests and test kits. The concept of test coverage. The concept of automated testing. Autotests. Advantages and disadvantages of automated testing. An example of implementing a structural approach. An example of a functional approach.

Assessment tools at the end of the course Individual assignments, self-sufficient work, reports, activity in laboratory classes and seminars, tests, course work, performances during classes

Instructional Materials and References 1. Иванова Г.С. Технология программирования Учебник для вузов –М,МГТУ им.Баумана,2002 2. Климова Л.М. Pascal 7.0.:Пpактическое программирование. Решение типовых задач.-2 изд.,доп.-

М.:Кудиц-Обpаз,2000.528 с. 3. Малыхина М. П. Pascal 7.0:Пpактическое пpогpаммиpование.Решение типовых задач:Учебное

пособие.-М.:Кудиц-Обpаз,2000-528 с. 4. Демидович, Е. М. Основы алгоритмизации и программирования. Язык Си / Е. М. Демидович. – Минск :

Бестпринт, 2001 5. Павловская, Т. А. С/С++. Программирование на языке высокого уровня / Т. А. Павловская. – СПб. :

Питер, 2004. 6. Павловская, Т. А С/С++. Структурное программирование : Практикум /. С/С++. Структурное

программирование : Практикум / Т. А. Павловская, Ю. А. Щупак. – СПб. : Питер, 2002. 7. Павловская, Т. А. С++. Объектно-ориентированное программирование : практикум / Т. А. Павловская,

Ю. А. Щупак. – СПб. : Питер, 2004. 8. Вирт, Н. Алгоритмы и структуры данных / Н. Вирт. – СПб. : Невский диалект, 2001. 9. Вирт, Н. Алгоритмы + структуры данных = программы / Н. Вирт. – М. : Мир, 1985. 10. ftp://bkv.vvsu.ru/LIBRARY/Books – книги по программированию. 11. ftp://bkv.vvsu.ru/LIBRARY/SOFT – Программное обеспечение и алгоритмы. 12. ftp://bkv.vvsu.ru./DISTR/ – последние дистрибутивы программного обеспечения, преимущественно

для Linux.

The theory of complex systems - Syllabus

1. Data on the teacher: Khan Sergei Innokentievich. Position of the teacher, academic degree and title: head. Chair, Candidate of technical sciences, associate professor. Place of employment: KSU im. Sh. Ualikhanov, building number 2, Faculty of Economics and Information Technology, Department of "IP and VT." 2. Data on the discipline: Basics of computer modeling Extract from the curriculum: Course semester Qty

Credits Lectures, In hours

Pratic, seminar. Classes, in hours

The laboratory. Classes, in hours

SRSP In hours

CDS In hours

Total In hours

form of control


3 6 3 30 - 15 22 68 135 exam

3. Prerequisites of the discipline: "Mathematical analysis", "Probability theory and mathematical statistics", "Computer simulation applications". Postrequest of the discipline: "Designing information systems." 4. Description of the discipline. 4.1 General information. It is known that the basis of any automated information system is a mathematical model that represents the image of a real object (process) reflecting its essential properties and expressed in the form of mathematical symbols. The study of this discipline is aimed at mastering knowledge in the field of computer modeling, construction and implementation of optimization mathematical models. 4.2 Objectives of the discipline. The purpose of teaching the discipline "Fundamentals of Computer Modeling" is to get students knowledge of the basics of mathematical modeling, methods of constructing and implementing optimization mathematical models. 4.3 Tasks of the discipline. As a result of studying the discipline, students must: • to get knowledge about the main stages of development of optimization mathematical models, to know the basic methods of their implementation; • Have experience and acquire practical skills in developing algorithmic support for the implementation of optimization models. 5. Plan of classes. 5.1 Educational and mathematical plan for classes: № Content

(Topic and questions) Lectures in hours

Practice. Workshop. Lessons in hours

Laboratory studies, in hours

Educational literature

1 2 3 4 5 6 1 Introduction. Basic concepts of the

theory of IP. The concept and properties of IP. Classification of IP. Principles of IP construction.

2 - [1], [2]

2 Basic concepts of mathematical modeling. Classification of mathematical models. Classification of optimization mathematical models.

2 - [1], [2]

3 General logical scheme for making optimal decisions. Procedures for structural and parametric synthesis, structural and parametric optimization.

2 - [1], [3]

4 Structural synthesis of the system. Representation of the structure of the system in the form of a graph. Mathematical model of structural synthesis. Criteria for adapting the system. Algorithm of structural synthesis of the system.

4 2 [2]

5 General mathematical model of parametric optimization. The concept of

2 2 [3], [4]


a goal function, a criterion for optimizing a mathematical model. Classification of models of parametric optimization. Single-parameter one-parameter and multiparameter mathematical models.

6 Models of linear programming. Methods for implementing linear programming models.

4 2 [3]- [5]

7 Models of non-linear programming. Methods for implementing models of nonlinear programming: the method of search, the analytical method, the Lagrange method, the method of steepest descent, the method of motion along a spiral, etc.

4 4 [3]- [5]

8 Models of stochastic optimization. Methods for implementing stochastic optimization models.

2 2 [3]- [5]

9 Models of multicriteria optimization. Methods for implementing multi-criteria optimization models.

2 1 [3]- [5]

10 Fundamentals of simulation. Methods of imitation of random patterns. Analysis and processing of simulation results. The Monte Carlo method.

2 2 [4], [5]

11 Modeling of socio - economic systems. Modeling of production processes.

2 [4], [5]

Total 30 15 5.2 The SSP training and thematic plan № SRSP topics SRSP

In hours References to the educational and methodical literature

Other sources of sites, (elektr. Textbooks)

1 2 3 4 5 1 Properties of information systems.

Classification of information systems. Principles of IP construction. The main types of IP.

2 [1], [2]

2 Classification of mathematical models. Analytical, optimization and simulation mathematical models.

2 [1], [2]

3 Algorithm for the synthesis of rational structures of systems. Structural synthesis and optimization. Parametric synthesis and optimization.

2 [1]-[3]

4 Mathematical models of structural synthesis. Algorithms of structural synthesis of systems.

2 [1]-[3]

5 Models of parametric optimization. Classification of models of parametric optimization. Single-parameter and multiparameter optimization models.

2 [2], [3]


6 Mathematical models of linear programming. Methods and algorithms for implementing linear programming models.

2 [2], [3]

7 Mathematical models of nonlinear programming. Methods and algorithms for implementing models of one-criterion nonlinear optimization.

2 [2], [3]

8 Methods and algorithms for implementing multi-criteria optimization

models.

2 [2], [3]

9 Methods and algorithms for implementing stochastic optimization

models.

2 [2], [3]

10 Algorithms of information processing in simulation simulation.

2 [4], [5]

11 Examples of modeling of socio - economic and production systems.

2 [4], [5]

Total 22 Task for SRSP topics: 1. Development of optimization models based on the analysis of the structure of mathematical models. 2. Development of algorithms for implementing models of structural systems. 3. Development of an algorithm for implementing models of parametric optimization by the method of search. 4. Development of an algorithm for realizing models of parametric optimization by the method of steepest descent. 5. Development of an algorithm for implementing models of nonlinear programming Lagrange's method. 6. Development of an algorithm for realizing non-linear programming models by the method of spiral motion. 7. Development of an algorithm for implementing models of stochastic optimization. 8. Development of algorithms for implementing multi-criteria optimization models. 9. Development of algorithms for simulation of complex systems. 10. Decomposition of complex socio-economic and production systems. 6. The plan of classes in the independent work of students Issue week of the assignment

Topics classes

CRS task Recommended literature The form of control at the SSP

No. of the deadline № Source P., § or

chapter 2 Simulation

modeling as a method of scientific cognition.

Exercising of the LR

1,2 Point practical. Aspects

Protection of the lung

3

4 Mathematical modeling of the processes of the functioning of systems




5

6 Form representation of the logical structure of the model


1,2,3 Point practical. Aspects


7


8 Simulation data banks


1,2,4 Chapter 3 Protection of the lung

9

12 Simulation of queuing systems.


4 Chapter 5 Protection of the lung

13

7. Evaluation information: Types of control (current, final); Methods of control (questioning, writing, tests). 8. Valuation policy: The rating policy is based on 100 points (100%) system and provides the following distribution of points Types of control in the process of studying the discipline

Score in points Min/max

Current control Boundary control - I

100 100

100 100

Current control Boundary control - II

100 100

100 100

Final control (IC) Exam

100

100

Estimated equivalents Evaluation by letter system

Digital equivalent Percentage of points Evaluation according to the traditional system

A 4,00 95-100 Excellent A- 3,67 90-94 B+ 3,33 85-89 Good B 3,00 80-84 B- 2,67 75-79 C+ 2,33 70-74 Satisfactorily C 2,00 65-69 C- 1,67 60-64 D+ 1,33 55-59 D 1,00 50-54 F 0,00 0-49 Unsatisfactory 9. Policy of academic discipline and academic ethics Attendance is mandatory, in the absence of a valid reason, you must provide a report (medical certificate, etc.) and work out the missed topics. Without good reason, students are not allowed to practice. It is necessary to arrive on time on time (not later than the teacher), for delay the teacher has the right to not admit the student to the audience. In the classroom you can not: A) talk with each other on abstract topics; B) leave cell phones on (you need to use a vibration alert); C) fulfill the requirements of the teacher; D) deal with matters that do not relate to this subject; For fulfilling the above requirements, the teacher can encourage the student (add 1-2 points for the interim control, unless he has a maximum). Or, for systematic violations, the teacher may not add points for attendance to the final interim control and not allow working out the missed topics.

The theory of electricalcircuits - Syllabus

Course Title The theory of

electricalcircuits Pre-requisite (s) Computer science


Hours 45 Out of Class assignment Hours 90

Name and Contact Information of Instructors Teacher Kubigenova Akku Tulegenovna E-mail [email protected]

Course Description The theory of electrical circuits studies electromagnetic phenomena in technical systems intended for the production, transmission and distribution of electrical energy, the dissemination, transformation and processing of information-communication systems, automatic control, information and computing equipment.

Trainees profile

The course is addressed to which student class? This course is being studied by students specializing in computer technology and software.


As a result of the course, students should Have an idea:

! on the theory of electrical circuits as a theoretical basis for the study of special disciplines, for the development and research of devices and systems for processing, receiving and transmitting information;

! on the state and development trends of the theory of electrical circuits and signals; ! on the possibilities of using a computer in the analysis and synthesis of electrical circuits.

Know: ! operating principles of typical electrical circuits; ! basic methods for analyzing the passage of signals in electrical circuits; ! basic methods of experimental study of electrical circuits. ! Be able to: ! calculate the parameters of the main types of electrical circuits; ! calculate the signal parameters in electrical circuits of the main types for various types of external

influence. Have skills:

! practical application of methods for analyzing the processes of electrical circuits of the main types; ! methods for calculating the parameters of typical electrical circuits.

Pedagogical aims to be reached The tasks of studying the discipline: Teach students the methods of theoretical analysis, experimental research and the fundamentals of the synthesis of electrical circuits for various purposes and, primarily, used in communication technology.



Reproductive, design, modeling, creative, evaluation activity using information technology. Identification of problematic issues and situations, analysis of ways to solve them; Performance of laboratory works; Conducting research, including such types of research activities as analysis, synthesis, comparison, comparison, classification, etc.; Presentation of reports

Pedagogical tools Interactive interaction, Multimedia representation of resources, Virtual laboratories

Environment used

Electronic textbook. Presentations. Technical means (screen, projector, interactive whiteboard). Test assignments on discipline. Web resources.

DATE Weeks 1. Module 1. Topics Basic definitions, concepts and laws of the theory of electrical circuits.

Basic concepts and laws of the electromagnetic field and the theory of electric and magnetic circuits.

Learning activities To study the basic concepts of the theory of electrical circuits; Methods for analyzing linear circuits with two-pole and multi-pole elements; Modern software packages for calculating electrical circuits.



Get acquainted with the environment Electronics Workbench. Explore features and components. Prepare a report-presentation.

DATE Weeks 2 - Module 2: Topics Elements of electrical circuits.

Learning activities Analysis of current-voltage characteristics of passive two-terminal network of resistive

type. Analysis of the characteristics of controlled energy sources. Analysis of processes in the capacitor and inductor.



Experiment in Electronics Workbench. An exercise. Processes in elements with complex effects. Assignment: An ideal EMF source is connected to the ideal inductor. Determine: the change in the time of the current through the coil, the power and the stored energy and verify the correctness of the construction experimentally with the help of Electronics Workbench.

DATE Weeks 3 - Module 3: Topics Direct current circuits.

Learning activities Investigation of series and parallel connections of resistors. Verification of the equivalent replacement of a two-terminal network consisting of two series-connected sources of EMF.



AN EXERCISE Equivalent transformations of two-terminal networks. Experimental testing in Electronics Workbench.


ASSIGNED READINGS

Self-assessment test (n____ questions) Reading:

DATE Weeks 4 - Module 4:


Topics Alternating current circuits Learning activities Analysis of amplitude-phase relations for current and voltage in a resistor, capacitor and

inductor with harmonic effect. Investigation of instantaneous, full, active and reactive powers in these elements. 2. Investigation of amplitude-phase relations for currents and voltages in series and parallel connections.



Task: Determine by convolution-scan the complex of current through the resistance Ri and calculate the total power of the power source. Carry out experimental verification of calculation results

DATE Weeks 5 - Module 5: Topics Resonant circuits.

Learning activities Investigation of the amplitude-frequency characteristics of elements of a series oscillatory circuit (stress resonance). 2. Investigation of the phase-frequency characteristics of the elements of the series oscillatory circuit (stress resonance). 3. Investigation of the amplitude-frequency characteristics of elements of a parallel oscillatory circuit (resonance of currents).



EXERCISES 5.2. Resonance in complex circuits 5.3. Frequency characteristics of lossless circuits Carry out an experimental test.

DATE Weeks 6 - Module 6 Topics Three-phase circuits.

Learning activities 1.Investigation of amplitude-phase relations for EMF in a three-phase generator. 2. Measurement of linear and phase voltages. 3. Investigation of amplitude-phase relations between voltages and currents in a three-phase circuit



An exercise. Schemes with different generator and load connections Carry out an experimental test.

DATE Weeks 7 - Module 7 Topics Transient processes in circuits with a single energy storage.

Learning activities 1.Investigation of the transient process during the discharge of the capacitor to the resistance. 2. Investigation of the transient process when connecting a capacitor to a non-ideal constant voltage source. 3. Investigation of the transient process when connecting a capacitor to a non-ideal source of sinusoidal voltage.



An exercise Analysis of processes in complex schemes Carry out an experimental test.

DATE Weeks 8 - Module 8 Topics Transient processes in circuits with two energy stores.

Learning activities 1.The study of the process of discharging the capacitor on the inductor in the absence of losses in the circuit. 2. Investigation of the discharge of the capacitor on the inductor with a high Q of the circuit (oscillatory discharge). 3. Investigation of the discharge of the capacitor on the inductor with a low Q of the circuit (aperiodic discharge).



Problem 1. Transient process with instantaneous change in the parameters of the circuit.

DATE Weeks 9 - Module 9 Topics Diodes and Diode Circuits.

Learning activities 1. Investigation of the voltage and current of the diode with forward and backward bias of the pn junction. 2. Construction and investigation of the current-voltage


characteristic (VAC) for a semiconductor diode. 3. Investigation of the resistance of the diode with forward and reverse bias in the volt-ampere characteristic.



Conduct experiments Experiment 1. Measure voltage and calculate the current through the diode. Experiment 2. Current measurement. Experiment 3. Measurement of the static resistance of the diode. Questions 1. Compare the voltage across the diode with forward and backward bias in order of magnitude. Why are they different? 2. Are the measured values of the current at a direct offset comparable with the calculated values?

DATE Weeks 10 - Module 10 Topics Transistors and transistor circuits.

Learning activities 1. Investigation of the dependence of collector current on base current and base-emitter voltage. 2. Analysis of the dependence of the gain on the direct current on the collector current. 3. Investigation of the bipolar transistor operation in the cut-off mode.



Experiment. Getting the output characteristic of the transistor. Questions and Answers 1. What does the collector current of a transistor depend on? 2. What can you say about the output characteristics of the dependence of the collector current on the base current and the collector-emitter voltage?

DATE Weeks 11 - Module 11 Topics Operational amplifiers.

Learning activities 1. Measurement of the input currents of the operational amplifier (op amp). 2. Estimation of the values of the average input current and the difference of the input currents of the op-amp. 3. Measurement of the bias voltage of the opamp. 4. Measurement of the differential input resistance of the op-amp. 5. Calculation of the output resistance of the op-amp. 6. Measurement of the rate of increase in the output voltage of the op-amp.



Experiment 1. Measurement of bias voltage. Experiment 2. Measurement of input and output resistances. Questions 1. Is the difference of the input currents significantly different from the nominal value for the LM741 op-amp? 2. Do the measured bias voltage match the nominal value for the LM741 op amp? 3. Compare the value of the measured input resistance with the passport data to the LM741 op-amp.

DATE Weeks 12 - Module 12 Topics Logic schemes.

Learning activities 1. Investigation of logical schemes. 2. Realization of logical functions with the help of logical elements. 3. Synthesis of logic circuits that perform specified logical functions.



Experiment 1. Investigation of the logical function and. Setting the levels of logical signals. Questions and Answers 1. What is a Boolean variable and a Boolean signal? What values can they take? 2. What is a logical function? 3. Can voltage be a logical signal? Contact status? LED glow?

DATE Weeks 13 - Module 13 Topics Digital automatic devices with memory/

Learning activities 1. Study of the structure and algorithms of operation of asynchronous and synchronous triggers. 2. Investigation of the transition and excitation functions of the main types of triggers. 3. Study the interchangeability of triggers of different types.




Experiment. Investigation of the RS-flip-flop. Questions: 5. What is the difference between the table of transitions of the trigger and the table of excitation functions? 6. How is the storage property reflected in the characteristic equations of the triggers? 7. What is the fundamental difference between synchronous triggers and asynchronous triggers? 8. What is the priority of information and setting inputs in synchronous triggers?

DATE Weeks 14 - Module 14 Topics Combination schemes of medium integration/

Learning activities EXPERIMENTS Investigation of decoders Investigation of multiplexers



EXERCISES Application of decoders Application of multiplexers

DATE Weeks 15 - Module 15 Topics Synthesis of electrical circuits.

Learning activities Process modeling. OUT OF CLASS


ASSIGNED READINGS

Protection of works.

Assessment tools at the end of the course Criteria for assessing the knowledge of students "A", "A-" ("excellent") - if the learner has deeply and firmly grasped all the program material, exhaustively, consistently, intelligently and logically harmoniously describes it, does not hesitate with the answer when modifying the task, freely copes with the tasks set, shows The knowledge of theoretical material, correctly substantiates the decisions made, has versatile skills and techniques of doing practical work, discovers the ability to independently generalize and present the material without making mistakes; "B +", "B", "B-" ("good") - if the learner is firmly aware of the program material, competently and essentially expounds it, does not allow significant inaccuracies in answering the question, can correctly apply the theoretical provisions and owns the necessary Skills in performing practical tasks; "C +", "C", "C-", "D +", "D" ("satisfactory") - if the learner has learned only the main material, but does not know the individual details, admits inaccuracies, insufficiently correct formulations, violates the sequence in The presentation of program material and has difficulties in the implementation of practical tasks; "F" ("unsatisfactory") - if the trainee does not know a significant part of the program material, admits significant errors, and with great difficulty performs practical work. The same criteria the teacher is guided in the process of issuing an examination evaluation. The choice of the estimation in the amplitude of oscillations from A- to A, from B- to B +, from D to C + is determined by the degree of correspondence of the student's knowledge and skills to the criteria described above.


1. Бессонов Л. А. Теоретические основы электротехники. Электрические цепи: учеб. для вузов / Л. А. Бессонов. - 9-е изд., перераб. и доп. - М. :Высшая школа, 1996. - 638 с.

2. Попов В. П. Основы теории цепей: учеб. для вузов / В. П. Попов. - 3-е изд. - М.: Высшая школа, 2000. - 575 с.: ил.

3. Теоретические основы электротехники: В 3-х т. Учебник для вузов/К.С. Демирчан, Л.Р. Нейман, Н.В. Коровкин, В.Л. Чечурин.- СПб.: Питер, 2003. – 576 с.


4. Коровкин Н.В., Селина Е.Е., Чечурин В.Л. Теоретические основы электротехники: Сборник задач.- СПб.: Питер, 2004.- 512 с.

5. Астайкин А.И., Помазков А.П. Теоретические основы радиотехники. В 3-х частях. – Саров: ФГУП РФЯЦ-ВНИИЭФ, 2003-2004.

6. Орлов И.Я. Курс лекций по основам радиоэлектроники. – Н. Новгород: ННГУ, 2005.

All partners were actively involved

Visual C++ programming - Syllabus

Course Title Visual C++ programming Pre-requisite (s) Programming technology Hours Lectures 30 h

Laboratory classes 15 h Out of Class assignment Hours


Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Shokan Ualikhanov Kokshetau State University Department: Information Systems and Computer Engineering Senior Lecturer: Tatyana Fomichyova E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description The purpose of teaching discipline – to create at students theoretical and practical skills on use of the modern technologies of programming, to teach the main methods of creation of incorrect and effective algorithms and data structures in language of the high level C++.

Trainees profile The course is addressed to students studying under the bachelor's program 5B070300 – Information Systems.

Learning Objectives At the end of this course, the student will be able to: • apply programming methods by development of information systems; • define data structures in case of design of algorithms in process of the decision of tasks; • break the solution of a complex challenge into the sequence of simpler tasks; • use basic software libraries which are included in a programming language C ++; • make programs in a programming language C ++.

Pedagogical aims to be reached The educational and developing training purposes - to give to each student fundamental knowledge of bases of programming, including idea of processes of creation, modifying, implementation and testing of software products, and on this basis to disclose the pupil value of information processes in formation of the


modern scientific pattern of the world, and also a role of an information technology and an ADP equipment in development of the modern society

Pedagogical methodologies used: 1. Determination of a problem and setting of the purpose - disclosure of regularities of the pedagogical phenomenon. 2. Computation of precisely contoured circle of the phenomena making an object of research. 3. Exarticulation of precisely contoured circle of the phenomena making a subject and an object of a research. 4. Creation of working hypotheses. 5. Choice of methods of a research. 6. Carrying out research and design of results. 7. Implementation in practice.


Environment used


Course Structure The " Visual C++ programming" course lasts 15 weeks and is organized into 15 modules of 1 week each. The activities are different in each module and include: lectures, practical classes, laboratory classes, self-study assignments, self-study under the teacher’s supervision, etc.


DATE Week 1 – Module I: Total characteristic of language C ++. Technology of development of programs

Topics The main topics of this module are: • Introduction in C ++ • Principal components of programs

Learning activities The Module I “Total characteristic of language C ++. Technology of development of

programs” is composed the following activities: • Decision of tasks on a research subject • Design and development of programs with use of IDE Microsoft Visual Studio

OUT OF CLASS


ASSIGNED READINGS


DATE Week 2 - Module II: Language C++ data types. Operations, expressions and operators Topics The main topics of this module are:


• Alphabet and identifiers; • Operations, expressions and operators; • Data types and use of variables.

Learning activities The Module II “Language C++ data types. Operations, expressions and operators” is composed the following activities:

• Decision of tasks on a research subject; • Design and development of programs with use of IDE Microsoft Visual Studio.




DATE Week 3 – Module III: The controlling constructions: ramifyings and cycles Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Programming of ramifyings; • Types of operators of cycles; • The controlling operators in cycles.

Learning activities The Module III “The controlling constructions: ramifyings and cycles” is composed the following activities:





DATE Week 4 – Module IV: Arrays and pointers Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Arrays; • Pointers and links; • Dynamic arrays.

Learning activities The Module IV “Arrays and pointers” is composed the following activities: • Decision of tasks on a research subject; • Design and development of programs with use of IDE Microsoft Visual Studio.




DATE Week 5 – Module V: Sorting of arrays. The linear and binary search in arrays Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Bubble sort of arrays; • Sorting by insertions; • Quick sort; • Search in arrays: the linear search and binary search.

Learning activities The Module V “Sorting of arrays. The linear and binary search in arrays” is composed the following activities:





DATE Week 6 - Module VI: Functions. The recursive and inline functions Topics The main topics of this module are:


• General information about functions; • Obtaining several results; • Functions with variable number of parameters; • The recursive and inline functions; • Scopes of variables; • Library functions.

Learning activities The Module VI “Functions. The recursive and inline functions” is composed the following activities:





DATE Week 7 – Module VII: Use of arrays as parameters of functions Topics The main topics of this module are:

• One-dimensional arrays; • Multivariate arrays; • Dynamic arrays.

Learning activities The Module VII “Use of arrays as parameters of functions” is composed the following activities:





DATE Week 8 - Module VIII: Processing of characters and lines Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Bases of the theory of characters and lines; • Functions of operation with lines.

Learning activities The Module VIII “Processing of characters and lines” is composed the following activities:





DATE Week 9 - Module IX: Use of a preprocessor. The conditional compilation Topics The main topics of this module are:

• General information; • Determination and processing of macroes; • Switching on of files; • The conditional compilation.

Learning activities The Module IX “Use of a preprocessor. The conditional compilation” is composed the following activities:



ASSIGNMENTS &

Reading: Topics, Course Slides, Instructional Materials Self-assessment test (20 questions)


ASSIGNED READINGS Preparation for practical and laboratory researches DATE Week 10 - Module X: Classes and encapsulation. Creation of a class

Topics The main topics of this module are: • Concepts of object-oriented programming; • Object-oriented programming stages; • Description of a class; • Creation and use of objects; • Designers and destructors; • Creation and use of a class.

Learning activities The Module X “Classes and encapsulation. Creation of a class” is composed the following activities:





DATE Week 11 - Module XI: Inheritance. Access control of derivative classes Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Access control of derivative classes; • Single inheritance; • Multiple inheritance.

Learning activities The Module XI “Inheritance. Access control of derivative classes” is composed the following activities:





DATE Week 12 - Module XII: Overload of functions. The virtual functions Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Polymorphism; • Overload of functions; • Function copy choice; • Overload of standard operations; • The virtual functions.

Learning activities The Module XII “Overload of functions. The virtual functions” is composed the following activities:





DATE Week 13 - Module XIII: Input-output flows in С++ Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Flows; • Heading files of iostream library; • Classes and objects of flows of input-output; • Output of char variables *; • Character output by means of the put function element;


• The linked outputs; • Input of flows; • Pointing devices.

Learning activities The Module XIII “Input-output flows in С++” is composed the following activities: • Decision of tasks on a research subject; • Design and development of programs with use of IDE Microsoft Visual Studio.




DATE Week 14 - Module XIV: Exception handling Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Exception handling bases in With ++; • Generation of exceptions; • Interception of exceptions; • Repeated generation of exceptions; • Creation of the conditional expression; • Specification of exceptions; • Processing of unforeseen exceptions.

Learning activities The Module XIV “Exception handling” is composed the following activities: • Decision of tasks on a research subject; • Design and development of programs with use of IDE Microsoft Visual Studio.




DATE Week 15 - Module XV: Operation with files Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Files and flows; • Creation of the file of sequential access; • Data reading from the file of sequential access; • Up-dating of files of sequential access; • Files of random access; • Creation of the file of random access; • Arbitrary data record in the file of random access; • Sequential data reading from the file of random access.

Learning activities The Module XV ” Operation with files” is composed the following activities: • Decision of tasks on a research subject; • Design and development of programs with use of IDE Microsoft Visual Studio.




Assessment tools at the end of the course "A", "A-" ("perfectly") - if the student deeply and strongly acquired all program material, more exhaustively, sequentially, competently and logically harmoniously explains it, isn't at a loss with the response in case of modification of the job, freely copes with objectives, shows knowledge of theoretical material, correctly justifies the made decisions, owns scalene skills and methods of execution of practical operations, finds ability to independently generalize and explain material, without making mistakes;


"B+", "B", "B-" ("well") - if the student knows program material well, competently and in essence explains it, doesn't allow essential inaccuracies in the response to a question, can correctly apply theoretical provisions and owns necessary skills in case of execution of practical tasks; "C+", "C", "C-", "D+", "D" ("satisfactorily") - if the student acquired only the main material, but doesn't know separate details, allows inaccuracies, insufficiently correct statements, breaks the sequence in presentation of program material and experiences difficulties in execution of practical jobs; "F" ("unsatisfactory") - if the student doesn't know the considerable part of program material, makes essential mistakes, with big difficulty performs practical works. The teacher is guided by the same criteria in the course of exposure of an examination assessment. The assessment choice in a vibration amplitude from A- to A, from B- to B+, from D to C+ is defined by a level of compliance of knowledge and abilities of the student to the above described criteria.

Instructional Materials and References 1. Дейтел Х. Дейтел П. Как программировать на С++. – М.: Бином-Пресс, 2008 г.

2. Хомоненко А.Д. Программирование на С++: Учебное пособие. – М.: Альтекс, 2003 г.

3. Бьерн Страуструп. Программирование. Принципы и практика использования C++. - М.: Вильямс, 2011 г.

4. Холзнер С. Visual C++: Учебный курс. - М.: Питер, 2007

5. Иванова Г.С, Ничушкина Т.Н., Пугачев Е.К. Объектно-ориентированное программирование: Учеб. для вузов/ Под ред. Г.С. Ивановой. - М.: Изд-во МГТУ им. Н.Э. Баумана, 2001.

6. Павловская Т.А. С++. Объектно-ориентированное программирование. - М., 2006

7. Культин Н. С/С++ в задачах и примерах. - СПб., 2002


Summer Semester Courses

Architecture and organization of computer systems - Syllabus

Course Title Architecture and

organization of computer systems

Pre-requisite (s) Computer science

Hours 45 Out of Class assignment Hours 90

Name and Contact Information of Instructors Teacher Kubigenova Akku Tulegenovna E-mail [email protected]

Course Description The purpose of the discipline "Architecture and organization of computer systems" is the formation and consolidation of general cultural and professional competences in the field of construction, organization and methods of research of computer systems and networks.

Trainees profile For students of the specialty 5В070400 "Computing systems and software"

Learning Objectives As a result of mastering the discipline, the student should be able to: - receive information about the parameters of the computer system; - connect additional equipment and adjust communication between elements Computer system; - to install and configure computer software Systems. As a result of mastering the discipline, the student should know: - basic concepts and basic principles of constructing computational architectures Systems; - Types of computing systems and their architectural features; -organization and principle of operation of the basic logical blocks of computer Systems; - information processing at all levels of computer architectures; - the main components of software for computer systems; - the basic principles of resource management and organization of access to these Resources.

Pedagogical aims to be reached Discipline is aimed at the solution of the following tasks: mastering the basic principles of organization and functioning of computer and telecommunication systems for various purposes, acquiring knowledge for building, configuring and administering computer systems and network.

Pedagogical methodologies used: Reproductive, design, modeling, creative, evaluation activity using information technology. Identification of problematic issues and situations, analysis of ways to solve them; Performance of laboratory works;


Conducting research, including such types of research activities as analysis, synthesis, comparison, comparison, classification, etc.; Presentation of reports

Pedagogical tools Interactive interaction, Multimedia representation of resources, Virtual laboratories

Environment used

Electronic textbook. Presentations. Technical means (screen, projector, interactive whiteboard). Test assignments on discipline. Web resources, Softweare.

DATE Weeks 1-2. Module 1. Topics Introduction to computer architecture Stages of computer technology development.

The concept of computer architecture. Logical bases of data processing. The initial stages of development: the mechanical stage, Charles Babidge's machines, the electromechanical stage, the beginning of the electronic stage. Architecture von Neumann and Harvard. The concept of tact. Gates and combination schemes. Memory scheme on the base valves. Integral circuits.

Learning activities testing; Performance of laboratory works; Performance and protection of homework; Protection of laboratory works (testing);



Number systems Representation of numbers in binary notation Multibyte computing in binary arithmetic

DATE Weeks 3-4 - Module 2: Topics The development of architecture and computational parallelism. Parallelism in the

architecture of the initial period: Parallel processing of bits of code. , The combination in time of the operation of several devices, the direction of the further development of parallelism. Evaluation of the performance of computing systems. Evaluation of the clock speed. Peak and real performance. Units of MIPS. Units Flops. LINPACK. Livermore cycles. SPEC and other tests.




Main computer blocks. External devices. Additional integrated circuits. Elements of PC construction. Functional characteristics of the computer.

DATE Weeks 5-6 - Module 3: Topics Multi-program mode of computers. Segmental model of the protected mode memory:

the structure of the segment descriptor, the linear address. Memory. Organization of virtual memory. Increase the efficiency of memory. Statistical and dynamic memory. Memory chips. Memory cycle. Types of microcircuits for dynamic memory. Multilevel organization of memory. Cache.


OUT OF CLASS Main computer blocks



ASSIGNED READINGS

Microprocessor. The system bus. The main memory. External memory. Source of power. Timer.

DATE Weeks 7-8 - Module 4: Topics Architecture of computing systems. Classification of architectures: according to the

principle of action, by generations. Functional classification of computers. Classification of the architecture of the command system. Parallel architecture. Nonclassical architecture. The laws of Amdahl. Topology of parallel systems. Classification of parallel systems by Flynn. Classification of parallel systems of the MKMD class.




Supercomputers and features of their architecture. Cluster Supercomputers Varieties of highly parallel multiprocessor Computer systems. Highly parallel architectures Multiprocessor computing systems. Principles of construction Cluster supercomputers.

DATE Weeks 9-10 - Module 5: Topics Overview of the main families of microprocessors. The Intel family. The SUNSPARC

family. Families RA-RISC, Alpha, Power PC, MIPS, BESM families and Elbrus. Learning activities testing;

Performance of laboratory works; Performance and protection of homework; Protection of laboratory works (testing);



The architecture of multi-core processors. Simplified internal architecture of the Intel processor family. Signals and timing diagram of the Intel processor family. Modes of the processor. Characteristic of the real operating mode of the Intel processor. Memory addressing in real mode. Description of the protected mode of the Intel processor. Memory addressing in protected mode.

DATE Weeks 11-12 - Module 6 Topics Introduction to the architecture of computer networks Application of computer

networks. Elements of network equipment. Communication lines. Basics of data transmission. Conducting information transmission media. Magnetic media. Twisted pair. Coaxial cable. Fiber optics.




Creation of a dynamic simulation model of network topologies. Network layout. Data transmission by cable. Methods for accessing the environment Data transfer for different network topologies.

DATE Weeks 13-14- Module 7 Topics Wireless Network Electromagnetic spectrum. Radio communication. Communication in

the microwave range. Transmission in the infrared range. Communication in the visible range. Satellite connection. Geostationary satellites. Middle-altitude satellites. Low orbital satellites. Satellites versus fiber. Mobile telephone system. First generation mobile phones: analog voice transmission. The second generation of mobile phones: digital voice transmission. Mobile phones of the third generation: digital speech and


data. Learning activities testing;




Structure and purpose of global networks. Technical means Global networks. Communication lines.

DATE Weeks 15 - Module 8 Topics Security in networks. Fundamentals of cryptography. Algorithms with public key.

Digital signatures. Connection security. Confidentiality of electronic correspondence. Learning activities testing;




Organizational information security Technical means and methods of information protection Software and hardware tools and methods for ensuring information security Cryptographic methods of information protection Application of information technologies for studying the issues of organizational and legal support of information security

Assessment tools at the end of the course Criteria for assessing the knowledge of students "A", "A-" ("excellent") - if the learner has deeply and firmly grasped all the program material, exhaustively, consistently, intelligently and logically harmoniously describes it, does not hesitate with the answer when modifying the task, freely copes with the tasks set, shows The knowledge of theoretical material, correctly substantiates the decisions made, has versatile skills and techniques of doing practical work, discovers the ability to independently generalize and present the material without making mistakes; "B +", "B", "B-" ("good") - if the learner is firmly aware of the program material, competently and essentially expounds it, does not allow significant inaccuracies in answering the question, can correctly apply the theoretical provisions and owns the necessary Skills in performing practical tasks; "C +", "C", "C-", "D +", "D" ("satisfactory") - if the learner has learned only the main material, but does not know the individual details, admits inaccuracies, insufficiently correct formulations, violates the sequence in The presentation of program material and has difficulties in the implementation of practical tasks; "F" ("unsatisfactory") - if the trainee does not know a significant part of the program material, admits significant errors, and with great difficulty performs practical work. The same criteria the teacher is guided in the process of issuing an examination evaluation. The choice of the estimation in the amplitude of oscillations from A- to A, from B- to B +, from D to C + is determined by the degree of correspondence of the student's knowledge and skills to the criteria described above.

Instructional Materials and References 1. Олифер В.Г.,Олифер Н.А. Компьютерные сети: принципы, технологии, протоколы: Учеб.

пособие для вузов,- СПб. : Питер,2000 2. Цилькер, Б. Я. Организация ЭВМ и систем:учебник для студ. вузов,обучающихся по

направлению "Информатика и вычислительная техника'УБ. 3. Я.Цилькер, С.А.Орлов.-СПб.:Питер,2004 3.Избачков, Ю. Информационные системы: учебное 4. Баранова Е.К. Моделирование системы защиты информации. Практикум: учеб. пособие для

студентов вузов / Е. К. Баранова, А. В. Бабаш. - М. : РИОР : ИНФРА-М, 2015. - 120 с. - (Высшее образование : Бакалавриат)


5. Платонов В.В. Программно-аппаратные средства защиты информации: учебник для студентов вузов, обуч. по направл. подгот. "Информ. безопасность" / В. В. Платонов. - 2-е изд., стер. - М. : Академия, 2014. - 336 с.

6. 1. Орлов С.А., Цилькер Б.Я. «Организация ЭВМ и систем» - СПб.: «Питер», 2011 7. Максимов Н.В. «Архитектура ЭВМ и вычислительных систем» - М.: «Форум», 2010 8. Пескова С.А., Кузин А.В. «Архитектура ЭВМ» - М.: «Форум», 2011 9. 3. Таненбаум Э. «Архитектура компьютера» - СПб: «Питер», 2010

Computer networks - -Syllabus

Course Title Computer networks Pre-requisite (s) ICT, Operating systems Hours Lectures 30 h

Practical classes 15 h Laboratory classes 15 h



Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Shokan Ualikhanov Kokshetau State University Department: Information Systems and Computer Engineering Senior Lecturer: Tatyana Fomichyova E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description The discipline purpose "Computer networks" is development of the principles of the organization and functioning of computer networks, features of operation of the personal computer in networks, acquaintance to modern computer network technologies, obtaining practical skills of work in local networks.

Trainees profile The course is addressed to students studying under the bachelor's program 5B070300 – Information Systems.

Learning Objectives At the end of this course, the student will be able to: • organize and configure computer networks; • build and analyze models of computer networks; • effectively use hardware and program components of computer networks; • establish and configure settings of protocols; • find and eliminate errors at data transmission.

Pedagogical aims to be reached The educational and developing training purposes - to give to each student fundamental knowledge of bases of computer systems, including idea of processes of creation, administration and enhancement of network infrastructures, and on this basis to disclose the pupil value of information processes in formation of the modern scientific pattern of the world, and also a role of an information technology and an ADP equipment in development of the modern society


Pedagogical methodologies used: 1. Determination of a problem and setting of the purpose - disclosure of regularities of the pedagogical phenomenon. 2. Computation of precisely contoured circle of the phenomena making an object of research. 3. Exarticulation of precisely contoured circle of the phenomena making a subject and an object of a research. 4. Creation of working hypotheses. 5. Choice of methods of a research. 6. Carrying out research and design of results. 7. Implementation in practice.


Environment used


Course Structure The " Computer networks" course lasts 15 weeks and is organized into 15 modules of 1 week each. The activities are different in each module and include: lectures, practical classes, laboratory classes, self-study assignments, self-study under the teacher’s supervision, etc.


DATE Week 1 – Module I: Computer networks as basis of creation of an information system Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Definition of local network; • Merits and demerits of local networks; • Concepts of the theory of networks.

Learning activities The Module I “Computer networks as basis of creation of an information system” is composed the following activities:

• Installation of network operating system; • Setup of an operating system; • Creation of users; • Adding of folders of the server.




DATE Week 2 - Module II: Bases of creation of computer networks Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Basic principles of creation of computer networks; • Systems of teleprocessing of data;


• Information network. Learning activities The Module II “Bases of creation of computer networks” is composed the following

activities: • Setup of remote access; • Connection of workstations.




DATE Week 3 – Module III: Classification of computer networks Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Types of information networks; • Types of local computer networks; • Peer-to-peer local networks; • Server local networks.

Learning activities The Module III “Classification of computer networks” is composed the following activities:

• Setup of a router; • Software installation; • Treatment of viruses; • Data recovery.




DATE Week 4 – Module IV: Basic concepts of computer networks Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Network nodes, cable segment, network segment, logical network, cloud, passive and active communication devices;

• Physical and logical topology; • Media access methods of transmission.

Learning activities The Module IV “Basic concepts of computer networks” is composed the following activities:

• Creation of a name space of the distributed file system (DFS); • Deployment of name spaces of DFS; • Name space type selection; • Adding of servers of name spaces to a domain name space of DFS; • Delegating of permissions on control of name spaces of DFS.




DATE Week 5 – Module V: Standardization of network decisions Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Sources of standards; • Basic model of the organization of open system interconnection (OSI model); • Concept "open system"; • Concept of the function level; • Levels of control of the OSI model; • Standard stacks of communications protocols; • IEEE 802.x standards.

Learning activities The Module V “Standardization of network decisions” is composed the following


activities: • Introduction Active Directory; • Deployment of directory services of the Active Directory.




DATE Week 6 - Module VI: Hardware of computer networks Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Multi-layer model of a network; • The functional purpose of main types of the communication equipment; • The functional compliance of the communication equipment to levels of the

OSI model. Learning activities The Module VI “Hardware of computer networks” is composed the following activities:

• Run ActiveDirectoryUsers and Computers; • Connection with the domain; • Control of accounting entries of computers.




DATE Week 7 – Module VII: Software of information networks Topics The main topics of this module are:

• application software; • network operating system.

Learning activities The Module VII “Software of information networks” is composed the following activities: • Creation of computer login accounts; • Viewing and editing properties of computer login accounts; • Relocation of computer login accounts.




DATE Week 8 - Module VIII: Distribution of resources of the computer Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Division of disk storage modules and files; • Division of files without LAN; • Network of equivalent computers or peer-to-peer LAN; • Control of data protection and administration in a peer-to-peer LAN.

Learning activities The Module VIII “Distribution of resources of the computer” is composed the following activities:

• Association of the computer to the domain or working group; • Control of domain controllers, roles and directories; • Viewing and transmission of domain roles; • Setup of global directories.




DATE Week 9 - Module IX: E-mail Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Components of system of e-mail;


• Clients of e-mail; • E-mail servers; • Protocols of e-mail.

Learning activities The Module IX “E-mail” is composed the following activities: • Creation of MMC; • Setup of display of equipments in the console: new windows; • Creation of task bars of MMC; • Setup of parameters of the file of the console.




DATE Week 10 - Module X: File servers Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Choice of the best network OS; • Criteria with which shall satisfy a file server; • Server hardware; • Reliability assessment of hardware.

Learning activities The Module X “File servers” is composed the following activities: • Adding of the user account; • Deleting user account; • Viewing of accounting entries of users; • Change of the displayed name for the user account; • Activation of the user account; • Switch-off of the user account; • Review of accounting entries of users; • User account control by means of a monitoring panel.




DATE Week 11 - Module XI: Protocols, cables and adapters Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Protocols, packets of messages and communication; • Application of protocols of the low level; • Network IEEE 802.3/Ethernet technology; • IEEE 802.5/Token Ring technology; • ARCNET; • FDDI; • Parameters of cables.

Learning activities The Module XI “Protocols, cables and adapters” is composed the following activities: • Administration of accounting entries of groups; • Implementation of groups in the domain; • Implementation of groups; • Administration of a group policy.




DATE Week 12 - Module XII: Network software Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Network OS;


• Structure of network OS. Learning activities The Module XII “Network software” is composed the following activities:

• Installation of a FTP component • Configuring of the FTP server • Settings of a firewall • Creation of FTP users and assignment of the rights




DATE Week 13 - Module XIII: Peer-to-peer LAN Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Advantages and shortcomings of peer-to-peer networks; • Databases; • Software of collective use, e-mail and programs of planning; • Internet сonnection.

Learning activities The Module XIII “Peer-to-peer LAN” is composed the following activities: • Installation of the Web server on the basis of Ubuntu Linux Server; • Creation of the superuser; • Installation of a file manager of MC; • Installation of the fixed IP address; • Communication of the IP address and server name; • Setup of the Web client (browser); • Creation of users of a Web server; • Creation of groups and adding of users in them.




DATE Week 14 - Module XIV: LAN control Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Application of SNMP and CMIP protocols of LAN control; • Data access; • Transport layer protocol.

Learning activities The Module XIV “LAN control” is composed the following activities: • Installation of a file server on the basis of Ubuntu Linux LTS Server; • Creation of the separated directories on a file server; • The job of access rights to the separated directories; • Creation of users of a file server; • Creation of a user group of a file server; • Access to the separated resources for group.




DATE Week 15 - Module XV: Wide computer networks Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Review of wide area networks; • Communication links; • Frame Relay; • ATM (Asynchronous Transfer Mode);


• ISDN (Integrated Services Digital Network); • FDDI (Fiber Distributed Data Interface); • SONET (Synchronous Optical Network).

Learning activities The Module XV ”Wide computer networks” is composed the following activities: • Archiving and restoration of file resources; • Development and implementation of backup strategy; • Choice of archive devices and carriers.




Assessment tools at the end of the course "A", "A-" ("perfectly") - if the student deeply and strongly acquired all program material, more exhaustively, sequentially, competently and logically harmoniously explains it, isn't at a loss with the response in case of modification of the job, freely copes with objectives, shows knowledge of theoretical material, correctly justifies the made decisions, owns scalene skills and methods of execution of practical operations, finds ability to independently generalize and explain material, without making mistakes; "B+", "B", "B-" ("well") - if the student knows program material well, competently and in essence explains it, doesn't allow essential inaccuracies in the response to a question, can correctly apply theoretical provisions and owns necessary skills in case of execution of practical tasks; "C+", "C", "C-", "D+", "D" ("satisfactorily") - if the student acquired only the main material, but doesn't know separate details, allows inaccuracies, insufficiently correct statements, breaks the sequence in presentation of program material and experiences difficulties in execution of practical jobs; "F" ("unsatisfactory") - if the student doesn't know the considerable part of program material, makes essential mistakes, with big difficulty performs practical works. The teacher is guided by the same criteria in the course of exposure of an examination assessment. The assessment choice in a vibration amplitude from A- to A, from B- to B+, from D to C+ is defined by a level of compliance of knowledge and abilities of the student to the above described criteria.

Instructional Materials and References 1. Олифер В.П., Олифер Н.А. «Компьютерные сети» Принципы, технологии, протоколы: Учебник для

вузов. 2-изд. / СПБ: Питер, 2003 – 864 с.

2. Закер К. «Компьютерные сети». Модернизация и поиск неисправностей. Пер. с анг. – СПБ: БХВ-Петербург, 2004 – 1008 с.

3. Максимов Н.В., Попов И.И. «Компьютерные сети». Учебное пособие. –М.: Форум; ИНФРА-М, 2005 – 336 с.

4. Зайка А.А. «Компьютерные сети». М.: ОЛМА-ПРЕСС, 2006. 448 с.: ил.

5. Назаров С.В. Администрирование локальных сетей WINDOWS NT/2000/.NET. – 2-е изд., перераб. и дополн. – М. Финансы и статистика, 2003. – 408 с.: ил.

6. Велихов А.В., Строчников К.С., Леонтьев Б.К. Компьютерные сети. [Текст]: Учебное пособие по администрированию локальных объединенных сетей. – 2-е изд. – Москва: Компьютерная литература, 2004. – 320 с.

7. Дубовиченко С. Б: Компьютерные сети и интернет. Учебное пособие: Алматы: Данекер, 2001 – 194 с.


Construciton of mining enterprises - Syllabus

Course Title Construciton of mining

enterprises Pre-requisite (s)

Hours 60 hours Out of Class assignment Hours

75 hours

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Kokshetsu State University named after Sh.Ualikhanov Department: Technical and technology faculty Professor: Nurzhan Kishkenebayev E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description The base aim of construction of mining enterprises is to prepare the students as the future specialties of mining in the sphere of construction of mining. Thus in the process of studying this course students will teach the kinds of mining construction, to build the mining construction. For example, students will teach the peculiarities of building the main raise, pilot raise, wind way, stone drift, road, gradient, bench.

Trainees profile

The course is addressed to which student class? The course is addressed to the students who studies in the specialty of mining.

Learning Objectives At the end of this course, the student will be able to: • Build the kinds of mining construction; • Know planning and build the basic periods of mining enterprises ; • Substansiate the construction of mine working ;


Teach students to planning the arguments of mining production, the passage technology of them, mechanize and organize, underground mine technology.


1. Kartozia BA, Fedunets BI, Shuplik MN, Mine and Underground Construction. Textbook. Moscow: MGGU, 2003 - 732 p. 2. VM Vyaltsev. Technology of construction of mining enterprises in examples and tasks. M .: Nedra, 1989 - 240 p. 3. Guzeev A.G. Design and construction of mining enterprises. M .: Nedra, 1987, - 232 p.


Pedagogical tools

The different pictures and videos of mining, posters, interactive board, model of mining construction

Environment used

Mineralogical museum, special mining auditory, mining career (excursion).

Course Timing

2 hours lecture and 2 hours practice in a week.



Principles of design and construction of mine workings

Learning activities The Module is composed the following activities: Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, complete, draw, compose write, etc.; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.



Report /presentation preparation Experiment in simulated environment/problem-based scenarios Self-assessment test


Technology of vertical trunks construction (raise)

Learning activities The Module is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.



Eamples: Reading; Conducting research; Report /presentation preparation Case study taken from the student’s real world setting Experiment in simulated environment/problem-based scenarios Self-assessment test


Peer review OUT OF CLASS


Self-assessment test Reading:


If the student knows all information from the period of title, uses additional materials gets “excellent” tool. If the student knows not less than 75% of information from the period of title gets “good” tool. If the student knows not less than 50% of information from the period of title, if needs the help of teacher in the course gets “satisfactory” tool.

Instructional Materials and References 1.Unified norms of mining for open mining operations for mining enterprises. Excavation and transportation. - Moscow: Nedra, 1971. 2. Nasonov ID, Fedyukin VA, Shchuplik M.N. Technology of construction of underground structures. M .: Nedra, 1992, -300p. 3. Norms of technological design of enterprises of non-metallic building materials industry. - L .: Stroyizdat, 1977. 4. Pokrovsky N.M. Complexes of underground mine workings and structures. M .: Nedra, 1987 - 248 p.

Electrical and electricity of mining companies - Syllabus

Course Title Electrical and electricity

of mining companies Pre-requisite (s) Physics, Fundamentals of

Mining Technology, Mathematics, Theoretical Foundations of Electrical Engineering, Electrical Machines and Electric Drives, Metrology


Name and Contact Information of Instructors Professor Nurlan Baikenov E-mail [email protected]

Course Description Purpose: Theoretical and practical training of future specialists in the field of power supply for mining enterprises. To teach economically and effectively to use energy, to work with electrotechnical literature. Tasks: - the study of the theoretical foundations of electric drives, and the use of electrical energy in mining enterprises; - familiarization with the basic principles of automated electric drive of excavators, drilling rigs, drainage and compressor installations; - development of engineering methods for calculating the electric drive of working machines and power supply for mining enterprises.


The summary of the discipline - Features of the operation of the electrical equipment of quarries; - categories of electricity consumers; - power supply sources; - external and internal power supply of OGR; - power supply and electrical equipment of single-bucket excavators, drilling rigs, bilge and compressor installations; - electric lighting; - electricity accounting and tariffing

Trainees profile

The course is addressed to which student class? Bachelor of mining


• Theoretical and practical training of future specialists in the field of power supply for mining enterprises; • Teach you how to use energy efficiently and efficiently, work with electrical literature; • Work with electrical literature.

Pedagogical aims to be reached - The study of the theoretical foundations of electric drives, and the application of electrical energy in mining enterprises; - Acquaintance with the basic principles of the automated electric drive of excavators, drilling rigs, pouring and compressor installations; - Development of engineering methods for calculating the electric drive of working machines and power supply for mining enterprises.



Pedagogical tools Interactive multimedia lesson, Webcasting (video lessons and podcasts), Simple learning Resources (documents and PPT presentations)

Environment used




Course Modality

Full-time

Course Structure The " Electrical and electricity of mining companies " course lasts 15 weeks and is organized into 2 modules of 8 weeks each. The activities are different in each module and include: lectures, virtual class discussions, case studies, webinars, etc.



(Please describe new topics with Bold text) (Please describe updated/modernised topics with Regular&Underlined text) Please describe not changed topics with Regular text Electric supply of open mining. General information about power supply. 1.1Power supply features of OСМ. Basic requirements for power supply of OСМ. 1.2 Conventional symbols of electrical equipment on the principle diagrams of power supply. Schemes of external power supply and main step-down substations. Stationary substations. Switchgears. 1.3. The plan of the electrical network and the schematic diagram of the power supply in the transport development system. Mobile complete transformer substations. Power equipment of substations. 1.4 Power supply of the site with a transportless development system with two excavators. Network layout and circuit diagram. Transformers and commutation equipment. Mobile distribution and switching points. Fundamentals of electric drive. 2.1 Definition of the term "electric drive" - a brief history of the development of the electric drive. Varieties and areas Application of different types of ED. Mechanical characteristics of electric machines and working machines. Passport values of machines and mechanisms. 2.2. Achievements of domestic industry in the development of ED mining machines. Scope of AC and DC electric motors for driving quarry machines and installations. Determination of the running time of the ED. 2.3. Construction of electric motors in mine and non-working design. The operating principle of electric machines. General information about electrical insulating materials. Thermal mode of the electric motor. Speed control on the motor shaft. Brake modes. Calculation of low-voltage electrical equipment. The principle of drawing circuits of electrical installations. 2.4 Mechanical characteristics of electric machines, working machines. Methods for determination of design electric loads Determination of the number and power of substation transformers. 2.5. Devices of overhead power lines on OCM. Calculation of air and cable power lines in quarries.

Learning activities The Module Electric supply of open mining. General information about power supply, Fundamentals of electric drive is composed the following activities:


Course presentation a) Arguments b) Objectives c) Structure d) Training environment e) Pre-requisites E-Learning, from the beginning to now a) Computer Based Training From ten year ago to nowadays a) Recorded face-to-face lessons Modern E-Learning Solutions a) Video Lessons





(Please describe new topics with Bold text) (Please describe updated/modernised topics with Regular&Underlined text) Please describe not changed topics with Regular text Electrical lighting OCM. 3.1 Objects to be illuminated. Norms of illumination. The concept of light values and units. 3.1 Calculation of lighting by lamps and floodlights. Design and calculation of lighting network. 3.2 Electric light sources. Lighting. Types and the device of fixtures. Calculation of power and selection of lighting transformers. 3.3. Electrical lighting systems on OCM. Placement of lighting fixtures. The main energy indicators of the OCM electrical facilities. 4.1 General information on reactive power consumers. Power factor. 4.2 Automatic power control of static capacitor batteries. Measures to reduce the consumption of reactive power. Methods for compensation of reactive power.

Learning activities The Module Electrical lighting OCM, The main energy indicators of the OCM electrical facilities is composed the following activities: Course presentation a) Arguments b) Objectives c) Structure d) Training environment e) Pre-requisites E-Learning, from the beginning to now a) Computer Based Training From ten year ago to nowadays a) Recorded face-to-face lessons Modern E-Learning Solutions a) Video Lessons





Learning activities The Module Electrical lighting OCM, The main energy indicators of the OCM electrical facilities is composed the following activities: Course presentation a) Arguments b) Objectives c) Structure d) Training environment e) Pre-requisites E-Learning, from the beginning to now a) Computer Based Training From ten year ago to nowadays a) Recorded face-to-face lessons Modern E-Learning Solutions a) Video Lessons


ASSIGNED READINGS


Assessment tools at the end of the course estimated equivalents





A- 3,67 90-94 B+ 3,33 85-89

Good B 3,00 80-84 B- 2,67 75-79 C+ 2,33 70-74



Course slides


Dedicated bibliography provided by teachers All partners were actively involved in all WP1 activities and did great

Fundamental of computer simulation - Syllabus

1. Data on the teacher: Khan Sergei Innokentievich. Position of the teacher, academic degree and title: head. Chair, Candidate of technical sciences, associate professor.


Place of employment: KSU im. Sh. Ualikhanov, building number 2, Faculty of Economics and Information Technology, Department of "IP and VT." 2. Data on the discipline: Basics of computer modeling Extract from the curriculum: Course semester Qty

Credits Lectures, In hours

Pratic, seminar. Classes, in hours

The laboratory. Classes, in hours

SRSP In hours

CDS In hours

Total In hours

form of control

3 6 3 30 - 15 22 68 135 exam

3. Prerequisites of the discipline: "Mathematical analysis", "Probability theory and mathematical statistics", "Computer simulation applications". Postrequest of the discipline: "Designing information systems." 4. Description of the discipline. 4.1 General information. It is known that the basis of any automated information system is a mathematical model that represents the image of a real object (process) reflecting its essential properties and expressed in the form of mathematical symbols. The study of this discipline is aimed at mastering knowledge in the field of computer modeling, construction and implementation of optimization mathematical models. 4.2 Objectives of the discipline. The purpose of teaching the discipline "Fundamentals of Computer Modeling" is to get students knowledge of the basics of mathematical modeling, methods of constructing and implementing optimization mathematical models. 4.3 Tasks of the discipline. As a result of studying the discipline, students must: • to get knowledge about the main stages of development of optimization mathematical models, to know the basic methods of their implementation; • Have experience and acquire practical skills in developing algorithmic support for the implementation of optimization models. 5. Plan of classes. 5.1 Educational and mathematical plan for classes: № Content

(Topic and questions) Lectures in hours

Practice. Workshop. Lessons in hours

Laboratory studies, in hours

Educational literature

1 2 3 4 5 6 1 Introduction. Basic concepts of the

theory of IP. The concept and properties of IP. Classification of IP. Principles of IP construction.

2 - [1], [2]

2 Basic concepts of mathematical modeling. Classification of mathematical models. Classification of optimization mathematical models.

2 - [1], [2]

3 General logical scheme for making optimal decisions. Procedures for

2 - [1], [3]


structural and parametric synthesis, structural and parametric optimization.

4 Structural synthesis of the system. Representation of the structure of the system in the form of a graph. Mathematical model of structural synthesis. Criteria for adapting the system. Algorithm of structural synthesis of the system.

4 2 [2]

5 General mathematical model of parametric optimization. The concept of a goal function, a criterion for optimizing a mathematical model. Classification of models of parametric optimization. Single-parameter one-parameter and multiparameter mathematical models.

2 2 [3], [4]

6 Models of linear programming. Methods for implementing linear programming models.

4 2 [3]- [5]

7 Models of non-linear programming. Methods for implementing models of nonlinear programming: the method of search, the analytical method, the Lagrange method, the method of steepest descent, the method of motion along a spiral, etc.

4 4 [3]- [5]

8 Models of stochastic optimization. Methods for implementing stochastic optimization models.

2 2 [3]- [5]

9 Models of multicriteria optimization. Methods for implementing multi-criteria optimization models.

2 1 [3]- [5]

10 Fundamentals of simulation. Methods of imitation of random patterns. Analysis and processing of simulation results. The Monte Carlo method.

2 2 [4], [5]

11 Modeling of socio - economic systems. Modeling of production processes.

2 [4], [5]

Total 30 15 5.2 The SSP training and thematic plan № SRSP topics SRSP

In hours References to the educational and methodical literature

Other sources of sites, (elektr. Textbooks)

1 2 3 4 5 1 Properties of information systems.

Classification of information systems. Principles of IP construction. The main types of IP.

2 [1], [2]

2 Classification of mathematical models. Analytical, optimization and simulation

2 [1], [2]


mathematical models. 3 Algorithm for the synthesis of rational

structures of systems. Structural synthesis and optimization. Parametric synthesis and optimization.

2 [1]-[3]

4 Mathematical models of structural synthesis. Algorithms of structural synthesis of systems.

2 [1]-[3]

5 Models of parametric optimization. Classification of models of parametric optimization. Single-parameter and multiparameter optimization models.

2 [2], [3]

6 Mathematical models of linear programming. Methods and algorithms for implementing linear programming models.

2 [2], [3]

7 Mathematical models of nonlinear programming. Methods and algorithms for implementing models of one-criterion nonlinear optimization.

2 [2], [3]

8 Methods and algorithms for implementing multi-criteria optimization

models.

2 [2], [3]

9 Methods and algorithms for implementing stochastic optimization

models.

2 [2], [3]

10 Algorithms of information processing in simulation simulation.

2 [4], [5]

11 Examples of modeling of socio - economic and production systems.

2 [4], [5]

Total 22 Task for SRSP topics: • Development of optimization models based on the analysis of the structure of

mathematical models. • Development of algorithms for implementing models of structural systems. • Development of an algorithm for implementing models of parametric

optimization by the method of search. • Development of an algorithm for realizing models of parametric optimization by

the method of steepest descent. • Development of an algorithm for implementing models of nonlinear

programming Lagrange's method. • Development of an algorithm for realizing non-linear programming models by

the method of spiral motion. • Development of an algorithm for implementing models of stochastic

optimization. • Development of algorithms for implementing multi-criteria optimization models. • Development of algorithms for simulation of complex systems. • Decomposition of complex socio-economic and production systems.

6 The plan of classes in the independent work of students


Issue week of the assignment

Topics classes

CRS task Recommended literature The form of control at the SSP

No. of the deadline № Source P., § or

chapter 2 Simulation

modeling as a method of scientific cognition.




3

4 Mathematical modeling of the processes of the functioning of systems




5

6 Form representation of the logical structure of the model


1,2,3 Point practical. Aspects


7

8 Simulation data banks


1,2,4 Chapter 3 Protection of the lung

9

12 Simulation of queuing systems.


4 Chapter 5 Protection of the lung

13

7. Evaluation information: Types of control (current, final); Methods of control (questioning, writing, tests). 8. Valuation policy: The rating policy is based on 100 points (100%) system and provides the following distribution of points Types of control in the process of studying the discipline

Score in points Min/max

Current control Boundary control - I

100 100

100 100

Current control Boundary control - II

100 100

100 100

Final control (IC) Exam

100

100

Estimated equivalents Evaluation by letter system

Digital equivalent Percentage of points Evaluation according to the traditional system

A 4,00 95-100 Excellent A- 3,67 90-94 B+ 3,33 85-89 Good B 3,00 80-84 B- 2,67 75-79 C+ 2,33 70-74 Satisfactorily C 2,00 65-69 C- 1,67 60-64 D+ 1,33 55-59 D 1,00 50-54 F 0,00 0-49 Unsatisfactory 9. Policy of academic discipline and academic ethics


Attendance is mandatory, in the absence of a valid reason, you must provide a report (medical certificate, etc.) and work out the missed topics. Without good reason, students are not allowed to practice. It is necessary to arrive on time on time (not later than the teacher), for delay the teacher has the right to not admit the student to the audience. In the classroom you can not: A) talk with each other on abstract topics; B) leave cell phones on (you need to use a vibration alert); C) fulfill the requirements of the teacher; D) deal with matters that do not relate to this subject; For fulfilling the above requirements, the teacher can encourage the student (add 1-2 points for the interim control, unless he has a maximum). Or, for systematic violations, the teacher may not add points for attendance to the final interim control and not allow working out the missed topics.

Fundamentals of Information Systems - Syllabus

Course Title Fundamentals of Information

Systems Pre-requisite (s) Algorithms, data structures

and programming; Mathematics I

Hours Lectures 15 h Practical classes 15 h



Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Shokan Ualikhanov Kokshetau State University Department: Information Systems and Computer Engineering Senior Lecturer: Gulshat Muradilova E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description The aim of the "Fundamentals of Information Systems" course is the students' mastering of the theoretical bases of information transfer in information systems, the comparison of information measuring systems among themselves and the coordination of their characteristics with the characteristics of the object of control, mastering the methods of optimal and noise-immune coding in information transmission and processing systems.

Trainees profile The course is addressed to students studying under the bachelor's program 5B070300 – Information systems

Learning Objectives At the end of this course, the student will be able to: • know the basic concepts and definitions related to information systems, and also processes of collection,

transmission, processing and storage of information; • build information process model, to solve problems of optimization of the information processmust

know; • have the skills of practical application of the basics of information systems and processes for solving

problems of optimal organization of collection, storage, transmission and processing of information


Pedagogical aims to be reached Development professional or specific competences; contribute to the development of such key competences as social (the ability to share information, to communicate, and to establish and maintain ocial ties through ICT resources), personal (ability to adapt to changing internal and external conditions in the information and communication space), methodical (ability to develop, choose and apply appropriate strategies for solving professional problems, critical thinking, ability to study).

Pedagogical methodologies used: Questioning, Explaining, Modeling, Demonstrating, Collaborating; E-learning methods: Expositive methods - obtaining new information, Application methods - active processes learners use to perform procedural and principle based tasks and build new knowledge, Collaborative methods – social dimensions of learning.

Pedagogical tools Interactive multimedia lesson; Virtual classroom; Combination of animation and simulation; Discussion forum, e-mail, chat, audio and video conference, shared documents; Simple learning resources (documents and PPT presentations) – doc, pdf, ppt, jpg. and etc.; Social networking

Environment used Classroom, Interactive whiteboard, Computer laboratory with Internet access and necessary software, Wi-Fi networks, ACADEMICA virtual environment

Course Timing Summer semester

Course Modality Blended Modality

Course Structure The "Fundamentals of Information System" course lasts 15 weeks and is organized into 5 modules. The activities are different in each module and include: lectures, practical classes, virtual class discussions, etc.


DATE Week 1-2 – Module I: Composition and general structure of information systems

Topics


• Information system as a system for collecting, processing and transmitting information. Various classifications of systems; Large and small systems; Simple and complex systems; Open and closed systems; Organized and unorganized systems; Stationary and non-stationary systems; Static and dynamic systems; System,


element, subsystem; Structure and communication.

• Models of information systems; Qualitative and quantitative methods of describing information systems; Set-theoretic description of systems; Axioms of systems theory; Cybernetic approach: the management process as an information process, white and black box models, feedbacks; Dynamic description of information systems: Markov processes, finite automata; Canonical representation of the information system; Aggregate description of information systems: the concept of an aggregate, input and output operators, an aggregate as a random process, a piecewise Markov aggregate, piecewise-continuous and piecewise linear aggregates, the principles of the minimum information relations of aggregates; Synthesis and decomposition of information systems; analysis.

Learning activities The Module I is composed the following activities: Classroom based teaching and group discussions on theoretical aspects of the module followed by practical work and assignments




DATE Week 3-10 - Module II: Basic concepts related to information

Topics


• General definition of information; Forms of information; Information and knowledge;

• Quantitative measures of information: a measure of Hartley, a measure of Shannon;

• Units of information measurement;

• The amount of information for equiprobable, non-equiprobable, dependent, independent symbols in the message.

Learning activities The Module II is composed the following activities: Classroom based teaching and group discussions on theoretical aspects of the module followed by practical work and assignments




DATE Week 11-13 - Module III: Technology of work with information

Topics


• Transmission of information in the system; Source, information receiver; Information channel and information environment;

• Basic information processes: collection, storage, transmission, acquisition, retrieval, processing of information (signal-carrier of information (mathematical description of the signal, modulation, sampling)


• Models of information sources and messages, signal models, discrete and continuous signals, quantization and modulation, theorem V. Kotelnikov, signals and interference through linear systems, binary symmetric and asymmetric communication channels.

Learning activities The Module III is composed the following activities: Classroom based teaching and group discussions on theoretical aspects of the module followed by practical work and assignments




DATE Week 14 - Module IV: Structures, Storage, and Access Methods

Topics


• Data processing systems. File systems of data processing and their development trends. Data structures for FSDP and access methods. Hard drive as a means of storing information. Logical structure of the hard disk.

Learning activities

The Module IV is composed the following activities: Classroom based teaching and group discussions on theoretical aspects of the module followed by practical workand assignments




DATE Week 15 - Module V: Modern directions of development of information systems

Topics


• Synergetics as a new paradigm of natural science; Features of dynamic nonlinear systems; Strange attractors; Bifurcation theory; Fractal structures; Dynamic chaos; Self-organization.

Learning activities

The Module V is composed the following activities: Classroom based teaching and group discussions on theoretical aspects of the module followed by practical work and assignments




Assessment tools at the end of the course The level of your achievements by the course graded according to grading scale of credit system of education:


Assessment by letter system

Digital equivalent

Rating score (in percentages %)

Assessment by traditional system


A- 3,67 90-94 B+ 3,33 85-89

Good B 3,00 80-84 B- 2,67 75-79 C+ 2,33 70-74

Satisfactory C 2,00 65-69 C- 1,67 60-64 D+ 1,33 55-59 D 1,00 50-54 F 0,00 0-49 Fail

Assessment of admission rating (AR) by you collects during the semester, and includes all types of academic work and midterm control. Each type of academic work evaluate on a 100-point scale and is included in the average rating of current controls (Aver). Midterm control carried out 2 times per semester and assesses by the teacher each on 100 - point scale. The final grade is derived as: F=0,6*AR+0,4*E , where E – examination grade.

Instructional Materials and References Bibliography Main 1. Волкова В.Н., Денисов А.А. Основы теории систем и системного анализа. - СПб: Изд-во СПбГПУ, 2004. 2. Литвинская О.С. Основы теории передачи информации: учебное пособие / О.С. Литвинская, Н.И.Чернышев. - М.: КНОРУС, 2010. - 168 с. 3.Стариченко Б.Е. Теоретические основы информатики. : учеб. пособие для студентов пед. вузов / Б.Е. Стариченко. М. : Горячая линия -Телеком, 2003. - 256 с. 4.Теория информации и кодирование / Б.Б.Самсонов, Е.М. Плохов, А.И. Филоненков и др.- Ростов н/Д.: Феникс, 2002.- 287 с 5.Иванов И.В. Теория информационных процессов и систем: учебное пособие / И.В.Иванов - Белгород, Изд-во БГТУ, 2007. - 156 с. 6.Савельев А.Я. Основы информатики Учебник для вузов .-М: изд-во МГТУ.2001 -328. 7.Душев В.К. Теоретические основы информационных процессов и систем.-М.:Дашков и К, 2001.-348. 8.Дмитриев В.И. Прикладная теория информации. - М.: Высшая школа, 1989. 9.Вернер М. Основы кодирования. М: Техносфера 2004,288с. 10.Айтчанов Б.Х.,Яскевич Т.В.Теория информации: Учебное пособие -Алматы:КазНТУ,2009.-139с. 11.Ю.Юркевич Е.В.Введение в теорию информационных систем. М.:ИДТ, 2007-272. Additional 1. Тартаковский Г.П. Теория информационных систем ФИЗМАТИЗ 2005. 2. В.Л. Бройдо. Вычислительные системы, сети и телекоммуникации (2-е издание ) СПб.6:Питер, 2006-703. 3.Блинков Ю.В. Основы теории информационных процессов и систем: учеб. пособие. - Пенза: ПГУАС, 2011. - 184 с. 4. Додонов А.Г., Д.В. Ланде. Живучесть информационных систем К:Наук.думка, 2011.-256. 5 .Г.Хелд. Технологии передачи данных.7-е издание СПб.Литер К. Издательская группа BMV 2003-720 6. Зюко А.Г. Элементы теории передачи информации. «Техника», 1969 7. Игнатов В.А. Теория информации и передачи сигналов. Учебник для высших учебных заведений. Москва, «Радио и связь»,1991. 8. Кузьмин И.В., Кедрус В.А. Основы теории информации и кодирования .Киев «Вища школа »,1977 . 9. Лебедев Д.С. Учебное пособие по курсу «Основы теории информации », Москва, 1966. 10. Темников Ф.Е., Афонин В.А., Дмитриев В.И. Теоретические основы информационной техники.: « Энергия», 1979. 11. Алимов Ш.А. Принципы сжатых изображений (Методы прикладного анализа) М., Знание, 2001, 64.


12. Петров В.Н. - Информационные системы. СПб.: Питер, 2002, 688 с. 13. Чернавский Д.С. Синергетика и информация. Динамическая теория информации, Изд-е М.: URSS, 2006. 14.Когаловский М. Р. Перспективные технологии информационных систем. 15.Методологические основы информационных процессов и технологий больших, сложных и мультимедиа систем. Учебное пособие по дисциплине "Методологические основы информационных технологий". Иванников А.Д., Мордвинов В.А., Шемончук Д.С. Учебное пособие М.: МГДД (Ю)Т, 2009. - 50с. 16.Формализация семантического анализа информационных систем. Аспирантские чтения. Выпуск 10. Мордвинов В.А. Учебное пособие. М.: МГДД(Ю)Т, МИРЭА, АМО, ФГУ ГНИИ ТТ "Информика", 2008. -20с 17. ONTONET: Теория семантических информационных систем и сетей. Мордвинов В.А., Дементьев И.О. Учебное пособие. М.: МИРЭА, МГДД(Ю)Т, 2008. - 73с. 18. Методические указания по выполнению лабораторных работ "Корпоративные информационные системы". Мордвинов В.А., Савельев Д.А. Методические указания. М.: АНОМОН, МГДД(Ю)Т, МИРЭА (ТУ), ГНИИ ИТТ "Информика", 2008. - 35с. 19. «Методические указания и контрольные задания по направлению подготовки «Информационные системы» (для выполнения контрольных и выпускных творческих работ по направлению «Информационные системы», по специальности «Информационные системы и технологии»). Дементьев И.О., Ильин И.В., Мордвинов В.А., Тюрин А.Г., Шемончук Д.С. Под ред. проф. А.Б. Петрова. МГДД(ю)Т, МИРЭА, АМО, ФГУ ГНИИ ИТТ «Информика», М, 2007, 25 с. 20. Морелос-Сарагоса Р. Искусство помехоустойчивого кодирования. - М.: Издательский центр «Техносфера», - 2004. 21. Е.В. Бурцева, И.П. Рак, А.В. Селезнев, А.В. Терехов, В.Н. Чернышов. Информационные системы Учебное пособие /- Тамбов : Изд-во Тамб. гос. техн. ун-та, 2009. - 128 с. - 150 экз.16. Маслов С.Ю. Теория дедуктивных систем и ее применение. М.: Радио и связь, 1996. – 136 с. 17. Нильсон Н. Принципы искусственного интеллекта. М.: Радио и связь, 1995. – 376 с. 18. Хант Э. Искусственный интеллект. М.: Мир. 2008. – 560 с. 19. Уинстон П. Искусственный интеллект. М.: Мир. 2007. – 520 с. 20. Слэйгл Дж. Искусственный интеллект. М.: Мир. 2009. – 320 с.

Information theory - Syllabus

Course Title Information theory Pre-requisite (s) Theory of Probability and

Mathematical Statistics Hours Lectures-15, practical lessons-

15 Out of Class assignment Hours

30

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Kokshetau State University named after Sh. Ualikhanov Department: Faculty of Techniques and Technology Senior Lecturer: Baklkhazova Umsnganim E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description The notion of "information", information transfer systems in terms and definitions. Basic concepts: messages, signals, system, elements, contours of communication, environment. Mathematical models of signals. The concept of a signal and its model, the presentation of signals. Conversion of continuous signals to discrete Advantages of digital form of signal representation, sampling and quantization, restoration of a continuous signal, inaccuracies and quality of recovery. Quantitative assessment of information. Entropy and its properties, conditional and differential entropy, amount of information. Coding information. Coding as a process of expressing information in digital form, efficient coding, Shannon and Huffman codes, block, cyclic, interactive and convolutional codes


Trainees profile The course is addressed to which student class? Baccalaureate / Full-time and correspondence courses / Second year students of the specialty Computer Science and Software


-know the basic concepts of information theory, Hartley and Shannon information models, the models of discrete communication channels, the principles of effective information coding, Fennon's direct and inverse theorems on the capacity of communication channels without interference and with interference, the fundamentals of the theory of noise-immune coding and its application in information technology - -be able to use the methods of statistical information theory to calculate the amount of information, the speed of information transfer and the throughput of a discrete channel without interference and with interference; synthesize optimal codes; calculate the redundancy coefficient of codes; to apply methods of construction and decoding of noise-immune codes; synthesize encoding and decoding devices of noise-immune codes should acquire practical skills - solving problems using modern computer technology; -be able to develop on the basis of the analysis practical recommendations. use the methods and means of information technology in the development of corporate information systems; use different ways of coding information; use methods of calculating the reliability of information systems; calculate the transmission rate of information and the capacity of the communication channel in the absence and presence of interference;

Pedagogical aims to be reached The purpose of this discipline is to give the student the theoretical basis for measuring information, transferring information, quantifying and quantifying information, and presenting information in human machine systems,

Pedagogical methodologies used: Active and interactive teaching methods. The main methods used: lecture, seminar, work in pairs, work in small groups, brainstorming, random research method, Case-study method, method of discussion, modular training, Thematic discussions

Pedagogical tools Textbooks, handouts, electronic textbooks, digital educational resources, websites.

Environment used Computers, interactive whiteboard , mobile device applications

Course Timing spring semester


DATE Weeks 1. Introduction. Basic concepts of information theory. Topics Basic terms and subject of information theory.

Learning activities Quantitative measure of information. Entropy. Information and physical entropy.


Semantic information



Reading: History of the subject information theory. What is meant by information? 2. What is "information" in terms of philosophy? 3. What is the antipode of information? 4. Give an explanation of the concept of "environment model". 5. What are the signals for?

DATE Weeks 2-3. Module title 1: Entropy. Mutual Information. Continuous random variables Topics Entropy. Mutual Information. Properties of entropy.

Learning activities The Module _ is composed the following activities: Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Basic concepts and definitions. Properties of entropy. Properties of discrete entropy. Conditional entropy and mutual information. Properties of mutual information. Transformation of information. Mutual information. Mutual information for continuous sources / channels Continuous random variables. Function and probability distribution density. Moments of distribution. Normal distribution law.



Conducting research; Elements of combinatorics and probability theory. Combinatorics. Divisions of combinatorics: Basic rules of combinatorics. Basic formulas of combinatorics. Elements of probability theory: Basic concepts of probability theory. Addition and multiplication of probabilities. Conditional probability. Full probability of event. Bayes formula.

DATE Weeks 4. Differential entropy. Entropy of a continuous source.

Topics Tts Differential entropy. designs gns

Learning activities Differential entropy. Determination of differential entropy. Properties of differential entropy. Entropy of a continuous source.



Reading; Continuous random variables. Function and density of probability distribution. Moments of distribution. Normal distribution law. Рresentation preparation: Entropy as a measure of uncertainty. Conditional entropy. Mutual information.

DATE Weeks 5-6. Module 2: Theoretical bases of communication channels. Topics Communication channels and sources of messages.unication channels and sources of

messages. Learning activities Sources of information and communication channels. Basic definitions. Stationarity and

ergonomics of information sources. Characteristics of message sources. The property of asymptotic uniformity. Redundancy of the source of messages. The performance of the message source. Bandwidth of the channel. A theorem on the information capacity of a channel.



Reading: Channels of connection. Introduction and definitions. Рresentation preparation: Channels without interference and deterministic channels. Cascading Channels.

DATE Weeks 7. Discrete communication channels.


Topics Models of discrete communication channels.

Learning activities DoDiscrete communication channels. Models of discrete communication channels. Shannon's theory for a discrete channel without interference. Shannon's theorem for a discrete channel with interference. Communication channels. Mutual information, channel capacity.u

OUT OF CLASS ASSIGNMENTS & ASSIGNED

READINGS

Communication channels. Mutual information, channel capacity.

DATE WeWeeks 8-9. aContinuous communication channels .oach Topics

Learning activities Continuous communication channels and message sources. Gaussian communication channel model. Discretization. Quantization and signal-to-noise ratio. Kotel'nikov's theorem. Bandwidth and Shannon's formula. Limitations of the bandwidth of the channel.

OUT OF CLASS Activities & ASSIGNMENTS & ASSIGNED

READINGS

Reading: Mutual information for continuous sources / channels. On practical determination of noise immunity and throughput. Additions to the Shannon formula. Normalized signal-to-noise ratio. The Nyquist theorem. Shannon's limit.

DATE Weeks 10-12. Module 3: Coding Information

Topics Types of coding. Positional coding . Learning activities The concept of coding. Types of coding. Positional coding. Gray code. Methods of

effective coding. Statistical coding. Encoding of Shannon-Fano. Coding by Huffman. Arithmetic coding.


READINGS

Reading ,рresentation preparation: Encoding of Shannon-Fano. Coding by Huffman. Arithmetic coding.

DATE Weeks 13 -15. Module 3: Coding Information Topics Vocabulary coding methods. Codes with error detection. Codes with error correction.

Learning activities Vocabulary coding methods. Effective coding methods. Kraft-makmillana inferior. Craft vector and Huffman code. Group of methods LZ 77. LZ 78 RLE and differential coding


READINGS

Reading, рresentation preparation: Matrix coding. Hamming codes. The Ziva-Lempel Method.

Assessment tools at the end of the course Individual assignments, self-sufficient work, reports, activity in laboratory classes and seminars, tests, course work, performances during classes

Instructional Materials and References Recommended literature a) main literature 1. Shannon C. 1. Mathematical connection theory, 1948. In the book: K. Shannon. Works on the theory of information and cybernetics. Trans. with English. Ed. RL Dobrushina and OB Lupanova, M., IL, 1963 2. Дмитриев В.И. Applied Information Theory: Proc. for universities. - M .: Higher education. shk., 1989.


3. В.В.Лидовский.Fundamentals of Information Theory and Cryptography. Internet resources: 1. Dictionary of Computer Terminology. www.slovari.yandex.ru 2. Section of the textbook "Fundamentals of Information Theory" http://teo-inf1.narod.ru 3. Richard Read's electronic book "Fundamentals of the theory of information transfer" http://www.williamspublishing.com 4. The Open National Institute "Intuit" www.intuit.ru

great the delay

Physics of rocks - Syllabus

Course Title Physics of rocks Pre-requisite (s) Mathematics, Physics,

astronomy, Geological discipline, Resistance of materials, Technology of open mining


Name and Contact Information of Instructors Professor Zhanna Sakenova [email protected] Course Description The summary of the discipline: the physical properties of rocks, phenomena and processes occurring in rocks during mining and processing of minerals are studied. Purpose: is the mastering by students of the essence of the physical and technical properties of rocks and physical phenomena forming in the course of mining operations. Objectives: to obtain knowledge of the quantitative and qualitative assessment of the physical and technical properties of rocks; On the determination of the dependence of the properties of rocks on their properties and structure; On the study of the influence of external physicists. Should know: the definitions, differences, the most probable numerical values of all important physical and technical parameters of rocks, the physical essence of the processes occurring in rocks and massifs under the influence of mountain mechanisms and physical fields, trends and prospects for the development of the mining industry, taking into account current achievements Science and technology in the field of rock physics and processes. Trainees profile The course is addressed to which student class Bachelor of mining Learning Objectives At the end of this course, the student will be able to: • the definitions, differences, the most probable numerical values of all important physical and technical parameters of rocks. • the physical essence of the processes occurring in rocks and massifs under the influence of mountain mechanisms and physical fields, trends and prospects for the development of the mining industry. • taking into account current achievements Science and technology in the field of rock physics and processes. Pedagogical aims to be reached

• Under the "mining art" was previously understood the system of techniques and methods of practical activities related to the exploration, extraction and processing of minerals.


• Mining is a field of engineering and production, including methods and means of labor activity in the exploration, development of deposits and the primary processing of all types of minerals, as well as in the construction of mining enterprises and underground structures for various purposes. • All branches of mining and mining are characterized by a diversified technical and economic approach to solving scientific and production problems, an integrated approach to the use of minerals combined with minimal damage to nature.

Pedagogical methodologies used: Expositive methods - obtaining new information (e.g. presentations, case studies, worked examples, demos) Pedagogical tools Interactive multimedia lesson, Webcasting (video lessons and podcasts), Simple learning Resources (documents and PPT presentations) Environment used Interactive whiteboard, audience, computers, Internet, ACADEMICA virtual environment Course Timing Spring semester Course Modality Full-time Course Structure Structure of the course The course "Processes of open rocks" lasts 15 weeks and consists of 2 modules of 8 weeks each. In each module, different actions: lectures, discussions in virtual classes, case studies, webinars, etc. Topical Outline and Schedule


(Please describe new topics with Bold text) (Please describe updated/modernised topics with Regular&Underlined text) Please describe not changed topics with Regular text Introduction. Classification of physical properties of rocks. 1.1 Classification and designation of physical characteristics of rocks 1.2 Basic physical and technical parameters of rocks. 1.3 Characteristics of mining technological properties of rocks. Mechanical properties of rocks. 2.1 Basic concepts. 2.2 Determination of the ultimate strength under uniaxial compression. 2.3 Determination of tensile strength. 2.4 Determination of shear strength of rocks. 2.5. Construction of the passport of strength of rocks.

Learning activities Training activities Module of the Physics of rocks of open development. General information on the physics of rocks The general concept consists of the following activities:


Presentation of the course A) Arguments B) Objectives C) Structure D) Training conditions E) Background E-learning, from the beginning and up to the present A) computer training Ten years ago to this day A) Recorded lessons "face to face" Modern solutions for e-learning A) Video Tutorials





(Please describe new topics with Bold text) (Please describe updated/modernised topics with Regular&Underlined text) Please describe not changed topics with Regular text Radiation properties and processes in rocks. 3.1. Radioactive gases. 3.2 Effect of radiation on rocks. Generalized mining technological properties of rocks. 4.1 Rockability. 4.2 Determination of abrasiveness of rocks. 4.3 Determination of contact strength (hardness)

Learning activities Training activities Module of the Physics of rocks of open development. General information on the physics of rocks The general concept consists of the following activities: Presentation of the course A) Arguments B) Objectives C) Structure D) Training conditions E) Background E-learning, from the beginning and up to the present A) computer training Ten years ago to this day A) Recorded lessons "face to face" Modern solutions for e-learning A) Video Tutorials




Learning activities Training activities Module of the Physics of rocks of open development. General information on the physics of rocks The general concept consists of the following activities: Presentation of the course A) Arguments B) Objectives


C) Structure D) Training conditions E) Background E-learning, from the beginning and up to the present A) computer training Ten years ago to this day A) Recorded lessons "face to face" Modern solutions for e-learning A) Video Tutorials


ASSIGNED READINGS



estimated equivalents





A- 3,67 90-94 B+ 3,33 85-89

Good B 3,00 80-84 B- 2,67 75-79 C+ 2,33 70-74



Course slides


Dedicated bibliography provided by teachers All partners were actively involved in all WP1 activities and did great job for overcoming the delay

System programming - Syllabus

Course Title System programming Pre-requisite (s) Discipline is mandatory Hours 135 Out of Class assignment

Hours twice the in - class instructional time. [100 minutes per credit per week; 300 minutes (5 hours) per week for a 3 - credit course.]


Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Sh. Ualikhanov Kokshetau State University Department: Faculty of Engineering and Technology Professor: Olga Shornikova, Master of Applied Mathematics and Informatics E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description An in-depth introduction to a systems programming, system programming languages and application of those language(s) to systems level problems. The focus will be on programming constructs that are closely aligned with the architecture of a digital computer including those providing portability between platforms, dynamic allocation and management of virtual memory, complex in-memory data structures, reading/writing binary data using sequential and random access, pointer arithmetic/manipulation, and interaction between threads/processes. Problems of a course – studying of the general principles of creation of operating systems, in particular, operating systems of real time, features of distribution of resources and interaction of processes. Upon termination of the course "System Programming" the student has to have idea:

• about bases of the organization of the system software and the principles of their functioning;

• about bases of creation of programming systems and their components;

• about the theory of final machine guns and its application;

• about features of cross-systems; nobility:

• principles of creation of system programs;

• features of components of programming systems;

• features of the organization of parallel interacting calculations; to be able:

• to execute a translation problem definition;

• practically to realize programming in the languages C, С++.

Trainees profile The course is designed for students of the specialty «Computer technology and software».

Learning Objectives The discipline is calculated on students and sets as the purpose to acquaint students with the general principles of creation of components of the system software in the environment of widespread operating systems. Upon termination of the course "System Programming" the student has to have idea:

• about bases of the organization of the system software and the principles of their functioning; • about bases of creation of programming systems and their components; • about the theory of final machine guns and its application; • about features of cross-systems; nobility: • principles of creation of system programs; • features of components of programming systems; • features of the organization of parallel interacting calculations; to be able: • to execute a translation problem definition; • practically to realize programming in the languages C, С++.


Pedagogical aims to be reached The aims of this course are:

1. to provide an overview of System Programming as a discipline; 2. to explain the System Programming life cycle and its phases including the deliverables that are produced; 3. to select, with a justification the System Programming models most appropriate for the development and

maintenance of a diverse range of software products; 4. to explain the role of process maturity models; 5. to cover basic knowledge about software requirements, software design, software construction, software

management and System Programming; 6. to compare the traditional waterfall model to the incremental model, the object-oriented model and other

appropriate models.

Pedagogical methodologies used: · Class discussion conducted · Recitation oral questions by teacher answered orally by students · Discussion groups conducted by selected student chairpersons · Lecture-demonstration by teacher · Presentation by a panel of instructors or students · Presentations by student panels from the class: class invited to participate · Student reports by individuals

Pedagogical tools Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to: 1. Enumerate and explain the function of the common operating system kernel routines that are provided by an operating system and accessible from a systems programming language. 2. Design, write, and test moderately complicated low-level programs using a systems programming language. 3. Proficiently use a preprocessor to implement code that is portable between different computing platforms. 4. Implement routines that read and write structured binary files such as word processing documents, index systems, or serialized hierarchical data. 5. Use operating system kernel calls from within a programming language to allocate/free virtual memory, initiate and synchronized multiple threads/processes, interact with the file system, set and respond to timers/interrupts. 6. Implement routines that implement complex data structures which superimpose arrays, records, and references on unstructured blocks of memory. 7. Implement that exploit the use of pointers to improve efficiency.

Environment used It is expected that at the beginning of this course that you have the knowledge of Operating Systems course or equivalents is required. Students should understand general mechanisms by which computer platforms and structured and manipulated. In order to take this course, students must: √ Have access to a computer. √ Have continuous Internet access. √ Have the ability/permission to install software – C++, Java. √ Have the ability to download and save files and documents to a computer. √ Have the ability to open Microsoft files and documents (.doc, .ppt, .avi, etc.).


Course Timing Classes are conducted on Monday and Tuesday 11:40 –13:30. There is an additional session which will be held on a Wednesday.

Course Modality This course is conducted face - to - face. Some course materials are only available online, via Information system "Platonus".

Course Structure The " System Programming" course lasts 15 weeks and is organized into 10 modules.


DATE Weeks 1- Introduction in system programming: Topics

Purposes and tasks. Structure and main functions of the system software.

Learning activities The Module Introduction in system programming is composed the following activities:review, study;

1. Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing information,



OUT OF CLASS


ASSIGNED READINGS


DATE Weeks 2-3 - Module II: Programming systems Topics

Programming systems and system auxiliary programs. Classification of programming systems: built in, integrated and independent. Main characteristics of programming languages. Classification of programming languages.

Learning activities The Module Programming systems is composed the following activities: 4. Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing



scenarios.


ASSIGNMENTS &



ASSIGNED READINGS DATE Weeks 4 – Module 4: Programming system odule II: g

Topics Standard programming system. Stages of processing of programs. Modules. Binders. Standard functions. Types of binders. Loaders and editors of communications.

Learning activities The Module Programming systems is composed the following activities: 1. Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing



scenarios.




DATE Weeks 5-6. Module 5: Grammars and machines Topics Classification of grammars.

Equivalent grammars. Definition of formal grammar. Finite states machines. Transformation of finite states machines. Regular grammars and languages. Context-free grammars.




OUT OF CLASS


ASSIGNED READINGS


DATE Weeks 7-8. Module 6: Standard schemes. Topics Standard scheme of the translator.

Standard scheme of recognizer. Problem statement of the translation. Translating transformations. General scheme of translation. Program optimization.








DATE Weeks 9. Module 7: Structure of the developed program. Topics Structure of the developed program.

Data control. Problems of distribution of memory. Types of memory.







DATE Weeks 10-11. Module 8: Mechanism of generation of lines of language. Topics Problems of generation of a machine code.

Preprocessor processing. Macrodefinitions and macrocalls. Standard scheme of the macrogenerating program. Structure object and loading module.







Weeks 12. Module 9: Verification Topics Verification and its purposes.

Correctness of the program and its proof. Standard scheme of the verifier







Weeks 13-15. Module 10: Libraries Topics Libraries of the programming system.

Appointment and structure. Technology of application of libraries.


Drivers. Classification of drivers. Features of functioning. Cross-systems. Model registers. Model random access memory. Model of processor.




OUT OF CLASS


ASSIGNED READINGS


Assessment tools at the end of the course Approximate subjects:

• Development of the resident program. • Processes and resource management. • Anti-virus safety of computer systems.

ITS Subject

• History of Intel* processors • Programs and software. • Language C as tool programming system.* • Monitors of Hoara*. Post box.* • Classification of languages and grammars. • Use of opportunities of cross-systems in production tasks. • Means of synchronization and communication of interacting computing processes. • Conveyors and turns of messages.

Exam questions " System software (hardware, software, middleware) " Classification of programming systems. " Built-in programming systems. Example " The integrated programming systems. Example " Independent programming systems. Example " Main characteristics of programming languages. " Classification of programming languages. " Classification of translators. " Stages of processing of programs. Modules " Binders. Standard functions. " Types of binders. " Equivalent grammars. Example " Definition of formal grammar. Example " Classification of grammars. " Standard scheme of the translator.


" Standard scheme of a recognizer. " Translation problem definition " Translating transformations " General scheme of translation. " Program optimization. Methods " Scheme of functioning of the programming system. " Structure of the developed program. " Data control (saved, retentive, local, global, external ...) " Problems of distribution of memory " Types of memory " Actions at creation of the translator " Mechanism of generation of lines of language. Example " Problems of generation of a machine code " Preprocessor processing " Macrodefinitions and macrocalls " Standard scheme of the macrogenerating program " Structure of the object and loading module " Editor of communications " Loaders " Verification and its purposes " Correctness of the program and its proof " Standard scheme of the verifier " Programming system libraries. Appointment and structure " Technology of application of libraries. Tools " Drivers

The level of your achievements on the program of the course is assessed on a scale of final evaluations established in the loan educational program (table 1).

Table 1

Grade Grade Points

% Percentage Range Grade Definition

А 4,0 95- 100 Outstanding

А- 3,67 90-94 Outstanding

В+ 3,33 85-89 Good

В 3,0 80-84 Good

В- 2,67 75-79 Good

С+ 2,33 70-74 Satisfactory

С 2,0 65-69 Satisfactory

С- 1,67 60-64 Satisfactory

D+ 1,33 55-59 Satisfactory

D- 1,0 50-54 Satisfactory

F 0 0-49 Unsatisfactory

Evaluation of Tolerance Rating (TR) is accumulated during the semester. Each type of academic work is evaluated on a 100-point scale and is included in TR given a weighting coefficient according to Table 2.

Table 2 - Tolerance Rating. The significance of each type of work


Parameter Weighting coefficient

Implementation and protection of laboratory work 0,3

Settlement and graphics task 0,45

Control 0,2

Attending lectures 0,05

Total TR = ∑ Tolerance rating 1,0

The summary is S = 0.6TR+0.4E, where E - exam evaluation.


1. Kernighan, B. and Ritchie, D., The C Programming Language, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, 1998. 2. Deitel & Deitel, C++ How to Program: Late Objects Version, 7th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2011. 3. Hoover, A., System Programming with C and Unix, Addison-Wesley, 2009 4. Kerrisk, M., The Linux Programming Interface: A Linux and UNIX System Programming Handbook, New

Starch Press, 2010. 5. Liang, Y. Daniel, Introduction to Programming with C++, 2nd Edition, Pearson, 2010. 6. Malik, D. S., C++ Programming: From Problem Analysis to Program Design, 5th Edition, Course

Technology, 2010. 7. Stroustrup, Bjarne, Programming: Principles and Practice Using C++, Addison-Wesley Professional, 2008. 8. Stroustrup, Bjarne, The C++ Programming Language, 3rd Edition, Addison-Wesley Professional, 1997.


International Information Technology University, Kazakhstan


Algorithms, Data Structures and Programming Syllabus

Course Title Algorithms, Data Structures and

Programming Pre-requisite (s) Object-Oriented

Programming Hours 135 hours Out of Class

assignment Hours T/SIS: 90 hours

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: IITU_______________ Department: Information System ______________ Professor: G.N. Pachshenko _______________ E-mail: [email protected]_____________

Course Description The aim of this course is to provide the students with basic foundation in the basic concepts of programming: data structures and algorithms. The main objective of the course is to teach the students how to select and design data structures and algorithms that are appropriate for problems that they might encounter. This course is also about showing the correctness of algorithms and studying their computational complexities. This course offers to the students a mixture of theoretical knowledge and practical experience.

Trainees profile Bachelor, 1 year, l semester, Faculty Information Technology, 5B070300 Information System


• To develop flow charts of algorithms; • To create structures of the data depending on necessary task requirements; • To develop programs on C++ with use of means of language; • To write programs in good style; • To test programs; • To constitute the qualitative program documentation; • To list data structures and operators in C++; • To identify the types of variables for solving the practical tasks; • To solve practical tasks by creating programs on C++; • To compare and contrast the different ways of solving a problem after testing the program; • To modify and rewrite the created program using the analysis; • To explain the constituted program documentation.


Pedagogical aims to be reached Pedagogical aims of the course to be reached are to increase students motivization, comply with needs and intellectual demands of students, to develop the capacity to explore their way of problem solving, to develop analytical skills and critical thinking of students.

Pedagogical methodologies used: Traditional classroom; flipped classroom; task-based teaching methodology; problem-based learning.

Pedagogical tools Quizzes, tests, peer review evaluation, case-stady, individual tasks, online-tests, votes, polling.

Environment used Innovative, active and positive environment using projector, computers and mobile phones.

Course Timing 15 weeks, Lectures: 15 hours Laboratory classes: 30 hours Practical classes: 15 hours T/SIS: 90 hours Total: 135 hours One 50-minutes lecture per week, one 50-minutes practical work per week, one 100-minutes laboratory work per week, Student Independent Study 90 hours, 60-minutes final exam.

Course Modality Full day

Course Structure


DATE Weeks 1 Module 1: Variables and types. Topics National priorities in Engineering Studies. Labor markets requirements for

specialists in Engineering Studies. History of C++. Variables and Types. Flowcharts. Building blocks. Supported paradigms. The Features of C++ as a Language. Visual Studio. Support for C++. Console Appication. Structure of a program. Comments. Using namespase std. Variables and Types. Identifiers. Fundamental data types. Character types. Numerical integer types. Floating-point types. Boolean type. Basic mathematical functions in the C++ mathematics library

Learning activities The Module Variables and types is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading Reference Materials; watching and review presentations on new topics, study information in presentations and lecture notes; Finding and handling information - analysing information (presentations; lecture notes); Communication – debate and discuss, present additional information on new topics. Productive – create programs, draw flow charts, write documentation for created programs. Experimental – apply new information for case-study, investigate different approach for solving problems. Interactive/adaptive – improve created programs and projects. Assessment –demonstrate programs and projects, critique and peer-review quizzes , do self-


assessment, received feedback of teacher. OUT OF CLASS


ASSIGNED READINGS

Reading topics - Student Independent Study. Case study taken from the student’s real world. Self-assessment test (10 questions). Peer review.

DATE Weeks 2 - Module II: Declaration of variables and Operators. Topics Initialization of variables. Type deduction: auto and decltype. Introduction to strings.

Literals. Integer Numerals. Floating Point Numerals. Character and string literals. Other literals. Typed constant expressions. Preprocessor definitions. Operators. Assignment operator. Arithmetic operators. Compound assignment. Increment and decrement. Relational and comparison operators. Logical operators. Conditional ternary operator. Comma operator. Bitwise operators. Explicit type casting operator. Other operators. Basic Input/Output. Standard output. Standard input.

Learning activities The Module II is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading Reference Materials; watching and review presentations on new topics, study information in presentations and lecture notes; Finding and handling information - analysing information (presentations; lecture notes); Communication – debate and discuss, present additional information on new topics. Productive – create programs, draw flow charts, write documentation for created programs. Experimental – apply new information for case-study, investigate different approach for solving problems. Interactive/adaptive – improve created programs and projects. Assessment –demonstrate programs and projects, critique and peer-review quizzes , do self-assessment, received feedback of teacher.





ASSIGNED READINGS

Self-assessment test (10 questions) Reading.

DATE Weeks 3 Module 3: - Iteration statements (loops). Module II: Declaration of variables and Operators.

Topics The standard header <sstream>. Statements and flow control. Selection statements: if and else. Iteration statements (loops). Iteration statements (loops). The do-while loop. The for loop. Range-based for loop. Jump statements. The break statement. The continue statement. The goto statement. The switch statement.

Learning activities The Module 3 is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading Reference Materials; watching and review presentations on new topics, study information in presentations and lecture notes; Finding and handling information - analysing information (presentations; lecture notes); Communication – debate and discuss, present additional information on new topics. Productive – create programs, draw flow charts, write documentation for created programs. Experimental – apply new information for case-study, investigate different approach


for solving problems. Interactive/adaptive – improve created programs and projects. Assessment –demonstrate programs and projects, critique and peer-review quizzes , do self-assessment, received feedback of teacher.




DATE Weeks 4 Module 4: - Arrays. Module II: Declaration of variables and Operators. Topics Initializing arrays.

Accessing the values of an array. Learning activities The Module 4 is composed the following activities:

Assimulative activities –reading Reference Materials; watching and review presentations on new topics, study information in presentations and lecture notes; Finding and handling information - analysing information (presentations; lecture notes); Communication – debate and discuss, present additional information on new topics. Productive – create programs, draw flow charts, write documentation for created programs. Experimental – apply new information for case-study, investigate different approach for solving problems. Interactive/adaptive – improve created programs and projects. Assessment –demonstrate programs and projects, critique and peer-review quizzes , do self-assessment, received feedback of teacher.




DATE Weeks 5 Module 5: - Multidimensional arrays. Module II: Declaration of variables and Operators.

Topics Multidimensional arrays. Arrays as parameters. Library arrays.

Learning activities The Module 5 is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading Reference Materials; watching and review presentations on new topics, study information in presentations and lecture notes; Finding and handling information - analysing information (presentations; lecture notes); Communication – debate and discuss, present additional information on new topics. Productive – create programs, draw flow charts, write documentation for created programs. Experimental – apply new information for case-study, investigate different approach for solving problems. Interactive/adaptive – improve created programs and projects. Assessment –demonstrate programs and projects, critique and peer-review quizzes , do self-assessment, received feedback of teacher.


ASSIGNMENTS &

Reading topics - Student Independent Study. Case study taken from the student’s real world. Self-assessment test (10 questions).


ASSIGNED READINGS

Peer review.

DATE Weeks 6 Module 6: - Multidimensional arrays (2). Module II: Declaration of variables and Operators.

Topics Sum of the elements of all matrix. Product of the elements. Number of the elements. Sum of every row and every column.





DATE Weeks 7 Module 7: - Character sequences. Module II: Declaration of variables and Operators.

Topics Character sequences. Initialization of null-terminated character sequences. Strings and null-terminated character sequences.





DATE Weeks 8 Module 8: - Functions. Module II: Declaration of variables and Operators. Topics Function.

Functions with no type.


The use of void. The return value of main. Arguments passed by value and by reference.





DATE Weeks 9 Module 9: - Functions (2). Module II: Declaration of variables and Operators. Topics Efficiency considerations and const references.

Inline functions. Default values in parameters. Declaring functions.





DATE Weeks 10 Module 10: - Recursion. .

Topics Recursion. Recursive function.

Learning activities The Module 10 is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading Reference Materials;


watching and review presentations on new topics, study information in presentations and lecture notes; Finding and handling information - analysing information (presentations; lecture notes); Communication – debate and discuss, present additional information on new topics. Productive – create programs, draw flow charts, write documentation for created programs. Experimental – apply new information for case-study, investigate different approach for solving problems. Interactive/adaptive – improve created programs and projects. Assessment –demonstrate programs and projects, critique and peer-review quizzes , do self-assessment, received feedback of teacher.




DATE Weeks 11 Module 11: - Data structures. .

Topics Data structures. Nesting structures.





DATE Weeks 12 Module 12: - Pointers. .

Topics Pointer. Address-of operator. Dereference operator. Declaring pointers. Pointers and arrays. Pointer initialization. Pointer arithmetics. Pointers and const. Pointers and string literals. Pointers to pointers. void pointers. Invalid pointers and null pointers. Pointers to functions.

Learning activities The Module 12 is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading Reference Materials; watching and review presentations on new topics, study information in presentations and lecture notes; Finding and handling information - analysing information (presentations; lecture notes);


Communication – debate and discuss, present additional information on new topics. Productive – create programs, draw flow charts, write documentation for created programs. Experimental – apply new information for case-study, investigate different approach for solving problems. Interactive/adaptive – improve created programs and projects. Assessment –demonstrate programs and projects, critique and peer-review quizzes , do self-assessment, received feedback of teacher.




DATE Weeks 13 Module 13: - Files. .

Topics Files. Input/output with files. Open a file Closing a file.





DATE Weeks 14 Module 14: - Pointers and arrays. .

Topics Pointers and arrays. Sorting.

Learning activities The Module 14 is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading Reference Materials; watching and review presentations on new topics, study information in presentations and lecture notes; Finding and handling information - analysing information (presentations; lecture notes); Communication – debate and discuss, present additional information on new topics. Productive – create programs, draw flow charts, write documentation for created programs. Experimental – apply new information for case-study, investigate different approach


for solving problems. Interactive/adaptive – improve created programs and projects. Assessment –demonstrate programs and projects, critique and peer-review quizzes , do self-assessment, received feedback of teacher.




DATE Weeks 15 Module 15: - Sorting. .

Topics Sorting algorithms. Learning activities The Module 15 is composed the following activities:






Final exam: At the end of the course the students will pass online 60-minutes final exam, which is evaluated as 40 points (maximum). Final grade is a sum of rating points and exam points, and can be maximum 100 points. Final exam is an online 60-minutes test which consists of 30 questions for each student.

Instructional Materials and References Basic literature: 1.H. M. Deitel, Prentice Hall, C++, How to Program, 5th.Edition. 2.Bruce Eckel, Thinking in C++, Volume 1, 2nd Edition 3.N. Kultin, C/C++ in exercises and examples. Supplementary literature: 4. http://www.doc.ic.ac.uk 5. Error! Hyperlink reference not valid.


6. http://cppstudio.com 7. https://www.cs.drexel.edu 8. https://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/C%2B%2B_Programming/Exercises/Variables_and_types

rtners were actively involved in

Business English -Syllabus

Course Title Business English Pre-requisite (s) GE/EPP Hours 3 credits (45 hours) Out of Class

assignment Hours 15

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: IITU Department: of Languages Professor: Balia Jolamanova E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description IYA 2303i Business English is aimed at the formation and development their skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing in English on topics related to 6 modules of the course: Organization, Advertising, Innovations, Employment, Leadership and Cultures, and developing such social skill as making presentations. The language training is communicative, interactive, student-centered, outcome-oriented and heavily reliant on students' self-study work. The latter is organized as TSIS (business correspondence) and SIS (Practice File and MEG self-check exercises and business project).

Trainees profile The course is addressed to which student class? IITU students of all majors

Learning Objectives At the end of this course, the student will be able to: - show proficiency in recognizing familiar words, interpreting and summarising authentic oral speech on such business topics as Organization, Advertising, Innovations, Employment, Leadership and Cultures; - express opinion, propose solutions to case studies, present ideas on the above topics; - skim, scan, discuss and analyze texts on the topics under study; - build up business vocabulary on the topics studied; - write a formal letter, memo, CV; - differentiate and use such grammar structures as articles, reported speech, relative and adverbial clauses, modal verbs, passive voice, conditionals.

Pedagogical aims to be reached - life-long learning, - leadership, - critical thinking, - decision-making, - problem solving, and - team work.

Pedagogical methodologies used: Communicative Student-centered interactive, outcome-oriented,


reliant on students' self-study work organized as TSIS (teacher-supervised independent study - business correspondence) and SIS (Students’ independent study - Practice File, MEG self-check exercises and business project)

Pedagogical tools Textbooks: 1) David Cotton, David Falvey, Simon Kent. Market Leader Intermediate, New edition, Course Book. Pearson Education Ltd, 2008 2) David Cotton, David Falvey, Simon Kent. Market Leader Intermediate, New edition, Practice File. Pearson Education Ltd, 2008 3) Michael Vience, Macmillan English Grammar In Context Advanced, Macmillan Publishers Ltd, 2008 E-learning Faculty Focus Manuals: 1) B.Jolamanova, A.Sholakhova, N.Utelbayeva, Business English Vocabulary Builder, IITU 2017

2) B.Jolamanova, A.Sholashova. Writing Paper in English, МУИТ,2011 3) B.Jolamanova, N.Utelbayeva, A.Turekhanova . Project Work Guidelines. E-version; worksheets, handouts, Kahoot quizzes, mobile device applications.

Environment used

Traditional (the transfer of knowledge from the teacher to the learner, with tests and exams for the summative evaluation); and cooperative (teachers lead learners through a series of steps to cooperate with them and among themselves to acquire some competencies and skills, with a formative evaluation). Online asynchronous learning management system (Moodle)

Course Timing 1 semester, 15 weeks, 4 hours a week

Course Modality Blended learning assisted with the DL (Moodle) system, online quizzes, web resources (video, texts, presentations)

Course Structure


Week

Practical Studies Hrs

TSIS (BC)

SIS

Project PF/MEG 1

Add & drop week Syllabus Unit 3 Organization CB pp.22-25

3

Introduction to formal letter writing WP pp. 82-95

Project guideline Study of the latest trends in business, choice of the trend

PF pp.12-15

2

Unit 3 Organization CB pp. 26-29

3

Rel/adv clauses MEG pp.158-165


3

Unit 6 Advertising CB pp. 46-49

3 Writing a formal letter 1 CB p. 53

Searching for information about the chosen trend

PF pp.24-27

4

Unit 6 Advertising CB pp.50-53

3 Passive voice MEG pp.34-49

5

Unit 13 Innovations CB pp.108-111

3 Writing a formal letter 2 CB p.

Project portfolio

PF pp.52-55

6

Unit 13 Innovations CB pp. 112-116

3 Articles MEG pp.96-103

7

Midterm test 3

8

Unit 8 Employment CB pp. 68-71

3

Introduction to writing CV

Systematizing the information about the chosen trend and presentation draft

PF pp.32-35

9

Unit 8 Employment CB pp. 72-75

3 Writing CV

Rep. speech MEG pp.82-95

10

Unit 12 Leadership CB pp. 100-104

3 Introduction to writing a memo

PF pp.48-51

11

Unit 12 Leadership CB pp.105-108

3 Writing a memo

Presentation draft revision

Modals MEG pp.64-77

12

Unit 7 Cultures CB pp.54-57

3 PF pp. 28-31

13

Unit 7 Cultures CB pp.58-61

3

Project presentation

Conditional MEG pp.50-63

14

End-of-term test 3

15

Revision for final examination

3

TOTAL

45

LEARNING ACTIVITIES: Each of the 6 modules is composed of the following activities: Assimulative activities: listening to audiotapes, reading business-related texts, watching videos, reviewing , study; Finding and handling information: extracting information from texts, the Internet, analysing and synthecising information found on the topics studied; Communication – debating the topical issues (for instance: Doing business in Kz), sharing information, discussing problems, collaborating on projects, presenting projects, etc.;


Productive – creating Power Point/Presi prersentations (for instance, Organization types), design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios – these activities are not used and need to be introduced in the wake of this course Assessment – write a business letter/memo, present a project, critique your groupmates’ presentations, peer-review of student papers; self-assessment of quizzes, providing and receiving teacher/groupmates’ feedback.

Assessment tools at the end of the course Writing business letters, memos Grammar-vocabulary tests, quizzes (Computerized) Speaking: Project presentations Reading: texts Listening: to audio-records

Instructional Materials and References Textbooks: 1) David Cotton, David Falvey, Simon Kent. Market Leader Intermediate, New edition, Course Book. Pearson Education Ltd, 2008 2) David Cotton, David Falvey, Simon Kent. Market Leader Intermediate, New edition, Practice File. Pearson Education Ltd, 2008 3) Michael Vience, Macmillan English Grammar In Context Advanced, Macmillan Publishers Ltd, 2008 E-learning Faculty Focus subscription Manuals: 1) B.Jolamanova, A.Sholakhova, N.Utelbayeva, Business English Vocabulary Builder, IITU 2017

2) B.Jolamanova, A.Sholashova. Writing Paper in English, МУИТ,2011 3) B.Jolamanova, N.Utelbayeva, A.Turekhanova . Project Work Guidelines. E-version; PLUS: worksheets, handouts, Kahoot quizzes, mobile device applications.

Database Management Systems - Syllabus

Kozina L.A., senior-lecturer, [email protected], [email protected]

1. General information Faculty Information technologies

Major code and title SUBD 3217 Database Management Systems Year, semester 3 course, 5 semester Subject category Basic Number of credits 3 Prerequisites: Algorithmic Languages and Programming Postrequisites: Database Management System Security Lecturer Kozina L.A., senior-lecturer, [email protected], [email protected] Instructors Kozina L.A.

2. Goals, objectives and learning outcomes of the course Course goals: The goal of the course is to learn the process of database design.

Course objectives: to learn the steps of database design process and how to design a database based on the user’s requirements, to learn the Structured Query Language, to learn how to create a database using


PostgreSQL DBMS. Learning Outcomes: By the end of this course the students will be able to: − determine and select the information necessary for database design; − describe the process of database design; − identify and describe the stages of database design and related issues; − summarize results of the subject area analysis for further design process; − apply the acquired knowledge to design in practice; − demonstrate the database design starting from the conceptual stage to the physical implementation; − construct ER diagram; − demonstrate the programming skills with Structured Query Language (data manipulation language,

data definition language and data control language); − use PostgreSQL as an environment to implement problems using SQL language; − analyze the subject area of a required database; − independently study special literature and manuals; − discuss issues related to the process of database design; − analyze and estimate the normalization and results of database design.

3. Course description Course studies the design of a database starting from the initial stage to the physical implementation with a relational database management system. The entity-relationship model and normalization are used in problems. Relational algebra and then the SQL (Structured Query Language) are presented. Advanced topics include views, subqueries, etc. Course studies the design of a database with using a relational database management system. Students implement an individual database on PostgreSQL RDBMS.

4. Course policy Attendance should be regular. The student gains points for each performed assignment . In case the student is not able to attend the lessons for some reason, he will be responsible for learning all material, which was learnt during unattended lessons. If the student did not attend more than 20% of the lessons without reasonable excuse, the student will not be admitted to exam. Cheating will not be tolerated. Students caught cheating will receive a "0" for the assignment.

5. Literature Basic literature: 1. Connolly, Thomas M. Database Systems: A Practical Approach to Design, Implementation, and Management / Thomas M. Connolly, Carolyn E. Begg.- United States of America: Pearson Education 2. Garcia-Molina, H. Database system: The Complete Book / Hector Garcia-Molina.- United States of America: Pearson Prentice Hall 3. Sharma, N. Database Fundamentals: A book for the community by the community / Neeraj Sharma, Liviu Perniu.- Canada 4. www.postgresql.org/docs - PostgreSQL: Documentation. Supplementary literature: 1. Coronel, C., Database Systems: Design, Implementation & Management, Thomson Learning, Inc., Massachusetts, USA 2. Elmasri, R. & Navathe, S. B.: Database Systems, Pearson.

6. Course calendar 6.1 Lecture, practical/seminar/laboratory session plans № Abbreviation Meaning 1 TSIS Teacher-supervised independent work (СРСП)


2 SIS Students’ independent work (СРС) 3 IP Individual project 4 PA Practical assignment 5

LW MCQ

Laboratory Work Multiple choice quiz

Week/ dates Course Topic Reference

Materials

Lect

ures

(1

h/w

)

Prac

t (1

h/w

)

Lab

(1

h/w

) TS

IS

(2 h

/w)

SIS

(6 h

/w)

1 Introduction [1], [2], [3] 1 1 1 2 4

2 Conceptual Modeling [1], [2], [3] 1 1 1 2 4

3 Normalization (Part 1) [1], [2], [3] 1 1 1 2 4

4 Normalization (Part 2) [1], [2], [3] 1 1 1 2 4

5 Installation and work with DBMS [1], [2], [3], [4] 1 1 1 2 4

6 SQL. Data Definition Language [1], [2], [3], [4] 1 1 1 2 4

7 Midterm control 1 [1], [2], [3], [4] 1 1 1 2 4

8 SQL. Data Manipulation Language

[1], [2], [3], [4] 1 1 1 2 4

9 SQL. DML. Relational Algebra (Part 1)

[1], [2], [3], [4] 1 1 1 2 4

10 SQL. DML. Relational Algebra (Part 2)

[1], [2], [3], [4] 1 1 1 2 4

11 SQL. DML. Queries (Part 1) [1], [2], [3], [4] 1 1 1 2 4

12 SQL. DML. Queries (Part 2) [1], [2], [3], [4] 1 1 1 2 4

13 SQL. DML. Nested queries [1], [2], [3], [4] 1 1 1 2 4

14 Midterm control 2 [1], [2], [3], [4] 1 1 1 2 4

15 Course Overview [1], [2], [3], [4] 1 1 1 2 4

Total hours 135 15 15 15 30 60 6.2 List of assignments for Student Independent Study

№

Assignments (topics) for

Independent study

Hours

Recommended literature and other sources (links)

Form of

submission


1 2 3 4 5

1 IP. Part 0. Choice of a topic [1], [2], [3], [4] On-line, Oral defense

2 IP. Part 1. Subject Area Analysis [1], [2], [3], [4] On-line, Oral defense

3 IP. Part 2. Conceptual design [1], [2], [3], [4] On-line, Oral defense

4 IP. Part 3. Logical Modeling [1], [2], [3], [4] On-line, Oral defense

5 IP. Part 4. Physical Design

[1], [2], [3], [4] On-line, Oral defense

6 IP. Part 5. Using DDL operators to fill in information in a database

[1], [2], [3], [4] On-line, Oral defense

7 IP. Part 6. Queries [1], [2], [3], [4] On-line, Oral defense

8 IP. Report [1], [2], [3], [4] On-line, Oral defense

Professional Russian language- Syllabus

Course Title Professional Russian language Pre-requisite (s) Russian language Hours 30 Out of Class

assignment Hours 15

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: IITU Department: Language Senior-lector: Dyussenova D.S. E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description Learning in discipline "Professional Russian" is aimed at the development in students of the deepened language and communicative competence on the basis of language of specialty and professional terminology which will promote improvement of vocational training and will provide system self-preparation. Learning all aspects of professional Russian has the communicative and professionally directed character; his tasks are defined by requirements of modern convergent journalism.

Trainees profile The course is addressed to which student class? Bachelor degree 2nd course

Learning Objectives At the end of this course, the student will be able to: - to take from texts in general scientific and special terminological units; - to conduct dialogue on professional subjects, using terms and special concepts of journalism in the speech; - to compare the texts belonging to different substyles of scientific style of the speech; - to reveal genre and style distinctions of scientific texts; - to classify scientific texts on the following bases: a) novelty existence; b) accessory to a genre; - to transform texts of colloquial style of the speech to texts of actually scientific, scientific and educational, scientific and informative, scientific and help and popular scientific styles;


- to predict the purpose and tasks of scientific texts on heading; - to reason expediency of statement of research tasks and adequacy of the used methods; - to prepare a performance on the set subject; - to make secondary scientific theses by means of ready language models; - to make secondary scientific texts on a template; - to express opinion on the importance of primary scientific texts; - to ask questions concerning the purpose, tasks, an object, a subject, research methods; - to dramatize a participation situation: a) in a scientific discussion; b) in discussion of introduction of the research project in production.

Pedagogical aims to be reached Activation and deepening of knowledge, skills of mastering the scientific style of the speech of the Russian language, the formation of a professional language competence.

Pedagogical methodologies used: In the course of studying of a course the following methods of training will be used: - Explanatory and illustrative; - Problem statement of material; - Heuristic; - Research. Students need to carry out different types of independent works, to apply knowledge in concrete speech situations, to independently look for information on the set subjects, to work individually and in group, to be engaged in an assessment of classmates and a self-assessment.

Pedagogical tools

Environment used Projector, mobile phones for some kinds of tasks, access to the Internet.

Course Timing 1 (3) semester 2 courses.

Course Modality Full-time courses

Course Structure



Repetition of functional speech styles: basic features. Modernization of stylistic diversity with the advent of Internet discourse. Scientific style of speech: basic features and features. Analysis of scientific text using online resources (ruscorpora.ru, smm-text.com, advego.ru). Types of scientific information. Classification of genres of scientific style of speech.Terminology: the origin, classification, development of terms of modern science. Work with a terminological dictionary, compilation of terminology trees (using online services). The basic rules of citation. Design of bibliographic references, rules for quoting an Internet source. Reliability of information on the Internet.

Learning activities

The Bases of Professional Communication module consists of the following actions: Week Theme Hours Description

1 Repetition of functional speech

2 Speaking: to conduct dialogue on

Discussion: Why do I need to know


styles: basic features. Modernization of stylistic diversity with the advent of Internet discourse.

professional subjects, using terms and special concepts of journalism in the speech; Letter: to transform texts of colloquial style of the speech to texts of popular scientific style; Reading: to form skills of search reading, the analysis of information.

the literary language? Repetition of features of different styles.

2 Scientific style of speech: basic features and features. Analysis of scientific text using online resources (ruscorpora.ru, smm-text.com, advego.ru).

2 Speaking: to reason the position; Reading: to compare the texts belonging to different substyles of scientific style of the speech; Letter: to produce texts of different substyles.

Mini-lecture of the teacher. Work with texts. Work with dictionaries, analysis of words and texts depending on their stylistic coloring. Exercise

3 Types of scientific information. Classification of genres of scientific style of the speech.

2 Speaking: to predict the purpose and tasks of scientific texts on the title; Defend their point of view, giving arguments; Reading: analyze the texts of scientific style in terms of their stylistic features; To allocate information of different types from the text; Letter: supplement the text with missing information; Use the terminology of the specialty in your own text.

Analysis of the table "Types of Scientific Information". Performance of exercises.

4 Terminology: origin, classification, development of terms of modern science. Work with the terminological dictionary, drawing up trees of a terminotvorchestvo (by means of online services).

2 Speaking: extract general and special terminological units from texts by specialty; To prepare a speech on a given topic Reading: extract information from various sources; Independently search for sources;

Microlection of the teacher, answers to questions, analysis of fragments of the text. Work with the dictionary. Analysis of the dictionary entry. Exercise.


Letter: to give definitions to the terms of the specialty.

5 Basic rules of citing. Execution of bibliographic references, rules of citing Internet source. Reliability of information on the Internet.

2 Speaking: discuss the read text, making its own conclusions based on it; To argue their position; Reading: practice skills of search and analytical reading; Letter: use in your own text quotations from scientific and classical literature.

Microllection of the teacher. Reports of students on the results of work in the library. Exercise.


ASSIGNMENTS & ASSIGNED

READINGS

Reading: The main and additional literature according to the list. Researches: The creative paper on the offered subject with use of the recommended resources. Preparation of the report / presentation: To make the creative paper on one of the offered subjects. The volume of the paper shouldn't exceed 5 pages of the typewritten test. Example from practice: A performance with the prepared paper (imitation of a performance at a scientific conference, the presentation preparation of questions) Experiment in the modelled environment / on the basis of problem scenarios: Imitation of a scientific conference during which attendees ask questions create a discussion. Test for a self-assessment: Written answer to questions: what have I learned new? What questions faced me? How I have answered them? What could I make better? What weaknesses my report had? Reviewing: oral discussion and summing up.

DATE Weeks 6-15 - Module II: Scientific text as the basis of professional activity Topics

Learning activities

The main topics of this module are: Plan as a genre of scientific style of speech. Hypertext and markup. Online services for planning professional and scientific activities. Outsourcing as a way of processing and assimilating information. The isolation of the main and secondary information in the text, the skill of selective reading. Simulators for developing skills of memorizing text. General idea of the thesis. Types of theses and their use in the development of new theoretical material. Abstract and summary as a method of information compression. Writing text on ready-made templates (online text constructor). Hypertext and keywords, increase the ranking of the text. Research Article. Stages of creation, design and presentation of a scientific article. Science project. Preparation for work on a scientific project. Presentation skills, exercises for improving speaking skills. Science project. Work on the stages of a scientific project. Clichés used in the design of scientific works. Management of scientific research.



READINGS

The module the Scientific text as a basis of professional activity consists of the following actions:

6 Plan as a genre of scientific style of speech. Hypertext and markup. Online services for planning professional and scientific activities.

2 Speaking: to reason expediency of statement of research tasks and adequacy of the used methods; to prepare a performance on the set subject; Reading: to take information from various sources;

Methods of drawing up plans. Analysis of the methods of text compression. Exercise.


Letter: to make secondary scientific theses by means of ready language models.

8 Outsourcing as a way of processing and assimilating information. Separating the main and secondary information in the text, the skill of selective reading. Simulators for developing skills of memorizing text.

2 Speaking: to predict the purpose and tasks of scientific texts on the title; To argue their position; Reading: extract information from the text for the purpose of note-taking; Writing: to compose the abstract of the text, then reconstructing on its basis the original source.

Reading and making an abstract of the text. Workshop on drawing up abstracts of different types.

9 General idea about the thesis. Types of theses and their use at development of new theoretical material.

2 Speaking: to develop the thought put in the thesis; Reading: to use skills of the search and reasoning reading; Letter: to formulate secondary theses, being guided by the text; to formulate primary theses, relying on the available knowledge.

Technique of writing of primary and secondary theses. Drawing up primary theses on the subject "Information Technologies in the Modern World"

11 Abstract and summary as a method of information compression. Writing text on ready-made templates (online text constructor). Hypertext and keywords, increase the ranking of the text.

2 Speaking: to argue the appropriateness of setting research tasks and the adequacy of the methods used; Reading: use the skills of search reading scientific text; Letter: to compose an abstract and a summary of texts on the specialty.

Workshop on writing of summaries and summary in different functional styles. Performance of exercises.

12 Research Article. Stages of creation, design and presentation of a scientific article.

2 Speaking: defend your position, arguing and illustrating the topic; To present a scientific article; Reading: analyze various sources of information; To use skills of search reading; Letter: write a scientific article on the given samples and cliches.

The study of the cliche, characteristic of the scientific article. Exercise.

13 Scientific project. 2 Speaking: to defend the Stages of creation of the


Preparation for work on the scientific project. Skills of the presentation, exercise for increase in oratorical skill.

position, reasoning and illustrating a subject; to present the scientific project; Reading: to analyze various sources of information; to use skills of search reading; Letter: to prepare a basis of the scientific project, summary.

scientific project. Methods and ways of the presentation of the scientific project. Performance of exercises.

14 Scientific project. Work on stages of the scientific project. The cliches used at registration of scientific works. Management of scientific research.

2 Speaking: to defend the position, reasoning and illustrating a subject; to present the scientific project; Reading: to analyze various sources of information; to use skills of search reading; Letter: to prepare a basis of the scientific project, summary.

Presentation of the scientific project..

OUT OF CLASS ASSIGNMENTS

& ASSIGNED READINGS

Reading: literature according to the list of the recommended main and additional literature. Researches: the scientific essay on one of the offered subjects. Preparation of the presentation: Essay volume – 1 page of the printing text. Thoughts are formulated in a thesis form with the subsequent protection in an oral performance. Requirements to contents: - Existence of the plan of a performance; - Designation of the purposes and tasks of the essay; - Allocation of key terms; - Accurately formulated theses; - The thought-over argument; - Full disclosure of a subject. The subject has to be opened most fully, the main ideas are formulated in a thesis form. Proofs of the thesis and examples are told orally. Example from practice of the real world of the pupil: The product presentation for sale / scientific research for receiving grant financing. The test for a self-assessment (30 questions) – on the studied material, with possible answers and open type. Reviewing. Writing of a response or review of own work, and also of work of the classmate (casual choice).


Rating (60%) Final rating (40%) 1 Certification 2 Certification

Class work: Attendance, Activity Performing

30% 10% 20%

Class work Attendance, activity Performing

30%

10%

Exam Test Written work (scientific essay, oral

40% 60%


classroom assignments

classroom assignments

20% defense of theses)

SWS/P SWSP SWS

40% 20% 20%

SWS/P SWSP SWS

40% 20% 20%

landmark rating Test Writing and protection of the essay

30% 15% 15%

landmark rating Test Speech on a given topic

25%

15% 15%

Total 100% Total 100% Total 100% Total 100

Instructional Materials and References Literature

Basic: 1.K.Kadrzhanov. Russian language. Practical course for students of Kazakh groups of technical specialties of higher educational institutions / Textbook. - Almaty, 2005. 2. Russian language. Textbook for students of Kazakh departments of the University / edited by K. Ahmedyarov, Zharkynbekova Sh.K. - Almaty, 2008. 3. Manual on the scientific style of speech. For high schools of technical profile. Ed. Second, add. And pererab. / Scientific. Ed. IGProkuryakova. - M., 2004.All p

Additional:

3. G. Ya. Solganik Stilistika of the text. Manual. – M.: Flint, 2002. 4. K. Kadrzhanov. Russian. A practical course for students of the Kazakh groups of technical specialties of higher educational institutions / the Manual. – Almaty, 2005. 5. Utegenova K. T. Examinations on Russian for students of not language faculties. – Uralsk, 2005 (electronic resource). 6. M. Yu. Fedosyuk, T. A. Ladyzhenskaya, O. A. Mikhaylova, N. A. Nikolina. Russian. Manual. For students-nefilolgov. Moscow, 2004. 7. Magazines: "Computerpress", "Shop press", "Country of games". Dictionaries and reference books 8. Ojegov S. I., Shvedova N. Yu. Explanatory dictionary of Russian: 80000 words and phraseological expressions. – M.: Azbukovnik, 1999. – 944 pages. 9. Dictionary of foreign words. – 7th prod. reslave. – M.: Russian of 2005. – 624 pages. 10. The complex dictionary of Russian / Under the editorship of A. N. Tikhonov, etc. – M.: Russian, 2001. – 1229 pages. 11. Explanatory dictionary of Russian of the end of the 20th century. Language changes. Under the editorship of G. N. Sklyarevskaya. – SPb.: Folio-Press, 1998. – 700 pages. 12. Terminological dictionaries (depending on a group profile).

Internet resources:

1. Project of the State institute of Russian of A. S. Pushkin "Education in Russian": www.pushkininstitute.ru 2. Reference portal "Russky Yazyk": www.gramota.ru 3. International association of teachers of Russian and literature (MAPRYaL): www.mapryal.org 4. Russian society of teachers of Russian and literature: Russkoye Slovo portal: www.ropryal.ru 5. Service of thematic explanatory dictionaries: www.glossary.ru 6. Culture of a written language: www.gramma.ru 7. Service of Russian: www.slovari.ru 8. Dictionaries and encyclopedias: http://dic.academic.ru


9. Directory system "National Case of Russian": www.ruscorpora.ruartners were actively involved in all WP1 activities and did great job for overcoming the delay

Human-Computer Interaction - Syllabus

Course Title Pre-requisite (s) Computation and Problem

Solving Hours 45 Out of Class

assignment Hours 30

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: International IT University Department: Computer Engineering & Telecomunications Professor: Rakhimzhanova Nazgul K. E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description This course introduces students to the concept of designing systems that are able to interact effectively with humans. The field of Human Computer Interaction involves understanding and creating methods and artifacts that improve human lives, tasks, goals, and social environments through education in design, computer science, and behavioral and social sciences. In this course, students will learn principles of design and human behavior and the empirical research methods used to solve real problems in the design and use of technology. The course also provides students with opportunities to work on their own as well as in small teams to solve design problems and use HCI methods and principles to model the problems, create solutions, and study the impact of their designs.

Trainees profile The course is addressed to which student class? This course is addressed to third year students, who studying software development track.

Learning Objectives At the end of this course, the student will be able to: • Discuss the concept of usability engineering, why and when to use it, why and when its use is justified,

and its underlying benefits and principles. • Describe and use standard usability tools and methods such as personas and scenarios, competitive

analysis, swimming lane diagrams, generalized transition networks, site maps, storyboards, wireframes and mockups.

• Discuss user-testing and usability-testing methods. This includes planning and preparing a user test, determining and recruiting participants, designing test tasks, scripts, and scenarios, executing a user test, and recording and analyzing user-test data.

• Use HCI tools, methods and concepts to design systems that are able to interact effectively with humans. • Use the principles of design and human behavior, computer science, and the empirical research

methods used to solve real problems in the design and use of technology. • Design user interfaces from the perspective of the user, creating a design that supports its intended

users’ existing beliefs, attitudes, and behaviors as they relate to the tasks that the system is being designed to support.

• Use an iterative design process to design interfaces that provide more efficient and satisfying experiences for the user.


• Design, plan, and conduct a usability test and use the results of the test to make recommendations for design improvements.

• To share and discuss creative work using social networks.

Pedagogical aims to be reached To develop creative skills and the ability of self-education. Develop the ability to apply theoretical knowledge in practice.

Pedagogical methodologies used: Student-centered learning (learner-centered); Learning-by-doing; Co-operating; Interactive learning; Storytelling;

Pedagogical tools • Course worksheets, textbooks, handouts; • MOOC:

o Coursera - Input and Interaction course; o FutureLearn - Data Tells a Story: Reading Data in the Social Sciences and Humanities

(course)

Environment used • Mobile Applications; • Virtual laborotories • LMS; • Video-lessons; • Audio-lessons; • Creatly, gliffy, prezi; • Mockuplus, Azure, wireframes.cc • Social networks: Facebook, LinkedIN.

Course Timing 01/09/2017 – 12/12/2017 Module 1: 01/09/2017 – 30/09/2017 Module 2: 01/10/2017 – 03/11/2017 Module 3: 05/11/2017 – 12/12/2017

Course Modality This course can be divided into 2 modules: Module 1: Wireframing Module 2: Mockuping Module 3: User-centered usability testing.

Course Structure


DATE Weeks 1-5 Module title: Wireframing and Mockuping Topics 1. Collaboration and fundementals of teamwork in interface design

2. Cognitive principle of Human-Computer Interactions 3. Steve Krug’s laws of Usability


4. Wireframing techniques, wireframing tools. 5. Jacob Nielson’s Usability Heuristics

Learning activities The Module Wireframing is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities: reading the textbook chapters, watching the video-lessons provided by lecturer, studying the topics using material provided by lecturer (presentations, additional references). Finding and handling information: registering on open Coursera and FutureLearn courses, reading the additional bibliography; Communication: discussing the Project 1 requirements with teammate(s), brainstorming, share the findings and idea for Project 1; Productive: design the web site wireframes, create the work plan and requirements specification; Experiental: investigate the user’s cognitive possibilities, apply Jacob Nielsen Heuristics on design process. Interactive/adaptive: case study with teammate(s), peer-evaluation of other team wireframes; Assessments: web page wireframes, work plan, design requirements specification, design evaluation according to usability laws (report), quiz.



Reading the textook Don’t Make Me Think; Gathering the data about potential users by social networks; Design improvements, evaluating the design with usability laws, sharing design and reciving the feedbacks. Self-assessment test (15 questions) Peer review

DATE Weeks 6-10 - Module II: Mockuping. Topics 1. Mockuping techniques, mockuping tools.

2. Fitt’s Law and its application 3. User Personas. Scenarios and user stories. 4. Swimming Lane diagrams 5. Interaction Design Process and Agile Methodology

Learning activities The Module Mockuping is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities: reading the textbook chapters, watching the video-lessons provided by lecturer, studying the topics using material provided by lecturer (presentations, additional references). Finding and handling information: registering on open Coursera and FutureLearn courses, reading the additional bibliography; Communication: discussing the Project 2 requirements with teammate(s), brainstorming, share the findings and idea for Project 2; Productive: design the web site mockup, create swimming lane diagrams, create Use Case diagrams; Experiental: investigate the teamwork in under Agile methodology, explore and apply


Fitt’s Law on design process. Interactive/adaptive: case study with teammate(s), create swimming lane diagramms using interactive tools, simulate the web site usage scenarios; Assessments: web page mockups, User Personas Profiles, User stories and user scenarios, use case diagramms, design evaluation according to usability laws (report), Midterm assessment.



Reading the textook Don’t Make Me Think; Gathering the data about potential users by social networks; Design improvements, evaluating the design with usability laws, sharing design and reciving the feedbacks. Self-assessment test (15 questions) Peer review

DATE Weeks 11-15 - Module III: User-centered usability testing. Topics 1. Usability User Testing Techniques, conducting

2. In-person Usability testings vs Remote Usability testings 3. Ethical principles of In-person Usability testings 4. Principles of creation scenarios for In-person Usability testings. 5. Accumulating and analyzing the testing results

Learning activities The Module User-centered usability testing is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities: reading the chapters of textbook, watching the example videos of Usability Testings, study the principles of Usability User-centered testing; Finding and handling information: analyzing the pros and cons of remote user testings, analyze the results of usability restings; Communication: discuss the Usability testing tasks and scenario, share ideas, collaborate with potential users, present the scenario in class, discuss the Plan of Usability testing; Productive: compose the Plan and Scenario for Usability User Testing, complete the design of web site, design and print necessary pages of web site, write the expecting results of testing, record the Usability User Testing process. Experiental: conduct the Usability User testing with potential users, investigate the results of testing, apply testing results on new design; Assessment: write the teams’ activities plan, present the process and results of usability testing, demonstrate the old and new (reworked) design of web site, peer-review for other teams’ design, End-Term assessment.



Reading the textook Observing the User experience; Conducting The Usability Testing; Usability Testing report preparation Self-assessment test (10 questions) Peer review


ASSIGNED READINGS

Reading Observing the User experience; Self-assessment test (10 questions) Improving the design of web site according to testing results


Assessment tools at the end of the course Project Presentations (20/100 %) In-class exercises and case studies (10/100 %) In-person Usability Testing’s Process and Results Presentation (15/100 %) Mid Term and End Term Assessments (15/100 %) Final Exam (40/ 100 %)

Instructional Materials and References 1. Steve Krug, Don’t Make Me Think 2. Elizabeth Goodman, Mike Kuniavsky, and Andrea Moed, Observing the User Experience 3. Alan Cooper, About Faces 4 4. Nielsen Norman Group, Evidence-Based User Experience Research, Training, and Consulting

https://www.nngroup.com/ 5. https://www.coursera.org/learn/interaction-techniques/home/welcome 6. https://wireframe.cc/ 7. Lecture Notes 8. Handouts

Information and Communication Technologies - Syllabus

Course Title Information and

Communication Technologies Pre-requisite (s)


60

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: International IT University Department: Computer Engineering and Telecommunications Professor: Saule Amanzholova E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description Information and communication technologies (ICT) is regarded as modern methods and means of communication of people in a normal and professional activities with the help of information technologies for the search, collection, storage, processing and dissemination of information.

Trainees profile The course is addressed to which student class? 1rd year students of the Systems of Information Security major.

Learning Objectives At the end of this course, the student will be able to: - Manipulate new trends in information and communication technology in practice activity - Select modern instruments in information and communication technology for creating their scientific work - Use info communication technology in practice activity

Pedagogical aims to be reached The aim of this course is to educate Civil Engineers with knowledge of economic, social and environmental conditions and needs of employees, customers and society. This is ensured by the subjects or more specific courses being related to the needs of the group.


Pedagogical methodologies used: Presentations, Discussions, Practice, Tutorials, Games, Collaboration, Case Studies.

Pedagogical tools Textbooks, handouts, websites, software for computations and diamgram plotting, making prezentations, etc.

Environment used University

Course Timing Autumn semester, 15 weeks

Course Modality Full time

Course Structure


Week No Course Topic

Reference

Materials

Lect

ures

(_

1 h/

w)

Prac

tice

se

ssio

ns

(_1

h/w

)

Lab.

Ses

sion

s

(2

h/w

)

TSIS

(_

h/w

)

SIS

(_

h/w

)

1 The role of ICTs in key sectors of society. ICT Standards.

BL 3 Practic 1 Laboratory 1 Report

2 Introduction into computer systems. Architecture of computer systems.

BL 2 Practic 2 Laboratory2 Report

3 Software. OS. SL 7 Laboratory3 Report

4 Human-computer interaction SL 3 Practic 3 Laboratory4 Report

5 Database systems SL 1,9 Laboratory5 Report

6 Data analysis. Data management.

SL 1 Report Project 1

7 Networks and Telecommunications.

SL 2 Quiz 1 Report

8 Cybersecurity. SL 8 Report

9 Internet technologies. SL 4 Practic4 Laboratory6 Report


10 Cloud and Mobile technologies.

Report

11 Multimedia technologies SL 5 Laboratory7 Report

12 Smart technology. SL 10 Practic5 Report

13 E-technology. E-business. E-learning. E-government.

BL 3 Laboratory8 Report Project 2

14 Information technology in the professional sphere. Industrial ICT.

BL 1 Practic6 Report

15 ICT Development Prospects BL 1 Quiz 2

15 30 15 75

BL - Basic literature SL - Supplementary literature

Assessment tools at the end of the course MCQ test

Instructional Materials and References Basic literature: • June J. Parsons, New Perspectives on Computer Concepts 18th Edition—Comprehensive, Thomson Course Technology, a division of Thomson Learning, Inc Cambridge, MA, COPYRIGHT © 2016; ISBN-10: 1-4239-0610-1, ISBN-13: 978-1-4239-0610-0. • Reema Thareja Fundamentals of Computers. – Oxford University press: Oxford, 2014. - 288p • George Beekman. Computer Confluence: Exploring Tomorrow's Technology. ISBN 0130661880, 9780130661883. Prentice Hall, 2003 • Симонович С.В. и др. Информатика. Базовый курс: учебное пособие для высших технических учебных заведений. – СПб.: Питер, 2011. – 639 с.

Supplementary literature: 1.Thomas M. Connolly, et al. Database Systems: A practical approach to Design, Implementation, and Management. 4th Edition ISBN: 0321210255 Addison-Wesley, 2004 2.H. L. Capron. Computers: Tools for an Information Age. Addison-Wesley, 1998. ISBN: 0201336138|

9780201336139 3.Roqers Y., H. Sharp, J. Preece. Interaction design beyond human - computer interaction - Third Edition.- Italy:

WILEY & Sons Ltd, 2011.- 585 р. 4.Ducket, J. Beginning Web Programming with HTML, XHTML, and CSS: 2th ed. / Jon Ducket.- U.S.A: Wiley

Publishing. Inc, 2008.- 739с. ISBN 978-1-0-470-25931-3. 5.Stephen P Borgatti, Martin G. Everett, Jeffrey C. Johnson Analyzing Social Networks Paperback. ISBN: 978-

1446247419 – 30 Apr 2013


6.Уша Рани Вьясулу Редди. Серия учебников по ИКТР для молодежи. Учебник 1: Введение в ИКТ для развития. UN-APCICT/ESCAP 2011

7.Дейтел Х. М., Дейтел П. Дж., Чофнес Д. Р. Операционные системы. Часть 1. Основы и принципы. – М.: Бином-Пресс, 2011. – 677 c.

8.Ярочкин В.И. Информационная безопасность: Учебник для вузов. – М.: Акад. Проект, 2008. – 544 c. 9.Голицына О.Л. Базы данных: Учебное пособие. – М.: Форум, 2012. – 400 c. 10.Keith Worden, W.A. Bullough, J. Haywood. Smart Technologies. World Scientific Pub Co Inc (April 14, 2003). ISBN-10: 9810247761 | ISBN-13: 978-9810247768 activities and did great job for overcoming the dely

Information and Communication Technologies - Syllabus

Course Title Information and

Communication Technologies Pre-requisite (s) None


75

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: International IT University Department: Information Systems Professor: Aiman N. Moldagulova E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description Information and communication technologies (ICT) is regarded as modern methods and means of communication of people in a normal and professional activities with the help of information technologies for the search, collection, storage, processing and dissemination of information. The discipline of "ICT" serves for formation at students of a certain outlook in the information sphere and the modern information culture, i.e. ability purposefully to work with information, professionally using for receiving, processing, transmission and its storage. This course is a top level exposure to computer hardware, software and communication systems. Students learn the functionality of hardware, software and network components as well as suggested best practices in maintenance and safety issues. Through hands-on activities and labs, students learn how to assemble and configure a computer as well as install operating systems and diagnostic application utilities. In addition, an introduction to networking is included. Students should be proficient in daily computer use (such as downloading and installing software from the Internet) and should be familiar with computer terms.

Trainees profile The course is addressed to which student class? The course is addressed to first year student of specialties available at university including “Information Systems”, “Informatics”, “Computer Science and Software Engineering”, “Mathematical and Computer Modeling”, “Finance in IT”, “IT Management”, “Electronics and Telecommunications”, “Electronic Journalism”, “Information Security Systems”

Learning Objectives At the end of this course, the student will be able to: • define the main tendencies in the field of information communication technologies; • use information resources for search and information storage; • work with electronic spreadsheets, execute consolidation of data, build diagrams; • work with databases; • apply methods and means of information protection; • design and create simple web sites; • make processing of vector and bitmap images;


• create the multimedia presentations; • use different social platforms for communication.

Pedagogical aims to be reached Mastering students of professional and personal competences who will give the chance to use the modern information communication technologies in different areas of professional activity, scientific and practical operation, for self-educational and other purposes. Along with the practical purpose, the course realizes the educational purposes, promoting extension of an outlook of students, increase of their general culture and education.

Pedagogical methodologies used: It is used combination of traditional learning, blended learning, flipped learning and interactive learning.

Pedagogical tools Learning Management System (LMS) Games such as Kahoot! Modern communication such as: Assessments embedded within e-learning modules Standalone online assessments Blogs Wikis Discussion forums Chats E-mail Video Social Media – the public message

Environment used

Learning Management System (LMS) such as Moodle

Course Timing Lectures: 15 hours Laboratory classes: 30 hours Practical classes: 15 hours T/SIS: 75 hours Total: 135 hours One 50-minutes lecture per week, one 50-minutes practical work per week, one 100-minutes laboratory work per week, Student Independent Study 75 hours, 50-minutes final exam.


Course Structure


DATE Week 1- Module I: ICT role in key sectors of development of society. Standards in the field of ICT:

Topics The main topics of this module are: Definition of ICT. Subject ICT and its purposes. An ICT role in key sectors of development of society. International and National Standards in the field of ICT.


Communication between ICT and achievement of the objectives of a sustainable development in the Millennium Declaration. National priorities in Information and Communication Technology Industry. Information and Communication Technology knowledge requirements for specialists in different domains.

Learning activities The Module ICT role in key sectors of development of society. Standards in the field of ICT is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.



Self-assessment test (10 questions)

Reading: Course Slides Additional materials given by teachers

DATE Weeks 2 - Module II: Introduction to computer systems. Architecture of computer systems

Topics The main topics of this module are: Review of computer systems. Evolution of computer systems. Architecture and components of computer systems. Use of computer systems. Data representation in computer systems.

Learning activities The Module Introduction to computer systems. Architecture of computer systems is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.





DATE Weeks 3 - Module III: Software. Operating systems. Topics The main topics of this module are:

Software. Types of the software, purpose and characteristic. Basic concepts of OS. Evolution of operating systems. Classification of operating systems, including for mobile devices. Classification of desktop applications.

Learning activities The Module Software. Operating systems is composed the following activities





DATE Weeks 4 - Module IV: Human-computer interaction.


Topics The main topics of this module are: User interface as means of human-computer interaction. Usability of interfaces. Types of interfaces: command line interface, text interface, graphic interface. Physical and mental characteristics of the user. Development stages of the user interface. Types of testing of interfaces (testing of users). Perspectives of development of interfaces.

Learning activities The Module Human-computer interactionis composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.





DATE Weeks 5 - Module V: Database systems. Topics The main topics of this module are:

Basics of database systems: concept, characteristic, architecture. Data models. Normalization. Integrity constraint on data. Query tuning and their processing. Fundamentals of SQL. Parallel processing of data and their restoration. Design and development of databases. Technology of programming of ORM. The distributed, parallel and heterogeneous databases.

Learning activities The Module Database systems is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.





DATE Weeks 6 - Module VI: Data analysis. Data management. Topics The main topics of this module are:

Data analysis basics. Methods of collection, classification and prediction. Decision trees. Processing of large volumes of data. Methods and stages of Data mining. Tasks Data mining. Visualization of data.

Learning activities The Module Data analysis. Data management is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.




Reading: Course Slides


READINGS Additional materials given by teachers DATE Weeks 7 - Module VII: Networks and telecommunications.

Topics The main topics of this module are: Network devices, data transfer devices, transmission medium. Types of networks. Stack protocols: TCP/IP, OSI. IP addressing. Local and wide area networks. Wire and wireless network technologies. DHCP protocol. Technologies of connection to the Internet. Telecommunication technologies.

Learning activities The Module Networks and telecommunications is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.





DATE Weeks 8 - Module VIII: Cybersafety. Topics The main topics of this module are:

Security risks of information and their classification. Industry of cybersafety. Cybersafety and control of the Internet. Malicious applications. Measures and means of information protection. Standards and specifications in information security field. The acts of the Republic of Kazakhstan governing legal relations in the sphere of information security. Digital signature. Encoding.

Learning activities The Module Cybersafety is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.





DATE Weeks 9 - Module IX: Internet technologies. Topics The main topics of this module are:

Basic concepts of Internet. The universal identifier of resources (URI), its assignment and components. Service DNS. Web technologies: HTTP, DHTML, CSS, and JavaScript. E-mail. Message format. SMTP, POP3, IMAP protocols.

Learning activities The Module Internet technologies is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.






DATE Weeks 10 - Module X: Cloud and mobile technologies. Topics The main topics of this module are:

Data centres. Tendencies of development of the modern infrastructure decisions. Principles of cloud computing. Technologies of virtualization. Web service in the Cloud. Main terms and concepts of mobile technologies. Mobile services. Standards of mobile technologies.

Learning activities The Module Cloud and mobile technologies is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.





DATE Weeks 11 - Module XI: Multimedia technologies. Topics The main topics of this module are:

Representation text, audio, video and graphical information in a digital format. Basic technologies for compression of information. 3-D representations of the virtual world and animation. Instruments of development of multimedia applications. Use of multimedia technologies for planning, descriptions of business processes and their visualization.

Learning activities The Module Multimedia technologies is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.





DATE Weeks 12 - Module XII: Smart Technology Topics The main topics of this module are:

Internet of things. Big data. Technology Block Chain. Artificial intelligence. Use of Smart-services. Green technologies in ICT. Teleconferences. Telemedicine.

Learning activities The Module Smart Technology is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.






DATE Weeks 13 - Module XIII: E-technologies. Electronic business. Electronic training. Electronic government.

Topics The main topics of this module are: Electronic business: Main models of electronic business. Information infrastructure of electronic business. Legal regulation in electronic business. Electronic training: architecture, structure and platforms. Electronic textbooks. Electronic government: concept, architecture, services. Formats of implementation of the electronic government in developed countries.

Learning activities The Module E-technologies. Electronic business. Electronic training. Electronic government is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.





DATE Weeks 14 - Module XIV: Information technologies in the professional sphere. Industrial ICT.

Topics The main topics of this module are: The software for the solution of tasks of the specialized professional sphere. Modern IT trends in the professional sphere: medicine, power, etc. Use of search engines and electronic resources in the professional purposes. Safety issues in industrial information and communication technologies.

Learning activities The Module Information technologies in the professional sphere. Industrial ICT is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.





DATE Weeks 15 - Module XV: Prospects of development of ICT Topics The main topics of this module are:

Prospects of development in the sphere of the IT market: development of the free software. Forming of an ecosystem of IT of entrepreneurship and support small startup of the companies. Programs of acceleration and incubation. Development of necessary infrastructure of electronic payments and logistics. Prospects of development of E-technologies.

Learning activities The Module Prospects of development of ICT is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing


information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.





Instructional Materials and References Basic references:

1. June J. Parsons, New Perspectives on Computer Concepts 18th Edition—Comprehensive, Thomson Course Technology, a division of Thomson Learning, Inc Cambridge, MA, COPYRIGHT © 2016; ISBN-10: 1-4239-0610-1, ISBN-13: 978-1-4239-0610-0.

2. Reema Thareja Fundamentals of Computers. – Oxford University press: Oxford, 2014. - 288p 3. Julie A. Jacko, Human Computer Interaction Handbook: Fundamentals, Evolving Technologies, and

Emerging Applications, Third Edition Human Factors and Ergonomics, Издание:3, иллюстрированное, исправленное, CRC Press, 2012, ISBN1439829446, 9781439829448.

4. Thomas M. Connolly, et al. Database Systems: A practical approach to Design, Implementation, and Management. 4th Edition ISBN: 0321210255 Addison-Wesley, 2004

5. Симонович С.В. и др. Информатика. Базовый курс: учебное пособие для высших технических учебных заведений. – СПб.: Питер, 2011. – 639 с.

6. Уша Рани Вьясулу Редди. Серия учебников по ИКТР для молодежи. Учебник 1: Введение в ИКТ для развития. UN-APCICT/ESCAP 2011.

7. Куроуз Джеймс, Росс Кит. Компьютерные сети. Нисходящий подход. Из-во: Эксмо. 2016г., 912 стр. 8. Ross Anderson. Security Engineering. John Wiley and Sons. 2001. 9. Робсон Э., Фримен Э. Изучаем HTML, XHTML и CSS. 2-е изд. — СПб.: Питер, 2014. — 720 с.: ил. —

(Серия Head First O’Reill). 10. Gillam, Lee Cloud Computing: Principles, Systems and Applications / Nick Antonopoulos, Lee Gillam —

L.: Springer, 2010. — 379 p. — (Computer Communications and Networks). — ISBN 9781849962407. 11. Рудометов E. Аппаратные средства и мультимедиа (справочник) / E.Рудометов, В.Рудометов. - СПб.:

Питер, 2000. - 416 c. 12. «Умный город» на смарт-картах и RFID-технологиях. http://www.isbc.com 13. Могилев А.В., Информация и информационные процессы. Социальная информатика(2006). 14. Communities in Cyberspace. Ed. by P. Kollok and M.A. Smith. NY, Routeledge, 2005. 324 p. 15. Анг Пенг Хва (Ang Peng Hwa), Управление использованием Интернета. Moдуль 5. Серия модулей

Академии ИКТ для лидеров государственного управления. UN-APCICT 2009 16. D. Shynybekov, R. Uskenbayeva, V.Serbin, N. Duzbayev, A. Moldagulova, K. Duysebekova, R.

Satybaldiyeva, G. Khasenova, B. Urmashev. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES. TEXTBOOK IN 2 PARTS. Almaty, IITU. 2017. Supplementary reading:

17. H. L. Capron. Computers: Tools for an Information Age. Addison-Wesley, 1998. ISBN: 0201336138| 9780201336139

18. Roqers Y., H. Sharp, J. Preece. Interaction design beyond human - computer interaction - Third Edition.- Italy: WILEY & Sons Ltd, 2011.- 585 р.

19. Ducket, J. Beginning Web Programming with HTML, XHTML, and CSS: 2th ed. / Jon Ducket.- U.S.A: Wiley Publishing. Inc, 2008.- 739с. ISBN 978-1-0-470-25931-3.


20. Stephen P Borgatti, Martin G. Everett, Jeffrey C. Johnson Analyzing Social Networks Paperback. ISBN: 978-1446247419 – 30 Apr 2013

21. Дейтел Х. М., Дейтел П. Дж., Чофнес Д. Р. Операционные системы. Часть 1. Основы и принципы. – М.: Бином-Пресс, 2011. – 677 c.

22. Ярочкин В.И. Информационная безопасность: Учебник для вузов. – М.: Акад. Проект, 2008. – 544 c. 23. Голицына О.Л. Базы данных: Учебное пособие. – М.: Форум, 2012. – 400 c. 24. Keith Worden, W.A. Bullough, J. Haywood. Smart Technologies. World Scientific Pub Co Inc (April 14,

2003). ISBN-10: 9810247761 | ISBN-13: 978-9810247768

Information Security - Syllabus

Course Title Information Security Pre-requisite (s) Algorithmization and

Programming Languages; Introduction to Information Systems; Object-Oriented Programming; Probability Theory and Mathematical Statistics


90

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: International Information Technology University Department: Information Systems Professor: Karlygash Mukhitova E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description The Information Security module is centered round a core Security theme that introduces students to fundamental security topics that arise in the design, analysis, and implementation of networked and distributed systems. Subsidiary themes allow students to investigate broader areas in which they may apply their newly acquired skills. The module is designed for students who wish to specialize in the security aspect of the Computer Science and Information Systems field.

Trainees profile The course is addressed to which student class? The current course is addressed to second and third year students of the faculty Information Systems


• solve problems of cryptography; • encrypt/decrypt messages by implementing client/server parts; • solve problems of network security; • identify the possible risks of enterprises and companies; • implementing the secure infrastructure for enterprises; • make decisions regarding the adoption and implementation of information security related

technologies, policies and practices in complex and unpredictable situations.

Pedagogical aims to be reached • Formulation of team works;


• Formulation of assignments through game competitions; • Design tasks for thinking development • Produce new knowledge through team work • Improve student’s critical thinking, creative problem solving • Make students the centre of learning: encourage student responsibility of their learning • Stimulate students' interest in learning process • Interaction with students based on Internet-technologies

Pedagogical methodologies used: • blended learning approaches • interactive learning method • flipped learning method

Pedagogical tools • Online courses (udemy, courser,intuit) • Social networks (facebook, google plus) • Videos (youtube) • Online game tools (kahoot) • Educational portals (moodle) • Cloud technologies (google drive, dropbox) • Virtual laboratories (for web site hacking)

Environment used Computer rooms Interactive boards Laboratory classes dl.iitu.kz (moodle) - for educational process Skype - for online-meeting

• Course Timing Duration of lectures/practical/laboratory lessons is 50 minutes For 15 weeks


Course Structure


DATE Weeks I-II Module title: Topics • Introduction to Information Security

• Classical Encryption


Learning activities • The Module (title) Introduction to Information Security. Classical Encryption is composed the following activities:

• Introduction to Information Security. • Basic terminology • Early cryptography. • Rotor machines: Enigma and its relatives; • Defining basic principles; • Solving early cryptography tasks;

OUT OF CLASS Activities & ASSIGNMENTS & ASSIGNED READINGS

Self assessment quizzes (10 questions) Assignment 1 Lecture slides 1, 2 Books: [1] William Stallings, Cryptography and Network Security Principles and Practice, 5th Edition, 2006 [2] Pfleeger C.P. and Pfleeger S.L., Security in Computing, 4th Edition, 2006

DATE Weeks III-VII - Module II:

Topics • Block ciphers • Basic concepts in Number Theory and Finite Fields • AES • Introduction to Number Theory • Public Key Cryptography and RSA • Other Public Key Cryptosystems

Learning activities The Module (title) Cryptography is composed the following activities:

• Block ciphers and the Data Encryption Standard. Block Cipher Operation • Basic concepts in Number Theory and Finite Fields • Advanced Encryption Standard • Introduction to Number Theory • Public Key Cryptography and RSA • Other Public Key Cryptosystems



Self assessment quizzes (10 questions) Assignment 2,3,4 Lecture slides 3-7 Books: [1] William Stallings, Cryptography and Network Security Principles and Practice, 5th Edition, 2006 [2] Pfleeger C.P. and Pfleeger S.L., Security in Computing, 4th Edition, 2006


ASSIGNED READINGS

Mid Term (20 questions)

DATE Weeks III-VII - Mo Weeks VIII-XV- Module III:ule II: Topics • Cryptographic Hash Function

• Digital Signatures • User Identification and Authentication • Access Control (Authorization) • Network Firewalls • Intrusion Detection System

Learning activities The Module (title) Network Security is composed the following activities:


• Cryptographic Hash Function • Digital Signatures • User Identification and Authentication • Access Control (Authorization) • Network Firewalls



Self assessment quizzes (10 questions) Assignment 5,6,7,8 Lecture slides -15 Books: [1] William Stallings, Cryptography and Network Security Principles and Practice, 5th Edition, 2006 [2] Pfleeger C.P. and Pfleeger S.L., Security in Computing, 4th Edition, 2006


ASSIGNED READINGS

End Term (20 questions)

Assessment tools at the end of the course At the end of the course the students will pass final exam, which is evaluated as 40 points (maximum). The final exam is a test, which contains 30 questions. The duration of the test is 50 minutes.

Instructional Materials and References Basic literature: [1] William Stallings, Cryptography and Network Security Principles and Practice, 5th Edition, 2006 [2] Pfleeger C.P. and Pfleeger S.L., Security in Computing, 4th Edition, 2006 Supplementary literature: [3] Schneier, B., Secrets and Lies, Digital Security in a Networked World, Wiley, 2004EndFragment [4] Stoll, C., The Cuckoo's Egg, Pocket Books, 2005. [5] Anderson, R., Security Engineering, 2nd Edition, Wiley, 2008. [6] Kennedy, D. et al., Metasploit: The Penetration tester's Guide, no starch press, 2011.

All partners were actively

English for Professional Purposes (Pre-intermediate)- Syllabus

Course Title English for Professional

Purposes (Pre-intermediate) Pre-requisite (s) General English

Hours 45 hours Out of Class assignment Hours

15 hours

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: IITU Department: Department of Languages Professor: Nurmetov, Diyar and Vasquez, Marco Angelo E-mail: [email protected]/[email protected]

Course Description IYA 1103- GE/EPP Pre-Intermediate is a course of Professional English offered to the 1st year students of IITU. It focuses on such topic of professional interest as New Technologies, Future trends in IT, Management strategies


and techniques, Personnel Management, Motivation and job design, Management styles, Managing across cultures, Managing in difficult times, etc. It is designed to raise the students' language awareness, improve their speech skills and communication competences in Professional English. The language training is communicative, interactive, student-centered, outcome-oriented and heavily reliant on students' self-study work. The latter is organized as T/SIS (GW2, MEG exercises, summary writing and project). Course duration: 45 classroom and 15 TSIS hours, 15 weeks: 4 classroom hours a week.

Trainees profile This course is designed specifically to 1st year students of Pre-Intermediate level.


- differentiate and use such grammar issues such as: Tenses, the Infinitive, the Gerund, in/transitive verbs; - recognize and apply general and professional vocabulary on the topics studied; - recognize familiar words, interpret and understand authentic oral speech while listening on the topics studied; - speak fluently on such issues as New Technologies, Future trends in IT, Management strategies and techniques, Personnel Management, Motivation and job design, Management styles, Managing across cultures, Managing in difficult times; - express opinion, propose solutions, present ideas on the above topics; - skim for gist and scan texts for specific information, and guess the meaning of new words and phrases from context; - write a summary; - share responsibilities among project group members, manage the time properly and work to the deadlines. - familiarize oneself and use ICT tools freely and with ease

Pedagogical aims to be reached To improve students’ professional English language/speech skills, tailor the English language program to the students’ current and future professional needs with the help of ICT tools such instagram, moodle, quizlet, kahoot, edmodo and others.

Pedagogical methodologies used: • Student-centered approach • Project Base Approach • Flip classroom • Blended learning • Cooperative learning • Communicative Language Teaching (CLT) • Technology Enhanced Learning (TEL)

Pedagogical tools • Course Book • Moodle • Instragram • Facebook • VK • Video conferencing/Skype/Google hang-out • M-Learning • Google/YouTube • Cloud Services • Play Market/AppStore


Environment used Classroom and laboratories which are fully equipped with technical resources needed for teaching such smart boards, projectors, computers, Internet/intranet, cassette, and TV that are supported by ACADEMICA and IITU.

Course Timing Three hours a week (150 minutes) Duration: 15 weeks

Course Modality • Face-to-Face • Web enhanced • Blended

Course Structure This course is consisted of several parts: Classwork, Teacher Supervised Independent Study, Students’ Independent Study, Summary writing, Project, Summative and Formative assessment, First and Second attestation and Final Exams. Assessment is administered continuously throughout the course. The students are rated against their performance in continuous rating administered throughout the semester (credited 60%) and summative rating done during the examination session (credited 40%), total 100%. Continuous rating is students’ on-going performance in class and independent work. Class work is assessed for attendance, Language/ skills and in- class assessments. Class sessions – will be a mixture of information, discussion and practical application of language skills (listening, reading, writing, speaking) practiced in diverse situations. T/SIS (Teacher Supervised Student Independent Study and Student Independent Study) -comprises the following assignments: GW2 exercises, TM tests and exercises, summary writing and Project. All tasks are done by students independently and checked by the teacher. Mid-term is an achievement reading, listening and Grammar-vocabulary test in the formats covered during the 1st Appraisal Period. End-of-term is an achievement test, summary writing and Project presentation. Final examination is a multiple choice test designed to monitor the students’ academic performance, comprising 2 parts: Grammar and vocabulary.


DATE Weeks 1 -2- Module title: General issues/Professional issues Topics

1. New Technologies 2. Future trends 3. Management strategies and techniques

The main topics of this module are: Module 1 General issues. Future trends in IT and Module 2. Professional issues. Part 1. Management strategies and techniques Project selection of topic in Student’s Independent Study (SIS) is updated which is more IT related. (Who are digi-managers? What are the qualifications of Digi-managers?) Each manager in digital age should be aware of availability of modern tools for managing people and project planning such video conferencing, virtual office, live streaming and others. The following topics are not changed due to compatibility to ICT sphere and are supplemented of different online tasks and activities and other related materials to increase interaction during the learning process: Smart house technology Nanotechnology Perspectives on management Henry Mintzberg's Managerial Roles/ Introduction to Marketing (YouTube) Marketing planning

Learning activities Module 1 General issues. Future trends in IT and Module 2. Professional issues. Part 1. Management strategies and techniques is composed the following activities: Group work- research, share, collaborate, express, present; Role play- speak, explain, interact, play; Mini Debate- argue, rebut, support, refuse, express, explain; Peer Review- comment, criticize, evaluate, suggest, correct; Movie


Viewing- analyze, identify, summarize, discuss; Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from internet, analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.



Reading; Conducting research; Report /presentation preparation taken from the student’s real world setting Self-assessment, Summative and Formative tests using Kahoot, quizlet, socrative, Moodle, emodo Peer review using google sheets and socrative.

DATE Weeks 2 - Module II: Management Topics

1. Personnel Management 2. Management styles

The main topics of this module are: Managers of the digital age: Key factors to Success In this topic, students will be able to identify factors to become a better manager possessing competitive skills with knowledge in digital era. Herzberg's Motivation Theory (youTube) Job titles Team-Building Marketing principles How Political are you Hiring locally and abroad Looking for After People: Health and Safety Leadership Management vs. Leadership (YouTube) Introduction to Marketing (YouTube)

Learning activities Module 3. Professional issues. Part 2. Management is composed the following activities: Group work- research, share, collaborate, express, present; Role play- speak, explain, interact, play; Mini Debate- argue, rebut, support, refuse, express, explain; Peer Review- comment, criticize, evaluate, suggest, correct; Movie Viewing- analyze, identify, summarize, discuss; Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from internet, analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.



Research; Portfolio Making; Project presentation; Summary Writing; Grammar Exercises Self-assessment, Summative and Formative tests using Kahoot, quizlet, socrative, Moodle, emodo Peer review using google sheets and socrative.


ASSIGNED READINGS

Self-assessment test (Multiple choice and open ended questions) Reading: Different texts related to Management

Assessment tools at the end of the course Tests: Paper based, Online (Moodle, socrative) at the end of the


Instructional Materials and References Required literature 1 Infotech English for computer users. Fourth edition. Student’s book. Santiago Remacha Esteras Cambridge University Press 2007. 2. Professional English in Use. ICT. For computers and the Internet. Santiago Remasha Esteras, Elena Marco Fabre. Cambridge University Press, 2007. 3. Professional English in Use. Management. Arthur Mckeown, Ros Wright. Cambridge University Press, 2011 4. Market Leader Human Recourses. Sara Helm and Rebecca Utteridge. Pearson Longman, 2005 5. Terminological Practicum for IT-related non-technical majors. Jolamanova B., Yermakova V. Almaty, 2016 6. Grammarway 2. Dooley, J., Evans, V. Newbury: Express Publishing, 2004. 7. Macmillan English Grammar in Context Essential. Simon Clarke. USA: Macmillan, 2008 Supplementary: 1. Jolamanova B., Sholakhova A. Writing Papers in English, IITU, Almaty, 2011. Internet sources: www.cambridge.org/elt/ict http://news.bbc.co.uk/hi/english www.harrisinteractive.com http://news.bbc.co.uk/go/pr/fr/-1/hi/programmes/click-online/ http://mega.km.ru www.sdnet.co.uk www.linuxinsider.com www.dictionary.cambridge.org

www.webopedia.com Pooky Hesmondhalgh (2011) The Creative Education Guide to Twitter for Teachers: http://www.creativeeducation.co.uk/blog/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Creative- Education-Twitter-for-Teachers-Final.pdf

Kingston Ch. (2013) How to use Twitter for Business and Marketing; http://www.socialmediaexaminer.com/how-to-use-twitter-for-business-and- marketing/for overcoming the delay

English Master’s Course - Syllabus

Course Title English Master’s Course Pre-requisite (s) English for Peofessional

Purposes (EPP) & Research Reading and Writing (RRW)


60

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: IITU Department: Department of Languages Professor: Dr. Natalya Pak E-mail: [email protected], [email protected]

Course Description The course is designed for the 1st-year Master’s students of IITU. It is a two-semester practical course that tailors the English language program to the Master’s students’ academic and professional needs. It is aimed at raising Master’s students’ awareness of current trends in their major fields of studies and their social implications; at improving the English language competence and research skills obtained at the Bachelor’s level; and at meeting


the qualification requirements of the Master’s graduates’ within the framework of the Bologna process and the Framework for Qualifications in the European Higher Education Area. The objectives of the course are to:

• expand students’ professional vocabulary; • perfect students’ fluency in professionally oriented contexts; • improve students’ comprehension of professional speech; • enhance students’ ability to skim, scan authentic research texts; • develop research skills in working with various resources; • teach how to write a title to a research article; • train how to render research texts into English • practice how to avoid plagiarism upon paraphrasing; • practice self- and peer- evaluation of written works.

Trainees profile The course is addressed to the first-year Master’s students of IITU, different majors (IS, MCM, CSSE, RET, PM).

Learning Objectives By the end of the course the Master’s students will accomplish one project (Project 1: a video conference on selected Bologna countries, and their Master’s and PhD programs) and compile one portfolio (Portfolio 1: selection of 100 professional terms from the research papers on a research topic and work with their definitions). The language training is communicative, interactive, student-centered, learning outcomes oriented and heavily reliant on the learners’ self-study work. The latter is organized as MIS - Master’s Students Independent Studies (self-checked language and listening/reading exercises), and TSIS - Teacher Supervised Independent Study (assignments on rendering, paraphrasing, and various activities on analyzing the constituent parts of a research article).

At the end of this course, the student will be able to: • demonstrate high level of acquired knowledge and improved language skills in their future academic,

professional, research and social-cultural environment; • use broadened professional vocabulary in context; • explain, discuss, debate on professional issues; • comprehend, analyze, comment on and take notes of professional authentic speech; • skim, scan, summarize and select information in a range of reading activities; • write a title of a research paper; • render research texts into English; • avoid plagiarism upon paraphrasing; • evaluate written works of selves and peers.

Pedagogical aims to be reached • Strengthen learning skills (critical thinking, creative thinking, collaborating, communicating), literacy

skills (information literacy, media literacy, technology literacy), and life skills (flexibility, initiative, social skills, productivity, leadership, new skills for new jobs);

• Include self-assessment and peer-assessment, and peer-tutoring as effective learning tools in the academic process;

• Make teaching-learning process technologically and digitally updated; • Use social networks to enhance learning process and optimize students’ interactions; • Develop learning materials in a responsive technology.

Pedagogical methodologies used: • Expositive methods - obtaining new information; • Application methods - active processes learners use to perform procedural and principle based tasks

and build new knowledge;


• Collaborative methods – social dimensions of learning.

Pedagogical tools • Expositive methods: presentations, case studies, worked examples, demos; • Application methods: demonstration-practice methods, case-based exercises, role plays, simulations

and serious games, guided research, project work; • Collaborative methods: collaborative work, online discussions, video conferencing, self/peer evaluating,

peer-tutoring.

Environment used University facilities: Corporate e-mail: MAIL.IITU.KZ , ПЛАТОНУС.IITU.KZ (www.iitu.kz/article/show/id/163) Learning Platform: MOODLE The following software:

• MS-Word / Excel • Microsoft PowerPoint • YouTube and others.

Online programs: • Quizlet • Kahoot and others.

Course Timing 1 semester (Fall), 15 weeks


Course Structure The course consists of 4 modules.


DATE Weeks 1 Introduction into the course DATE Week 2-4 Module I: Aspiring to a Master’s Degree

Topics The main topics of this module are: • Dublin’ descriptors for Bachelors and Masters • Winning by degrees • Increased Demand for Master’s Degrees

Learning activities The Module 1: Aspiring to a Master’s Degree is composed of the following activities: Assimulative activities – reading, watching, studying the texts and materials notified in the syllabus, and academic vocabulary of the given topics; Finding and handling information – extracting information from the Internet and other sources on the graduate programs of a chosen country’s universities, analysing information, synthesis of data (Project I); Communication – share, discuss, collaborate, make a presentation at a video conference and take part in the online discussion of graduate programs in different countries (Project I); peer-tutoring and presenting different related topics; Productive – create, design, construct, complete, draw, compose, write (different excersises, and assignments of the Module 1); paraphrase research extracts to avoid


plagiarism; Experiental –explore, investigate the information on Project I; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate (video conference discussion on the graduate programs in different counties); Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, received feedback, using Quizlet, Kahoot online programs.



Computer-based evaluation: a test on the professional and academic vocabulary (25 questions). Self/peer review/evaluation: assignments on rendering research extracts from Russian into English

DATE Weeks 5-7 - Module 2: Time Management Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Personal Time for Busy Managers • How to Organize Your Time • Tips on Time Management for Doing Business

Learning activities The Module 2 Time Management is composed of the following activities: Assimulative activities – reading, watching, studying the texts and materials notified in the syllabus; Finding and handling information – searching for 3-5 research articles in the area of research from different databases (Portfolio 1), analysing the titles of the articles, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present the fields of research; peer-tutoring and presenting different related topics; Productive – create, design, construct, complete, draw, compose, write a draft title of a planned article in the area of research; paraphrase research extracts to avoid plagiarism; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate the areas of research; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve research skills; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, received feedback, using Quizlet, Kahoot online programs.



Reading different materials on the Module 2 topics; conducting research; searching for the information on the topic of research; report preparation on the chosen field of research; Computer-based evaluation: a test on the professional and academic vocabulary (25 questions). Self/peer review/evaluation: assignments on rendering research extracts from Russian into English.

DATE Weeks 8 – Midterm DATE Weeks 9-11 - Module 3: Knowledge Management

Topics The main topics of this module are: • Knowledge Management • Personal Knowledge Management • What Is a Case Study?

Learning activities The Module 3 Time Management is composed of the following activities: Assimulative activities – reading, watching, studying the texts and materials notified in the syllabus; Finding and handling information – seaching for 100 professional terms on the topic of research from the 3-5 articles found (Portfolio 1), synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; peer-tutoring and presenting different related topics; Productive – create, design, construc, complete, draw, compose, remix, render the extracts from the research texts from Russian into English; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate the professional terms;


Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review the professional terms, received feedback, using Quizlet, Kahoot online programs.



Reading different materials on the Module 3 topics; conducting research; report /presentation preparation. Computer-based evaluation: a test on the professional and academic vocabulary (25 questions). Self/peer review/evaluation: assignments on rendering research extracts from Russian into English.

DATE Weeks 12-15 - Module 4: Digital Business Topics The main topics of this module are:

• The Internet as a New Method of Communication • The Internet: Strengthes and Weaknesses • Managing a Digital Enterprise

Learning activities The Module Digital Business is composed of the following activities: Assimulative activities – reading, watching, studying the texts and materials notified in the syllabus; Finding and handling information – searching for the definitions of the 100 professional terms (Portfolio 1); Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present and explain the definitions of the 100 professional terms; peer-tutoring and presenting different related topics; Productive – create, design, construc, complete, draw, compose, remix; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate, render the extracts from the research texts from Russian into English; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, received feedback, using Quizlet, Kahhot online programs.



Reading different materials on the Module 4 topics; conducting research; report /presentation preparation. Computer-based evaluation: a test on the professional and academic vocabulary (25 questions). Self/peer review/evaluation: assignments on rendering research extracts from Russian into English

Assessment tools at the end of the course End-of –term: written assignment on paraphrasing research extracts and oral assignment on rendering research texts from Russian into English

Instructional Materials and References Required: 1. Zinkevich, N.A., Andryukhina, T.V., et al. (2011). English Masters Course. Moscow: Airis-Press.

2. Michael McCarthy, Felicily O’Dell. (2008). Academic Vocabulary in Use. Oxford: Cambridge University Press

Supplementary: 1. Jolamanova B., Issayev, M., & Shershneva, T. (2011). Introduction to research. Almaty: IITU. 2. Jolamanova B., & Sholakhova, A. (2011). Writing papers in English. Almaty: IITU. 3. Sowton, Ch. (2012). 50 steps to improving your academic writing. UK: Garnet Education Ltd.


4. Day, R.A., & Gastel, B. (2011). How to write and publish a scientific paper. Santa Barbara, California: Greenwood.

5. Skutley, M.L., & VandenBos, G.R. (Eds.). (2011). Publication manual of the American Psychological Association (6th ed.). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

6. Свидерская, И.В., и Кратасюк, В.А. (2011). Как написать и опубликовать статью в международном научном журнале. Красноярск: Сибирский федеральный университет.

7. Creswell, J.W. (2012). Educational research: Planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research (4th ed.). Boston: Pearson Education, Inc.

8. Aguaded-Gómez Ignacio. "The MOOC Revolution: A new form of education from the technological paradigm", Comunicar 41.21, 2013.

9. Beetham Helen and Rhona Sharp, "Rethinking Pedagogy for a Digital Age: Designing for 21st Century Learning", Routledge edition, second edition 2013.

10. Bonk, C.J. & Graham, C.R. (2006) Handbook of blended learning: Global perspectives, local designs //San Francisco, CA: Pfeiffer Publishing, 2006.-571 р.

11. Carroll, J., A handbook for deterring plagiarism in higher education. Oxford, UK: Oxford Centre for staff & Learning Development, 2002.

12. Mayer R. E. (2014): The Cambridge Handbook of Multimedia Learning 2nd edition. Cambridge 13. M. Martini, "E-Learning: new strategies and trends", Tecnología, Ciencia y Educación, in printing before the

end of 2016. 14. Supplemental readings from journals, on-line databases and other sources will be provided.

Object-Oriented Porgramming - Syllabus

Course Title Object-Oriented

Porgramming Pre-requisite (s) Algoritmization and

Programming Languages; Fundamentals of Information Systems


90 SIS PA

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: IITU Department: Information System Professor: Aizhan Altaibek E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description Major goal of the course is to develop console or windows .NET applications using C# programming language using object-oriented programming concepts. Topics of the course include the .NET paradigm, syntax of C# programming language, object-oriented programming concepts (classes, objects, encapsulation, inheritance, polymorphic, aggregation and composition), constructors and methods types, structures, collections, C# properties, the namespace concept, visibility of objects, interfaces, drawing and exceptions. All laboratory and home works will be performed on Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 or newer.

Trainees profile Bachelor, 2nd year students


• create and use classes, objects, polymorphism, encapsulation, inheritances in C# application; • develop/install/configurate the console/windows .NET applications;


• improve object-oriented programming skills using the C#.NET; • work with virtual methods, interfaces and abstract classes; • use aggregation and composition concepts in .NET applications; • work with graphics in .NET applications; • process error exceptions in .NET applications.

Pedagogical aims to be reached • Stimulate students' interest in learning process • Independence of students in searching and getting the information • Interaction with students based on Internet-technologies • Providing the constant access to information • Design tasks for thinking development • Form of team works • Produce new knowledge through team work • Improve student’s critical thinking, creative problem solving • Make students the centre of learning: encourage student responsibility of their learning

Pedagogical methodologies used: • blended learning approaches • interactive learning method • flipped learning method

Pedagogical tools • traditional (social) pedagogical tools • group discussion • online-meetings

Environment used • dl.iitu.kz (moodle) - for educational process • Skype - for online-meeting • Visual Studio.NET - for working with laboratory and practical tasks

Course Timing Duration of lectures/practical/laboratory lessons is 50 minutes.


Course Structure The "Object-Oriented Programming" course lasts 15 weeks and is organized into 5 modules (of 2-4 weeks each). Each module consists of several activities, which are different in each module and include: lectures, practical and laboratory lessons, class discussions, online-discussion etc.


DATE Weeks 1-4- Module I: OOP base concepts. Introduction C# Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Introduction OOP • Syntex of C# programming language • C# decision and iteration constructs • Introducing the C# class types


Learning activities The Module (title)" OOP base concepts. Introduction C#" is composed the following activities:

• Introduction OOP. • Objects, Classes, and OOP base concepts. • OOP with C#. • Introduction C#. • Data Types. • Console Input/Output. • Variables, expressions, statements. • C# decision and iteration constructs. • Introducing the C# Class Types. • Defining classes, objects and methods.



Self-assessment test (10 questions) Preperation of reports for each laboratory works. The assigned readings: course slides: lectures 1-4 books: 1-6 websites: www.microsoft.com; www.habrahabr.ru

DATE Weeks 5-7- Module II: Advanced C# Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Methods and constructors • Collections • More about types

Learning activities The Module "Advanced C#" is composed the following activities: • Constructors. • Method Overloading. • This keyword. • Static member. • Collections. • Arrays (declaration and creation). • More about types. • Strings. • Manipulating String. • Enumeration and Structure types.





ASSIGNED READINGS

Midterm test (40 questions)

DATE Weeks 8-9 - Module III: Encapsulation concept


• C# properties • Encapsulation concept


Learning activities The Module "Encapsulation concept" is composed the following activities:

• C# properties. • The Namespace concept. • Understanding Encapsulation concept. • С# Encapsulation Services.




DATE Weeks 10-13 - Module IV: Inheritance and Polymorphic concepts


• Understanding Inheritance concept • C#’s Polymorphic Support. • Aggregation and Composition in C#.

Learning activities The Module "Inheritance and Polymorphic concepts " is composed the following activities:

• Understanding Inheritance concept. • Visibility: protected keyword. • Constructor chaining. • Master Constructor. • The base keyword. • C#’s Polymorphic Support. • Virtual members. • Overriding methods. • Abstract Classes. • The Interfaces. • “Has-a” relationship. • Aggregation and Composition in C#.




DATE Weeks 14-15 - Module V: Graphics and Exception handling


• Graphics • Exception handling

Learning activities The Module (title) "Graphics and Exception handling" is composed the following activities:

• Graphics: drawing graphics, working with images and formatting text. • Exception handling: the building blocks, system and application level

exception, multiple exceptions.






ASSIGNED READINGS

Endterm test (40 questions)


At the end of the course the students will pass final exam, which is evaluated as 40 points (maximum). The final exam is a test, which contains 30 questions. The duration of the test is 50 minutes.

Book required

1. Pro C# 5.0 and the .NET 4.5 Framework, 6th Edition by Andrew Troelson, Appress 2012. 2. Beginning C# Object-Oriented Programming 2nd edition by Dan Clark, apress 2013. 3. An introduction to Object-Oriented Programming with C# by Dr Kieran Mulchrone, september 2010. 4. Learning Object-Oriented Programmng by Gaston C.Hillar, PACKT publishing 2015. 5. Professional C# 4 and.NET 4. by Christian Nagel, Bill Evjen, Jay Glynn, Karli Watson, Morgan Skinner. Mar.2010; 6. Microsoft.NET Framework–Application Development Foundation by Tony Northrup;Microsoft Press MCTS

Self-Paced Training Kit Exam;

Instructional Materials and References • Course slides • E-books • Web-sites

All partners were actively involved in all WP1 activities and did

Operating systems - Syllabus

Course Title Operating systems Pre-requisite (s) Performance, Data

Structures and Algorithms (SDP4)

Hours 135 h Out of Class assignment Hours

60 h

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: International Information Technology University Department: Computer Engineering and Telecommunication Professor: Aigerim Mishina E-mail: [email protected]


Course Description The aim of the “Operating systems” course to provide a clear description of the fundamental concepts, the important data structures and algorithms in a general setting that is not tied to one particular operating system. Students will learn what operating systems are, what they do, and how they are designed and constructed. The course covers methods for process scheduling, interprocess communication, process synchronization, deadlock handling, the management of main memory during the execution of a process, classic internal algorithms and structures of storage management, I/O system design.

Trainees profile The course is addressed to 3rd year students who have strong programming skills


• Describe computer and operating system structures • Identify states of processes and threads and create transition diagrams • Choose and implement process scheduling approaches • Characterize and apply mutual exclusion mechanisms and deadlock handling algorithms • Evaluate and make use of memory management techniques, including virtual memory • Exploit operating system control of Input/Output and file management

Pedagogical aims to be reached Develop creative skills and the ability of self-education. Develop the ability to apply theoretical knowledge in practice.

Pedagogical methodologies used: Practical methods - exercises, laboratory works, practical works. Verbal methods - include lectures, student self-study. Student-centered learning (learner-centered); Learning-by-doing; Interactive learning; Storytelling.

Pedagogical tools • Tests • Course worksheets, textbooks, handouts; • MOOC: • Quiz • Presentations • Collaboration

Environment used • Virtual laborotories • LMS; • Video-lessons; • Kahoot.it; • Social networks: YouTube, VK.

Course Timing 01/09/2018 – 31/12/2018

Lectures: 15 hours Practice: 15 hours Laboratory classes: 15 hours T/SIS: 30 hours


Course Modality Individual, pair, group, collective

Course Structure


DATE Weeks 1-2- Module title: Introduction Topics The main topics of this module are:

Computer System Overview. Operating System Overview

Learning activities The Module Introduction is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities: read the textbook chapters, watch the video-lessons provided by lecturer, study the topics using material provided by lecturer (presentations, additional references). Finding and handling information: examine examples provided in the book, read the additional bibliography. Communication – share and discuss ideas with other students. Productive: write the micro instructions for the code segment and the memory addresses and contents for all the instructions and data involved, calculate effective access time and system bus load, solve tasks from the Practice problem manual. Assessments: write instruction execution process, peer-review, laboratory work, quiz, test.



Reading books and lecture notes, watching videos lectures; preparing presentation, self-assessment tests

DATE Weeks 2 – 4 - Module titile: Processes and threads Topics The main topics of this module are:

Process Description and Control Threads

Learning activities The Module Processes and threads is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities: read the textbook chapters, watch the video-lessons provided by lecturer, study the topics using material provided by lecturer (presentations, additional references). Finding and handling information: examine examples provided in the book, read the additional bibliography. Communication – share and discuss ideas with other students. Productive: identify the states of the processes and threads, identify which state each process and thread is in, draw transition diagrams and queueing diagrams, solve tasks from the Practice problem manual. Assessments: peer-review, laboratory work, quiz, test.




DATE Weeks 5 – 6 - Module titile: Concurrency Topics The main topics of this module are:

Mutual Exclusion and Synchronization


Deadlock and Starvation Learning activities The Module Concurrency is composed the following activities:

Assimulative activities: read the textbook chapters, watch the video-lessons provided by lecturer, study the topics using material provided by lecturer (presentations, additional references). Finding and handling information: examine examples provided in the book, read the additional bibliography. Communication – share and discuss ideas with other students. Productive: implement mutual exclusion mechanisms for critical section, deadlock detection, avoidance and prevention algorithms, solve tasks from the Practice problem manual. Assessments: peer-review, laboratory work, quiz, test.




DATE Weeks 7 – 9 - Module titile: Memory Management Topics The main topics of this module are:

Memory Management Virtual Memory Replacement algorithms

Learning activities The Module Memory Managementis composed the following activities: Assimulative activities: read the textbook chapters, watch the video-lessons provided by lecturer, study the topics using material provided by lecturer (presentations, additional references). Finding and handling information: examine examples provided in the book, read the additional bibliography. Communication – share and discuss ideas with other students. Productive: use and implement memory allocation algorithms, define addresses for page and frame tables, implement various replacement algorithms, solve tasks from the Practice problem manual. Assessments: peer-review, laboratory work, quiz, test.




DATE Weeks 10 – 11 - Module titile: Processor scheduling Topics The main topics of this module are:

Uniprocessor Scheduling Multiprocessor and Real-Time Scheduling

Learning activities The Module Processor scheduling composed the following activities: Assimulative activities: read the textbook chapters, watch the video-lessons provided by lecturer, study the topics using material provided by lecturer (presentations, additional references). Finding and handling information: examine examples provided in the book, read the additional bibliography. Communication – share and discuss ideas with other students. Productive: define and analyse types of scheduling, apply scheduling algorithms, solve tasks from the Practice problem manual. Assessments: peer-review, laboratory work, quiz, test.





DATE Weeks 12 – 13 - Module titile: Input/ouput and files Topics The main topics of this module are:

I/O Management and Disk Scheduling File Management Embedded and distributed systems

Learning activities The Module Input/ouput and files composed the following activities: Assimulative activities: read the textbook chapters, watch the video-lessons provided by lecturer, study the topics using material provided by lecturer (presentations, additional references). Finding and handling information: examine examples provided in the book, read the additional bibliography. Communication – share and discuss ideas with other students. Productive: implement I/O management and disk scheduling, describe file organization and access, solve tasks from the Practice problem manual. Assessments: peer-review, laboratory work, quiz, test.




Assessment tools at the end of the course Lab works (15/100 %) Practice works (10/100 %) Homeworks (10/100 %) Tests (5/100 %) Mid Term and End Term Assessments (20/100 %) Final Exam (40/ 100 %)

Instructional Materials and References 1. William Stallings, Operating Systems, 8th edition, ISBN-13: 978-0136033370 2.Andrew Tanenbaum, Modern Operating Systems, 3rd edition, ISBN-13: 978-0136006633 3.Andrew Tanenbaum, Albert Woodhull, Operating Systems: Design and Implementation, 3rd edition, ISBN-13: 978-0131429383 4 Silberschatz, Galvin and Gagne. Operating system concepts. John Wiley and Sons. 7th edition. 2004. ISBN: 0-471-69466-5.

Photo in multimedia - Syllabus

Shorokhov Dmitry Pavlovich, candidate of sciences, Assistant Prof.,

1. General information Faculty Information Technologies Major code and title Photo in multimedia Year, semester 3 course, 5 semesters Subject category General education, basic, major Number of Credits 3


Language of Delivery: English Prerequisites: Genre specificity and functional features of Journalism , Introduction to

Journalism Postrequisites Bild-edition Lecturer Shorokhov Dmitry Pavlovich, candidate of sciences, Assistant Prof., room 203

+7 727 3308566 ext 2014, E-mail: [email protected]

Instructors Shorokhov Dmitry Pavlovich, candidate of sciences, Assistant Prof., room 203 +7 727 3308566 ext 2014, E-mail: [email protected]

2. Goals, objectives and learning outcomes of the course Course goals Formation at the future journalists of knowledge and understanding about the ways of obtaining and processing photographic images. Getting the students' practical skills in the use and handling of photo images. Mastering the basics of photography students to work as a photojournalist. Course objectives 1) Introduction to the basics of photography as a special area of expertise of a qualified expert in the field of modern journalism. 2) The acquisition by students of elementary concepts of photography, familiarization with the basic approaches to the production, processing and use of visual imagery in journalism. 3) Training of students practice the use of photographic equipment, materials, methods, archiving and storage of the resulting images. 4) Preparation of basic skills students obtain different photographic images and ways of working with them. Learning Outcomes: By the end of this course the students will be able to: - Know about the ways of obtaining and processing photographic images - take pictures, choose the camera angles , crop and edit photos in Photoshop for posting on the Internet and in print publications Be qualified in Mastering the basics of photography students to work as a photojournalist

3. Course description Discipline is purely practical. The realities of the market economy in Kazakhstan are such that the employer is not interested in graduates, trained in the intricacies of theoretical knowledge, research into the nuances of various schools of thought. On the contrary, they are keenly interested in young specialists who know how to gather news, write competently texts and able to work with a camera, a computer program for processing photos. Subjects - photographic display IITU life. The approach to training - focus on hands-on learning throughout the cycle of preparation of photographic materials. The main types and techniques of training activities - workshops, shooting on Canon camera, editing program Photoshop. Preparation Photonews

4. Course policy (Delays and omissions of lessons, conditions of passing to missed lessons working off, intermediate attestation, late submission of independent works, attitude of student in auditory and etc.) Rating control of knowledge is used for providing systematic and regular control on study work of student during semester in IITU. Accomplishment of 5 laboratory works, course project and test exam are the parts of current control of knowledge examination.

Deadlines of current control are defined by calendar graphic of study process on discipline.4. The final test assumes printing a full-color photo magazine. The final exam for this discipline is a project. By the end of the semester, students must prepare and print a journal. On the one hand, this project is a collective work, on the other - it clearly reflects the results of individual labor of each participant individually. In IITU students publish the magazine "Mag`nÌT", which is fully devoted to university life - it's all kinds of meetings, contests, games, sports, holidays, etc.


5. Literature Basic literature:

1. Ворон Н.И. Жанры фотожурналистики.- М., 2012., - 152 с. 2. Martin Evening Adobe Photoshop CC for Photographers Год издания: 2013 Издательство: Focal Press

Страниц: 817 3. Бакулин О.А., Сёмова Л.В. - В мастерской фотожурналиста.- М., 2011, - 150с.

Supplementary literature: 4. Ворон Н. И. Эволюция журнальной фотоиллюстрации // Вестн. Моск. ун-та. Сер 10. Журналистика.

2008. № 2. С. 39-51. 5. Ильин И. А. Основы художества. О совершенном в искусстве // Собр. соч.: В 10 т. Т. 6: Кн. 1. М.,

1996. С. 51-182. 6. Ворон Н. И. Иллюстрация в газете и журнале // Дизайн периодических изданий. - М., 2004. С. 56-

69. 7. Житомирский А. А. Искусство политического фотомонтажа. - М., 1983. 8. Морозов С. А. Творческая фотография. - М., 1985. С. 162

6. Course calendar 6.1 Lecture, practical/seminar/laboratory session plans Abbreviation Meaning TSIS Teacher-supervised independent work (СРСП) SIS Students’ independent work (СРС) IP Individual project PA Practical assignment

LW MCQ



Reference

Materials

Lect

ures

(_

1 h/

w)

Prac

tice

se

ssio

ns

(_1

h/w

)

Lab.

Ses

sion

s

(2

h/w

)

TSIS

(_

h/w

)

SIS

(_

h/w

)

1 History of photography [1], [2] 1 2 1 5

2 The fundamental unit SLR [1], [2] 1 2 1 5

3 Basics of composition laws . [1], [2], [3]

1 2 1 5

4 The content and form of photojournalism

[1], [2] 1 2 1 5

5 Genre structure of photojournalism [1], [2] 1 2 1 5

6 Fotozametka [1], [2], [3]

1 2 1 5

7 Photo Report [1], [2] 1 2 1 5


8 Features of camera lenses [1], [2] 1 2 1 5

9 photo-sketchings [1], [2], [3]

1 2 1 5

10 Fotokorrespondentsiya [1], [2] 1 2 1 5

11 Photostory [1], [2] 1 2 1 5

12 Montage [1], [2] 1 2 1 5

13 portrait images [1], [2], [5], [6]

1 2 1 5

14 Photoseries [1], [2], [5], [6]

1 2 1 5

15 Microstock and Bank - a new means of providing visual content

[1], [2], [5]

1 2 1 5

Total hours 15 30 15 75 6.2 List of assignments for Student Independent Study

№

Assignments (topics) for Independent

study

Hours

Recommended literature and other sources

(links)

Form of submission

1 2 3 4 5 1 Selecting the angle of the subject 5 [1], [2] Methodological guidelines for

the study of discipline Photographic. Each student prepares for the first 4 polusemestra photographic material, the second polusemestru 6 photographs. Depending on the job every photographic material may consist of one or a series of photos. The main task that the photos were of excellent quality, high-resolution (15 MPCS.). On oektsionnyh classroom provides a detailed explanation than one genre is different. The student must not only understand this difference, but in his works

2 Cropping photos 5 [1], [3], [5] 3 Saving photos to jpeg and raw 5 [1], [3] 4 Work delayed 5 [1], [4], [6] 5 Determination of exposure. The

method of determining the exposure according to the brightness of the object

5 [1], [3]


demonstrate it.



Application Development - Syllabus

Course Title Application Development

SDP2 Pre-requisite (s) SSD1 “Introduction to

Information Systems”, SSD2 “Introduction to Computer Systems”, “Algorithmization and Programming languages”, “Computation and Problem Solving (SDP 1)”


90

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: International Information Technologies University Department: Computer Engineering and Telecommunications Professor: MSc, Mariya Brodyagina E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description This course offers you an introduction to Application development. In this class, students learn the basic concepts of standalone application development and the powerful Java programming language. This course provides the essential Java skills that enable you to development simple applications.

Trainees profile The course is addressed to which student class? This course is designed for bachelor students. It assumes students have used a computer but possess little or no programming experience. Successfully completing this course will prepare students to use the basic vocabulary of computing and create small, standalone programs.


• to a given a computer program, explain its design and how it works, using a basic vocabulary of common computing terms such as value, constant, variable, classes, objects, attributes, constructors, methods, and parameters;

• to a given a problem, state whether (and why) a computer can solve it, cannot solve it, or if is difficult to know for sure;

• describe the Java primitive, composite, and reference data types and explain their uses in Java programs;

• implement small programs to solve simple, well-defined problems; • research answers to questions in books and other out-of-class information sources; evaluate your

findings for relevance and reliability; integrate the findings with your own knowledge to produce an appropriate solution, and properly cite sources; create simple programs using simple assignment statements and console terminal input and output;

• write short programs (less than 300 lines of code) that use: o Control structures, basic functions, and primitive data types. o Basic UML documentation, including activity diagrams, class diagrams, state diagrams. o Object-oriented design concepts.


o Classes, data encapsulation and information hiding; • given a detailed design:

o Create applications that solve more complex problems related to searching and sorting. o Perform more sophisticated iteration. o Implement a solution that uses all standard Java control-of-flow statements.

• explain the key ideas behind sorting and search algorithms, and implement at least one algorithm of each type.

• perform basic I/O operations to the console in textual form, as well as reading and writing text files. • perform basic operations with databases.

Pedagogical aims to be reached The aim of this course is that students will: • Use interfaces, abstraction, generalization, and other crucial engineering concepts to reuse, tailor, and scale software solutions. • Learn how to use objects as a key strategy to control complexity and support reuse. • Examine basic design concepts, in parallel with programming language concepts, by discussing documentation techniques such as flowcharts, pseudo-code and simple Unified Modeling Language (UML) diagrams and implementations. • Put this knowledge to work by producing useful client-side standalone applications, based on realistic requirements similar to those you would receive from an actual client or employer.

Pedagogical methodologies used: Verbal methods - include lectures, student self-study. Visual methods - the method of demonstrations. Practical methods - exercises, laboratory works, practical works. Methods of problem training/solving. Multimedia - the representation of resources and processes with the help of photo, video, graphics, animation, sound.

Pedagogical tools Tests Diagnostic written test Analysis of problem situations Practice-oriented project Lectures

Environment used

Eclipse IDE, NetBeans IDE, Intellij Idea IDE, Microsoft Power point

Course Timing Lectures: 15 hours Laboratory classes: 30 hours Practices: 15 hours T/SIS: 90 hours


Course Structure



DATE Weeks 1-8- Module title: Application Development Topics The main topics of this module are:

1. OOP concepts 2. Objects and classes 3. Constructors. Copy constructor 4. Object class in java 5. Object Cloning in java 6. Package in Java 7. Access Modifiers in java 8. Encapsulation in java 9. Inheritance in Java 10. Runtime Polymorphism in java 11. Method Overloading in java 12. Method Overriding in java 13. Static keyword in java 14. This keyword in java 15. Final Keyword 16. Java Strictfp Keyword 17. Super keyword in java 18. Relationships in java 19. Aggregation in java (HAS-A) and Composition

Learning activities The Module Application development is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities -reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information - extracting information from DB; Productive - create, design, construc, complete, draw, write; Experiental - practice, apply; Interactive / adaptive - improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment - write, received feedback.



Reading Home assignments Extra probem-based tasks (bonus tasks) Self-assessment test (test and open questions) Peer review

DATE Weeks 9-15 - Module II: Application Development Topics The main topics of this module are:

20. Covariant Return Type 21. Instance Initializer Block 22. Static Binding and Dynamic Binding 23. Downcasting and instanceof operator 24. Abstract class in java 25. Interface in Java 26. Difference between Abstract class and interface 27. Wrapper class in Java 28. Design patterns 29. Call by Value and Call by Reference in Java 30. Chaining 31. I/O Fundamentals 32. File I/O 33. Files and Streams 34. Database Access and Permissions 35. Introducing Lambda Expressions


Learning activities The Module Application development is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities -reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information - extracting information from DB; Productive - create, design, construc, complete, draw, write; Experiental - practice, apply; Interactive / adaptive - improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment - write, received feedback.



Reading Home assignments Extra probem-based tasks (bonus tasks) Self-assessment test (test and open questions) Peer review


ASSIGNED READINGS

Self-assessment test (n 100 questions) Reading: 1. Julie Anderson, Hervé Franceschi, Java Illuminated: An Active Learning Approach, 3rd Edition, ISBN-13: 978-1449632014 2. H. M. Deitel - Deitel & Associates, Inc., P. J. Deitel - Deitel & Associates, Inc., Java™ How to Program, Sixth Edition, ISBN-13 : 978-0-13-128933-8 3. Cay S. Horstmann, Gary Cornell, Core Java™ 2 Volume I - Fundamentals, Seventh Edition, ISBN: 0-13-148202-5

Assessment tools at the end of the course Final Test, Examination (practice part)

Instructional Materials and References All the course materials are taken from the http://moodle.robomatter.com Additional materials are taken form https://www.coursera.org/


Data Processing - Syllabus

Course Title Data Processing Pre-requisite (s) Data management Hours 135 Out of Class

assignment Hours SIS PA

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: ___IITU______________ Department: ___Information System_____________ Professor: ___Alibek Mamyrbekov_____________ E-mail: [email protected]_____________

Course Description Course goal Mastering students of professional and personal competences who will give the chance to use the modern information technologies in different areas data mining, data analysis in variety of professional activities, scientific and practical operations other fields of employment. All laboratory and home works will be performed on Microsoft Visual Studio 2010 or newer.

Trainees profile Bachelor, 3rd year students



• to give an idea of use of data analysis packages; • to give an idea of ways of data searching, data mining and deduce outcomes; • to inform of the main concepts of data analysis, data sorting using bases of information security; • explain the principles of data management; • learn to carry independent creative search; • work with graphics in .NET applications; • Process error exceptions in .NET applications.

Pedagogical aims to be reached To define the main tendencies in the field of data mining and analysis using information technologies; use information resources for search and information storage; work with electronic spreadsheets, to execute consolidation of data, to visualize results of work with databases; apply methods and means of information searching and presentation; to design and create simple applications.


Pedagogical tools Quizzes, online survey, google sheets, google forms, wolframalpha.com., youtube, skype, social networks

Environment used Online forms, skype, whatsapp, moodle.

Course Timing 15 weeks, Lectures: 15 hours Laboratory classes: 30 hours Practical classes: 15 hours T/SIS: 90 hours Total: 135 hours One 50-minutes lecture per week, one 50-minutes practical work per week, one 100-minutes laboratory work per week, Student Independent Study 90 hours, 60-minutes final exam.


Course Structure The "Analytical Data Processing" course lasts 15 weeks and is organized into 3 modules (of 5 weeks each). Each module consists of 6 activities of 90 munites/ The activities are different in each module and include: lectures, virtual class discussions, case studies, webinars, etc.


DATE Weeks 1-5 Module 1: Data, Data types. Topics Data versus Information, Data mining, Supervised learning, Unsupervised learning,

Gradient descent (Part 1). Learning activities The concept of information, difference between data and information, Data

mining principles, Supervised learning, classification example, Unsupervised learning, regression example Gradient descent, data analysis



READINGS


DATE Weeks 6-10 Module 2: Dispersion, Data mining. Topics Gradient descent (Part 2).

Dispersion analysis. Mean quadratic deviation. Diversification of risks. Regression analysis.

Learning activities Gradient descent, data analysis, Dispersion problems, Mean quadratic deviation problems, Diversification of risks, pockets of investments Regression problems


READINGS


DATE Weeks 10-15- Module title: Data Visualization, Reports

Topics Clustering.Data Visualization. Report forms. Machine Learning. Laws and standards Learning activities Data visualization Clustering problems Report templates Machine Learning Laws /

standards OUT OF CLASS


ASSIGNED READINGS


Assessment tools at the end of the course At the end of the course the students will pass final exam, which is evaluated as 40 points (maximum). The final exam is a test, which contains 35 questions. The duration of the test is 50 minutes.

Book required 1. Richard Duda, Peter Hart and David Stork, Pattern Classification, 2nd ed. John Wiley & Sons, 2001. 2. Tom Mitchell, Machine Learning. McGraw-Hill, 1997. 3. Richard Sutton and Andrew Barto, Reinforcement Learning: An introduction. MIT Press, 1998 4. Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshirani and Jerome Friedman, The Elements of Statistical Learning. Springer,

2009 5. Data Analysis and Graphics Using R; An Example-based Approach, by 6. John Maindonald and John Braun. Cambridge Series in Statistical and 7. Probabilitistic Mathematics, 2003. Has some nice things, but not quite right as the sole textbook for this

course. 8. Modern Applied Statistics with S, by Venables and Ripley. Don’t be misled by the title, R is an

implementation of S, and this book contains notes specific to R when appropriate. 9. Sanford Weisberg: Applied Linear Regression. 10. Ramsey and Schafer (2002), The Statistical Sleuth: A Course in Methods of Data Analysis, 2nd edition. 11. John W. Emerson, Department of Statistics, Yale University �2011

Instructional Materials and References Course slides



Dedicated bibliography provided by teachers


Economic theory - Syllabus

Course Title Economic theory Pre-requisite (s) - Hours 45 h

3 credits Out of Class assignment Hours

90 h

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: International Information Technologies University Department: Economics and Business Senior-lector: Galiya Berdykulova E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description Modernized items of the course includes Course description itself, preparation _of multimedia lessons, slide presentation, lecture’s notes. Updated items are structure of Course calendar, student performance evaluation system for the course, list of literature, list of assignments for Student Independent Study. Not changed items Course policy and assessment/grading policy.

Trainees profile The course is addressed to which student class? E-journalism, IT Management, and IT Finance


• Possess theoretical framework of management theory through categories and terminology, inputs of scholars in management;

• Understand methodology of study of management theory; • Distinguish fundamental management concepts, skills and learn from real managers how to apply them.

gain a brief understanding of the historical development of management theories and the implications for the management of organizations;

• Be able to justify the process of managerial decision making; • Demonstrate critical thinking of past and new economy’s situations; • To know management of Kazakhstan in the framework of discipline; • Be able to identify the internal and external factors and forces of the organization that managers must

confront in their daily work; • Be qualified in critical thinking when presented with managerial problems andsocial responsibility and

managerial ethics in management operation.

Pedagogical aims to be reached Motivate the learners Check the learners attendance Organize virtual meetings with the learners To be an expert of the subject and answer directly to students.

Pedagogical methodologies used: Open Online Courses


Flipped learning + Peer instruction Flipped learning + cooperative learning Flipped learning + challenge-based learning Interactive learning

Pedagogical tools Blended Learning Computer-supported collaborative learning (CSCL) audio and video Video conferencing Chats E-mail Facebook Facebook Messenger Bots Mobile applications

Environment used Learning Management Systems Social Media and Peer-to-Peer Platforms _ Online Meeting/Conferencing Applications __ Two-Way Audio

Course Timing Fulltime learning the 3rd semester for the IT Management and IT Finance students

Course Modality Face-To-Face Web Enhanced Blended Online

Course Structure 3 modules each of 5h lectures, 10h practical lessons and 30h SIW, 2 Midterm and 1 final examination.


DATE Weeks 1-4 Module I: Topics The main topics of this module are:

Introduction to Management and Organizations Managing in the Global Arena Social Responsibility and Managerial Ethics Please describe not changed topics with Regular text Managing History Organizational Culture and Environment

Learning activities The Module (title) What is management about? is composed the following activities: Examples: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve,


model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.



Examples: Reading; Conducting research; Report /presentation preparation Case study taken from the student’s real world setting Experiment in simulated environment/problem-based scenarios Self-assessment test (50 questions) Peer review

DATE Weeks 5-11 - Module II: Topics The main topics of this module are:

Managers as Decision Makers Organizational Structure and Design Managing Human Resources (Please describe not changed topics with Regular text.) Foundations of Planning Strategic Planning

Learning activities The Module (title) Management in Action is composed the following activities: Examples: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.



Examples: Reading; Conducting research; Report /presentation preparation Case study taken from the student’s real world setting Experiment in simulated environment/problem-based scenarios Self-assessment test (50_ questions) Peer review Reading: Robbins, Stephen P. Management [Текст] / Stephen P. Robbins, Mary Coulter.- USA: Pearson, 2012.- 671 p. Griffin, Ricky W. Management Fundamentals [Текст] / Ricky W. Griffin.- Sixth.- United States of America: South-Western, 2008.- 535.

DATE Weeks 12-15 – Module III: Topics The main topics of this module are:

Managing Change and Innovation Understanding Individual Behavour Managers and Communication (Please describe not changed topics with Regular text.) Managing Teams Introduction to Controlling

Learning activities The Module (title) Management in the New Era is composed the following activities: Examples: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.

OUT OF CLASS Examples: Reading; Conducting research; Report /presentation preparation



Case study taken from the student’s real world setting Experiment in simulated environment/problem-based scenarios Self-assessment test (__50___ questions) Peer review

Assessment tools at the end of the course MCQ test

Instructional Materials and References Basic literature:

1. Robbins, Stephen P. Management [Текст] / Stephen P. Robbins, Mary Coulter.- USA: Pearson, 2012.- 671 p.

2. Griffin, Ricky W. Management Fundamentals [Текст] / Ricky W. Griffin.- Sixth.- United States of America: South-Western, 2008.- 535. Supplementary literature:

3. Haag, S. Management Information Systems [Текст] / Stephen Haag, Maeve Cummings.- Eighth.- USA: McGraw-Hill, 2010.- 553p.

4. Monahan, G.E. Management decision making [Текст]: Spreadsheet modeling, analysis, and applications / G.E. Monahan.- UK: Cambridge university press, 2000.- 714 p.

5. Luthans, F. International Management (Международный менеджмент) [Текст]: Culture, Strategy and Behavior / Fred Luthans, Jonathan P. Doh.- Seventh.- United States of America: McGrawHill, 2009.- 619 p.

6. Harvard Business Review (1995), 20-31 7. Starbucks Coffee Company’s structure from https://www.facebook.com/galamergali. 8. A positive correlation between bureaucracy and corruption. https://www.facebook.com/galamergali. 9. bureaucracy and corruption stand on Russia’s shift to Asia. https://www.facebook.com/galamergali. 10. 5 ways universities can join the fight against corruption. https://www.facebook.com/galamergali. 11. How to teach using role playing? https://www.facebook.com/galamergali 12. Thiagi game letter: Seriously fun activities for trainers, facilitators, performance consultants, and

manage. July 2009. URL: http://thiagi.net/archive/www/pfp/IE4H/july2009.html#Roleplay 13. Leadership Activitieshttp://www.workshopexercises.com/Leadership.htm#L1 14. 12 Awesome Team Building Games Your Team Won't Hate https://www.facebook.com/galamergali

Electronics and Circuitry of Analog Devices - Syllabus

Course Title Electronics and Circuitry of

Analog Devices Pre-requisite (s) Physics, Mathematics,

Theory of Electrical Circuits


45

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: _IITU Department: Computer Engineering and Telecommunications Professor: Dairbayev A E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description The course includes lectures, laboratory works and self-study. The lectures deal with theoretical issues and methods of solving problems of an applied and systematic nature. Lectures are based on oral presentations of educational theoretical material. Laboratory and independent works are aimed at studying various electrical circuit diagrams of analog electronics by conducting them on laboratory equipment and virtual instruments.


Trainees profile The course is addressed to which student class? Bachelor's degree 5В071900 - Radio engineering, electronics and telecommunications, 2 year, 4 semester.

Learning Objectives

At the end of this course, the student will be able to: • understand the physical fundamentals of analog electronics; • distinguish the main types, parameters and characteristics of electronic devices, circuits and understand the principle of their action; • to read electrical circuit diagrams; • to design simple circuits on electronic devices; • find and fix the problem in the simplest analog electronic devices. • have experience of carrying out experimental work, critical thinking and problem-solving techniques.

Pedagogical aims to be reached At the end of the course of Electronics and circuit design the students will be able to: • to provide the basic knowledge in the field of analog electronics and circuitry to the student; • to teach the students' the practical skills to design and repair basic circuits in electronic devices; • to develop students' life skills and digital literacy skills and training; • to develop the students' creative skills and critical thinking; • to develop the students' analytical approach to problem solving; • Use social media and mobile applications to develop interaction with students.

Pedagogical methodologies used: • Expository methods (presentations, case studies, worked examples, demonstrations) • Methods of collecting information and feedback forms for students (discussion forums, blogs, wikis) • Practice demonstration methods (role games, project work, simulations) • Joint methods (online discussions, teamwork, tutoring)

Pedagogical tools • Documents and PPT presentations - doc, Pdf, ppt, jpg • Web casting - video tutorials • Webinars (videoconferences, audio conferences, chats) • Simulators (LabVIEW, WorkBench)

Environment used Corporate e-mail mail.iitu.kz, platonus – IITU - www.iitu.kz/article/show/id/163 Use the following software: • LabVIEW • WorkBench • Corel Draw • MS-Word / Excel • Microsoft PowerPoint

Course Timing 1 semester, 15 weeks

Course Modality Full-time


Course Structure Lectures - 15 hours, laboratory work - 30 hours, independent work of students - 45 hours


DATE Weeks 1-5 - Module I: Physical basis of electronics Topics The main topics of this module are:

Introduction. The stages of development of electronics. Physical basis of electronic equipment. Electrophysical properties of semiconductors. Conductivity of semiconductors in strong electric fields. Electron-hole transition.

Learning activities The Module Physical Fundamentals of Electronics is composed the following activities: • Presentation of lectures • Laboratory work • Gaming lessons • Video tutorials • Online lessons



1. Reading by themselfes: The Lecture complex, literature 1, 2, 5, 6 2. Conducting research: To investigate and to study the physical processes in semiconductor devices: • The internal structure of semiconductors • Own conductivity of semiconductors • Impurity conductivity of semiconductors • Temperature dependence of impurity conductivity of semiconductors • Drift and diffusion currents in a semiconductor • Electrical conductivity of semiconductors in strong electric fields. • Gunn Effect • Hall Effect 3. Report /presentation preparation: Reports, essays and presentations 4. Case study taken from the student’s real world setting: Students were asked to study the WorkBench simulator, http://www.online-electric.ru/virtlab/circuit/expert/index.php and examine the work of the semiconductor diode in it. The number of students who successfully passed the assignment exceeded 80%. 5. Experiment in simulated environment/problem-based scenarios: Simulation of the work of a semiconductor diode in the WorkBench simulator 6. Self-assessment test (50 questions) 7. Peer review:

DATE Weeks 6-10 - Module II: Semiconductor Devices Topics The main topics of this module are:

(Please describe new topics with Bold text.) Varieties and classification of semiconductor devices. Special types of diodes.


Rectifying device, stabilizers The bipolar transistors (modernization topics through the use of new online simulation games, video conferencing, social networking and mobile applications WhatsApp) Field-effect transistors (modernization topics through the use of new online simulation games, video conferencing, social networking and mobile applications WhatsApp)

Learning activities The Module Semiconductor Devices is composed the following activities: • Presentation of lectures • Laboratory work • Gaming lessons • Video tutorials • Online lessons



1. Reading by themselfes: The Lecture complex, literature 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 8 2. Conducting research: • Investigate the operation and characteristics of semiconductor diodes • Investigate the operation and characteristics of a bipolar transistor • Investigate the operation and characteristics of the field effect transistor 3. Report /presentation preparation: Reports, essays and presentations 4. Case study taken from the student’s real world setting: Students were asked to study the WorkBench simulator, http://www.online-electric.ru/virtlab/circuit/expert/index.php and examine the work of bipolar and field-effect transistors in it. The number of students who successfully passed the assignment exceeded 90%. 5. Experiment in simulated environment/problem-based scenarios: Simulation of semiconductor devices in the system WorkBench; The laboratory works in LabVIEW. 6. Self-assessment test (50 questions) 7. Peer review

DATE Weeks 10-15 - Module III: Microelectronics Topics The main topics of this module are:

(Please describe new topics with Bold text.) Switching semiconductor devices (modernization topics through the use of new online simulation games, video conferencing, social networking and mobile applications WhatsApp) Optoelectronic semiconductor devices (modernization topics through the use of new online simulation games, video conferencing, social networking and mobile applications WhatsApp) Microelectronics. Of the integrated circuit. Logical integrated circuits Prospects of development of electronics. Functional electronics (modernization topics through the use of new online simulation games, video conferencing, social networking and mobile applications WhatsApp) Rectifier device and stabilizers.

Learning activities The Module Microelectronics is composed the following activities: • Presentation of lectures


• Laboratory work • Gaming lessons • Video tutorials • Online lessons



1. Reading by themselfes: The Lecture complex, literature 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 2. Conducting research: • To study the operation and characteristics of semiconductor thyristors • To study the operation and characteristics of optoelectronic devices (photoresistors, photodiodes, phototransistors, photothyristors, optocouplers) • To study the operation and characteristics of rectifiers and stabilizers (one, two and tricholomairinum rectifiers, controlled rectifiers, compensating stabilizers, current stabilizers) • Explore an integrated circuit (classification, methods of manufacture, principle of operation, characteristics and parameters) • To investigate the functional electronics 3. Report /presentation preparation: Reports, essays and presentations 4. Case study taken from the student’s real world setting: Students were asked to study the WorkBench simulator, http://www.online-electric.ru/virtlab/circuit/expert/index.php and to investigate the operation of the thyristor and oproton in it. The number of students who successfully passed the assignment exceeded 85%. 5. Experiment in simulated environment/problem-based scenarios: Simulation of semiconductor devices in the system WorkBench; The laboratory works in LabVIEW. 6. Self-assessment test (50 questions) 7. Peer review

Assessment tools at the end of the course Traditional exam, Online tests, One-minute questions, Multiple choice tests, Essay.

Instructional Materials and References 1. The basics of electronic engineering. Tutorial // A. M.-M. Dairbayev. – Almaty: LLP “AK Says”, in 2016. – 292 p. 2. Gershunsky B. S. Fundamentals of electronics and microelectronics: Textbook.- 4-e Izd. Rev.: Wisma wk.,1989.- 423с. 3. E. O. Fedoseeva, G. P. Fedoseeva the basics of electronics and microelectronics: Textbook. – M.: Art, 1990. – 240 p. 4. F. Y. Opadchiy, Gludkin O. P., Gurov A. I. Analog and digital electronics: Textbook for universities.- M.: Hot line – Telecom, 2007.-768p. 5. Karlashuk V. I. Electronic laboratory on IBM PC. The Electronics Workbench program and its application. M.: "Salty-R", 1999. – 501p. 6. Darbayev A. M. Belgibayev B. A., Dairbayeva S. A. electronics and circuitry of analog devices. Part I. Methodical instructions to performance of laboratory works. IITU, Almaty, 2013, 59p.


7. Batovrin V. K., Bessonov A. S., Moshkin LabVIEW: workshop on electronics and microprocessor technology: textbook for universities. - M.: DMK Press, 2005. - 182 p. 8. http://www.online-electric.ru/virtlab/circuit/expert/index.php

Electronics - Syllabus

Major: 5B070400 Computer Systems and Software Engineering Year: 2, Semester: 4; Number of credits: 2 Lectures: 15 hours Laboratory classes: 15 hours T/SIS: 60 hours Total: 90 hours Final assessment form: Examination

1. General information Faculty Information Technology Major code and title 5B070400 Computer Systems and Software Engineering Year, semester 2, 4 Subject category 2nd year, fall semester Number of Credits 2 Language of Delivery: English Prerequisites: As a result of learning physics course student should know the section

«Electricity and Physics of Semiconductors». As a result of learning course «Basic Circuit Theory» student should know basic laws and methods to calculate electrical circuits.

Postrequisites Knowledge obtained during the course «Electronics» will be used for courses of «Digital circuit design», «Robotics» and «Computer Architecture».

Lecturer Alnura Orazgalikyzy Omarbekova, PhD, assistant-professor at CE&T Department of IITU – Almaty, 34a Manas str., room #409, email: [email protected], [email protected]

2. Goals, objectives and learning outcomes of the course Course goals:

• knowledge of operating principles, operating modes, the basic characteristics and parameters, connection circuits and the mathematical models of diodes, bipolar transistors, field effect transistors, etc;

• knowledge of the basic physical processes occurring in the thyristors and optoelectronic devices; • ability to construct amplifying circuits on bipolar and field effect transistors; • familiarization with the constructions and operating principles of the circuits of electrical generator

and secondary power sources; • familiarization with the constructions of digital and linear integrated circuits.

Course objectives: • an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering • an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems • an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility • an ability to communicate effectively

Learning outcomes of the course Students who successfully complete the course will be able to: • Analyze semiconductor devices, through numerical problems, using fundamental characteristics of semiconductor materials, such as carrier densities, transport, lifetime, generation and recombination. • Use basic governing equations to calculate carrier concentrations, position of Fermi energy level, carrier drift current in given field, built - in potential barrier at the space charge region, and current-voltage characteristics of p- n junctions • Analyze main characteristics of electronic and optoelectronic devices such as BJTs, MOSFETs and LEDs


• Conduct literature search, review and report findings; demonstrate teamwork and develop communication skill through group report and presentation. • Demonstrate an understanding of professional and ethical responsibility through a report analyzing real or hypotheticalethic issues

3. Course description Provides a basic understanding of the semiconductor materials - characteristics, working principles and applications; provides the insight useful for understanding semiconductor devices and technologies; semiconductor physics, p-n junctions diodes, metal-semiconductor contacts, heterojunctions, transistors.

4. Course policy Students are not allowed to miss classes, use cell phones during classes, browse the social networks and play on-line games. There are no late workshops for students who missed lecture or laboratory class. Instructor may change course outline at any time during the course. Cheating will not be tolerated. Students caught cheating will receive a "0" for the assignment. Recommended Study Habits

• Read the assigned material before class. • Bring thoughtful questions to class for discussion. • Prepare for the exams in study groups. • Take notes during class discussions and while completing reading assignments.

5. Literature Basic literature:

1. Howe, R. T., and C. G. Sodini. Microelectronics, An Integrated Approach. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall, 1997

2. Donald A. Neamen. Microelectronics: Circuit Analysis and Design, ISBN 978-0-07-338064-3—ISBN 0-07-338064-4, 2010.

Supplementary literature:

3. Adel S. Sedra, Kenneth C. Smith. Microelectronic Circuits. Oxford University Press, fifth edition.

6. Course calendar 6.1 Lecture, practical/seminar/laboratory session plans Abbreviation Meaning TSIS Teacher-supervised independent work (СРСП) SIS Students’ independent work (СРС) IP Individual project PA Practical assignment

LW MCQ



Reference Materials

Lect

ures

(_

1 h/

w)

Lab.

Ses

sion

s

(2

h/w

)

TSIS

(_

h/w

)

SIS

(_

h/w

)

1 Introduction. Goals and objectives of discipline. Prologue to Electronics. Semiconductor Materials and Properties. The pn Junction.

1. Ch. 1 Lab1 Ex 1-1 Task 1


2 Semiconductor Materials and Diodes. Diode Circuits: DC Analysis and Models. Diode Circuits: AC Equivalent Circuit.Other Diode Types.

1. Ch. 1 LD Ex 2-1

3 Diode Circuits. Rectifier Circuits. Zener Diode Circuits.


4 Diode Circuits. Multiple-Diode Circuits. Photodiode and LED Circuits.

1. Ch. 2 LD Ex 4-1

5 The Field-Effect Transistor. MOS Field-Effect Transistor. MOSFET DC Circuit Analysis. Basic MOSFET Applications: Switch, Digital Logic Gate, and Amplifier.


6 The Field-Effect Transistor. Constant-Current Biasing. Multistage MOSFET Circuits. Junction Field-Effect Transistor. Design Application: Diode Thermometer with an MOS Transistor.

1. Ch. 3 LD Ex 6-1

7 Review 1. Ch. 1-3 Midterm #1

8 Basic FET Amplifiers. The MOSFET Amplifier. Basic Transistor Amplifier Configurations. The Common-Source Amplifier. The Common-Drain (Source-Follower) Amplifier. The Common-Gate Configuration.

1. Ch. 4 Lab 4 Ex 8-1

9 Basic FET Amplifiers. The Three Basic Amplifier Configurations: Summary and Comparison. Single-Stage Integrated Circuit MOSFET Amplifiers. Multistage Amplifiers. Basic JFET Amplifiers. Design Application: A Two-Stage Amplifier.

1. Ch. 5 LD Ex 9-1 Task#5

10 The Bipolar Junction Transistor. Basic Bipolar Junction Transistor. DC Analysis of Transistor Circuits. Basic Transistor Applications.

1. Ch. 5 Lab 5 Ex 10-1


11 The Bipolar Junction Transistor. Bipolar Transistor Biasing. Multistage Circuits. Design Application: Diode Thermometer with a Bipolar Transistor.

1. Ch. 6 LD Ex 11-1 Project 3

12 Basic BJT Amplifiers. Analog Signals and Linear Amplifiers. The Bipolar Linear Amplifier. Basic Transistor Amplifier Configurations. Common-Emitter Amplifiers.

1. Ch. 6 Lab 7 Ex 12-1

13 Basic BJT Amplifiers. AC Load Line Analysis. Common-Collector (Emitter-Follower) Amplifier. Common-Base Amplifier. The Three Basic Amplifiers: Summary and Comparison. Multistage Amplifiers. Power Considerations.

1, Ch. 9 LD Ex 13-1

14 Ideal Operational Amplifiers and Op-Amp Circuits. The Operational Amplifier. Inverting Amplifier. Summing Amplifier. Noninverting Amplifier. Op-Amp Applications. Operational Transconductance Amplifiers. Op-Amp Circuit Design.

1, Ch. 16 LD Ex 14-1

15 Course Review 1, Ch. 4-16 MIDTERM #2

Midterm 2

15 30 15 75

6.2 List of assignments for Student Independent Study

№

Assignments (topics) for Independent

study

Hours

Recommended literature and other sources (links)

Form of submission

1 2 3 4 5 1 P-n junction 2 Donald A. Neamen.

Microelectronics: Circuit Analysis and Design, ISBN 978-0-07-338064-3—ISBN 0-07-338064-4, 2010.

Animation


2 Diodes 2 Donald A. Neamen. Microelectronics: Circuit Analysis and Design, ISBN 978-0-07-338064-3—ISBN 0-07-338064-4, 2010.

Report

3 FET 2 Donald A. Neamen. Microelectronics: Circuit Analysis and Design, ISBN 978-0-07-338064-3—ISBN 0-07-338064-4, 2010.

Animation

4 MOSFET 3 Donald A. Neamen. Microelectronics: Circuit Analysis and Design, ISBN 978-0-07-338064-3—ISBN 0-07-338064-4, 2010.

Report

7. Student performance evaluation system for the course RK #1 (30) RK #2 (30) LAB

№1 LAB №2

LAB №3

LAB №4

LAB №5

LAB №6

LAB №7

LAB №8

LAB №9

LAB №10

TOTAL

Labs 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 30 QUIZZes 5 5 10 MIDTERM 1st & 2st

10 10 20

Term mark

RK #1 + RK #2 60

Final exam

40

Course grade

100

*If the number of absences exceeds 20%, student will be automatically scheduled for a Retake (summer semester) Achievement level as per course curriculum shall be assessed according to the evaluation chart adopted by the academic credit system:

Letter Grade Numerical equivalent Percentage Grade according to the traditional system А 4,0 95-100

Excellent А- 3,67 90-94 В+ 3,33 85-89 Good В 3,0 80-84

Good В- 2,67 75-79 С+ 2,33 70-74 Satisfactory С 2,0 65-69

Satisfactory С- 1,67 60-64 D+ 1,33 55-59

D 1,0 50-54 Satisfactory

F 0 0-49 Fail

Fundamentals of Information systems - Syllabus

Course Title Fundamentals of information Pre-requisite (s) Algorithms, data structures


systems and programming Hours 90 hours Out of Class


Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: IITU Department: Information System Professor: V. Serbin E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description This course is about the complete life cycle of the information system’s development process, starting with the description of the idea, establishing software requirement specifications, modeling, developing, testing, debugging software, calculating the feasibility study cost of the information system development, ending with the presentation for the customer. The course also covers the theoretical and practical issues of the construction and operation of IS, namely the classification of IS, UML modeling, ADO technology, criteria for evaluation of IT projects, etc.

Trainees profile Bachelor, 1 year, 2 semester, Faculty Information Technology, 5B070300 Information System

Learning Objectives By the end of this course the students will be able to: - know the properties of the information system and the requirements for its creation; - create Software Requirements Specifications; - create database system for the project; - form project by creating programs on C#; - identify perspectives of information systems development, their connection to related areas



Pedagogical tools Quizzes, tests, peer review evaluation, case-stady, individual tasks, online-tests, votes, polling, project based.


Course Timing 15 weeks, Lectures: 15 hours Laboratory classes: 30 hours T/SIS: 60 hours Total: 90 hours One 50-minutes lecture per week, one 100-minutes laboratory work per week, Student Independent Study 60 hours, 60-minutes final exam.



Course Structure


DATE Weeks 1 Module 1: Introduction to Information Systems Topics Computer program. Software and software products. Software tools. System properties.

System management functions. Main aim of an Information system. Information system structure. IS Classification. Consumer properties of IS. Corporate IS.

Learning activities The Module Variables and types is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading Reference Materials; watching and review presentations on new topics, study information in presentations and lecture notes; Finding and handling information - analysing information (presentations; lecture notes); Communication – debate and discuss, present additional information on new topics. Productive – create programs, draw flow charts, write documentation for created programs. Experimental – apply new information for case-study, investigate different approach for solving problems. Interactive/adaptive – improve created programs and projects. Assessment –demonstrate programs and projects, critique and peer-review quizzes , do self-assessment, received feedback of teacher.




DATE Weeks 2 - Module II: Software Requirements Specifications. Topics SRS content. Purpose of SRS. SRS structure. Purpose of creating IS. Relevance. Use.

Ideology. Formulation of the problem. Formalization of the problem. The goal. Objectives. Advantages. Disadvantages.

Learning activities The Module II is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading Reference Materials; watching and review presentations on new topics, study information in presentations and lecture notes; Finding and handling information - analysing information (presentations; lecture notes); Communication – debate and discuss, present additional information on new topics. Productive – create programs, draw flow charts, write documentation for created programs. Experimental – apply new information for case-study, investigate different approach for solving problems. Interactive/adaptive – improve created programs and projects. Assessment –demonstrate programs and projects, critique and peer-review quizzes , do self-assessment, received feedback of teacher.


ASSIGNMENTS &

Reading topics - Student Independent Study. Case study taken from the student’s real world. Self-assessment test (10 questions).


ASSIGNED READINGS

Peer review.


ASSIGNED READINGS

Self-assessment test (10 questions) Reading.

DATE Weeks 3 Module 3: - Information systems modeling. Operators. Topics Modeling: definition. Kinds of Modeling. Computer modeling. The main stages of

computer modeling. Data-logical model. Physical model. Conceptual model. Graph model. Decision making model. Mathematical model.





DATE Weeks 4 Module 4: - Relation Databases Topics Features of a RDB. Place of a RDB. Basic concepts. Keys to DB tables.

RDB structural subtypes. Associative table. Learning activities The Module 4 is composed the following activities:





DATE Weeks 5 Module 5: -ADO technology Topics Database model based on АDO. Components attributes






DATE Weeks 6 Module 6: Search Engine rators. Topics Consensus is hard. Google’s Index Count. Google search. Webgraphs. In-degree.

“Random Surfer”. Importance score. Dangling Nodes. Disconnected graph Learning activities The Module 6 is composed the following activities:





DATE Weeks 7 Module 7: Software Testing Information system Topics Types of testing. Alpha testing. Beta-testing. Load testing. Stress testing. Acceptance

testing. Analysis and recommendations. Debugging. Learning activities The Module 7 is composed the following activities:

Assimulative activities –reading Reference Materials; watching and review presentations on new topics, study information in presentations and lecture notes; Finding and handling information - analysing information (presentations; lecture notes); Communication – debate and discuss, present additional information on new topics. Productive – create programs, draw flow charts, write documentation for created


programs. Experimental – apply new information for case-study, investigate different approach for solving problems. Interactive/adaptive – improve created programs and projects. Assessment –demonstrate programs and projects, critique and peer-review quizzes , do self-assessment, received feedback of teacher.




DATE Weeks 8 Module 8: Feasibility study of the IS Topics Expenses: Salary; Pension contributions; Cothial Tax; VAT; Material expenses; Special

Equipment for the development; Overhead Expenses. Intellectual work. Prime cost. Revenue. Payback Period. Profitability.





DATE Weeks 9 Module 9: - Criteria for IT projects. Topics Creative ability. Scientific thinking. Research methods use effectiveness. Topic

disclosure degree. Public speaking skills, demonstration material quality. Team members coordination level.


OUT OF CLASS Reading topics - Student Independent Study.



ASSIGNED READINGS

Case study taken from the student’s real world. Self-assessment test (10 questions). Peer review.

DATE Weeks 10 Module 10: Presentation of the results of the development of information systems

Topics Public performance. Recommendations for the presentation. How to build it ? (the formula for success)






Final exam: At the end of the course the students will pass online 60-minutes final exam, which is evaluated as 40 points (maximum). Final grade is a sum of rating points and exam points, and can be maximum 100 points. Final exam is an online 60-minutes test which consists of 30 questions for each student.

Instructional Materials and References Basic literature: 1.Leffingwell, Dean, Undri, Don. Managing software requirements. Unified approach. М., 2002y. 2.Serbin V.V. Methodical instructions for practical works accomplishment on discipline «Fundamentals of Information Systems». – IITU, 2014 y. 3. U. Boggs, М. Boggs. UML, Rational Rose. М., LORI, 2000 y. 4.Serbin V.V. «Methodology, technology of creation and development of information systems» – Almaty: AIPET, 2010 y. 200 p. Supplementary literature: 5.Sam Kaner and etc. Testing computer software. Kiev, 2000 y. 6.Minaev V.V., Potapov A.I. Software tools development assets estimation – М.: Finances and statistics, 1998. 7.Havronskaya A.M. Estimation of technical-economical effectiveness of software tools. – Almaty: KazNTU, 2000.

Fundamentals of Radio Circuits and Signals - Syllabus

Course Title Fundamentals of Radio

Circuits and Signals Pre-requisite (s) Mathematics, Physics,

Theory of electrical circuits



90

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: International IT University Department: Computer Engineering and Telecommunications Professor: Aitmagambetov Altay E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description Discipline is studied in lectures, laboratory and practical exercises. In this discipline, students will learn to analyze the structure of construction and characteristics of devices and systems for analog and digital processing of information; To apply methods of analysis and synthesis, technical solutions used in radio engineering devices and telecommunication systems for the transmission, reception and processing of information. A number of sections and questions of discipline are submitted for independent study by the student, including under the guidance and supervision of the teacher

Trainees profile This course is addressed to 2 year students, who studying Radioelectronics and Telecommunications


• Analyze different radioengineering circuits • Analyze analog, dicret and digital signals in time and frequency domains • Understand the basic processes of processing, receiving and transmitting signals, characteristics and

principles of construction of radio engineering devices of modern telecommunication systems • Understand the processing of signals in the nodes of radio engineering devices and systems


Pedagogical methodologies used: Practical methods - exercises, laboratory works, practical works. Verbal methods - include lectures, student self-study. Student-centered learning (learner-centered); Learning-by-doing; Interactive learning; Storytelling;

Pedagogical tools • Tests • Course worksheets, • textbooks, • handouts; • Colloquium

Environment used • Mobile Applications; • Training laboratory equipment • Virtual laborotories • Video-lessons;


• Social networks: YouTube • Video-lessons;

Course Timing _01/02/2017 – 10/05/2017

Lectures: 15 hours Laboratory classes: 30 hours

T/SIS: 15 hours


Course Structure


DATE Weeks 1-15- Modules title: Topics 1. Introduction. The main stages of the development of radio engineering and

telecommunications 2 Types of radiocircuits. Radio frequency bands 3 Types of signals and their characteristics. Time and frequency representation of signals 4 Nonlinear radio engineering circuits and methods for their analysis 5 Kotel'nikov's theorem. Signal sampling. Recovering continuous signals 6 Types of modulation .. Time and frequency representations of modulated stgnals 7 Reception of modulated signals. Demodulation of signals 8 Correlation function of signals. 9 Types of feedback in radio circuits. 10 Auto-generators of harmonic oscillations 11 Characteristics of random signals 12 Types of interference. Principles of consistent filtering of signals against background noise 13 Examples of matched filters for different signals 14 Principles of digital signal processing 15 Types of signal processing in modern radio communication systems The main topics of this module are:

Learning activities The Modules are composed the following activities: Assimulative activities: read the textbook chapters, watch the video-lessons provided by lecturer, study the topics using material provided by lecturer (presentations, additional references). Finding and handling information: examine examples provided in the book, read the additional bibliography. Communication – share and discuss ideas with other students. Productive: write the micro instructions for the code segment and the memory addresses and contents for all the instructions and data involved, calculate effective access time and system bus load, solve tasks from the Practice problem manual. Assessments: write instruction execution process, peer-review, laboratory work, quiz, test..





READINGS DATE Weeks - Module II:

Topics The main topics of this module are: (Please describe new topics with Bold text.) (Please describe updated/modernised topics with Regular&Underlined text.) (Please describe not changed topics with Regular text.)

Learning activities The Module (title)__________ is composed the following activities: Examples: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.



Eamples: Reading; Conducting research; Report /presentation preparation Case study taken from the student’s real world setting Experiment in simulated environment/problem-based scenarios Self-assessment test (_____ questions) Peer review


ASSIGNED READINGS


Assessment tools at the end of the course Colloquium (20/100 %) In-class exercises (10/100 %) Tests (6/100 %) Mid Term and End Term Assessments (24/100 %) Final Exam (40/ 100 %)

Instructional Materials and References 1. Stetsenko, OA Radio engineering circuits and signals / О.А. Stetsenko .- Textbook .- M: High School, 2007.- 432p. 2. Systems and networks of digital radio communication: a manual / NI Listopad and others. - Minsk: Izd-vo Gretsova, 2009.- 200s. 3. Nefedov, V.I. Fundamentals of Radioelectronics and Communication [Text]: Textbook / VI. Nefedov; AS Sigov, ed. V.N. NEFEDOVA .- M .: Higher Education, 2009.- 735p. 4. Zhuravleva, L.V. Fundamentals of Radioelectronics [Text] / L.V. Zhuravleva .- 5 th ed .- M .: Academy, 2015.- 240s. 5. Bikkenin, R.R. Theory of electrical communication [Text]: Textbook / RR. Bikkenin, M.N. Chesnokov .- M .: Academy, 2010.- 336- (Higher vocational education). 6. Akulinichev, Yu.P. Theory of electrical communication [Text]: Textbook / Yu.P. Akulinichev.- SPb .: Lan, 2010.-240s. 7. Theory of electrical communication- Moscow: Radio and Communication, 1999.- 432 p. 8. Kaganov, V.I. Radio engineering circuits and signals [Text]: Laboratory computer practical work / V.I. Kaganov.- 2nd ed .- M .: Hot line-Telecom, 2015.-154s 9. Sklar Bernard. Digital Communications. Prentice Hall P T R Upper Saddle River, New Jersey 07458www.phptr.com

General English/ English for Professional Purposes - Syllabus


Course Title General English/ English for Professional

Purposes

Pre-requisite (s) General English/ English for Professional

Purposes Pre-Intermediate or

Placement test


30

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: __IITU Department: _of __Languages_ Assistant Professor: Kabdrgalinova Saniya B. E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description General English/English for Professional Purposes Intermediate CSSE focuses on such topics as current trends in IT, widely used devices and gadgets, data storage, programming and networks. It is designed to raise the students' awareness of the social and professional issues of information technologies and build up their English language competence. The language training is communicative, interactive, student-centered, project based, outcome-oriented and heavily reliant on students' self-study work. The latter is organized as TSIS (essay writing and project work) and SIS (self-checked language exercises).

Trainees profile IYa 1203 i-General English/English for Professional Purposes Intermediate course is offered to the 1st year students of IITU, Faculty of Information Technology specialised in Management


o differentiate and use such grammar phenomena as Articles, Nouns, Passive Voice, Questions and Prepositions.

o build up and appropriately use general and professional vocabulary on the topics studied; o understand authentic speech on the topics studied; o take part in debates on the topics studied, express opinions, present ideas, agree/disagree, provide

arguments, propose solutions; o skim, scan, discuss and analyze texts on the topics under study; o write a thesis-led essay on the topics studied.

Pedagogical aims to be reached To raise the students' awareness of the current trends in areas of students’ specialization and their social implications, to build up their academic and professional English language competence, develop life-long learning, creativity, leadership, critical thinking, decision-making, problem solving and team work abilities.

Pedagogical methodologies used: o Presentation practice production o Task based learning o Flipped classroom o Blended learning o Distance learning o Mobile learning

Pedagogical tools Academic Policy:


o Cheating, duplication, falsification of data, plagiarism are not permitted under any circumstances! o Attendance is mandatory. Students will be penalized for missing classes. o Students must come to class in time. Three times tardy amounts to one absence. o Students must participate fully in every class. While attendance is crucial, merely being in class does not

constitute “participation”. Participation means reading the assigned materials, coming to class prepared, asking questions and engaging in discussion.

o Written assignments (independent work) must be typewritten or written legibly o Deadlines must be strictly observed. Late work shall not be accepted, except when undone for a valid

reason. o Making up missed tests shall not normally be allowed. o Mobile phones must always be switched off in class. o Students should always be appropriately dressed (in a formal/semi-formal style). o Students should show tolerance, consideration and mutual support towards the teacher and other

students.

Environment used Rooms are equipped with:

o Projector o Computers/laptops/smartbooks o Speakers o Whiteboards

Students are provided with: o Books o e-books o handouts o free Internet access via Wi-Fi

Course Timing

Number of Credits 4 Practical Classes 60 hours TSIS 15 hours SIS 15 hours

Course Modality o Practical Classes: Presentation practice production, Task based learning, Flipped classroom, Mobile

learning, Presentations (Powerpoint, Prezi, emaze), Applications: Kahoot, Quizlet; On-line dictionaries and translators (Multitran, Yandex, Google)

o TSIS: Blended learning, Distance learning, Mobile learning, Flipped classroom, Applications: Kahoot, Quizlet; On-line dictionaries and translators (Multitran, Yandex, Google), Communication in WhatsApp, Viber, Skype

o SIS: Blended learning, Distance learning, Mobile learning, Flipped classroom, Applications: Kahoot, Quizlet; On-line dictionaries and translators (Multitran, Yandex, Google), Communication in WhatsApp, Viber, Skype

Course Structure EITS – English for IT students PEU_Man - Professional English in Use. Management TP_non_TECH - Terminological practicum for STEM students

Abbreviations


GW3 – Grammarway 3 TSIS – Teacher Supervised Independent Study SIS – Students’ Independent Study WP- Writing Papers in English TLE – Thesis-led essay U - Unit * - additional materials

Course Structure


DATE Weeks 1-7 Module title: Latest Trends in IT Topics The main topics of this module are:

Week 1 Add and drop week Introduction to the course (Syllabus) Introduction to the debate rules and language (Project guidelines and debate materials)

Week 2 Smart Tech Reading: Text 1 EITS p 200-203 Vocabulary: EITS p192-197, TM_STEM U9: Trends in IT Viewing: Living tomorrow house of the future (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9DJr8QwgLEA) Grammar: Passive Voice GW3 U6 Speaking: There is no better time to live than now. EITS p.207 TM_STEM U9: Trends in IT ex.7-11

Week 3 Quantum computers Reading: Text 2 EITS pp. 208-211 Vocabulary: EITS pp. 192-197, TM_STEM U9: Trends in IT Viewing: EITS ex. 9 p. 214 Grammar: Passive Voice GW3 U 6 Speaking: Quantum computers will cause a dooms day scenario. EITS p. 214 TM_STEM U9: Trends in IT Ex.12-15

Week 4 Forecast for the future Reading: Text 3 EITS pp. 215-217 Vocabulary: EITS pp. 192-197, TM_STEM U9: Trends in IT Grammar: Nouns, Articles GW3 U12 Speaking: Forecast for the future. EITS p. 222

Week 5 Future Devices and Gadgets Reading: PEU U29 p. 68


Vocabulary: TM_STEM U3: Devices and gadgets Viewing: Blinki a bad robot (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3C-9rNqLxGw) Grammar: Nouns, Articles GW3 U12 Speaking: Are you a responsible mobile user? PEU p. 69 TM_STEM U3: Devices and gadgets ex.12-15

Week 6 Importance of word processing Reading: PEU U12, 13 Vocabulary: TM_STEM U3: Devices and gadgets Grammar: Nouns, Articles GW3 U 12 Speaking: How has word processing changed our life? TM_STEM U3: Devices and gadgets Ex.7-15

Week 7 Mid-term 1

Learning activities The Module Latest Trends in IT is composed of the following activities: Assimulative activities – reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from authentic sources (physical and on-line libraries), analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debating, sharing, discussion, collaboration, presentations (PPt, Prezi, emaze); Production – creation and design of presentations, projects, drawing diagrams, composing thesis-led assays, writing summaries; Interactive/adaptive – roleplay, problem-based scenarios, case study (on-line); Assessment – writing essays, summaries; presentation of reports, projects, demonstration of projects, peer-review, peer-evaluation, self-assessment, feedback (from students/teacher).




Week 1 Introduction into Essay Writing DL materials (Moodle) Reading GW3 U 6 Passive Voice Reading p.75 ex.6, p.77 ex. 9,10;

Week 2 Essentials of TLE Reading Debate language and rules, see Debate Guidelines – DL materials (Moodle) Reading Preparation for mini debate 1 (affirmative case conducting research and preparation) GW3 U6 Passive Voice p.76 ex.16, p.78 ex.12, p.81 ex.23; TM_STEM U9: Trends in IT Reading Ex. 1-3

Week 3 TLE 1 Affirmative Case presentation GW3 U6 Passive Voice Reading p.82 ex.25, p.83 ex.28,29; TM_STEM Reading


U9: Trends in IT Ex. 4-7 Grammar test Self-assessment test (30 questions) + Peer review

Week 4 Preparation for mini debate 1 (negative case conducting research and preparation) GW3 U12 Nouns, Articles Reading p.142 ex.11,12, p.144 ex.16; TM_STEM U9: Trends in IT Reading TM_STEM 1-40 Trends in IT Quiz Self-assessment test (20 questions) + Peer review

Week 5 TLE 2 Negative Case presentation GW3 U12 Nouns, Articles Reading p.145 ex.19,20,22; TM_STEM Reading U3: Devices and gadgets Ex.4-7

Week 6 Mini-debate 1 Participation in debate and peer review GW3 U12 Nouns, Articles Reading p.146 ex.23,24,25; TM_STEM U2: Texting Reading Ex.1-7 Grammar test Self-assessment test (30 questions) + Peer review TM_STEM 1-40 Devices and gadgets Quiz Self-assessment test (20 questions) + Peer review

Week 7 Mid-term 1

DATE Weeks 8-15 Module II: Computer systems and Software Engineering


Week 8 Personal management Reading: PEU_Man U1 p.8 ex.1.1-1.3 U2 p.10 ex.2.1-2.3 Vocabulary: TP_NON_TECH Unit10: Personal management Viewing: Transformation of Personnel Management to HRM (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8ReX2poQyJ0) Grammar: Questions GW3 Unit15 Speaking: Profiles of major management gurus TP_NON_TECH U10: Personal management ex.7-11

Week 9 Personnel management Reading: PEU_Man U22 p.50 ex.22.1-22.3 U23 p.52 ex.23.1-23.3 Vocabulary: TP_NON_TECH Unit10: Personnel management Grammar: Questions GW3 U15 Speaking: The highest paying companies hire the best and brightest people


TP_NON_TECH U10: Personnel management Ex.12-15

Week 10 Management styles Reading: PEU_Man U24 p.54 ex.24.1-24.3 U25 p.56 ex.25.1-25.3 Vocabulary: TP_NON_TECH U12: Management styles Viewing: What is Belbin? (A Guide to Belbin Team Roles) (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eFsA4wUf3I0) Grammar: Questions GW3 U15 Speaking: Belbin team roles: who are you? TP_NON_TECH U12: Management styles Ex.7-11

Week 11 Management styles proper for local business environment Reading: PEU_Man U26 p.58 ex.26.1-26.3 U27 p.60 ex.27.1-27.3 Vocabulary: TP_NON_TECH U12: Management styles Grammar: Prepositions GW3 U16 Speaking: Management styles proper for Kakhstani business environment TP_NON_TECH Unit12: Management styles Ex.12-15

Week 12 The Product Development Process Reading: PEU_Man U37 p.80 ex.37.1-37.3 U38 p.82 ex.38.1-38.3 Vocabulary: TP_NON_TECH Unit11: Management strategies and techniques Viewing: The Product Development Process: How to Bring Your Product to Market (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jS-rD6HuxIk) Grammar: Prepositions GW3 U16 Speaking: Product development vs market development TP_NON_TECH U11: Management strategies and techniques ex.7-11

Week 13 Management strategies and techniques Reading: PEU_Man U39 p.84 ex.39.1-39.3 U40 p.86 ex.40.1-40.3 Vocabulary: TP_NON_TECH Unit11: Management strategies and techniques Grammar: Prepositions GW3 U16 Speaking: Advantages and disadvantages of Management by objectives (MBO) TP_NON_TECH U11: Management strategies and techniques Ex.12-15

Week 14 End-of-term Week 15 Revision for final exam

Learning activities The Module Management is composed of the following activities: Assimulative activities – reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from authentic sources (physical and on-line libraries), analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debating, sharing, discussion, collaboration, presentations (PPP, Prezi, emaze);


Production – creation and design of presentations, projects, drawing diagrams, composing thesis-led assays, writing summaries; Interactive/adaptive – roleplay, problem-based scenarios, case study (on-line); Assessment – writing essays and summaries, presentation of reports, projects, demonstration of projects, peer-review, peer-evaluation, self-assessment, feedback (from students/teacher).




Week 8 Preparation for mini debate 2 Affirmative Case conducting research and preparation for presentation GW3 U15 Questions Reading p.176 ex.6, p.177 ex.9,10; TP_NON_TECH 1-40 U10:Personnel management Reading Ex.1-3

Week 9 TLE 3 GW3 U15 Questions Reading p.178 ex.11,13, p.179 ex.15; TP_NON_TECH 1-40 U10:Personnel management ex.4-7 Reading Quiz Self-assessment test (20 questions) + Peer review

Week 10 Preparation for mini debate 2 Negative Case conducting research and preparation for presentation GW3 U15 Questions Quiz Self-assessment test (30 questions) + Peer review p.180, ex.16,17,18; TP_NON_TECH 1-40 U12: Management styles Reading Ex. 1-3

Week 11 TLE 4 GW3 U16 Prepositions Reading p.184 ex.6, p.185 ex.7,9; TP_NON_TECH U12:1-40 Management styles Reading Ex. 4-7 Quiz Self-assessment test (20 questions) + Peer review

Week 12 Mini-debate 2 GW3 U16 Prepositions Reading p.186 ex.11,12, p.187 ex.16; TP_NON_TECH Unit11: 1-40 Management strategies and techniques Reading Ex.1-3

Week 13 Final debate GW3 U16 Prepositions Reading


p.189 ex.21,22, p.190 ex.25; Quiz Self-assessment test (30 questions) + Peer review TP_NON_TECH Unit11:1-40 Management strategies and techniques Reading Ex.4-7 Quiz Self-assessment test (20 questions) + Peer review



ASSIGNED READINGS



Continuous rating (60%) Summative Rating (40%) Attestation I Attestation II Examination Class work: Attendance/part. Skills (reading, listening, speaking)

30% 10% 20%

Class work: Attendance/part. Skills (reading, listening, speaking)

30% 10% 20%

Computerized test 100%

TSIS: Debate Project TLE

20% 10% 10%


20% 10% 10%

SIS: Language awareness exercises TM_STEM exercises

25% 10% 15%


25% 10% 15%

Mid-term: Achievement Test Writing: TLE Reading

25% 10% 10% 5%

End of term: Achievement Test Listening Speaking: debate project

25% 10% 5% 10%

Total 100% Total 100% Total 100% Gross Total 100 *If the number of absences exceeds 20%, student will be automatically scheduled for a Retake (summer semester) Assessment is administered continuously throughout the course. The students are rated against their performance in continuous rating administered throughout the semester (credited 60%) and summative rating done during the examination session (credited 40%), total 100%. Continuous rating is students’ on-going performance in class and independent work. Class work is assessed for attendance, Language/ skills and in- class assessments. Class sessions – will be a mixture of information, discussion and practical application of language skills (listening, reading, writing, speaking) practiced in diverse situations. T/SIS (Teacher Supervised Student Independent Study and Student Independent Study) -comprises the following assignments: GW3 exercises, TM tests and exercises, thesis-led essay writing and Project (Debates). Tasks are done by students independently and checked by the teacher. Mid-term is an achievement test, reading and writing a thesis-led essay in the formats covered during the 1st Appraisal Period.


End-of-term is an achievement test, listening and project presentation (Debates). Final examination consists of 2 parts: Grammar and vocabulary multiple choice test (20%), Speaking (20%). Students will draw cards with topics to speak on (one student each) and will be given 5 minutes to prepare. Then they will have to speak for 3 minutes on the given topic: express opinion, present ideas, agree/disagree, provide arguments and propose solutions using professional vocabulary and debate language. Instructional Materials and References Required: 1. Jolamanova B., Karzhaubayeva S., Sholakhova A., Manapbayeva Zh. English for IT students. – Алматы, 2013. 2. Santiago Remasha Esteras, Elena Marco Fabre. Professional English in Use. ICT. For computers and the Internet. Cambridge University Press, 2007. 3. Jenny Doley, Virginia Evans. Grammarway 3. Oxford: Express Publishing, 2009. 4. Yermakova V., Jolamanova B., Vasques M. Terminological minimum for STEM students. – Алматы, 2017. 5. English for Telecoms and Information Technology. – Oxford. – 2012. Supplementary: 1. Jolamanova B., Sholakhova A. Writing Papers in English. IITU. Almaty, 2011. 2. Yermakova V. Project Guidelines 2017 Intermediate. E-version. 3. Karzhaubayeva S.E., Jolamanova B.J., Akanayeva S.Sh., Kerdenova G.K. English for Professional Purposes. Terminological Minimum for the Faculty of Information Technologies. Almaty: KBTU, 2007. 4. S.B.Kabdrgalinova, A.A.Magauova. Professional English for Students of Information Technology. Almaty, 2011. 5. Corballis T. and Jennings W. English for Management Studies in Higher Education Studies. – Course book. –ESAP: Garnet Education. 2009. –137 p. Multimedia sources: Internet sources: www.cambridge.org/elt/ict http://news.bbc.co.uk/hi/english www.harrisinteractive.com http://news.bbc.co.uk/go/pr/fr/-1/hi/programmes/click-online/ http://mega.km.ru www.sdnet.co.uk www.linuxinsider.com www.dictionary.cambridge.org www.webopedia.com www.linkedin.com www.eschoolnews.com

Professional English Low Pre-Intermediate Syllabus

Course Title Low Pre-Intermediate

Professional Pre-requisite (s) Foreign language


20

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: International Information Technological University Department: Department of Languages Professor: tutor E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description Low Pre-Intermediate is a Professional English course offered to the 1st year students of IITU majoring various specialties connected with Information Technologies. The course is designed for students with a basic


knowledge of grammar and professional terms who now require Low Pre-Intermediate English course in this specific field. It includes topics that reflect the latest developments in information technology, making them immediately relevant to students’ needs. The course also includes a strong grammar syllabus with the specialist vocabulary. The course aims to develop skill that learners need to succeed in their chosen field.

Trainees profile The course is addressed to which student class? This is a course of Professional English Low Pre-Intermediate Level offered to the 1st year students of IITU. It focuses on such topic of professional interest as Higher education, Personal focus, Global focus, Technological focus, etc. It is designed to raise the students' language awareness, improve their speech skills and communication competences in Professional English.


1. differentiate and use grammar issues such as: All tenses, the Infinitive, the Gerund, Present Simple/Future Simple Passive voice, Articles, Modal verbs, Conditionals Type 1/2;

2. using of Kahoot, Quizlet and Poll everywhere applications in order to recognize and apply general and professional vocabulary on the topics studied;

3. recognize familiar words, interpret and understand authentic oral speech while listening on the topics studied;

4. speak fluently on such issues as Traditional education vs Credit- based education, Dis/agreement with Job`s idea, Group contest: brainstorming the use of computers, Minimizing the negative impacts, The Digital age, Current trends in IT, etc.

5. to present projects with help of prezzi,emaze and sorcat programs in order to express opinions or ideas on the above topics;

6. share responsibilities among project group members, manage the time properly and work to the deadlines.

7. to be involved in flipped classes (Tededco,.edpuzzle) 8. to be able to present animated contents e.g, infographics

Pedagogical aims to be reached To improve students’ professional English language/speech skills, to tailor the English language program to the students’ current and future professional needs with the help of ICT tools such instagram, moodle, quizlet, kahoot, edmodo and others.

Pedagogical methodologies used: • Flip classroom • Blended learning • Communicative Language Teaching (CLT) • Technology Enhanced Learning (TEL) • Cooperative learning • student- centered approach • Project based learning

Pedagogical tools • Course book • Moodle • Instagram • Facebook • VK • Video conferencing/Skype • Mobile learning • Google/YouTube


• Cloud service

Environment used Classroom and labs which are fully equppied with technical resources needed for teaching such smart boards, projectors, computers, Internet, cassette, and TV that are supported by ACADEMICA and IITU.

Course Modality • Face-to-Face • Web enhanced • Blended

Course Structure /Timing Course structure: This course is consisted of several parts: Classwork, Teacher Supervised Independent Study, Students` Independent Study, Paragraph Writing, Project, Summative and Formative assessment, First and Second Attestation and Final Exams. Assessment is administered continuously throughout thye course. The students are rated against their performance in continuous rating administered throughout the semester (credited 60%) and summative rating done during the examination session (credited 40%), total 100%. Continuous rating is students` on-going performance in class and independent work, Class work is assessed for attendance, Language/ skills and in –class assessment. Class session- will be mixture of information, discussion and practical application of language skills( listening, reading, speaking, writing) practiced in diverse situations. T/SIS (Teacher Supervised Independent Study and Students` Independent Study)- comprises the following assignments: GW2 exercices, TM tests and exercices, paragraph writing and Project. All tasks are done by students independently and checked by the teacher. Mid-Term is an achivement reading, listening and Grammar- vocabulary test in the formats covered during the 1st Appraisal Period. End of Term is an acivement test, paragraph writing and Project presentation. Final examination is a multiple choise test designed to monitor the studentsàcademic performance, comprising 2 parts: Grammar and vocabulary. Course duration: Four hours a week (200 minute) 15 weeks


DATE Weeks 1-3 Module 1: Higher education Topics The main topic of this module is:

(Higher education) 1 Reading:

a) Traditional education vs Credit-based education b) You’ve got to find what you love

2. Speaking: a) Our university education is credit-based/traditional b) Dis/agreement with Job’s ideas c) “My Kazakhstan” Project

3. Listening: You’ve got to find what you love 4. Grammar:

a) Present Simple Active/Passive Voice b) Past Simple Active/Passive Voice

5. Kahoot & Quizlet applications a) https://quizlet.com/185383158/higher-education-flash-cards/ b) https://quizlet.com/210787903/passive-voice-present-simple-flash-cards/?new

Learning activities

The Module: Higher education is composed the following activities: they are reading texts, watching video from tededcom, review, study; finding and handling information, extracting information from text, analysing information; learning new words using the Instagram platform. To communicate with other students, share, discuss, collaborate.


To present new vocabulary via Kahoot and Quizlet applications.



READINGS

c) Self-assesment of vocabulary test using Kahoot and Quizlet applications https://quizlet.com/185383158/higher-education-flash-cards/

a) (20 questions) b) Paragraph writing ( compare/contrast paragraph) c) Grammar exercices Present Simple Active/Passive Voice Past Simple Active/Passive Voice d) https://en.islcollective.com/video-lessons/ormie-pig-basic-verbs-past-simple-regular-irregular e) “My Kazakhstan” Project assignments: Choice of the topic, Collection of information. f) using the Instagram platform: english_with_music

https://www.instagram.com/english_with_music/?hl=ru

DATE Weeks 4-6 Module II: Personal Focus Topics The main topics of this module are:

(Computer as a friend, Computer as a foe). 1 Reading:

a) Computer as a friend b) Computer as a foe

2. Speaking: a) Group contest: brainstorming the use of computers b) Minimizing the negative impacts

Video watching and discussing: Teded lessons http://ed.ted.com/lessons/can-robots-be-creative-gil-weinberg#discussion (Watch, Think, Dig Deeper, Discuss) 3. Grammar:

a) Relative Pronouns b) Ing/Infinitive c) Using ISLCollective site for grammar training

https://en.islcollective.com/resources/printables/worksheets_doc_docx/relative_pronouns/relative-clauses-preintermediate/19264

Learning activities

The Module Personal Focus is composed the following activities: they are reading texts, watching video from tededcom, review, study; finding and handling information, extracting information from text, analysing information; using ISLCollective site for grammar training; To communicate with other students, share, discuss, collaborate. To present new vocabulary via Kahoot and Quizlet applications.



READINGS

a) Self-assessment grammar and vocabulary test using Quizlet, Kahoot applications (20 questions);

b) https://quizlet.com/190311202/tv-personal-focus-lowpre-flash-cards/ a) Paragraph writing. Descriptive paragraph (Cybercrime) d) TV Personal Focus Quiz

e) Relative Pronouns Grammar Way pp 40-43 Using Edmodo to practice Relative Pronouns https://www.edmodo.com/home#/assignment?mid=641583285

e) Revision


Date Week 7 - Mid- term Week 8-10 Module III. Global Focus

Topics The digital age Kahoot & Quizlet applications 1 Reading:

a)The digital age b) Digital Divide

Using the Edmodo to perform tasks 2. Listening: a) Safety online for children b) What does digital divide mean to you? 3. Speaking:

a)Describing the range of things we can do digitally with the technology b) Suggestions to bridge the digital divide in our country

4. Grammar: a) Articles b) Modal verbs Links: https://create.kahoot.it/#quiz/cbd56f49-3d67-4161-a614-5a3db18515e2 https://create.kahoot.it/#quiz/eaad4ce6-8621-4710-84ed-4227ec1c3958

Learning activities

The Module: Global Focus is composed the following activities: they are reading texts, watching video from tededcom, review, study; finding and handling information, extracting information from text, analysing information, synthesis of data; Using the Edmodo platform to perform tasks; Using Kahoot to perform Quizzes; To communicate with other students, share, discuss, collaborate. Furthermore in listenig part practising comprehension of spoken language in professional texts.


ASSIGNMENTS

1) Self-assesment of vocabulary test using Quizlet application (20 questions) https://quizlet.com/198841838/global-focus-flash-cards/ 2) Using Edmodo.com for doing assingments https://www.edmodo.com/home#/assignment?mid=641491332

Date Module IV. Technological Focus Weeks 11-14

Topics Current trends in IT Kahoot & Quizlet applications 1. Reading:

a) Current trends in IT; b) Artificial intelligence will kill our grandchildren

2. Listening: RFID tags 3. Speaking:

a) There is no better time to live than now b) One day computers will be as intelligent as humans;

4. Grammar: Conditionals Type1/2 Using Kahoot to perform Quizzes; https://create.kahoot.it/#quiz/19c150f2-2dfa-46cd-aa51-b0b3cc64db31

Learning activities

The Module: Technological Focus is composed the following activities they are reading texts, watching video from tededcom, review, study; finding and handling information, extracting information from text, analysing information, synthesis of data; Using the Edmodo platform to perform tasks;


To communicate with other students, share, discuss, collaborate. Furthermore in listenig part practising comprehension of spoken language in professional texts.

OUT OF CLASS ACTIVITIES &

ASSIGNMENTS

1) Self-assesment of vocabulary using Quizlet application (20 questions) https://quizlet.com/202528307/technological-focus-flash-cards/ 2) Video watching and discussing: Teded lessons http://ed.ted.com/lessons/can-machines-read-your-emotions-kostas-karpouzis Using Kahoot to perform Quizzes

Date Weeks 14 End of term Date Week 15 Revision for final exam Date Week 16 Final exam


Instructional Materials and References Required literature:

1. B.Jolamanova, S.Karzhaubayeva, A.Sholakhova, Zh. Manapbayeva, English for IT Students. Almaty: Ak-shagyl. 2013

2. Jenny Dooley-Virginia Evans. English Grammar Book 2. Express Publishing 2009. 3. My Kazakhstan. Project Work Guidelines. E-version.

Supplementary literature : 1. Santiago Ramacha Esteras, Infotech. English for Computer Users. Forth Edition. Cambridge University

Press. 2007 2. Santiago Ramacha Esteras, Infotech. English for Computer Users. Forth Edition. CD. Cambridge

University Press. 2007 3. Jolamanova B., Sholakhova A. Writing Papers in English. IITU. Almaty, 2011.

Additional links: 1) A day at school (vocabulary and prepositions) https://en.islcollective.com/video-lessons/day-school-vocabulary-and-prepositions lec

2) https://en.islcollective.com/video-lessons/superstitionsotes p

3) https://en.islcollective.com/video-lessons/ormie-pig-basic-verbs-past-simple-regular-irregular

4) https://www.facebook.com/EnglishCorner/

English for Professional Purposes /General English (Intermediate) - Syllabus

Course Title IYa 1203 i-English for

Professional Purposes /General English (Intermediate)

Pre-requisite (s) IYa 1203 i-English for Professional Purposes /General English (Pre-Intermediate)


15

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: International Information Technological University Department: Department of Languages Professor: Associate Professor S.Zhanabayeva E-mail: [email protected]


Course Description English for Professional Purposes Intermediate course is offered to the 1st year students of IITU. It focuses on Current trends in IT, Devices and Gadgets, Texting and Messaging, Bookkeeping, Finance and Economy. It is designed to raise the students' awareness of the social issues of information technologies and build up their professional English language competence. The language training is communicative, interactive, student-centered, project based, outcome-oriented and heavily reliant on students' self-study work. The latter is organized as TSIS (GW3, MEG exercises, project work as preparation for and participation in debates) and SIS (self-checked language exercises). Course duration: 45 classroom and 15 TSIS hours, 15 weeks: 4 classroom hours a week.

Trainees profile This is a course of Professional English offered to the 1st year finance students of IITU (Intermediate level).

Learning Objectives By the end of the course the students will be able to:

• differentiate and use such grammar phenomena as Passive Voice, Nouns, Articles, Questions and Prepositions.

• build up general and professional vocabulary on the topics studied; • understand authentic speech on the topics studied, • take part in debates on the topics studied, express opinion, present ideas, agree/disagree, provide

arguments propose solutions; • skim, scan, discuss and analyze texts on the topics under study; write an essay on the topics studied • write summaries of professional texts • share responsibilities among project group members, manage the time properly and work to the

deadlines • use ICT tools freely and with ease

Pedagogical aims to be reached To improve students’ professional English language/speech skills, to tailor the English language program to the students’ current and future professional needs with the help of ICT tools such as Moodle, Quizlet, Kahoot and others.

Pedagogical methodologies used: # Student-centered approach # Project Base Approach # Flip classroom # Blended learning # Cooperative learning # Communicative Language Teaching (CLT) # Technology Enhanced Learning (TEL)

Pedagogical tools # Course book # Ted.com # U-Tube # Moodle # Facebook # Quizizz # Kahoot # Video conferencing/Skype/Google hang-out # M-Learning


Environment used Classrooms is equipped with technical resources needed for teaching, such as smart boards, projectors, computers, Internet/intranet, cassettes/discs, and TV that are supported by ACADEMICA and IITU.

Course Modality # Face-to-Face # Web enhanced # Blended # Video instructions

Course Structure /Timing Course duration: 60 classroom and 20 out of class hours, 15 weeks This course consists of several parts: Classwork, Teacher Supervised Independent Study (TSIS), Students’ Independent Study (SIS), Debates (as a project work), Summative and Formative assessment, First and Second attestation and Final Exams. Assessment is administered continuously throughout the course. The students are rated against their performance throughout the semester (60%) and summative rating done during the examination session (40%), total 100%. Continuous rating is students’ on-going performance in class and independent work. Class work is assessed for attendance, Language/skills and in-class activities. Class sessions is a mixture of information, discussion and practical application of language skills (listening, reading, writing, speaking) practiced in different situations. T/SIS comprises the following assignments: GW3 exercises, Terminological Minimum (TM) tests and exercises, and Project. All tasks are done by students independently and checked by the teacher. Mid-term is an achievement reading, listening and Grammar-vocabulary test in the formats covered during the 1st Appraisal Period. End-of-term is an achievement test and Project presentation (final debate). Final examination is a multiple choice test designed to monitor the students’ academic performance, comprised of 2 parts: Grammar and vocabulary.


DATE Weeks 1-4 Module title 1: General issues. Future trends in IT Topics

1. Future Trends in IT 2. Expo 2017 Astana 3. Passiive Voice, Nouns, Articles 4. New technology 5. Active and critical thinking instruction 6. Financiers of the Digital Age: Key factors to Success

The main topics of this module are: Future Trends in IT Introduction to the course (Syllabus) Financiers of the Digital Age: Key factors to Success Introduction to the debate rules and language (Project guidelines and debate materials) Grammar focus: Passive Voice, Nouns, Articles At the beginning of the course students together with the instructor choose kinds of technology to be used in the educational process in Digital Landscape. The students are given the basics of active and critical thinking

Learning activities The Module: Future trends in IT is composed of the following activities: reading texts, watching video from tededcom, review, study; finding and handling information, extracting information from text, analysing information, synthesis of data; communicating with other students, debating, share, discussing, collaborating; Presenting new vocabulary via Kahoot and Quizlet applications. Vocabulary: Learning terms 1-40 (TM Module Future trends in IT). Trends in IT quiz Viewing: Watching a film “Living in a House of the Future” (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9DJr8QwgLEA) Reading: text 1 (EITS pp. 200-203) Grammar: Passive Voice, Nouns, Articles


Speaking: Forecast for the Future (EITS p. 222). Students use different electronic sources to find material for the debate, exchange findings and prepare reports



Vocabulary: Self-assesment: doing TM vocabulary activities, IETS pp.192-197 Viewing: EITS ex.9 p.14 Reading: text 2 (EITS pp. 208-211), text 3 (EITS pp. 215-217), Grammar: Students independently find and learn grammar material using U-Tube , Wikipedia and other. GW3 U6 ex.6 (p.75), ex.9, 10 (p.77), ex.12 (p.78), ex.16 (p.79), ex.23 (p.81), ex.25 (p.82), ex..28, 29 (p.83). GW3 U12 ex.11, 12 (p.142), ex.16 (p.144) Self-assessment grammar test – Passive Voice (20 questions) Debating: Preparation for the mini debate 1 Affirmative Case Students use different electronic sources to find material for the debate, exchange findings and prepare reports

DATE Weeks 5-6 Module 2: General issues. Devices and Gadgets Topics

1. Devices and Gadgets 2. Expo 2017 Astana 3. Passiive Voice, Nouns, Articles

The main topics of this module are: Devices and Gadgets Introduction to the course (Syllabus) Introduction to the debate rules and language (Project guidelines and debate materials) Grammar focus: Passive Voice, Nouns, Articles

Learning activities The Module: Devices and Gadgets is composed of the following activities: reading texts, watching video from tededcom, review, study; finding and handling information, extracting information from text, analysing information, synthesis of data; communicating with other students, debating, share, discussing, collaborating; Presenting new vocabulary via Quizlet applications Vocabulary: Learning terms 1-40 (TM Module Devices and Gadgets). Devices and Gadgets quiz. In class students check their knowledge of active vocabulary through Kahoot Viewing: Watching a film “Blinki a bad robor” (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3C-9rNqLxGw) Reading: PEU U 29 p. 68, U 12,13 Grammar: Nouns, Articles Speaking: Are you a responsible mobile user? PEU p. 69; How has word processing changed our life? Students independently collect material for the discussion on the topic in class.



Vocabulary: Self-assesment: doing TM vocabulary activities, IETS pp.192-197 Grammar: GW3 U12 Articles: ex.19, 20, 22 (p.145) Self-assessment grammar tests – Articles, Nouns (20 questions) Debating: Preparation for the mini debate 1 Negative Case Students use materials found in the Internet.

Date

Week 7 - Mid- term Weeks 8 -9 Module III. Professional issues. Part 1 : Bookkeeping

Topics 1. Bookkeeping 2. Expo 2017 Astana 3. Questions

The main topic of this module is: Bookkeeping Grammar focus: Reported Speech.

Learning activities The Module: Bookkeeping is composed of the following activities: reading texts, watching video from ted.com, review, study; finding and handling information, extracting information from the text, analysing information, synthesis of


data; communicating with other students, debating, sharing, discussing, collaborating; practising comprehension of spoken language in professional texts, and practising comprehension of spoken language in professional texts in the listenig part. Vocabulary: Learning terms 1-40 (TM Module 16, Bookkeeping). Training new vocabulary exchanging sentences with new terms at the forum (ILIAS). Reading: PEU Fin U 4 pp. 14-15, EBF U6, pp. 46-49 Viewing: 10 Highest Paying Jobs (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NFpRevml4eI) Grammar : Reported Speech GW3 U 10 Presenting new grammar material with the help of Kahoot, Quizizz & Quizlet applications. Speaking: Average income: countries and professions. Students use materials found in the Internet.


ASSIGNMENTS

Vocabulary: Self-assesment: doing TM Bookkeeping vocabulary activities, vocabulary test (20 questions) Viewing: Bookkeeping (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fHS0xv0U_dA) Grammar: GW3 U10 Reported Speech: ex.2-4 (p.123), ex.5-8 (pp.124-125) Self-assessment grammar test – Reported Speech (20 questions) Debating: Preparation for the final debate 2, Affirmative Case Students use materials found in the Internet.

Date Weeks 10 – 11 Module 4. Professiional issues. Part 2: FinanceProfessional issues. Part 1. Topics

1. Finance 2. Usage of IT in Commerce. 3. Questions 4. Prepositions

The main topic of this module is: Finance Grammar focus: Reported Speech, Modals Using Kahoot, Quizizz & Quizlet applications for introduction of a new topic “Finance”.

Learning activities The Module: Finance is composed the following activities: listenig part practising comprehension of spoken language in professional texts, to communicate with other students, making debate, share, discuss, collaborate. It also includes more writing topics, more speaking activities and additional extended-context exercises. Vocabulary: Introducing new active vocabulary Finance using Kahoot & Quizlet applications Reading: PEU_Fin U11, 12, pp.28-31, EFS U1, pp. 9-13, PEU_Fin U21, pp.48-49 Viewing: What is Auditing: Internal vs. External? (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4-ko4n-Hyjs) Discussing the video at the forum (ILIAS) Grammar: GW3 U 5 Modals Speaking: Accounting system in international and domestic companies Students use materials found in the Internet.


ASSIGNMENTS

Vocabulary: Self-assesment: doing TM Finance vocabulary activities, vocabulary test (20 questions) Grammar: GW3 U5 Modals: ex.2-4 (p.58), ex.5-8 (pp.60-61) Self-assessment grammar test – Modals (20 questions) Debating: Preparation for the final debate, Negative Case Students use materials found in the Internet.

Date Weeks 12-13 Module 5. Professiional issues. Part 3: Economy Topics

1. Economy 2. Usage of IT in Commerce. 3. Questions 4. Prepositions

The main topic of this module is: Economy Grammar focus: Modals Kahoot, Quizizz & Quizlet applications Final debate using materials derived by students from the Internet.


Learning activities The Module: Economy is composed the following activities: listenig part practising comprehension of spoken language in professional texts, to communicate with other students, making debate, share, discuss, collaborate. Reading: PEU U22, 23, pp.50-53, EFS U3, pp. 18-21, EBF U15, pp. 71-73, PEU_Fin U43, 44, pp.92-95 Viewing: Umbrella or Ltd Company – Which Trading Structure is Right For You? (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_O8vbifhROk) Grammar: GW3 U 5 Modals Speaking: Who would you trust to start a company with? Who is more powerful: the directors of the shareholders? Students use materials found in the Internet.


ASSIGNMENTS

Reading: PEU_Fin U47, 48, pp. 100-103, EFS U17, pp. 79-83 Vocabulary: Self-assesment: doing TM Economy vocabulary activities, vocabulary test (20 questions) Grammar: GW3 U5 Modals: ex.10-12 (p.64), ex.14, 17 (p.66) Self-assessment grammar test – Modals (20 questions) Debating: Preparation for the final debate. Students use materials found in the Internet.

Date Weeks 14 End-of-term Date Week 15 Revision for final exam Date Week 16 Final exam

Assessment tools at the end of the course Tests: Paper based, Online (Moodle, Socrative) at the end of the course

Instructional Materials and References 1. Jolamanova B., Karzhaubayeva S., Sholakhova A., Manapbayeva Zh. English for IT students. – Алматы, 2013. 2. Santiago Remasha Esteras, Elena Marco Fabre. Professional English in Use. ICT. Cambridge University Press, 2007. 3. Ian MacKenzie Professional English in Use. Finance. Cambridge University Press, 2013. 4. Jenny Doley, Virginia Evans. Grammar Way 3. Oxford: Express Publishing, 2009. 5. Yermakova V., Jolamanova B., Vasques M. Terminological practicum for IT-related non-technical majors . – Алматы, 2016. Supplementary: 1. Jolamanova B., Sholakhova A. Writing Papers in English. IITU. Almaty, 2011. 2. Yermakova V. Project Guidelines 2017 Intermediate. E-version. 3. Marjorie Rosenberg. English for banking and finance. Pearson. 2013. 4. Ian McKenzie. English for the financial sector. Cambridge University Press. 2012. Multimedia sources: www.cambridge.org http://news.bbc.co.uk/hi/english www.harrisinteractive.com www.linuxinsider.com www.dictionary.cambridge.org

Pooky Hesmondhalgh (2011) The Creative Education Guide to Twitter for Teachers: http://www.creativeeducation.co.uk/blog/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/Creative- Education-Twitter-for-Teachers-Final.pdf

teachers

English for Professional Purposes /General English (STEM Pre-intermediate) - Syllabus

Course Title GE/EPP for STEM Pre-

intermediate Pre-requisite (s) Placement test



30

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: _IITU___________ Department: _Language_______ Professor: Ainur Zhaparova______ E-mail: [email protected]______

Course Description IYA 1103- GE/EPP Pre-Intermediate is a course of Professional English offered to the 1st year students of IITU. It focuses on such topic of professional interest as Computer as a friend, Computer as a foe, Minimizing the negative impacts, Future trends in IT, the Programming languages, Steps in Programming, Computer graphics, Small networks, Channels of communication, etc. It is designed to raise the students' language awareness, improve their speech skills and communication competences in Professional English. The language training is communicative, interactive, student-centered, outcome-oriented and heavily reliant on students' self-study work. The latter is organized as T/SIS (GW2, MEG exercises, summary writing and project).

Trainees profile The course is addressed to which student class? 1 year Pre-Intermediate bachelor students majoring in IS; CSSE; CS; SIS

Learning Objectives At the end of this course, the student will be able to: - differentiate and use such grammar issues such as: Tenses, the Infinitive, the Gerund, in/transitive verbs; - recognize and apply general and professional vocabulary on the topics studied; - recognize familiar words, interpret and understand authentic oral speech while listening on the topics studied; - speak fluently on such issues as Computer as a friend, Computer as a foe, Minimizing the negative impacts, Future trends in IT, the Programming languages, Steps in Programming, Computer graphics, Small networks, Channels of communication; express opinion, propose solutions, present ideas on the above topics; - write a summary; - develop information search and processing skills;

- develop research, analytical and public presentation skills.

Pedagogical aims to be reached To improve students’ professional English language/speech skills, to tailor the English language program to the students’ current and future professional needs.

Pedagogical methodologies used: Classroom-Based Methodology Computer-Based Methodologies Online Evaluation flipped learning blended learning

Pedagogical tools a projector Internet based laptop/computer

Environment used The language training environment is communicative, interactive, student-centered, outcome-oriented and heavily reliant on students' self-study work.


Course Timing 45 classroom and 15 TSIS hours, 15 weeks: 4 classroom hours a week

Course Modality face-to-face Distance Training

Course Structure


DATE Weeks 1-3 Module I: Future trends in IT Topics The main topics of this module are:

Future trends in IT In this topic, students talk and write about future trends in computing such as Artificial Intelligence, robotics, nanotechnology, expert systems etc; they also will make predictions about future trends. New Technologies In this topic, students will be aware of new technologies, their advantages and disadvantages, their usage. The Internet In this topic, students will acquire vocabulary related to the Internet; understand how the Internet work; understand the anatomy of an e-mail.

Learning activities The Module Future trends in IT is composed the following activities: • mastery of basic grammar and professional vocabulary; • listening: comprehension of spoken language in professional contexts; • speaking: discussion of professional issues; • reading: skimming and scanning of texts of professional interest; • guessing the meaning of new words and phrases from context; • online evaluation: uploading files, online testing,

evaluation and then approval.



• writing a summary; • project preparation: information search, collection of materials; • grammar self-assessment test (30 questions); • Peer review.

DATE Weeks 4-6 Module II: Computers, devices and gadgets Topics The main topics of this module are:

Computer as a friend Computer as a foe Minimizing the negative impacts In these topics, students will know computer impacts, both positive and negative, and the ways to deal with them.

Learning activities The Module Computers, devices and gadgets is composed the following activities: • mastery of basic grammar and professional vocabulary; • listening: comprehension of spoken language in professional contexts; • speaking: discussion of professional issues; • reading: skimming and scanning of texts of professional interest; • guessing the meaning of new words and phrases from context; • online evaluation: uploading files, online testing,





• writing a summary; • project preparation: Processing information; • grammar self-assessment test (30 questions); • Peer review.

DATE Weeks 8-14- Module III: Programming and Networks

Topics Programming languages Steps in Programming In these topics, students will understand basic concepts in programming and computer languages; and acquire vocabulary connected with programming. Graphics and design In this topic, students learn and use vocabulary related to graphics software; learn how describe graphics; identify the function of different graphic tools; discuss the applications of computer graphics. Networks In this topic, students study the basics of networking and describe networks. Communication systems Chat and conferencing In these topics, students will learn about different ICT systems; acquire specific vocabulary related to telecommunications. Social Networking In this topic, students will know the principles and examples of social networks based on public or independent sites.

Learning activities The Module Programming and Networks is composed the following activities: • mastery of basic grammar and professional vocabulary; • listening: comprehension of spoken language in professional contexts; • speaking: discussion of professional issues; • reading: skimming and scanning of texts of professional interest; • guessing the meaning of new words and phrases from context; • online evaluation: uploading files, online testing,




• writing a summary; • project preparation: drafting a presentation, revising the presentation,

rehearsing the a speech; • grammar self-assessment test (30 questions); • Peer review.

Assessment tools at the end of the course Assessment is administered continuously throughout the course. The students are rated against their performance in continuous rating administered throughout the semester (credited 60%) and summative rating done during the examination session (credited 40%), total 100%. Continuous rating is students’ on-going performance in class and independent work. Class work is assessed for attendance, Language/ skills and in- class assessments. Class sessions – will be a mixture of information, discussion and practical application of language skills (listening, reading, writing, speaking) practiced in diverse situations. T/SIS (Teacher Supervised Student Independent Study and Student Independent Study) -comprises the following assignments: GW2 exercises, TM tests and exercises, summary writing and Project. All tasks are done by students independently and checked by the teacher.


Mid-term is an achievement reading, listening and Grammar-vocabulary test in the formats covered during the 1st Appraisal Period. End-of-term is an achievement test, summary writing and Project presentation. Final examination is a multiple choice test designed to monitor the students’ academic performance, comprising 2 parts: Grammar and vocabulary.

Instructional Materials and References Required literature 1 Infotech English for computer users. Fourth edition. Student’s book. Santiago Remacha Esteras Cambridge University Press 2007. 2. Professional English in Use. ICT. For computers and the Internet. Santiago Remasha Esteras, Elena Marco Fabre. Cambridge University Press, 2007. 3. Jolamanova B., Karzhaubayeva S., Sholakhova A., Manapbayeva Zh. English for IT students, IITU, Almaty 2013 4. Grammarway 2. Dooley, J., Evans, V. Newbury: Express Publishing, 2004. 5. Macmillan English Grammar in Context Essential. Simon Clarke. USA: Macmillan, 2008 Supplementary: 1. Jolamanova B., Sholakhova A. Writing Papers in English, IITU, Almaty, 2011. Internet sources: www.cambridge.org/elt/ict http://news.bbc.co.uk/hi/english www.harrisinteractive.com http://news.bbc.co.uk/go/pr/fr/-1/hi/programmes/click-online/ http://mega.km.ru www.sdnet.co.uk www.linuxinsider.com www.dictionary.cambridge.org www.webopedia.com All partners were actively involved in all WP1 activities and did great job for overcoming the delay

Introduction into IELTS (1) - Syllabus

Course Title Introduction into IELTS Pre-requisite (s) Business English Hours 45 hours Out of Class assignment

Hours 30 hours

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: IITU Department: Department of Languages Professor: Diyar Nurmetov E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description The course is designed to help the students develop their English language competence for their current and future academic studies. The course is focused on building up general/academic vocabulary, raising their grammar accuracy and developing IELTS-format Listening, Reading, Writing and Speaking skills. Intensive classwork is accompanied by ample self-study activities in the form of language and grammar exercises in SIS, use of the studied grammar (TLU) in oral speech and academic writing (TSIS) Course duration: 15 weeks (45 classroom hours, 15 TSIS hours 15 SIS hours).

Trainees profile This course is designed specifically to 2nd year students of Upper/Intermediate level, Spring semester.


Learning Objectives • To develop the students’ reading skills of skimming for main ideas, scanning for specific information,

interpreting, inferring, deducing meanings from the context • To develop the students’ skills of writing graphs/charts and argumentative essays • To develop the students’ listening and note-taking skills • To develop the students’ skills of speaking on a wide range of general, social and professional topics • To foster the students’ interest in learning, develop their logical and critical thinking.

Pedagogical aims to be reached To familiarize students with the international certification standards and the IELTS format, prepare students for passing the IELTS test and studying abroad successfully

Pedagogical methodologies used: • Student-centered approach • Communicative Language Teaching (CLT) • Blended learning • Technology Enhanced Learning (TEL) • Project Base Approach • Cooperative learning • Flip classroom

Pedagogical tools • Course books • Moodle ( IITU Intranet) • Google/YouTube • Facebook • Instragram • VK • Video conferencing/Skype/Google hang-out • M-Learning • Cloud Services • Play Market/AppStore

Environment used In IITU for teaching English language courses there are classrooms equiped with projectors, computers, cassette players, and TV sets. In all classroom there is an access to the Internet/Intranet.

.Course Timing Three hours a week (150 minutes) Duration: 15 weeks

Course Modality • Face-to-Face • Blended • Web enhanced

Course Structure This course syllabus is divided into two Modules Healthy life style and Communication. Each module lasts for 7 weeks and covers 4 topics. The modules have several parts: Classwork, Teacher Supervised Independent Study, Students’ Independent Study. Classwork (3 hours per week) focuces on developing students listening, reading and speaking skills. All tasks are done by students individually, in pairs or groups and checked in class. While T/SIS (Teacher Supervised Student Independent Study and Student Independent Study) -comprises the following assignments: TSIS - graph description and essay writing assignments and a project Target Language in Use; SIS


tasks are grammar and vocabularyexercises. Summative and Formative assessment are done during the First and Second attestation and Final Exams. Assessment is administered continuously throughout the course. The students are rated against their performance in continuous rating administered throughout the semester (credited 60%) and summative rating done during the examination session (credited 40%), total 100%. Continuous rating is students’ on-going performance in class and independent work. Class work is assessed for attendance, Language/ skills and in- class assessments. Mid-term is an achievement reading, listening and writing 1(graph description) in the format of IELTS. End-of-term is speaking and writing 2 (essay). Final examination is listening, reading and speaking tasks in the format of IELTS.


DATE Weeks 1-7-Module I Healthy life style: Topics

1.Workout 2. Food for thought 3. Hurry sickness 4. Time out 2.

The main topics of this module are social issues: Workout, Food for thought , Hurry sickness,. Time out The following topics are not changed but are supplemented by different online tasks and activities and other related materials to increase interaction during the learning process:

Weeks/Units

hrs

Class work TSIS

hr

SIS hr

Listening Speaking

Reading

Writing

Week 1 3 Add-drop week IELTS test overview; GD (PPP) Video session 1

1 1

Week 2 FOI Unit 1 Workout

3 Students’ union survey p.19

How sporty I am pp.14-15

Why ironing shirts is better than working out p.10-13

Types of graphs (HO) Graph description structure

GD 1 (line graph) Reading on the topic (source Social network)

1 GFI 1 Noun phrases pp.98-102 test 1

1

Week 3 FOI Unit 2 Food for Thought

3 Healthy eating pp. 20

Healthy eating p.16

Error hit list 1 pp. 22-23

Interpreting data pp. 17-18

TLU 1 Listening on the topic (Moodle)

1 PV 1 test 2

1

Week 4 FOI Unit 5

Hurry Sickness

3

Student interviews p.50

Managing time p.40-41

Text: Hurry Sickness pp.41-47

Describing bar charts and pie charts pp.33-34(HO)

GD 2 (pie/bar chart) – in class Reading on the topic (source Social networ

1 GFI 2 Verb patterns pp.133-139 test3

1


k)

Week 5 FOI Unit 6 Time out

3 Ten ways to slow down your life pp. 51-52

Leisure activities pp.48-49

Error hit list 2pp.54-55

Describing bar charts and pie charts (HO) GD Peer-evaluation

TLU 2 Listening on the topic (source Social network)

1 PV2

test4

1

Week 6 Revision: IELTS Training test 1( Reading, Listening, Speaking)

Reading on the topic (source Social network)

Week 7 Mid-Term Progress Test : Graph description, Listening, Reading

Week 8

3 Essay writing (PP Presentation and practice), Video session 2

1 1

Learning activities

Module 1 General issues. IELTS reading, listening, speaking, writing activities: Group work- share, collaborate, express, present; Role play- speak, explain, interact, play; , Peer Review- comment, criticize, evaluate, suggest, correct; Movie Viewing- analyze, identify, summarize, discuss; Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from the Internet, analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construct, complete, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment –critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.



TLU ( Target Language in Use) preparation of speech on a given topic using target vocabulary and grammar items IELTS Writing 1 ( graph description); Reading and Listening: Different texts related to IELTS preparation from Social networks Self-assessment, Summative and Formative tests using Kahoot, Quizlet, Socrative, Moodle Peer review using Google sheets and Socrative.

DATE Weeks 9-14 - Module II: Communication Topics

1. Use it or lose it. 2 You live and learn 3. Bones to phones 4. The proper channels

Module 2. Professional issues The main topics of this module are professional issues: 1. Use it or lose it 2 You live and learn 3. Bones to phones 4. The proper channels Studying this Module students will be able to learn how to become a better professional possessing competitive skills with knowledge in digital era.

Week 9 FOI Unit 11

Use it or Lose it

3 The golden rules of

Are you a good listener? p. 97

Use it or lose it pp. 90-93

Paragraphing pp.21-22 Essay

Essay 1 Listening on the

1 GFI 3 Prepositions

1


listening p.97

structure topic (source Social network)

pp.164-170 test 5

Week 10 FOI Unit 12

You Live and Learn

3 Making the most of your memory p.98

University life p.96 Teachers and students p.99

Error hit list 4 pp.102-103(p86-87)

Connectives pp.100-101

TLU 3 Reading on the topic (source Social network)

1 PV 3 test 6 (Kahoot)

1

Week 11 FOI Unit 13

Bones to Phones

3 Media survey p.114

Communication forms p.104, 110- 111

Bones to phones pp.106-109

Beginning and ending pp.119-120 Structuring an argument pp.52-54

Essay 2 (in-class) Listening on the topic (source Social network)

1 GFI 4 Linking ideas pp198-205 test 7

1

Week 12 FOI Unit 14 The Proper Channels

3 Couch potatoes p.115-116

Communication problems p.113

Error hit list 5 pp.121

Essay peer-evaluation



1

Week 13

3 IELTS Training Test 2 ( Reading, Listening, Speaking)

Listening on the topic (source Social network)

1 1

Week 14 3 End of term: Speaking, Essay 1 1 Week 15 3 Revision 1 1

Learning activities

Module 2. Professional issues. Communication is composed the following activities: Group work- research, share, collaborate, express, present; Role play- speak, explain, interact, play; Peer Review- comment, criticize, evaluate, suggest, correct; Movie Viewing- analyze, identify, summarize, discuss; Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from the Internet, analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique,


peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback. OUT OF CLASS


ASSIGNED READINGS

TLU ( Target Language in Use) preparation of speech on a given topic using target vocabulary and grammar items; IELTS Writing 2 (essay ); grammar and vocabulary exercises Self-assessment, Summative and Formative tests using Kahoot, Quizlet, Socrative, Moodle, Peer review using Google sheets and Socrative.


ASSIGNED READINGS

Reading and Listening: Different texts related to IELTS preparation from Social networks

Assessment tools at the end of the course Tests: IELTS Paper based, Online (Moodle) at the end of the year

Instructional Materials and References Required literature 1. Focus on IELTS. O'Connell, S. Pearson Education Limited. 2002. 2. Grammar for IELTS, Hopkins, D.Cambridge University Press. 2007. Supplementary literature: 1. IELTS 7. Examination Paper from University of Cambridge ESOL Examination, 2010. 2. IELTS 8 Examination Paper from University of Cambridge ESOL Examination, 2012. 3. O.Shabdiz (2011). IELTS Made Easy: Speaking Module, Sample Interviews and Dialogues 4. Improve your writing skills. Sam Mc Carter, Norman Whitby 5. Writing for IELTS. Collins for English exams. Anneli Williams 6. http://www.cambridge.org; www.cambridgeESOL.org 7. http://www.ielts.org 8. http://www.essayinfo.co

Social networks • YouTube • Facebook • Instragram • VK

Introduction into IELTS (2) - Syllabus

Course Title Introduction into IELTS Pre-requisite (s) Business English Hours 45 hours Out of Class

assignment Hours 30 hours

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: IITU Department: Department of Languages Professor: Takhir Bekbulatov E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description The course is designed to help the students develop their English language competence for their current and future academic studies. The course is focused on building up general/academic vocabulary, raising their grammar accuracy and developing IELTS-format Listening, Reading, Writing and Speaking skills. Intensive


classwork is accompanied by ample self-study activities in the form of language and grammar exercises in SIS, use of the studied grammar (TLU) in oral speech and academic writing (TSIS) Course duration: 15 weeks (45 classroom hours, 15 TSIS hours 15 SIS hours).

Trainees profile This course IYa 2403i: Introduction to IELTS is designed specifically to 2nd year students of Upper/Intermediate level, Spring semester.






Environment used Rooms are equipped with:

• Projectors • Computer/laptops • Speakers • Whiteboards

Students are provided with: • Books • e-books • handouts


• free internet access through Wi-Fi



Course Structure This course syllabus is divided into two Modules Healthy life style and Communication. Each module lasts for 7 weeks and covers 4 topics. The modules have several parts: Classwork, Teacher Supervised Independent Study, Students’ Independent Study. Classwork (3 hours per week) focuces on developing students listening, reading and speaking skills. All tasks are done by students individually, in pairs or groups and checked in class. While T/SIS (Teacher Supervised Student Independent Study and Student Independent Study) -comprises the following assignments: TSIS - graph description and essay writing assignments and a project Target Language in Use; SIS tasks are grammar and vocabulary exercises. Summative and Formative assessment are done during the First and Second attestation and Final Exams. Assessment is administered continuously throughout the course. The students are rated against their performance in continuous rating administered throughout the semester (credited 60%) and summative rating done during the examination session (credited 40%), total 100%. Continuous rating is students’ on-going performance in class and independent work. Class work is assessed for attendance, Language/ skills and in- class assessments. Mid-term is an achievement reading, listening and writing 1(graph description) in the format of IELTS. End-of-term is speaking and writing 2 (essay). Final examination is listening, reading and speaking tasks in the format of IELTS.



1.Workout 2. Food for thought 3. Hurry sickness 4. Time out


Weeks/Units hrs Class work TSIS hr SIS hr

Listening Speaking Reading Writing Week 1 3 Add-drop week IELTS test overview; GD (PPP)

Video session 1 1 1

Week 2 FOI Unit 1 Workout







1



Healthy eating p.16



TLU 1 Listening on the topic (Moodle)

1 PV 1 test 2

1

Week 4 FOI Unit 5

Hurry Sickness

3



Text: Hurry Sickness

Describing bar charts and pie

GD 2 (pie/bar chart) – in

1 GFI 2 Verb patterns

1


2.

pp.41-47 charts pp.33-34(HO)

class Reading on the topic (source Social network)

pp.133-139 test3







1 PV2

test4

1




Week 8


1 1

Learning activities Module 1 General issues. IELTS reading, listening, speaking, writing activities: Group work- share, collaborate, express, present; Role play- speak, explain, interact, play; , Peer Review- comment, criticize, evaluate, suggest, correct; Movie Viewing- analyze, identify, summarize, discuss; Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from the Internet, analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construct, complete, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment –critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.



TLU (Target Language in Use) preparation of speech on a given topic using target vocabulary and grammar items IELTS Writing 1 (graph description); Reading and Listening: Different texts related to IELTS preparation from Social networks Self-assessment, Summative and Formative tests using Kahoot, Quizlet, Socrative, Moodle Peer review using Google sheets and Socrative.




Week 9 FOI Unit 11

Use it or Lose it

3 The golden rules of listening p.97



Paragraphing pp.21-22 Essay structure

Essay 1 Listening on the topic (source Social

1 GFI 3 Prepositions pp.164-170 test 5

1


network) Week 10

FOI Unit 12 You Live

and Learn







1

Week 11 FOI Unit 13

Bones to Phones





Essay 2 (in-class) Listening on the topic (source Social network)


1

Week 12 FOI Unit 14 The Proper Channels







1

Week 13

3 IELTS Training Test 2 ( Reading, Listening, Speaking) Listening on the topic (source Social network)

1 1

Week 14 3 End of term: Speaking, Essay 1 1 Week 15 3 Revision 1 1

Learning activities Module 2. Professional issues. Communication is composed the following activities: Group work- research, share, collaborate, express, present; Role play- speak, explain, interact, play; Peer Review- comment, criticize, evaluate, suggest, correct; Movie Viewing- analyze, identify, summarize, discuss; Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from the Internet, analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.



TLU (Target Language in Use) preparation of speech on a given topic using target vocabulary and grammar items; IELTS Writing 2 (essay); grammar and vocabulary exercises Self-assessment, Summative and Formative tests using Kahoot, Quizlet, Socrative, Moodle, Peer review using Google sheets and Socrative.


ASSIGNED READINGS




Instructional Materials and References Required literature 1. Focus on IELTS. O'Connell, S. Pearson Education Limited. 2002. 2. Grammar for IELTS, Hopkins, D.Cambridge University Press. 2007. Supplementary literature: 9. IELTS 7. Examination Paper from University of Cambridge ESOL Examination, 2010. 10. IELTS 8 Examination Paper from University of Cambridge ESOL Examination, 2012. 11. O.Shabdiz (2011). IELTS Made Easy: Speaking Module, Sample Interviews and Dialogues 12. Improve your writing skills. Sam Mc Carter, Norman Whitby 13. Writing for IELTS. Collins for English exams. Anneli Williams

Multimedia sources http://www.cambridge.org; www.cambridgeESOL.org http://www.ielts.org http://www.essayinfo.co

www.harrisinteractive.com http://news.bbc.co.uk/go/pr/fr/-1/hi/programmes/click-online/ http://mega.km.ru www.sdnet.co.uk www.linuxinsider.com www.dictionary.cambridge.org

www.webopedia.com www.youtube.comAll Social networks

• Facebook • Instragram • VK • Mail.ru

Introduction to IELTS (Finances) - Syllabus

Course Title IYa 2403i: Introduction to

IELTS Pre-requisite (s) Business English

Upper/Intermediate Hours Out of Class

assignment Hours

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: International Information Technology University Department: Department of Languages Professor: senior-lecturer Abay Zhussupbekov E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description The course is designed to help the students develop their English language competence for their current and future academic studies. The course is focused on building up general/academic vocabulary, raising their grammar accuracy and developing IELTS-format Listening, Reading, Writing and Speaking skills. Intensive classwork is accompanied by ample self-study activities in the form of language and grammar exercises in SIS, use of the studied grammar (TLU) in oral speech and academic writing (TSIS)


Trainees profile The course is addressed to the 2nd year students of IITU, who study Radio Technology, Electronic Engineering and Telecommunications and IT Finance as their major.

Learning Objectives At the end of this course, the student will be able to: • recognize unfamiliar words, correctly use basic grammar constructions • demonstrate general and detailed understanding of oral speech. • demonstrate the skills of skimming and scanning texts with high frequency academic and general language,

interpreting and summarizing academic texts • write essays and describe graphs/charts in accordance with the IELTS requirements. speak on the IELTS format situations using the studied academic and general language.

Pedagogical aims to be reached • To develop the students’ reading skills of skimming for main ideas, scanning for specific information,


Pedagogical methodologies used: • Student-centered approach • Flipped classroom • Blended learning • Collaborative learning • Communicative language teaching • Mobile learning

Pedagogical tools • Textbook • YouTube • MOODLE • Socrative.com • Google Docs • Smart phones

Environment used An ordinary classroom will be used with whiteboard and movable chairs will be found which are helpful to teach in small groups.

Course Timing 45 classroom and 15 TSIS hours, 15 weeks: 3 classroom hours a week.

Course Modality - Face-to-face classroom teaching - Blended classroom - Internet based teaching

Course Structure This course consists of several parts: Classwork, Teacher Supervised Independent Study (TSIS), Students’ Independent Study (SIS), Debates (as a project work), and different forms of Summative, Continuous and


Formative assessment. Assessment is administered continuously throughout the course. The students are rated against their performance throughout the semester (60%) and summative rating is administered at the end of course (40%), total 100%. Continuous rating is students’ on-going performance in class and independent work.


DATE Weeks 1-6- Module: 1 Topics The main topics of this module are: Workout, Food for Thought, Hurry Sickness, Time out

Learning activities The Module 1 is composed the following activities:

Listening – Students will learn how to deal with IELTS Listening section 1 and section 2. Speaking – Students will learn how to deal with IELTS Speaking section 1 and section 2. Reading – Students will learn different strategies of reading as scanning, skimming. Writing – Students will learn how to describe different types of graphs, bar and pie charts. Students will watch videos on YouTube which provide a clear strategies of writing and raeding Students will do test on socrative.com where they will practice with phrasal verbs. Moreover, students will practice with Writing Task 1 on Google Docs where students will write simultaneously and see peers’ work. Consequently, the instructor will show a sample of good written piece.



Students will learn target language which is presented in Target language in Use 1 and 2. Moreover, students will learn grammar rules which can be used in IELTS. Everyweek students will practice with describing graphs, charts and bring their piece of writing to class where they will evaluate and discuss their descriptions.

DATE Weeks 8-13 - Module: 2 Topics The main topics of this module are: Use it or Lose it, You Live and Learn, Bones to Phones,

The Proper Channels. Learning activities The Module 2 is composed the following activities:

Listening – Students will learn how to deal with IELTS Listening section 3 and section 4. Speaking – Students will learn how to deal with IELTS Speaking section 2 and section 3. Reading – Students will learn different strategies of reading as scanning, skimming and how to answer different types of questions. Writing – Students will learn how to write different types of essay.



Students will learn target language which is presented in Target language in Use 3 and 4. Moreover, students will learn grammar rules which can be used in IELTS. Everyweek students will write essays and bring their piece of writing to class where they will evaluate and discuss their essays.

Assessment tools at the end of the course Examination: Reading and Listening (Paper-based test)

Instructional Materials and References Required literature 1. Focus on IELTS. O'Connell, S. Pearson Education Limited. 2002. 2. Grammar for IELTS, Hopkins, Cambridge University Press. 2007. Supplementary literature: 14. IELTS 7. Examination Paper from University of Cambridge ESOL Examination, 2009. 15. IELTS 8. Examination Paper from University of Cambridge ESOL Examination, 2011. 16. IELTS Made Easy: Speaking Module, Sample Interviews and Dialogues, O.Shabdiz. IITU. 2011.


17. http://www.cambridge.org; www.cambridgeESOL.org 18. http://www.ielts.org 19. http://www.essayinfo.co 20. Improve your writing skills. Sam Mc Carter, Norman Whitby 21. Writing for IELTS. Collins for English exams. Anneli Williams All partners were actively involved in all WP1

activities and did great job for overcoming the delay

Introduction into IELTS (Intermediate Level) - Syllabus

Course Title Introduction into IELTS Pre-requisite (s) Business English Hours 45 hours Out of Class

assignment Hours 30 hours

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: IITU Department: Department of Languages Professor: Utelbayeva Nurzhigan E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description The course is designed to help the students develop their English language competence for their current and future academic studies. The course is focused on building up general/academic vocabulary, raising their grammar accuracy and developing IELTS-format Listening, Reading, Writing and Speaking skills. Intensive classwork is accompanied by ample self-study activities in the form of language and grammar exercises in SIS, use of the studied grammar (TLU) in oral speech and academic writing (TSIS) Course duration: 15 weeks (45 classroom hours, 15 TSIS hours 15 SIS hours).

Trainees profile This course is designed specifically to 2nd year students of Upper/Intermediate level, Spring semester.







Environment used In IITU for teaching English language courses there are classrooms equiped with projectors, computers, cassette players, and TV sets. In all classroom there is an access to the Internet/Intranet.



Course Structure This course syllabus is divided into two Modules Healthy life style and Communication. Each module lasts for 7 weeks and covers 4 topics. The modules have several parts: Classwork, Teacher Supervised Independent Study, Students’ Independent Study. Classwork (3 hours per week) focuces on developing students listening, reading and speaking skills. All tasks are done by students individually, in pairs or groups and checked in class. While T/SIS (Teacher Supervised Student Independent Study and Student Independent Study) -comprises the following assignments: TSIS - graph description and essay writing assignments and a project Target Language in Use; SIS tasks are grammar and vocabularyexercises. Summative and Formative assessment are done during the First and Second attestation and Final Exams. Assessment is administered continuously throughout the course. The students are rated against their performance in continuous rating administered throughout the semester (credited 60%) and summative rating done during the examination session (credited 40%), total 100%. Continuous rating is students’ on-going performance in class and independent work. Class work is assessed for attendance, Language/ skills and in- class assessments. Mid-term is an achievement reading, listening and writing 1(graph description) in the format of IELTS. End-of-term is speaking and writing 2 (essay). Final examination is listening, reading and speaking tasks in the format of IELTS.



1.Workout 2. Food for thought 3. Hurry sickness 4. Time out


Weeks/Units

hrs

Class work TSIS

hr

SIS hr

Listening Speaking

Reading

Writing

Week 1 3 Add-drop week IELTS test overview; 1 1


2.

GD (PPP) Video session 1 Week 2

FOI Unit 1 Workout







1



Healthy eating p.16




1 PV 1 test 2

1

Week 4 FOI Unit 5

Hurry Sickness

3



Text: Hurry Sickness pp.41-47

Describing bar charts and pie charts pp.33-34(HO)

GD 2 (pie/bar chart) – in class Reading on the topic (source Social network)

1 GFI 2 Verb patterns pp.133-139 test3

1







1 PV2

test4

1





Week 8


1 1

Learning activities

Module 1 General issues. IELTS reading, listening, speaking, writing activities: Group work- share, collaborate, express, present; Role play- speak, explain, interact, play; , Peer Review- comment, criticize, evaluate, suggest, correct; Movie Viewing- analyze, identify, summarize, discuss; Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from the Internet, analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construct, complete, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment –critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.

OUT OF CLASS

Activities & ASSIGNME

NTS & ASSIGNED READINGS

TLU ( Target Language in Use) preparation of speech on a given topic using target vocabulary and grammar items IELTS Writing 1 ( graph description); Reading and Listening: Different texts related to IELTS preparation from Social networks Self-assessment, Summative and Formative tests using Kahoot, Quizlet, Socrative, Moodle Peer review using Google sheets and Socrative.




Week 9 FOI

Unit 11 Use it

or Lose it

3 The golden rules of listening p.97



Paragraphing pp.21-22 Essay structure

Essay 1 Listening on the topic (source Social network)

1 GFI 3 Prepositions pp.164-170 test 5

1

Week 10 FOI

Unit 12 You Live and

Learn






1 PV 3 test 6

1

Week 11 FOI

Unit 13 Bones

to Phones





Essay 2 (in-class) Listening on the topic (source Social


1


network)

Week 12 FOI

Unit 14 The

Proper Chann

els






1 PV 4 test 8

1

Week 13

3 IELTS Training Test 2 ( Reading, Listening, Speaking)

Listening on the topic (source Social network)

1 1

Week 14

3 End of term: Speaking, Essay 1 1

Week 15

3 Revision 1 1

Learning activities

Module 2. Professional issues. Communication is composed the following activities: Group work- research, share, collaborate, express, present; Role play- speak, explain, interact, play; Peer Review- comment, criticize, evaluate, suggest, correct; Movie Viewing- analyze, identify, summarize, discuss; Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from the Internet, analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.

OUT OF CLASS

Activities & ASSIGNME

NTS & ASSIGNED READINGS

TLU ( Target Language in Use) preparation of speech on a given topic using target vocabulary and grammar items; IELTS Writing 2 (essay ); grammar and vocabulary exercises Self-assessment, Summative and Formative tests using Kahoot, Quizlet, Socrative, Moodle, Peer review using Google sheets and Socrative.

OUT OF CLASS

ASSIGNMENTS &

ASSIGNED READINGS




Instructional Materials and References Required literature 1. Focus on IELTS. O'Connell, S. Pearson Education Limited. 2002. 2. Grammar for IELTS, Hopkins, D.Cambridge University Press. 2007. Supplementary literature: 22. IELTS 7. Examination Paper from University of Cambridge ESOL Examination, 2010. 23. IELTS 8 Examination Paper from University of Cambridge ESOL Examination, 2012. 24. O.Shabdiz (2011). IELTS Made Easy: Speaking Module, Sample Interviews and Dialogues 25. Improve your writing skills. Sam Mc Carter, Norman Whitby 26. Writing for IELTS. Collins for English exams. Anneli Williams 27. http://www.cambridge.org; www.cambridgeESOL.org 28. http://www.ielts.org 29. http://www.essayinfo.co Social networks

• YouTube • Facebook • Instragram • VK

General English/ English for Professional Purposes - Syllabus

Course Title General English/

English for Professional Purposes

Pre-requisite (s) General English/ English for Professional

Purposes Pre-Intermediate or

Placement test


30

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: IITU Department: of Languages Assistant Professor: Yermakova V.A. E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description IYa 1203 i-General English/English for Professional Purposes Intermediate (CSSE) focuses on such topics as current trends in IT, widely used devices and gadgets, data storage, programming and networks. It is designed to raise the students' awareness of the social and professional issues of information technologies and build up their English language competence. The language training is communicative, interactive, blended, student-centered, project based, outcome-oriented and heavily reliant on students' self-study work. The latter is organized as TSIS (essay writing and project work) and SIS (self-checked language exercises).

Trainees profile IYa 1203 i-General English/English for Professional Purposes Intermediate (CSSE) course is offered to the 1st year students of IITU, Faculty of Information Technology specialised in Computer systems and Software Engineering.



• differentiate and use such grammar phenomena as Passive Voice, Nouns, Articles, Questions and Prepositions.

• build up and appropriately use general and professional vocabulary on the topics studied; • understand authentic speech on the topics studied • search for information on the Internet quickly and effectively using different search engines • find on youtube and other video portals additional information on the topics under study download and

work with them; • take part in debates on the topics studied, express opinion, agree/disagree, provide arguments, propose

solutions, present ideas with the help of different software such as Prezi, emaze etc.; • skim, scan, discuss and analyze texts on the topics under study; • write a thesis-led essay on the topics studied, submit the results online; • prepare activities and quizzes on the topics studied in Kahoot and Quizlet online software; • translate using different online and offline software;

Pedagogical aims to be reached To raise the students' awareness of the current trends in areas of student specialization and their social implications, to build up their academic and professional English language competence, develop life-long learning, creativity, leadership, critical thinking, decision-making, problem solving and team work abilities.

• To teach students to freely use different translation and presentation software, such as Prezi, emaze, kahoot, quizlet. search for information on the Internet quickly and effectively using different search engines.

• To teach students how to work with youtube and other video portals additional information on the topics under study, download and work with them.

Pedagogical methodologies used: • Presentation practice production • Task based learning • Flipped classroom • Blended learning • Distance learning • Mobile-assisted learning

Pedagogical tools Academic Policy: • Cheating, duplication, falsification of data, plagiarism are not permitted under any circumstances! • Attendance is mandatory. Students will be penalized for missing classes. • Students must come to class in time. Three times tardy amounts to one absence. • Students must participate fully in every class. While attendance is crucial, merely being in class does not

constitute “participation”. Participation means reading the assigned materials, coming to class prepared, asking questions and engaging in discussion.

• Written assignments (independent work) must be typewritten or written legibly • Deadlines must be strictly observed. Late work shall not be accepted, except when undone for a valid reason. • Making up missed tests shall not normally be allowed. • Mobile phones must always be switched off in class. • Students should always be appropriately dressed (in a formal/semi-formal style). • Students should show tolerance, consideration and mutual support towards the teacher and other students. • Students should use their devices and gadgets during classes only for study purposes. Other uses are

prohibited.

Environment used • Rooms are equipped with:


• Projectors • Computer/laptops • Speakers • Whiteboards • • Students are provided with: • Books • e-books • handouts • free internet access through Wi-Fi • access to online learning activities

Course Timing

Number of Credits 4 Practical Classes 60 hours TSIS 15 hours SIS 15 hours

Course Modality • Practical Classes: Presentation practice production, Task based learning, Flipped classroom, Mobile learning,

Presentations (Powerpoint, Prezi, emaze), Applications: Kahoot, Quizlet; On-line dictionaries and translators (Multitran, Yandex, Google), youtube

• TSIS: Blended learning, Distance learning, Mobile learning, Flipped classroom, Applications: Kahoot, Quizlet; On-line dictionaries and translators (Multitran, Yandex, Google), Communication in WhatsApp, Viber, Skype, youtube

• SIS: Blended learning, Distance learning, Mobile learning, Flipped classroom, Applications: Kahoot, Quizlet; On-line dictionaries and translators (Multitran, Yandex, Google), Communication in WhatsApp, Viber, Skype, youtube

Course Structure EITS – English for IT students PEICT - Professional English in Use. ICT. For computers and the Internet TM_STEM - Terminological minimum for STEM students GW3 – Grammar Way 3 EforT – English for Telecoms and IT TSIS – Teacher Supervised Independent Study SIS – Students’ Independent Study WP- Writing Papers in English TLE – Thesis-led essay U – Unit

Course Structure


DATE Weeks 1-7 Module title: Latest Trends in IT

Abbreviations


Topics


Week 1 Add and drop week Introduction to the course (Syllabus) Introduction to the debate rules and language (Project guidelines and debate materials)

Week 2 Smart Tech Reading: Text 1 EITS p 200-203 Vocabulary: EITS p192-197, TM_STEM U9: Trends in IT Viewing: living tomorrow house of the future (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9DJr8QwgLEA) Grammar : Passive Voice GW3 U6 Speaking: There is no better time to live than now. EITS p207 TM_STEM U9: Trends in IT ex7-11

Week 3 Quantum computers Reading: Text 2 EITS pp. 208-211 Vocabulary: EITS pp. 192-197, TM_STEM U9: Trends in IT Viewing: EITS ex. 9 p. 214 Grammar : Passive Voice GW3 U 6 Speaking: Quantum computers will cause a dooms day scenario. EITS p. 214 TM_STEM U9: Trends in IT ex12-15

Week 4 Forecast for the future Reading: Text 3 EITS pp. 215-217 Vocabulary: EITS pp. 192-197, TM_STEM U9: Trends in IT Grammar : Nouns, Articles GW3 U 12 Speaking: Forecast for the future. EITS p. 222

Week 5 Future Devices and Gadgets Reading: PEU U 29 p. 68 Vocabulary: TM_STEM U3: Devices and gadgets Viewing: Blinki a bad robot (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3C-9rNqLxGw) Grammar : Nouns, Articles GW3 U 12 Speaking: Are you a responsible mobile user? PEU p. 69 TM_STEM U3: Devices and gadgets ex12-15

Week 6 Importance of word processing Reading: PEU U 12, 13 Vocabulary: TM_STEM U3: Devices and gadgets Grammar: Nouns, Articles GW3 U 12 Speaking: How has word processing changed our life? TM_STEM U3: Devices and gadgets ex7-15

Week 7 Mid-term 1


Learning activities The Module Latest Trends in IT is composed of the following activities: Assimulative activities – reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from authentic sources (physical and on-line libraries), analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debating, sharing, discussion, collaboration, presentations (PPP, Prezi, emaze); Production – creation and design of presentations, projects, drawing diagrams, composing thesis-led assays, writing summaries; Interactive/adaptive – roleplay, problem-based scenarios, case study (on-line); Assessment – writing essays, summaries; presentation of reports, projects, demonstration of projects, peer-review, peer-evaluation, self-assessment, feedback (from students/teacher).



Week 1 Introduction into essay writing DL materials (moodle) Reading GW3 U 6 Passive Voice Reading p75 ex6, p.77 ex 9,10;

Week 2 Essentials of TLE Reading Debate language and rules, see Debate Guidelines – DL materials (moodle) Reading Preparation for mini debate 1 (affirmative case conducting research and preparation) GW3 U 6 Passive Voice p76 ex16, p78 ex12, p81 ex23; TM_STEM Students compile activities and tests in Kahoot/Quizlet for peer-control and evaluation U9: Trends in IT Reading ex 1-3

Week 3 TLE 1 Affirmative Case presentation GW3 U 6 Passive Voice Reading p82 ex25, p83 ex28,29; TM_STEM Reading U9: Trends in IT ex 4-7 Grammar test Self-assessment test (30 questions) + Peer review

Week 4 Preparation for mini debate 1 (negative case conducting research and preparation) GW3 U 12 Nouns, Articles Reading p142 ex11,12, p144 ex16; TM_STEM U9: Trends in IT Reading TM_STEM 1-40 Trends in IT Quiz Self-assessment test (20 questions) + Peer review

Week 5 TLE 2 Negative Case presentation


GW3 U 12 Nouns, Articles Reading p145 ex19,20,22; TM_STEM Reading U3: Devices and gadgets Students compile activities and tests in Kahoot/Quizlet for peer-control and evaluation ex 4-7

Week 6 Mini-debate 1 Participation in debate and peer review GW3 U 12 Nouns, Articles Reading p146 ex23,24,25; TM_STEM U2: Texting Reading ex 1-7 Grammar test Self-assessment test (30 questions) + Peer review TM_STEM 1-40 Devices and gadgets Quiz Self-assessment test (20 questions) + Peer review

Week 7 Mid-term 1

DATE Weeks 8-15 Module II: Computer systems and Software Engineering

Topics

Week 8 Data storage Reading: PEU ICT U 13 pp. 36-37 Vocabulary: TM 1-40 Data storage Grammar: GW3 U 15 Questions Speaking: Best data storage media TM_STEM U: Data storage ex7-11 Video: Data storage (http://www.bbc.co.uk/education/ guides/z7rk7ty/activity)

Week 9 Next generation data storage media Reading: PEU ICT U 9 pp.28-29 Vocabulary: TM 1-40 Data storage Grammar: GW3 U 15 Questions Speaking: Next generation data storage media TM_STEM U: Data storage ex12-15

Week 10 Programming languages that stood the test of time Reading: PEU ICT U 17 pp.44-45 Vocabulary: TM 1-40 Programming Grammar: GW3 U 15 Questions Speaking: What is the best programming language? Viewing: Which programming languages will stand the test of time? (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qz8zIlnxjvc) TM_STEM U: Programming ex7-11

Week 11 Programming Reading: EforT U 3 p. 29 Vocabulary: TM 1-40 Programming Grammar: GW3 U 15 Prepositions


Speaking: Males are better at programming than females TM_STEM U: Programming ex12-15

Week 12 Wireless technology Reading: PEU ICT U 20 pp.50-51 Vocabulary: TM 1-40 Networks Grammar: GW3 U 15 Prepositions Listening: EforT U 4 ex. 1, 2 p. 31 Speaking: Limits to wireless technology compared to fixed line TM_STEM U: Networks ex7-11

Week 13 Networks Reading: EforT U 4 Text 1 pp.34-35, Vocabulary: TM 1-40 Networks Grammar: GW3 U 15 Prepositions Viewing: Biggest undersea backbones (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IlAJJI-qG2k) Speaking: The world will be wireless in the future TM_STEM U: Networks ex12-15


Learning activities The Module Computer systems and Software Engineering is composed of the following activities: Assimulative activities – reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from authentic sources (physical and on-line libraries), analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debating, sharing, discussion, collaboration, presentations (PPP, Prezi, emaze); Production – creation and design of presentations, projects, drawing diagrams, composing thesis-led assays, writing summaries; Interactive/adaptive – roleplay, problem-based scenarios, case study (on-line); Assessment – writing essays, summaries; presentation of reports, projects, demonstration of projects, peer-review, peer-evaluation, self-assessment, feedback (from students/teacher).



Week 8 Preparation for mini debate 2 Affirmative Case conducting research and preparation for presentation GW3 U 15 Questions Reading p176 ex6, p177 ex 9,10; TM_STEM U: Data storage Reading ex 4-7

Week 9 TLE 3 GW3 U 15 Questions Reading p178 ex11,13, p179 ex15;


TM_STEM Students compile activities and tests in Kahoot/Quizlet for peer-control and evaluation U: Data storage Reading ex 1-3 Quiz Self-assessment test (20 questions) + Peer review

Week 10 Preparation for mini debate 2 Negative Case conducting research and preparation for presentation GW3 U 15 Questions Quiz Self-assessment test (30 questions) + Peer review p180, ex16,17,18; TM_STEM U: Programming Reading ex 1-3

Week 11 TLE 4 GW3 U 16 Prepositions Reading p184 ex6, p185 ex7,9; TM_STEM Students compile activities and tests in Kahoot/Quizlet for peer-control and evaluation U: Programming Reading ex 4-7 Quiz Self-assessment test (20 questions) + Peer review

Week 12 Mini-debate 2 GW3 U 16 Prepositions Reading p186 ex11,12, p187 ex16; TM_STEM U: Networks Reading ex 1-3

Week 13 Final debate GW3 U 16 Prepositions Reading p189 ex21,22, p190 ex25; Quiz Self-assessment test (30 questions) + Peer review TM_STEM U: Networks Reading ex 4-7 Quiz Self-assessment test (20 questions) + Peer review



ASSIGNED READINGS

Self-assessment test (100 questions) Reading: 1. Jolamanova B., Sholakhova A. Writing Papers in English. IITU. Almaty, 2011. 2. Yermakova V. Project Guidelines 2017 Intermediate. E-version. 3. S.B.Kabdrgalinova, A.A.Magauova. Professional English for Students of Information Technology. Almaty, 2011.


Continuous rating (60%) Summative Rating (40%)


Attestation I Attestation II Examination Class work: Attendance/part. Skills (reading, listening, speaking)

30% 10% 20%


30% 10% 20%



20% 10% 10%


20% 10% 10%


25% 10%

15%


25% 10%

15%


25% 10% 10% 5%


25% 10% 5%

10%

Total 100% Total 100% Total 100% Gross Total 100

*If the number of absences exceeds 20%, student will be automatically scheduled for a Retake (summer semester) Assessment is administered continuously throughout the course. The students are rated against their performance in continuous rating administered throughout the semester (credited 60%) and summative rating done during the examination session (credited 40%), total 100%. Continuous rating is students’ on-going performance in class and independent work. Class work is assessed for attendance, Language/ skills and in- class assessments. Class sessions – will be a mixture of information, discussion and practical application of language skills (listening, reading, writing, speaking) practiced in diverse situations. T/SIS (Teacher Supervised Student Independent Study and Student Independent Study) -comprises the following assignments: GW3 exercises, TM tests and exercises, thesis-led essay writing and Project (Debates). Tasks are done by students independently and checked by the teacher.

Mid-term is an achievement test, reading and writing a thesis-led essay in the formats covered during the 1st Appraisal Period. End-of-term is an achievement test, listening and project presentation (Debates). Final examination consists of 2 parts: Grammar and vocabulary multiple choice test (20%), Speaking (20%). Students will draw cards with topics to speak on (one student each) and will be given 5 minutes to prepare. Then they will have to speak for 3 minutes on the given topic: express opinion, present ideas, agree/disagree, provide arguments and propose solutions using professional vocabulary and debate language.

Instructional Materials and References Required: 1. Jolamanova B., Karzhaubayeva S., Sholakhova A., Manapbayeva Zh. English for IT students. – Алматы, 2013. (e-book on DL Moodle) 2. Santiago Remasha Esteras, Elena Marco Fabre. Professional English in Use. ICT. For computers and the Internet. Cambridge University Press, 2007. 3. Jenny Doley, Virginia Evans. Grammar Way 3. Oxford: Express Publishing, 2009. 4. Yermakova V., Jolamanova B., Vasques M. Terminological minimum for STEM students. – Алматы, 2017. 5. English for Telecoms and Information Technology. – Oxford. – 2012. Internet sources:

1 www.cambridge.org/elt/ict 2 news.bbc.co.uk/hi/english 3 www.harrisinteractive.com


4 news.bbc.co.uk/go/pr/fr/-1/hi/programmes/click-online/ 5 www.mega.km.ru 6 www.sdnet.co.uk 7 www.linuxinsider.com 8 www.webopedia.com 9 www.youtube.com 10 www.wikipedia.com 11 www.youtube.com/watch?v=9DJr8QwgLEA 12 www.youtube.com/watch?v=3C-9rNqLxGw 13 www.bbc.co.uk/education/guides/z7rk7ty/activity 14 www.youtube.com/watch?v=qz8zIlnxjvc 15 www.youtube.com/watch?v=IlAJJI-qG2k 16 www.dictionary.cambridge.org 17 www.multitran.ru 18 www.quizlet.com 19 www.kahoot.it 20 www.emaze.com 21 www.prezi.com 22 www.oup.com 23 www.bbc.com.uk 24 www.cup.com 25 www.cnn.com 26 www.lp.thelanguagegallery.com 27 www.ted.com

Management of Change - Syllabus

Course Title Management of Change Pre-requisite (s) Management Hours 45 Out of Class

assignment Hours 270

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: International Information Technologies University Department: Economics and Business Senior-lector: Sharapiyeva Z.T. E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description This module will familiarize with processes, methods and techniques to analyze situation in the organization and successfully generate change in order to withstand and correspond to conditions of volatile world. It focuses on how people and teams are affected by change.

Trainees profile The course is addressed to which student class? The course is addressed to the students of 3rd year studying bachelor of “Management”, full-time.


• understand the need for change and its importance, impact and benefits; • identify the proper way of a change process, analyze a change situation, choose an action while

effectively managing risks;


• differentiate among change conceptions, tools, methods, measures and assess the suitability of their application;

• select and apply appropriate models of change and evaluate its consequences.

Pedagogical aims to be reached 1. To introduce theories and frameworks applicable for leading and managing change 2. To consider factors that can help or hinder effective change, in relation to individuals, teams and organization 3. To explore different models and approaches of generating change in organizations 4. To practice and explain human behavior when implementing change in the organization, particularly resistance to change and its solutions

Pedagogical methodologies used: Co-operative learning: teamwork, projects, case studies, training games. Questionnaires, MCQs, reflective essays.

Pedagogical tools Books, textbooks, handouts, projector, moodle, websites which are relevant to the topic of the course, computers, and programs, such as prezi, power point, Google Slides for preparing presentations.

Environment used The typical classrooms at the University with projector and whiteboard available.

Course Timing Spring semester, 15 weeks


Course Structure


DATE Weeks 1-4 Module I: Topics The main topics of this module are:

Module 1. Theoretical foundations Topic 1: Introduction to Change Management: the need for change Topic 2: Models of Change Topic 3: Tools and techniques for change Topic 4: Change types and approaches

Learning activities The Module 1 is composed the following activities: Training excersises: roleplay, problem-based scenarios, games; case studies solving the problems which is related with implementing and managing change in organization; questionnaires to identify team roles; analyzing the organization and preparing and presenting SWOT, PESTEL analysis, etc. Topic 3: analysing the problem or situation and extracting information from websites to construct a “fishbone diagram”



Reading: appropriate topics of the book and making notes Topics: Creating MCQs which will be passed through the Moodle after the each topic in order to know what the student have learnt about the specific topic, i.e. self-assessment test (30 questions)

DATE Weeks 5-11 - Module II:


Topics The main topics of this module are: Module 2. Classification of change Topic 5: Individual views and responses to change Topic 6: Motivation and personality Topic 7: Team change Topic 8: Team vs Groups Topic 9: Change agents and leadership Topic 10: Leadership issues in team change Topic 11: Organizational change

Learning activities The Module 2 is composed the following activities: Training exercises: problem-based scenarios, games; case studies solving; uestionnaires to identify leadership styles and personality traits; Topic 6: case study on the topic of changing systems and attitudes and disscussing it in the online forum Topic 6: Shooting the video about the motivation system in the organization and sharing the access through Google Drive Topic 8: Creating a stratup project and presenting ideas with the help of Google Slides Reading: special topics realted to the classified change type



Reading: appropriate topics of the book and making notes Topics: Creating MCQs which will be passed through the Moodle after the each topic in order to know what the student have learnt about the specific topic, i.e. self-assessment test (30 questions) Reading: special topics realted to the classified change type

DATE Weeks 12-15 – Module III: Topics The main topics of this module are:

Module 3. Initiation and implementation Topic 12: Leading change: types and styles of leadership Topic 13:Restructuring Topic 14: Mergers and acquisitions Topic 15: Cultural change

Learning activities The Module 3 is composed the following activities: creating the case study by exploring the company which experienced huge changes in its lifecycle and applying theories to analyze and explain the actions taken by the organization to manage these changes; reading books on the topic of leading a change and writing reflective essays; roleplay. Topic 13: Creating a simulation game where students will need to cope with real life problem Topic 11: watching a movie “Margin Call” where the huge threat in the face of financial crisis dramatically changed the organization structure and culture where students will be required to write an essay and upload it to the Moodle


ASSIGNED READINGS

Topic 12: Among with classroom tasks students will be required to take and pass the course of Leadership from the free online course provider “Coursera” Self-assessment test (30 questions) Reading: articles on the related topics and case based materials about change process and making notes

Assessment tools at the end of the course Open-questions in a written form, written case studies and reports, oral presentations, reflective essays, MCQs (30 questions) on the computer.


Instructional Materials and References Basic literature: 1. Burnes, Bernard. (2009). Managing Change (5th edition). Harlow: Prentice Hall. 2. Cameron, Esther and Green, Mike. (2009). Making Sense of Change Management (2nd edition) London: Kogan Page. Supplementary literature: 3. Bridges, William. (2003) Managing Transitions: Making the Most of Change (2nd edition). London: Nicholas Brealey Publishing. 4. Kotter, John. (1996) Leading Change. Boston: Harvard Business School Press. 5. Kotter, John. (2002) The Heart of Change: Real Life Stories of How People Change Their Organizations. Boston: Harvard Business School Press. 6. Collins, Jim. (2001). Good to Great. London: Random House Business Books. 7. Kotter, John and Rathgeber, Holger. (2006) Our iceberg is melting: changing and succeeding under any conditions. London: Macmillan 8. Johnson, Spencer. (1998). Who Moved My Cheese? US: Putnam’s Sons. 9. Coursera course: https://www.coursera.org/learn/managing-people-iese/home/welcome

Prediction and Decision-Making Theory (Intelligent systems) - Syllabus

Course Title Prediction and Decision-

Making Theory (Intelligent systems)

Pre-requisite (s)


180

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: IITU Department: Computer Engineering and Telecommunications Professor: Duzbayev Nurzhan E-mail: [email protected], [email protected]

Course Description Prediction and decision making theory is a branch of applied mathematics and computer science involving the quantification of statistical properties of objects. The aim of course is to form a system of knowledge on the different algorithms and methods of statistical prediction and decision making theory and its application to the practice of modern information systems. Objectives of the course: the concept of management and decision making with the help of advanced aspects of probability theory including Mandelbrot’s fractals, spectral analysis, regression, autoregression, moving averages, method of hierarchy analysis of Tomas Saaty, Decision making trees, Random forest, nearest neighbor method etc. and taking into consideration trend, seasonal fluctuations and noise.

Trainees profile Post-graduate students, 6M070400 Computer Systems and Software Engineering


• use Data Analysis tools in Excel; • use R for various problems of patterns recognition in information; • use Python for various problems of patterns recognition in information;


• make scientific inferencing upon heterogeneous data; • Recognize the type of the task and make proved decision on the appropriate methods and algorithms; • Implement solution of the problem using chosen algorithms in familiar programming and analytic

environment.

Pedagogical aims to be reached Formation of knowledge on the prediction and decision making theory and its application to the practice of modern information systems. Course objectives: • Learn the concept of management as a science • Master advanced aspects of probability theory • Recognize Mandelbrot’s fractals • Clarify the method of hierarchy analysis of Tomas Saaty • Examine Spectral analysis • Apply regression and autoregression • Examine Moving averages • Learn to recognize Trend, seasonal fluctuations • Learn to recognize and avoid information Noise • Determine Confidential intervals • Introduce the basic principles of Artificial Neuron Networks and their application • Learn the theory of Inferencing

Pedagogical methodologies used: Lectures, discussion, case study analysis, group projects, reporting

Pedagogical tools Online open data bases, R, Pyton, Exel Data Analysis toolkit, Matlab

Environment used Git, Kahoot.it, VK.com, Moodle (DL.IITU.KZ), Kagel.com

Course Timing Lectures 15 hours, Lab. session 30 hours, Independent study 180 hours

Course Modality 1 Data collection and preparation 2 Statistics

Course Structure Each topic will be examined during two weeks including 2 hours for theoretical materials and 4 hours for laboratory activities. Besides, students are expected to dedicate additional 24 hours for independent study. During this time they can expect for teacher’s online and offline consultations.


Week No

Lectures (1 h/w)

Course Topic

Lab.

Ses

sion

s

(2

h/w

)

MIS

(1

2 h/

w)

1-2 The concept of management as a science

Exercise1 Readings, Conducting research


3-4 Advanced aspects of probability theory

Exercise2 Readings, Report /presentation preparation

5-6 Mandelbrot’s fractals Exercise3 Readings

7-8 Spectral analysis Exercise4 Readings

9-10 Regression and autoregression

Exercise5 Readings, Conducting research

11-12 Moving averages Exercise6 Readings

13-14 Trend, seasonal fluctuations Exercise7 Readings, Experiment in simulated environment/problem-based scenarios

15 Noise. Confidential interval Exercise8 Readings, Report /presentation preparation

Total hours

15 30 180

DATE Weeks 1-8- Module title:

Topics The main topics of this module are: The concept of management as a science Advanced aspects of probability theory Mandelbrot’s fractals Spectral analysis

Learning activities The Modules Data collection and preparation is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – create, design, construc, complete, compose, write; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate



Reading; Conducting research; Report /presentation preparation Case study taken from the student’s real world setting Experiment in simulated environment/problem-based scenarios Reading: 1. David M. Lane at al. Introduction to Statistics Online Edition, Rice University; University of Houston, Downtown Campus 2. David J. C. MacKay. Information Theory, Inference, and Learning Algorithms. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2003. ISBN 0-521-64298-1 3. Benoit Mandelbrot, Richard L. Hudson. The (mis)Behavior of Markets: A Fractal View of Risk, Ruin, and Reward, ISBN-13: 978-0465043576, Basic Books (August 3, 2004) 4. T. Saaty. Decision making. Method of hierarchy analysis. 1993 5. Anand, Paul (1993). Foundations of Rational Choice Under Risk. Oxford: Oxford University Press. ISBN 0-19-823303-5.


6. Schoemaker, P. J. H. (1982). "The Expected Utility Model: Its Variants, Purposes, Evidence and Limitations". Journal of Economic Literature 20: 529–563.

DATE Weeks 9-15 - Module II: Topics The main topics of this module are:

Regression and autoregression Moving averages Trend, seasonal fluctuations Noise. Confidential interval

Learning activities The Modules Statistics is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – create, design, construc, complete, compose, write; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate



Conducting research; Report /presentation preparation Case study taken from the student’s real world setting Experiment in simulated environment/problem-based scenarios Reading: 7. Wald, Abraham (1939). "Contributions to the Theory of Statistical Estimation and Testing Hypotheses". Annals of Mathematical Statistics 10 (4): 299–326. doi:10.1214/aoms/1177732144.MR 932. 8. Lehmann, E. L. (1950). "Some Principles of the Theory of Testing Hypotheses". Annals of Mathematical Statistics 21 (1): 1–26. doi:10.1214/aoms/1177729884. JSTOR 2236552. 9. Johnson, E. J., & Payne, J. W. (1985). EFFORT AND ACCURACY IN CHOICE. Management Science, 31(4), 395-414. 10. Roe, R. M., Busemeyer, J. R., & Townsend, J. T. (2001). Multialternative decision field theory: A dynamic connectionist model of decision making. Psychological Review, 108(2), 370-392. doi:10.1037/0033-295X.108.2.370 11. David Lane, Online Statistics Education: An Interactive Multimedia Course of Study - Developed by Rice University , University of Houston Clear Lake, and Tufts University, http://onlinestatbook.com/

Assessment tools at the end of the course Written examination and project defence

Instructional Materials and References 1. David M. Lane at al. Introduction to Statistics Online Edition, Rice University; University of Houston, Downtown Campus 2. David J. C. MacKay. Information Theory, Inference, and Learning Algorithms. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2003. ISBN 0-521-64298-1 3. Benoit Mandelbrot, Richard L. Hudson. The (mis)Behavior of Markets: A Fractal View of Risk, Ruin, and Reward, ISBN-13: 978-0465043576, Basic Books (August 3, 2004) 4. T. Saaty. Decision making. Method of hierarchy analysis. 1993 5. Anand, Paul (1993). Foundations of Rational Choice Under Risk. Oxford: Oxford University Press. ISBN 0-19-823303-5. 6. Schoemaker, P. J. H. (1982). "The Expected Utility Model: Its Variants, Purposes, Evidence and Limitations". Journal of Economic Literature 20: 529–563.


7. Wald, Abraham (1939). "Contributions to the Theory of Statistical Estimation and Testing Hypotheses". Annals of Mathematical Statistics 10 (4): 299–326. doi:10.1214/aoms/1177732144.MR 932. 8. Lehmann, E. L. (1950). "Some Principles of the Theory of Testing Hypotheses". Annals of Mathematical Statistics 21 (1): 1–26. doi:10.1214/aoms/1177729884. JSTOR 2236552. 9. Johnson, E. J., & Payne, J. W. (1985). EFFORT AND ACCURACY IN CHOICE. Management Science, 31(4), 395-414. 10. Roe, R. M., Busemeyer, J. R., & Townsend, J. T. (2001). Multialternative decision field theory: A dynamic connectionist model of decision making. Psychological Review, 108(2), 370-392. doi:10.1037/0033-295X.108.2.370 11. David Lane, Online Statistics Education: An Interactive Multimedia Course of Study - Developed by Rice University , University of Houston Clear Lake, and Tufts University, http://onlinestatbook.com/

Project Management - Syllabus

Course Title Project Management Pre-requisite (s) Management Hours 45 Out of Class

assignment Hours 30

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: International IT University Department: Economics and Business Professor: Dr. Yerlan Shildibekov E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description This course addresses project management from a management perspective, covering the fundamental nature of managing all types of projects—public, business, engineering, and information systems—as well as specific techniques required to manage projects. It deals with phases of selecting, initiating, operating, controlling, and terminating projects. It addresses the unique and demanding role of the project manager, the challenges of cross-cultural projects, and the behavioral and quantitative facets of project management.

Trainees profile Bachelor degree students majoring in Finance and Management

Learning Objectives At the end of this course the students will be able to:

1. Understand the nature of projects, project management tools and techniques; 2. Develop a Project Plan including Project Charter, WBS, OBS, Budget, and Schedule; 3. Apply knowledge and skills required to the needs of Project Stakeholders.

Pedagogical aims to be reached Formation of students' holistic integrated view of project management

Pedagogical methodologies used: Lectures (Presentations) and Seminars (Discussions, Projects, etc.)

Pedagogical tools Textbooks, handouts, Moodle, websites, softwares (MS Project, MS Excel, etc.), prezentations (MS Power Point), etc.

Environment used University rooms with projectors, Computer classes


Course Timing Spring semester


Course Structure Lectures-15 hours, Seminars-30 hours.


DATE Weeks 1-15- Module title: General basics Topics Projects in contemporary organizations , Strategic management and project selection, The

project manager, The project in organizational structure, Project activity planning, Negotiation and management of conflicts, Budgeting and cost estimation, Scheduling, Resource allocation, Monitoring and information system, Project control, Project auditing, Project termination, Special topics

Learning activities Project Charter, Work Breakdown Structure, Project Organization, RACI Matrix, Project Budget, Project Schedule



Project Charter, Work Breakdown Structure, Project Organization, RACI Matrix, Project Budget, Project Schedule

Assessment tools during the course Midterm assessment - Project Charter, Work Breakdown Structure, Project Organization End of term assessment - RACI Matrix, Project Budget, Project Schedule

Assessment tools at the end of the course Project presentations, Oral interviews


1. Meredith, Jack R., and Samuel J. Mantel, Jr. Project Management: A Managerial Approach, 7th Edition. New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2009

2. Kerzner, Harold Project Management: A Systems Approach to Planning, Scheduling, and Controlling, 11th Ed. New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2013activities and did great job for overcoming the

Quantitative methods for management - Syllabus

Course Title Quantitative methods for

management Pre-requisite (s) Mathematics, Principles

of Economics, Business Economics, Management, Informatics


90

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: International IT University Department: Economics and Business


Professor: Dr. Shynara Jumadilova E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description This course satisfies the Master in Project Management background requirements for quantitative analysis and production management techniques. The course will cover descriptive statistics, inferential statistics and math models with business applications to analyze management and organizational problems. Specific topics include: measures of central tendency and variation, probability distributions, estimation, hypothesis testing, regression and correlation, decision theory, linear programming, transportation and assignment models, and inventory management models.

Trainees profile The course is addressed to which student class? 1st year graduate students of the Project Management major.

Learning Objectives At the end of this course, the student will be able to: � Understand the principles and methods of basic quantitative analysis, which are necessary for managers. � Gain the ability to use quantitative analysis to facilitate decision-making in practical business settings, such as in business planning or creating proposals.

Pedagogical aims to be reached The objective of this course is to provide an understanding for the graduate business student on statistical concepts to include measurements of location & dispersion, probability, probability distributions, sampling, estimation, hypothesis testing, regression, and correlation analysis, multiple regression &business/economic forecasting.

Pedagogical methodologies used: Presentations, Practice, Tutorials, Serious Games, Collaboration, Case Studies.

Pedagogical tools Textbooks, handouts, Moodle, websites, software for computations and diamgram plotting (MS Excel), making prezentations (MS Power Point), etc.

Environment used University auditoriums with projector for demonstration and computers for practice.

Course Timing Spring semester, 15 weeks


Course Structure


DATE Weeks 1-4- Module title: Decision making theories Topics Introduction to quantitative methods. Data collection. Description of the data.

Theory of decision-making: decision-making under risk Theory of decision-making: decision-making under uncertainty Decision tree

Learning activities The Module Decision making theories is composed the following activities:


Assimulative activities – reading textbook material of respective chapters, studying theoretical propositions and glossary; Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB to plot the graphs, analysing information via finding some patterns, synthesis of data; Communication – share the results at class, discuss the results obtained by students and compare them with each other; discuss different attitudes to risk and consequences in various cases among students according to these attitudes, Productive – draw the curves based on derived data, write description and conclusions for the graphs and diagrams; Interactive/adaptive –consider, discuss and solve problem-based scenarios, provide recommendations; Assessment – solve problems, answer quick quizes for self-assessment, get familiar with the received feedback.



Reading textbook material of respective chapters; Case study taken from the student’s real world setting through the prizma of decision making teories, consider, discuss and solve problem-based scenarios, prepare and answer for self-assessment questions.

DATE Weeks 5-9 - Module II: Regression and prognosis Topics Data analysis. Regression analysis: pair regression

Regression analysis: multiple regression Regression Analysis: Nonlinear Regression Prediction: Moving Average Prediction: exponential smoothing

Learning activities The Module Regression and prognosis is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading textbook material of respective chapters, studying theoretical propositions and glossary; Communication – collaborate with team to generate hypothesis on the economic data via video conferencing, discussion forums, social networking and document sharing, discuss reasons for and results of applying different coefficients in exponential smoothing, share the results at class, discuss the results obtained by students and compare them with each other, present main ideas provided in students’ papers; Productive – write a paper on any economic issue, with research based on quantitative substantiation using mathematical models;prepare presentation using Power Point or Prezi; Experiental – compare theoretical propositions with empirical data evidence; Assessment – solve problems, write a paper and present main ideas provided, answer quick quizes for self-assessment, get familiar with the received feedback.



Reading textbook material of respective chapters, studying theoretical propositions and glossary; Case study taken from the economic data (statistics). Conducting research with sampling observations and finding patterns; Self-assessment test (10 questions) for the theme Regression analysis through Moodle.

DATE Weeks 10-15- Module III: Optimization problems and Inventory models Topics Inventory control models

Optimization problems: linear programming Calculation of financial performance of the organization Analysis of financial stability based on a dynamic standard Evaluation of the investment project

Learning activities The Module Optimization problems and Inventory models is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities – reading textbook material of respective chapters, studying theoretical propositions and glossary, Finding and handling information – extracting information about a company or project from financial reports, analysing information about financial state using MS Excel, synthesis of data, making conclusion about profitability; Productive –draw appropriate schemes and diagrams, build mathematical


models, Experiental – investigate instruments of inventory control; Interactive/adaptive – solve problem-based scenarios on inventory control, profit maximization and cost minimization; Assessment – solve problems, answer quick quizes for self-assessment, get familiar with the received feedback.



Reading textbook material of respective chapters, studying theoretical propositions and glossary, Solve optimization problems.

Assessment tools at the end of the course Written Exam and data analysis project

Instructional Materials and References Basic literature: 1. Barry Render, Ralph M. Stair. , Michael E. Hanna, Trevor S. Hale . Quantitative Analysis for Management (12th Edition) Prentice-Hall International Supplementary literature:

1. Roger D. Peng and Elizabeth Matsui. The Art of Data Science. A Guide for Anyone Who Works with Data. Johns Hopkins University. 2015 - 2016 Skybrude Consulting, LLC.

2. Акулич И. Л. Mатематическое программирование в примерах и задачах: Учеб. пособие для студентов эконом, спец.вузов.— М.: Высш. шк., 1986.— 319 с

3. Сайлаубеков Н.Т. Финансовый анализ инвестиционных проектов./Учебное пособие. - Издание КБТУ, Алматы, 2009

4. Сайлаубеков Н.Т. Анализ, оценка и прогнозирование финансово-экономической деятельности предприятия на основе динамического норматива./Монография. Алматы, 2011. – 218 с.

5. Bernstein, L.A. Financial statement analysis: theory, application and integration. USA: Irwin/McGraw-Hill, 1997. – 662 p. Stigler, George (1964). A Theory of Oligopoly. Journal of Political Economy. 72. 44–61

6. Brigham, E. Fundamentals of financial management. [Textbook]. – 6th ed. USA, 1992. 904p. 7. S. Anil Kumar, N. Suresh. Production and operations management (with skill development, caselets and

cases). 2nd ed. New Age Publisher, 2008 8. MOOC Coursera. Data analysis.activities and did great job for

TV and Radio Journalism - Digital news photography - Syllabus

Course Title TV and Radio Journalism -

Digital news photography Pre-requisite (s) Genre specificity and

functional features of Journalism , Introduction to Journalism, Bild-editing

Hours Lectures: _15_ hours Practical classes: _45 hours


90 hours

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: _IITU__ Department: Mediacommunication and history of Kazakhstan_ Professor: Niyazgulova Aigul E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description Discipline is purely practical


The realities of the market economy in Kazakhstan are such that the employer is not interested in graduates, trained in the intricacies of theoretical knowledge, research into the nuances of various schools of thought. On the contrary, they are keenly interested in young specialists who know how to gather news, write competently texts and able to work with a camera, a computer program for processing TV RV Subjects – TV area IITU life. The approach to training - focus on hands-on learning throughout the cycle of preparation of TV RV productions The main types and techniques of training activities - workshops, shooting on camera, editing program Photoshop. Preparation TVnews and RV news materials

Trainees profile The course is designed for bachelor students of faculties and departments of journalism and media communication


• to take video • to choose the TV camera angles , • technique of interviewing • montage and editing news materials

Pedagogical aims to be reached Conceptual discussions on investigative reporting in this course emphasize the relevance of ethics along the process of information gathering, story building, and presentation. Though there are two specific weeks where ethical standards and practice is discussed, actually this course departs from a transversal approach to ethics in which it is ultimately subsumed along the whole investigative process.

Although these assignments can be developed both within and outside the classroom, they require close supervision from the teacher/instructor. An ongoing dialogue between the students and the teacher/instructor is strongly encouraged. This includes group discussions of the assignments that do not directly relate to the final investigative report may be done either in or outside the classroom Introduction to the basics of tv journalism in the field of modern journalism.

Pedagogical methodologies used: Expositive methods - obtaining new information (e.g. presentations,case studies, worked examples, demos) • Application methods - active processes learners use to perform procedural and principle based tasks and build new knowledge (e.g. demonstration-practice methods, job aids, case-based exercises, role plays, simulations and serious games, guided research, project work) • Collaborative methods – social dimensions of learning (e.g. online discussions, collaborative work, peer tutoring)

Pedagogical tools CAMSTUDIO CamStudio is able to record all screen and audio activity on yourcomputer and create industry-standard AVI video files and using its built-in SWF Producer can turn those AVIs into lean, mean, bandwidth-friendly Streaming Flash videos (SWFs)

Environment used Video camera, computer, microphone Programs: “Photoshop”, “adobe premier” №

№ of rooms (classrooms, laboratories)

Purpose of the classroom facility (study rooms, laboratories)

Devices, equipment and software used in the course delivery

1 2 3 4 1 207 laboratory Computers, video camera


2 205 laboratory Video camera, computer 3 206 laboratory Computer, studio

Course Timing Module 1 – 1-6 weeks 1 Mid-term achievement control – 7 week Module 2 – 8-14 weeks 2 mid-term achievement control – 15 week Final examination – 16 week

Course Modality Assessment is administered continuously throughout the course. The students are rated against their performance in continuous rating administered throughout the semester (credited 60%) and summative rating done during the examination session (credited 40%), total 100%. Continuous rating is students’ on-going performance in class and independent work. Class work is assessed for attendance, Language/ skills and in- class assessments. Class work is a combination of theoretical basics and practical application of language skills (listening, reading, writing, speaking) in diverse situations. TSIS (Teacher Supervised Student Independent Study) -comprises Academic Writing (GD, AE) and TLU (Target Language in Use) to be done by students independently and checked by teacher.

SIS (Student Independent Study) comprises exercises from GFI and AVU to be done by students independently and checked in class. Mid-term is an achievement control. End-of-term is an achievement speaking and AE writing test. Final examination is printing and presentation “MAG`nÌT” magazine

Course Structure


DATE Weeks 1-2 Module title: Technological basis of photojournalism

Topics

1 week 2 week 3 week 4 week 5 week 6 week

Basic terms of television text Expressive means of television and radio broadcasting. Stand up Installation of video and audiorijada (stand apov i zkt) Audio equipment and technology for the preparation of radio and television programs.

Learning activities

8 week 9 week

10 week 11 week 12 week

Writing texts for television and radio journalism. Genres of TV and Radiojournalism Preparation of TV and radio broadcasts Modern format TV and radio broadcasting. Preparation of TV production Editing and editing of TV news Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study;


8-13 week

14 week 15 week

Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, write, take picture, etc Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.



1-15 week

During the semisemester each student must prepare 4 photo reportage consisting of 10-15 pictures and small textual explanations to them. Thematically, this photo reportage should cover the student life of IITU. TV reportage 1 RV reportage 2 Interview 3 4Advanced reportage


ASSIGNED READINGS


Assessment tools at the end of the course 4. The final test assumes preparing materials for TV news. The final exam for this discipline is a project. By the end of the semester, students must prepare materials for TV and RV news. On the one hand, this project is a collective work, on the other - it clearly reflects the results of individual labor of each participant individually. In IITU students produce news production "IT news ", which is fully devoted to university life - it's all kinds of meetings, contests, games, sports, holidays, etc. This discipline is dedicated to the digital news and therefore during the semester each student must prepare 8 broadcast reportage. Thematically, this TV RV reportage should cover the student life of IITU.

Instructional Materials and References Basic literature:

1. Ефимова Н.Н. Звук в эфире.- М.: Аспект Пресс, 2005., - 142 с. 2. Кемарская И.Н. Телевизионный редактор.- М.: Аспект-Пресс, 2009., - 191с. 3. Ким М.Н. Жанры современной журналистики.- СПб.: Издательство Михайлова В.А., 2008., - 566 с.

Цвик, В.Л. Телевизионная журналистика.- М.: ЮНИТИ - ДАНА, 2009., - 495с. Supplementary:

1. Tuggle C.A. Broadcast news handbook- United States of America: Mc Graw Hill, 2007., - 294p. 2. Лукина М. Технология интервью.- М.: Аспект пресс, 2008., - 192 с. 3. Саруханов В.А. Азбука телевидения.- М.: Аспект Пресс, 2003., - 223 с. 4. Тeрсын, Ќ. Кµгілдір экран єлемі (телешыѓармашылыќ зертхана).- Алматы: Ќазаќ университеті,

2007.,- 163 б. 5. Фрумкин Г.М. Телевизионная режиссура. Введение в профессию.- Москва: Академический Проект,

2009., - 137 с.


Abay Myrzakhmetov Kokshetau University, Kazakhstan


Chemistry - Syllabus

Course title Chemistry Pre-requisites Chemistry, Biology, Physics Hours 135 hours:

in class – 60 h out of class – 75 h

Tutorials Practical Semester

15 h 75 h Winter semester

Name and Contact Information of Instructors

University: Abay Myrzakhmetov Kokshetau University Department: Ecology, Life Safety and Environmental Protection_ Professor: Senior Lecturor, Candidate of biological sciences, Makeyeva Lyudmila Anatolyevna E-mail: [email protected] Course Description

Chemistry course objective is to give theoretical and practical knowledge of chemistry, skills of conducting chemical analyzes that help to solve specific engineering problems in the future, and develop the creative abilities of students by expanding their cognitive activities. Tutorials and practical classes allow students to study the material not covered at the lectures. The students are given the worksheets to prepare for the midterm and final exams. Trainees profile Bachelor degree: 5В073100 Life Safety and Environmental Protection Learning Objectives

At the end of this course, the students will: know:

• the basis of chemical science, which studies the material world in all its diversity and transformations; • chemistry well enough to master general professional and special disciplines; • the technique of chemical experiment; • deep meaning and importance of issues related to the development of chemistry and chemical

processes; • environmental problems and the chemical basis of environmental protection; • modern methods of substance identification, physical and chemical methods of analysis; • methods of qualitative and quantitative analysis, physical and chemical methods.

be able to: • − use chemical laws and processes to master engineers disciplines; • − solve chemical problems of calculation and practical nature; • − use special and reference literature; • − master the technique of processing experimental data; • − consider the properties of elements and their compounds and the conditions of chemical processes by

applying stoichiometric laws of chemistry, information of atom structure, oxidation-reduction reactions and electrochemical processes, theory of solutions, etc .;

• − conduct chemical identification of the main classes of inorganic and organic substances. • have: • practical knowledge of chemical reagents, instruments and equipment.

Pedagogical aims to be reached Communicative objectives


• development of the ability to listen to others, work in a team, distribute responsibilities, leadership qualities development.

Development objectives • development of critical thinking, analytical skills, abilities of public speaking.

Professional objectives: • properties of elements and their compounds and conditions of chemical processes by applying

stoichiometric laws of chemistry, information of atom structure, oxidation-reduction reactions and electrochemical processes, theory of solutions;

• teach how to conduct chemical identification of the main classes of inorganic and organic substances; • encourage students to learn the chemical methods of analyzing environmental components and

products of technological activities; • teach students to prepare initial and working titrated solutions; • apply the knowledge of chemical methods for analyzing components, industrial, environmental and

technological products in research and environmental activities. Pedagogical methodologies used:

• Blended Learning («Face to Face») • Contextual Learning and Training • Problem Solving • Flipped Learning • Co-operative Learning • Assessment & Evaluation of Student Learning • Peer Teaching

Pedagogical Tools Methodological

• electronic, printed and audiovisual materials • research (information search, analysis and synthesis of data, formulation of conclusions) • experiment and training (solving practical problems, working with equipment) • interactive (discussions / debates, comparative analysis, exchange of opinions, problem scenarios, case

studies) • communicative (finding solutions working in a team, learning in partnership)

evaluation (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests). Technical

• Learning platforms: TAMOS, Platonus, Easy. • Wi-Fi, Internet resources: Cloud Storage (Google Disk), electronic mail, social network • Equipment: SMART Board, computers, notebooks, smartphones, lab equipment

Environment used Students study in the university's classrooms in a face-to-face model. In addition, we use a mixed model, when electronic technologies are intensively used in the learning process (e-learning platform, Internet access opportunities through a computer / smartphone, practical tasks and preparation for e-technology lessons). Course Timing: Weeks 1-15, Winter Semester Course Modality: Full-time education Course Structure The course of Chemistry lasts 15 weeks and has 4 modules. Each module consists of lectures, lab classes, tutorials and practical classes. Class hour is 50 minutes. Types of classes in each module: perception of the lectures, discussions in the virtual space, solution of profession oriented problems, etc., laboratory research. Total: lectures - 15 hours, seminars – 15 hours, laboratory classes - 15 hours, tutorials - 15 hours, practical - 75 hours.

Topical Outline and Schedule Date Weeks 1-3: Module 1 – Basic Concepts and Laws of Chemistry Topics The main topics of this model are:


Subject of the Study, Objectives of the Course. Basic Concepts of Chemistry. Basic Laws of Chemistry.

Learning Activities The Module “Basic Concepts and Laws of Chemistry”is composed the following activities: Assimulative – reading, video, lecture material; Research – information search, analysis of information, synthesis of data; Communication – discussion, teamwork; Experiment – application of knowledge in practice; Productive – experiment, practical problems, analysis; Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparative method, exchange of opinions; Assessment - analysis of the lectures and videos, profession oriented tasks, laboratory research, assignments must be turned in on the due date, reports, participation in discussion (self-estimation, peer-review, standardized tests, Easy-tests).

Out of Class Activities & Assignments & Assigned Readings

Task 1. Determination of relative atomic and molecular masses, introduction to a multimedia presentation on the topic: Basic Concepts of Chemistry. Basic laws of chemistry: chard discussion (cloud technologies (Google disk), compilation of chemical equations and problem solving (teamwork). Task 2. Definition of equivalents: compilation of chemical equations and problem solving (teamwork). Self-assessment test (20 questions). Reading: [1-17]

Date Weeks 4-6: Module 2 - Atom Structure and Periodic Law. Chemical bound.

Topics The main topics of this model are: Atom Structure. Periodic Law and Periodic Table. Chemical Bound and Types of Crystal.

Learning Activities The Module “Atom Structure and Periodic Law. Chemical bound” is composed the following activities: Assimulative – reading, study of lecture material. Research – information search, analysis of information, synthesis of data; Communication – teamwork; Productive – schemes of radioactive decay, report; Experiment – applyication of knowledge in practice; Interactive - brain-storming, discussions, learning in group; Assessment - analysis of the lectures and videos, laboratory research, assignments must be turned in on the due date, drawing up of reports, participation in discussion (peer-review, standardized tests, self-assessment tests).


Task 1. Characteristics of metals, nonmetals of connection with their position in the periodic table: Information search, compilation of electronic configurations, report (similarity and difference - contrast). Task 2. Types of chemical bound: Information search, compilation of electronic configurations, report (similarity and difference - contrast). Self-assessment test (30 questions). Reading: [1-17]

Date Weeks 7-12: Module 3 - General Laws of Chemical Processes. Topics The main topics of this model are:

Energy of chemical processes. Chemical thermodynamics Chemical kinetics. Chemical equilibrium Solutions Theory of electrolytic dissociation Oxidation-reduction reactions and electrochemical processes.


Learning Activities The Module “General Laws of Chemical Processes” is composed the following activities: Assimulative – reading, study of lecture material. Research – information search, analysis of information, synthesis of data; Communication – discussion, teamwork; Experiment – application of knowledge in order to solve profession oriented tasks; Interactive s - brain-storming, discussions, learning in group; Productive – conducting the experiment, solving practical problems, analyzing, making presentations. Reports; Interractive - comparative method, exchange of opinions in chat (cloud technologies (Google disk); Assessment - assessment of chart activity (cloud technologies (Google disk), professional tasks, assignments must be turned in on the due date, presentations, Easy-tests.


Task 1. Regularities of chemical processes: Search for information, discussion in the chat, making reports (examples). Task 2. Multimedia presentation on the topic: Solutions. Methods of expressing the concentration of solutions used in chemistry. Making a presentation on the solution and formulation of tasks (group work). Self-assessment test (30 questions). Reading: [1-17]

Date Weeks 11-15: Module 4 – Special Section of Metals. Topics The main topics of this model are:

Corrosion and protection of metals and alloys. Complex compounds. Physical and chemical properties of metals. Elements of organic chemistry.

Learning Activities The Module “Special Section of Metals” is composed the following activities: Assimulative – reading, video, study of lecture material. Research – information search, analysis of information, synthesis of data; Communication – discussion, teamwork; Experiment – application of knowledge of chemistry in lab research; Productive – recommendations based on the laboratory research; Interactive - exchange of opinions in chart; Assessment - chart activity (cloud technologies (Google disk), proffession oriented tasks; assignments must be turned in on the due date, Easy-tests.


Task 1. Types of corrosion. Methods of protecting metals from corrosion: the study of video materials, analysis, compilation of summary equations. Task 2. The mechanism of formation of bonds in complex compounds: study of video materials, analysis, self-assessment. Self-assessment test (30 questions). Reading: [1-17]

Assessment tools at the end of the course Final Grade will be assigned as follows: Rating: 60 % Exam: 40 % (R1 + R2) *0,6 + E*0,4

2 R1 – Rating 1 R2 – Rating 2


Е – Examination

Evaluation by letter system Points % Evaluation by conventinal system

A 4,0 95-100 excellent A - 3,67 90-94 excellent В+ 3,33 85-89 good B 3,0 80-84 good B- 2,67 75-79 good С+ 2,33 70-74 satisfactory C 2,0 65-69 satisfactory C- 1,67 60-64 satisfactory D+ 1,33 55-59 satisfactory D 1,0 50-54 satisfactory F 0 0-49 unsatisfactory


1. Glinka N.L. General Chemistry / N.L. Glinka. - Moscow: Integral-Press, 2009. - 752 p. 2. General Chemistry / Pureliev S.Zh., B.M. Butik, G.M. Bainazarova. - Almaty: 2010. - 642 p. 3. Korovin N.V. General Chemistry / I.V. Korovin. - Moscow: Vysshaya Shkola [Higher School], 2002. - 560 p. 4. Glinka N.L. General Chemistry Problems and Exercises / N.L. Glinka. - Moscow: Integral-Press, 2009. - 240

p. 5. Akhmetov N.S. General and Inorganic Chemistry. Textbook. N.S. Akhmetov. - 2nd edition. - Moscow:

Vysshaya Shkola [Higher School], 2000. - 693 p. 6. Ugay Ya.A. General and Inorganic Chemistry. Textbook. / Ya. A.Ugay. - 2nd edition. - Moscow: Vysshaya

Shkola [Higher School], 1984. - 400 p. 7. Workshop on Inorganic Chemistry / ed. M.M. Burkitbaeva, K.B. Bekisheva. - Almaty: Publishing house of

Kaz. Nat. University, 2002. - 287 p. 8. Khomchenko I.G. General Chemistry / I.G. Khomchenko. - 2nd edition. - Moscow: Novaya Volna [New

Wave], 2010. - 462 p 9. General Chemistry Workshop / Ed. S.F. Dunaev. - 4th edition. - Moscow: Publishing House of Moscow

State University, 2005. - 336 p. 10. Rosin I.V., Tomina L.D. General and Inorganic Chemistry. Modern Course [Text]: Manual for Bachelors and

Specialists / I.V. Tomina, L.D. Rosin .- Moscow: Yurayt Publishing House, 2012.- 1338p. 11. Baletsky L.G. Inorganic Chemistry for University Students [Text] / L.G. Baletsky .- Rostov-on-Don: Phenix,

2005.- 256 p. 12. Gumilevsky L.I., Zinin [Text] / L.I. Gumilevsky .- M: Molodaya Gvardiya, 1965.- 272 p., (LFP, vol. 904). 13. Chemistry [Electronic resource] / Comp. Makeeva L.A. - Electr. Data [1-12х 700 mv 80min] .- Kokshetau:

KUAM, 2012.- 1 electronic disk (CD-RW). 14. Chemistry [Text]: Methodical Instructions for Laboratory Work: (Educational-methodical manual) / Comp.

Makeeva L.A.- Kokshetau: KUAM, 2013.- 48 p. 15. Gusakova N.V. Environmental Chemistry [Мәтін] / N.V. Gusakova.- Rostov-on-Don: Phenix, 2004.- 192p. 16. Khentov V.Ya. Environmental Chemistry for Technical Universities [Мәтін]: Manual / V.Ya. Khentov .-

Rostov-on-Don: Phenix, 2005.- 144 p. 17. Goldovskaya L.F. Environmental Chemistry [Text] / L.F. Goldovskaya - 2nd edition. - Moscow:

BINOM.Laboratory of knowledge, 2007.- 295p.


18. Zimon A.D. Physical Chemistry [Text]: Textbook for high schools / A.D. Zimon. Moscow: Agar, 2003. 320 p.

19. Physical Chemistry Problems [Text]: Textbook / Eremin V.S., I.Kargov, I.A.Uspenskaya, N.E. Kuzmenko, V.V. Lunin - Moscow: Examen [Exam], 2003. - 320 p.

20. Stromberg A.G. Physical Chemistry [Text] / Armin H. Stromberg, D.P. Semchenko; Ed. A.G. Stromberg .- 5th edition. - Moscow: Vysshaya Shkola [Higher School], 2003.- 527 p.

21. Ivanov V.G. Organic Chemistry Practice [Text]: Manual for students / V.G. Ivanov, O.N. Geva, Yu.G. Gaverova.- Moscow: Academiya [Academy], 2000.- 288 p.

22. Makeeva L.A. Chemistry [Text]: Textbook for 5В073100 Life Safety and Environmental Protection" and 5В060800 Ecology (bachelor's degree) / Lyudmila Anatolyevna Makeeva .- Kokshetau: KUAM, 2015.- 172 p.

23. Verentsova L.G., Nechepurenko E.V. Inorganic, Physical and Colloidal Chemistry. Tutorial. - Almaty: Evero, 2009. - Republican Scientific and Methodological Journal “Chemistry” №3 (45) 2012

24. Karapetyants M.H., Drakin S.N. General and Inorganic Chemistry. - Moscow: Himiya [Chemistry], 2005. 25. Panov V.A., Nifontov Yu.A., Panin A.V. Theoretical Foundations of Environmental Protection. - Moscow:

Academiya [Academy], 2008.

DataBase Systems - syllabus

Course name DataBase Systems Pre-requisite (s) ICT, Algorithms,

datastructure and programming

hours 135 hours lecture 15 hours laboratory 30 hours auditorium – 60 hours extracurricular – 75 hours

ISWL ISW Semester

15 hours 75 hours 5

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Kokshetau University named after Abai Myrzakhmetov Department: _Informational system and Informatics ___ Курс разработал: senior lecturer, m.t.s. Zhartanov Seilhan Surumbetovich E-mail [email protected]________ Course Description In accordance with modern requirement, the industrial standard is considered with this condition and Genesis, a typical organization of database management system, date mode, principle of informational system constructed on the basis of database technology, SQL language and its standard for working with database for call-interface operation, ODBC standard and API usage, as well as methods of transaction management in disturbed database with architectural informational system of “client-server”, objective oriented the description and conception of intellectual database. Trainees profile The course is addressed to which student class? Bachelor 5В070300 «Informational system» Learning Objectives At the end of the course students will be able :

• deiscription of the means of language and data • head of manipulations; • Design principles of data methods; • management and application of database system.



The main goal during the work with this program- is to plan interesting course, involve students into lecture, increase their activity and interest to the subject. Pedagogical methodologies used: Increase students’ activity and interest to the subject. Pedagogical tools The first task- is efficiently use informational communicative technologies at the lesson. The laboratory work with computers. Pedagogical tools to be used Interactive board, computers, virtual laboratory, laboratory equipments.. Course Timing 5 semester 1-15 weeks Course Structure auditorium: discipline, Laboratory work Topical Outline and Schedule

DATE 1-5 weeks: Module 1 - Introduction of Informational systems and databases Topics 1 Introduction;

2 Informational systems and database; 3 Database model.

Learning activities

Module 1 - Introduction of Informational systems and databases is composed the following: Explain the lesson, work with interactive whiteboard, slide show, and get to know new terms in English with new teaching methods of audio lecture. Module (name) «Introduction of Informational systems and databases is composed the following: Explain the lesson, work with interactive whiteboard, slide show, and get to know new terms in English with new teaching methods– testing.


Task 1. Prepare the report to the following subject: The basis concept of database. Hierarchical and network model. Task 2. Design a conceptual model of database. Task 3. Design a database of Hotels and sending to the [email protected]

DATE [1-4, 6, 9] Date 6-11 weeks: Module 2 - Structural scheme of Database Topics 1 A relational model. Relational algebra;

2 Another database model; 3 3- level architecture of Database.

Learning activities

Module 2 – Structural scheme of Database is composed the following: Explain the lesson, work with interactive whiteboard, slide show, and get to know new terms in English with new teaching methods of audio lecture. Module (name) «Structural scheme of Database» is composed the following: Explain the lesson, work with interactive whiteboard, slide show, and get to know new terms in English with new teaching methods– testing.

Tasks ISW Task 1. Prepare the report to the following subject: Relational algebra and relational calculations. SQL language. SELECT operator. Task 2. «Design a database of Lombard and sending to the [email protected]. Task 3. «Design a database of Employment Bureau and sending to the [email protected]

Literature [6, 9, 11, 22-25] Date 12-15 weeks: Module 3 - Database management system Topics 1 Database design;

2 Database software.


Learning activities

Module 3 – Database management system is composed the following: Module (name) «Database management system» is composed the following: Explain the lesson, work with interactive whiteboard, slide show, and get to know new terms in English with new teaching methods of audio lecture. Module (name) «Structural scheme of Database» is composed the following: Explain the lesson, work with interactive whiteboard, slide show, and get to know new terms in English with new teaching methods– testing.

Tasks ISW Task 1. Prepare the report to the following subject: create a query in SQL regime, SQL query with the forms of creation and edition. Task 2. Design a database of «freight transportation» and sending to the seilkhan.zhartanov @gmail.com поштаға жіберу. Task 3. Design a database of «E-shop» and sending to the [email protected]

Literature [6,7, 11-25] Assessment tools at the end of the course Студенттің білімін бағалау туралы ақпарат Letter grade system digital equivalent

(point) %

Traditional system of mark.

А 4,0 95-100 excellent

А- 3,67 90-94 В+ 3,33 85-89

good В 3,0 80-84 В- 2,67 75-79 С+ 2,33 70-74

satisfactorily С 2,0 65-69 С- 1,67 60-64 Д+ 1,33 55-59 Д 1,0 50-54 F 0 0-49 unsatisfactorily Instructional Materials and References Bibliography

1. N.B. Kultin A self learning module. Programming on Object Pascal в Delphi 5.-StPt.: BHV- Saint Petersburg, 1999,-464p.

2. N.B.Kultin Programming on Object Pascal в Delphi 5- StPt.: BHV- Saint Petersburg, 1998,-304p. 3. P.Darahvelidze, E.Markov Delphi 5- StPt.: BHV- Saint Petersburg,1999,-724p. 4. P.G. Darahvelidze, .Markov Delphi- The environment of visual programming.- StPt.: BHV- Saint

Petersburg,1996,-352p. 5. V.V.Faronov Turbo Pascal 7.0. Beginner course. Training manual.-M.: «Nolige»,1997.-616p., 6. V.V.Faronov Delphi 4. Training manual.- M.: «Nolige»,1999-464p. 7. V.V.Faronov Delphi 4. Training manual.- M.: «Nolige»,2000.-608p.. 8. Zh.K.Nurbekova Practicum tasks solution on Delphi 5.0:

Additional literature 1. Zh.K.Nurbekova, A.Z. Dautova. Laboratory work in programming language. Bruno Babie. Simple and

clever of Borland++. Transl.frm, engl. V.Timofeeva. – M.: BINOM,1995.-400p. 2. S.V.Simonovich Informatics: Beginner course/S.V.Simonovicha-StPt.:Peter,2000.-638p. 3. Duzelbaeva A.S. Language and basis of programming: Training manual for college and University


4. Duzelbaeva A.S., Duzelbaeva S.T., Vorozhcova S.V. and other- Pavlodar PSU named after. S.Toraigurova.


Emergency situations of technogenic and natural character - Syllabus

Course Title Emergency situations of

technogenic and natural character

Pre-requisites «Tactics of rescue and emergency response», «Life safety fundamentals», «Fire safety".

Hours 135 hours including: classroom-based – 60 hours extracurricular – 75 hours

Tutorials OUT OF CLASS Activities & ASSIGNMENTS Semester

15 hours 75 hours Winter semester

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Abay Myrzakhmetov Kokshetau University Department: Ecology, Life Safety and environmental protection Professor (the course was developed by): Lecturer, Karipollayev Murat Kairatovich E-mail [email protected] Course description The discipline "Emergency situations of technogenic and natural character" contains all the necessary aspects, fully reflecting modern knowledge in protection field in emergency situations. Lectures and assignments of practical classes will help students to focus on the key issues of each topic: basics of rescue operations, tactical capabilities of rescue and fire units, emergency situations in the country and beyond it. The system of practical classes tasks and tutorials tasks will allow students to study independently questions that are not covered by the lecture and practical course. The list of control questions will help students prepare for the current, intermediate and final control. Trainees profile The course is addressed to the students of: Bachelor's programme 5В073100 «Life Safety and environmental protection” Learning Objectives At the end of this course, the student will be able to: - have tactical capabilities of rescue and firefighting units; - have theoretical and practical basis of rescue operations; - have methodology for calculating forces and assets for rescue and other urgent work; - have requirements of manuals, instructions, orders and other guidance documents regulating the organization of rescue and other urgent work; Students will get an idea: - about theoretical and practical basis of rescue operations; - about possible emergency situations in the country and abroad; - about technology of conducting emergency rescue operations. Students will know and be able to use: - theoretical and practical basis of rescue operations; - tactical capabilities of rescue and firefighting units; - methodology for calculating forces and assets for rescue and other urgent work; - requirements of manuals, instructions, orders and other guidance documents regulating the organization of rescue and other urgent work; Students will acquire skills: - to apply in practice the requirements of the guidelines on the issues of emergency rescue operations; - to forecast a possible fire situation as a result of possible emergency situations with a reasonable degree of accuracy;


- to assess correctlu the situation that has developed in an emergency situation; Pedagogical aims to be reached Communicative Objectives Formation of the ability to listen to others, the ability to work in a team, the ability to distribute responsibilities, formation of leadership qualities. Evaluative Objectives Development of critical thinking, abilities of public speaking, development of analytical skills. Professional goals: - study theoretical and practical basis of rescue operations; - study the main hazards, in emergency situations of anthropogenic and natural character; - teach students to make the correct calculation of forces and means for conducting rescue and other urgent work; - teach to assess the situation that has developed in an emergency situation; Pedagogical methodologies used: Blended Learning («Face to Face» variant) Contextual Learning and Training Problem solving Flipped learning Co-operative Learning Assessment & Evaluation of Student Learning «Peer Teaching» Learning Case-based technologies Pedagogical tools Methodological Electronic, printed and audiovisual materials Research (information search, analysis and synthesis of data, formulation of conclusions) Experiment and training (practical problems solving, working with equipment) Interactive (discussions / debates, comparative analysis, exchange of opinions, problem scenarios, case studies) Communicative (finding solutions through a collective approach, learning in partnership) Evaluation (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests). Technical Training platforms: TAMOS, Platonus, Easy.Wi-Fi, Internet resources: Cloud storage (Google Disk), applications (Trello), e-mail, social networks Equipment: SMART Board, computers, laptops, smartphones, dosimeters, contour maps, descriptive equipment (pencils, rulers) Environment used Students study in the university's classrooms in a face-to-face model. At the same time, a mixed model is implemented, when electronic technologies are intensively used in the learning process (e-learning platform, Internet access opportunities in the classroom using a computer / a smartphone, PC (Practical Classes) tasks fulfillment and preparation for e-technology lessons). Course Timing 1-15 weeks of the Winter semester Course Modality Full-time course of study. Course structure The course structure «Emergency situations of technogenic and natural character” lasts 15 weeks and is organized in five modules. Each module consists of lectures, practical exercises, Practical Classes and Tutorials. Class duration is 50 minutes. Types of classes in each module: lectures perception, discussions in the virtual space, solution of professionally directed tasks and so on. In total, the course provides: lectures - 15 hours, practical classes - 30 hours, tutorials - 15 hours, out of class work - 75 hours. Topical Outline and Schedule DATE (training week) 1-4 weeks: Module 1 - Characteristics of emergency situations (ES). Classification.


Topics 1. Criteria for emergency levels 2. Geological emergency. Types and protection. 3. Hydrological Emergencies. Incidents in water.

Learning activities The Module «Characteristics of emergency situations (ES). Classification» is composed of the following activities: Accumulative activity – reading, video material watching, lecture material study. Research activity – finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication activity: discussion, collaborating. Communication – discuss, collaborate; Experiental activity – knowledge of laws in professional problems solving. Experiental – practice, apply. Productive – reports preparation, cases solving Productive –write. Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparison method, sharing opinion. Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment activity: lectures and video materials analysis, professional problems solving, timeliness of assignments, preparation of reports, participation in the discussion (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests, Easy tests) are evaluated.- Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback

OUT OF CLASS Activities & ASSIGNMENTS

Task 1. Prepare a scientific report on these topics: 1. Criteria for emergency levels 2. Geological emergency. Types and protection. (Discussion in the chat (cloud technology (Google disk)). Task 2. Group work on making presentations on the topics: Protection principles of the population Organization of rescue operations in geological emergency situations Task 3. Passing online test for self-esteem using the site (http://master-test.net) (10 questions).

ASSIGNED READINGS [1-2; 3-5; 7-9; 6,9;]

DATE (training week) 5-7 weeks: Module 2 - Natural fires. Prevention and protection Topics 1. Meteorological hazards. Types and protection.

2. Biological dangerous natural phenomena. Dangerous Infections Learning activities The Module «Natural fires. Prevention and protection» is composed of the

following activities: Accumulative activity – reading, video material watching, lecture material study. Research activity – finding and handling information, analyzing information, synthesis of data Communication activity: discussion, collaborating. Experimental activity – knowledge of laws in professional problems solving. Productive – reports preparation, cases solving. Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparison method, sharing opinion. Assessment activity: lectures and video materials analysis, professional problems solving, timeliness of assignments, preparation of reports, participation in the discussion (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests, Easy tests) are evaluated.



Task 1. Prepare a scientific report on this topic: Biological dangerous natural phenomena. Dangerous Infections (Discussion in the chat (cloud technology (Google disk)). Task 2. Group work on making presentations on the topics: Basic concepts and definitions of biological emergencies Task 3. Passing the online test for self-esteem. On the site (http://master-test.net) (10 questions).

ASSIGNED READINGS [10,11; 12;7-9;] Date (training week) 8-15 weeks: Module 3 - Technogenic fires TOPICS Road transport accidents and disasters

Emergency on the railway Emergency in water and air transport. Emergency with the release of toxic substances Accidents in life support systems

Learning activities The Module «Technogenic fires» is composed of the following activities: Accumulative activity – reading, video material watching, lecture material study. Research activity – finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data Communication activity: discussion, collaborating. Experimental activity – knowledge of laws in professional problems solving. Productive – cartogram making, construction of charts, presentations making. Reports preparation Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparison method, sharing opinion in chat. Assessment activity: activity in chat, professional problems solving, timeliness of assignments, presentations, Easy tests are evaluated.


Task 1.Automobile transport accidents and disasters 2.Engineering on the railway (Discussion in the chat (cloud technology (Google disk)). Task 2. Group work on making presentations on the topics: 1. Basic concepts and definitions of traffic accidents 2. The main concepts and definitions of emergency on the railway Task 3. Passing online test for self-esteem using the site (http://master-test.net) (10 questions).

ASSIGNED READINGS [9-11; 10-11; 9-11; 10-12; 1-3,8; 3,5,8-10];

Assessment tools at the end of the course The students’ achievements level in the course program is assessed on the basis of the overall system of grades taken at the university. The final evaluation includes: 1. Rating control: 60% 2. Examination: 40% The final score is calculated by the formula: (R1 + R2) *0,6 + E*0,4 2 Where: R1 is the digital equivalent of the first rating; R2 is the digital equivalent of the second rating; E is the digital equivalent of exam evaluation. The alphabetic score and its digital equivalent in points are determined by the percentage of the correct answers, respectively, below in the table.


Evaluation by letter system Digital

equivalent (points)

Evaluation in %

Evaluation according to the traditional system



1. Zazulinski V.D. Security in emergency situations.М. Examination 2006 2. Kossolapova N.V., Prokopenko N.A. Life safety fundamentals: Manual. М.: Academy, 2014 3. Mikryukov V.Y. Life safety М.: KKORUS,2013 4. Nikiforov L.L., Persiyanov V.V. Life safety. Study guide. М.: Infra -М,2014 5. Bondin V.I., Semyekhin Y.G. Life safety. Бондин В.И.Ю.Г.Семехин. Безопасность жизнежеятельности:

Study guide. М.: Infra -М,2014 6. Kossolapova N.V., Prokopenko N.A. Life safety fundamentals: Manual. М.: Academy, 2014 7. Sapronov Y.G. Life safety: Manual. М.: Academy, 2014 8. Edited by B.S. Mastryukova. Life safety: Manual. М.: Academy, 2014 9. Edited by L. A. Mikhailova. Life safety: Manual. М.: Academy, 2013 10. Edited by V.M. Maslova. Life safety. Manual. М.: Academy, 2014 11. Petrov N.N. Петров, Н.Н. Man in emergency situations. Chelyabinsk. South Ural book house 1997 12. Mastryukov B.S. Security in emergency situations М. Publishing centre "Academy" 2008 13. Muravei L.A., Rayeva N.N. and others. Ecology and life safety. Study guide for universities. М.: YUNITI-

DANA, 2008 14. Edited by S.V. Belov. Life safety. Study guide for universities. М.: High school, 2009. 15. Compiled by: M.Y. Timeyeva. Protection in emergency situations of Kokshetau: KAMU, 2015 16. I.F. Kologtayevskaya. Life safety. Tests. М.: Alfa-Press, 2008 17. Anissimova N.M. Life safety fundamentals Almaty,2013 18. Muravei L.A., Rayeva N.N. and others. Ecology and life safety: Study guide for universities. М.: YUNITI-

DANA, 2008 19. Vishnyakov Y.D. and others. Life safety. Population and territories protection in emergency situations

М.Academy, 2008 20. Laws of the Republic of Kazakhstan in the field of emergency situations in Almaty 21. Sychev Y.N. Safety in emergency situations М.Finance and statistics,2007 22. Tleuova Zhulduz Omirbekovna. Population protection against natural and man-made emergency

situations of Kokshetau:KAMU, 2015 23. Azhanzholov Z.K., L.K. Balzbas. Life safety. Astana: Foliant, 2009 24. Belov P.G. Белов, П.Г. System analysis and modeling of dangerous processes in technosphere

М.:Academy,2005 25. The Law of the Republic of Kazakhstan "On Civil Protection" of April 11, 2014 No. 188


26. A compendium of materials for the training of leaders in emergency situations and civil defense. - A., Republican Courses of Civil Defense, 2001. - 96 p.

27. Kazakhstan's preparedness plan for natural disasters (Project of the Government of the Republic of Kazakhstan KAZ / 98/003 / B / 07/99) A., Publishing house "YmiT", 2000. - 256s. With ill.

28. Methodology for assessing the possible fire situation and the calculation of the forces and assets of fire fighting personnel and emergency situations for firefighting while carrying out rescue and other urgent work as a result of earthquakes in the Republic of Kazakhstan. - A .: Department of GPS, 1999.- 31 p.

29. Instructions for the organization and conduct of evacuation measures. - A.: State Committee of the Republic of Kazakhstan for Emergency Situations. Department of Civil Defense and Military Units, 2000. - 46 p.

30. Workshop on the safety of life activity [Text]: A manual for laboratory and practical work / Under the general. Ed. A.V. Frolova .- Rostov n / a: Phoenix, 2009.- 490, [3] p .: il.- (Higher education).

31. Safety of vital activity (po) [Electronic resource] / Sost Salikhova VG- Electron. Dan. [1-12х 700 mv 80min] .- Kokshetau: RIO KAMU, 2012.- 1 electronic disk (CD-RW).

32. http://rmebrk.kz/ - The site of the Republican interuniversity electronic library. 33. http://tamos.kuam.kz/ - Electronic learning platform of Abay Myrzakhmetov Kokshetau University. 34. https://drive.google.com/drive - Personal page in Google Disc. 35. https://trello.com/ - Personal page of Trello Web application. 36. https://www.youtube.com/?gl=KZ – The site of video hosting services.

Informational systems architecture Syllabus

Title of the course Informational systems

architecture Prerequisits Informational systems

project, informational systems basics

Hours 135 hours including: аuditory – 30 hours nonauditory – 15 hours

SWSP MSW Semester

15 hours 75 hours 1

Teachers’ name and contact information

Kokshetau University after Abai Myrzakhmetov _ Department of informational systems and informatics ___ Lecture at: senior teacher ,m.e.s._Agzamova Mahabbat Cabidenovna__________ E-mail [email protected]________ Course description

It is the development of the concept and methodology of the analysis and synthesis of complex systems, information systems design principles, based on modern economic - mathematical methods and computational tehniki.Opredelyaetsya requirements for the computer system created in various fields of industry and economy, which increases sharply in the age of new information technologies . Information systems are not only more complex, but also need to be more informative, mobile, protective, affordable, user friendly. Student profile The course is devoted for students: Маster__6М070300_Informational systems Educating objectives:

As a result of the development of the design methodology at the-discipline the student should be able to: • macro and micro levels; the principles of the hierarchy of systems; • system analysis;

As a result of the development of the discipline the student should know: • use methods of decomposition of tasks systems in order to optimize the design of information systems;


• use formal methods of designing the organizational and functional structures of information systems; • carry out preliminary design of a complex system and to assess the quality and reliability of the designed

system; Pedagogical objectives to be achieved Communicative objectives The design of all types of information systems with the use of tools of system design of new information technologies. Developing objectives development of critical thinking, public speaking skills, the development of analytical skills, the ability to design information systems. Professional objectives:

• define the requirements for the computer systems maintenance of information systems • full information systems • design developing information systems using different programming languages

Used pedagogical methods: Blended Learning («Face to Face Driver») contextual Problemsolving Flippedlearning Co-operative Learning Assessment& Evaluation of Student Learning «Peer Teaching» Case-based technologies Pedagogical instruments Меthological electronic, print and audiovisual materials research (information search, analysis and synthesis of data, drawing conclusions) experiment and training (solving practical problems, work with the equipment) interactive (discussion / debate sravnenitelny analysis, exchange of views, the problem scenario, cases) communication ( search for solutions through collective approach learning in partnership) evaluation (self-evaluation, group evaluation, standardized tests standardizedtests). Technical learning platform: TAMOS, Platonus, Easy. Wi-Fi, Internet resources: Cloud Storage (GoogleDisk), applications (Trello seem very inconsistent), e-mail, social networking equipment: interactive whiteboard SMART Board, computers, laptops, smart phones, badges, contour maps, descriptive equipment (pencils, rulers) Educating sphere

Students are taught in classrooms in the university, "face to face" model. This realizes a mixed model where the learning process electronic technologies (e-learning platform, exit opportunities in the Internet in the classroom with a computer / smartphone, performing the CCF assignments and preparation for using e-technology studies) are used intensively. training dates Training dates

1-15 weeks of the 6th semester Educating dates

Full time Course structure The course "Architecture of information systems" lasts 15 weeks and is organized in 5 modules. Each module consists of lectures, practical classes, CPM and SRMP. The duration of classroom training and 50 minutes. Types of lessons in each module: the perception of lectures and discussions in the virtual space, professional solution designed tasks and so on. Total to date is provided: lectures - 15 hours, practical training - 30 hours SRSP - 15 hours, the CDS - 75 hours. Educating week 1-3 weeks: Моdule 1 –Informational systems project Тhemes 1Kontseptsiya design of information systems (IS)


2 Software life cycle of IP Educational activity Моdule «Informational systems project» consists of the next actions:

Assimulative activities –reading, watching, study Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication –discuss, collaborate; Experiental – practice, apply. Productive –write. Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback

MSW tasks Literature

Task 1. The history of the development of information systems .: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2LxFyrUQLs watching videos and analyze. Task 2. Stages of the information system life cycle: preparation of presentations taking advantage canva.com site Task 3. Drawing up of the life cycle for a specific IC to be tested self-concept on the following link http://oltest.ru/tests/informacionnye_tehnologii/organizaciya_evm_i_sistem/ [1-4, 6, 9, 11, 23-25]

Educating week 4-8 weeks: Моdule 2 – IS analysis modeling Тhemes 1. Organization of IS development

2. Analysis and modeling of functional IP implementation 3. The specification of functional requirements for IP IC 4. Information provision 5. Preparation of technical specifications

Educational activity Моdule «IS analysis modeling» consists of the next actions: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, study Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication –discuss, collaborate; Experiental – practice, apply. Productive –write. Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback

MSW tasks Literature

Task 1 . Means of IS development: information search, charting, report (similarity and difference - the contrast). Task 2. Compilation of presentations on the topic "Requirements for IP" on the site canva.com Self-assessment test (20 questions) .http: //oltest.ru/tests/informacionnye_tehnologii/informacionnye_tehnologii/ [6, 9, 11, 22-25]

Educating weeks 9-15 weeks: Моdule 3 –IS modeling Тhemes Methodologies domain

2. Business process modeling simulation means Bpwin 3. Modeling information support 4. The unified modeling language visual Unified Modeling Language (UML) 5. Steps IC design using UML

Educational activity Module "central control unit" consists of the following: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, study Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication –discuss, collaborate; Experiental – practice, apply. Productive –write. Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment,


received feedback MSW tasks Literature

Task 1. Using the information systems: information search, discussion in the chat message preparation. Setting 2.Stages of IS design: searching for information, group work on drawing up the presentation. Self-assessment test (30 questions) .http: //oltest.ru/tests/informacionnye_tehnologii/telekomunikacii/ [6, 11-16, 21-25]

Mechanisms for evaluation of the course The level of student achievement in the course program is evaluated on the basis of a common system of final assessments adopted in the university. Grade include: 1. Control Rating: 60% 2. Exam: 40% Total score calculated by the formula: (R1 + R2) * 0,6 + E * 0,4 2 wherein R1 - is the digital equivalent of the first evaluation rating; R2 - digital equivalent estimate the second ranking; E - the digital equivalent exam scores. Letter grade and its digital equivalent in points determined by the percentage of correct answers respectively below the reduced table.

Letter grade Digital equalent (balls)

Score в %

Score on traditional system


Training materials and links

1. The ABCs of a personal computer. Architecture, structure and configuration, Starkov V. V., M: Hotline Telecom 2010

2. The ABCs of computer systems and networks: Textbook. Benefit Baranovskaya T. P., M Finance and Statistics, 2009

3. UP Architecture of computer systems, Agzamova MK, Kokshetau: Kuam 2013 4. Architecture of computer systems and computer networks. Proc. benefit Stepanov N., St. Petersburg:. Peter

2009 5. Computer Architecture and Systems, Novozhilov OP, M .: Yurayt 2013 6. Structural organization and architecture of computer systems, Stallings W., St. Petersburg: Williams, 2010 7. Kuzin AV , Levonisova SV Databases: A manual for stud. Executive .uchebn. zaved.- 4th ed., sr. M .: Publishing

Center "Academy", 2010.- 320 p. 8. The Council BJ Database. Theory and Practice: A Training for schools - 2 ed. Moscow: Higher School, 2007.-

453 p.

Additional


1. Aleksandrov, DV Tools of information management. CASE-technology and distributed information systems: Textbook / DV Alexandrov. - M .: FiS, 2011. - 224 c.

2. Amiridi, Y. Information systems in the economy. Performance management of the banking business: Textbook / JV Amiridi, ER Kochanova, OA Morozov; Ed. DV Pure. - M .: KnoRus, 2011. - 174 c.

3. Baldin KV Information systems in the economy: the Textbook / KV Baldin, VB Utkin. - M .: Dashkov i K, 2013. - 395 c.

4. Baldin KV Information systems in the economy: Textbook / KV Baldin. - M .: SIC INFRA-M, 2013. - 218 c. 5. Blinovskaya, YY Introduction to Geographic Information Systems: A Tutorial / YY Blinovskaya, DS Zadoya. - M

.: Forum, SIC INFRA-M, 2013. - 112 c. 6. Bodrov, OA Domain-specific economic information systems: Textbook for Universities / OA Bodrov. - M .:

Gore. Line Telecom, 2013. - 244 c. 7. Varfolomeeva, AO Enterprise information systems: Textbook / SA Varfolomeeva, AV Koryakovsky, VP

Romanov. - M .: SIC INFRA-M, 2013. - 283 c. 8. Vasilkov AV Information systems and their safety: Textbook / AV Cornflowers, AA Cornflowers, IA

Cornflowers. - M .: Forum, 2013. - 528 c. 9. Vdovin, VM Domain-specific economic information systems: Textbook / VM Vdovin. - M .: Dashkov i K, 2013. -

388 c. 10. Gorbenko, AO Information systems in economics / SA Gorbenko. - M .: Binom. LZ, 2012. - 292 c. 11. Grishin, AV Industrial Information Systems and Networks: A Practical Guide / A. Grishin. - M .: Radio and

Communications, 2010. - 176 c. 12. Zolotov, EV Basics of inventory: Territorial Information Systems: A Textbook for universities / EV Zolotov. - M .:

Fund "Mir", Acad. Project, 2012. - 416 c. 13. Isaev, GN Information systems in the economy: the Textbook for students / GN Isaev. - M .: Omega-L, 2013. -

462 c. 14. Mezentsev, KN Automated information systems: A textbook for students of secondary vocational education

institutions / KN Mezentsev. - M .: IC Academy, 2013. - 176 c. 15. Norenkov, IP Automated information systems: Textbook / IP Norenkov. - M .: MSTU. Bauman, 2011. - 342 p.

Olejnik, PP Corporate information systems: Textbook for universities. Standard third-generation / PP Olejnik. - SPb .: Peter, 2012. - 176 p.

16. Patrushina, SM Information systems in the economy: Textbook / SM Patrushina, NA Aruchidi. - M .: Mini Taipei, 2012. - 144 p.

17. Pirogov, VY Information systems and databases: the organization and design: Textbook / VY Pies. - SPb .: BHV-Petersburg, 2009. - 528 p.

18. Rubichev, NA Measuring information system / NA Rubichev. - M .: Wood, 2010. - 334 c. 19. Rubichev, NA Measuring information systems: Textbook / NA Rubichev. - M .: Bustard, 2010. - 334 c. 20. Utkin, VB Information systems in the economy: the textbook for students of higher educational institutions /

VB Utkin, KV Baldin. - M .: Akademiya, 2012. - 288 p. 21. Fedorov GN Information systems: A Textbook for students. media institutions. prof. Education / GN Fedorov.

- M .: Akademiya, 2013. - 208 p. 22. Chandra, A. Remote sensing and geographic information systems / AM Chandra, SK Ghosh; Trans. from

English. AV Kiryushin. - M .: Technosphere, 2008. - 312 p. 23. Ash, VN Information systems and technologies in economics .: Textbook for university students / VN Clear. -

M .: UNITY-DANA, 2012. - 560 p.

Kuam Literature is represented in the map of methodical maintenance of discipline re actively involved in all WP1 activities and did.


Management in IT - Syllabus

Course title Management in IT Prerequisites When studying a discipline,

students rely on knowledge gained in the process of studying basic and profiling disciplines.

Hours 135 hours including: classroom – 60 hours out-of-class– 75 hours

Out of class assignment hours Semester


Name of the instructors and contact information

University: Abay Myrzakhmetov Kokshetau University Department: Information systems and Informatics The course was developed by: Lecturer, Master of technical sciences, Nadyrova Fatima Kamalovna E-mail [email protected] Course Description

The purpose of teaching the discipline "Management in IT" is to give future masters the knowledge, skills and abilities to carry out activities in the creation of management management systems, and to manage production processes in terms of quality indicators. Trainees profile The course is intended for students: Master's Program 6М070300 "Information Systems" Learning Objectives

At the end of this course, the student will be able to: • to have an idea about the IT management system, the main elements of the quality management

system, the system configuration, the development prospects, the elements of management; • will get knowledge: about the elements of the IT management system, about the possibilities of

managing them, about the principles of quality management, about the requirements for systems; • to evaluate products, analyze existing quality systems, develop quality management systems, develop

and make decisions when implementing a quality management system Pedagogical goals to be achieved Communicative goals The formation of the ability to listen to others, the ability to work in a team, the ability to distribute responsibilities, the formation of leadership qualities. Developing goals Develop subjects of disciplines devoted to the scientific development of students. 1. The adequacy of the mapping of the subject area (completeness, integrity, consistency, relevance of data). 2. Ability to interact with users of different categories; Ensuring high access efficiency. 3. User-friendly interface. 4. Ensuring privacy and confidentiality. 5. Ensuring the mutual independence of programs and data. Pedagogical methodologies used:

Mixed training - the "Face to Face" option) Blended Learning ("Face to Face") Contextual training and contextual training Inverted learning method –Flipped learning Cooperative learning- Co-operative Learning Evaluation Training Assessment & Evaluation of Student Learning Peer Teaching training Case study based on Case-based technologies Pedagogical tools


Methodological Automated reference and information systems (AISS). Automated learning systems. Automated Information and Computing Systems (AVIS). Decision support systems. Technical Training platforms: TAMOS, Platonus, Easy.Wi-Fi, Internet resources: Cloud storage (GoogleDisk), applications (Trello), e-mail, social networks. Equipment: interactive board SMART Board, computers, laptops, smartphones Environment used

Students study in the university's classrooms in a face-to-face model. At the same time, a mixed model is implemented, when electronic technologies are intensively used in the learning process (e-learning platform, Internet access opportunities in the audience from a computer / smartphone, CDS tasks fulfillment and preparation for e-technology lessons). Course training1-15 weeks 1 semester

Forms of education: full-time Course structure The course "Management in IT" lasts 15 weeks and is organized into 3 modules. Each module consists of lectures, practical exercises, out of class activities and assignments ans assigned readings. Duration of the classroom is 50 minutes. Types of classes in each module: the perception of lectures, discussions in the virtual space, the solution of professionally directed tasks and so on. In total, the course provides: lectures - 30 hours, practical classes - 15 hours, out of class - 15 hours, assignment hours - 75 hours.

Thematic plan and schedule Week of training 1-7 weeks: Module 1 - Methodological aspects of informatization in management

activities Topics 1. Information management: definition, purpose, goals and tasks

2. Information processes in the management of the organization 3. Features of information technology in organizations of various types 4. Information communications in corporate systems

Learning Activities Module "Methodical aspects of informatization in management activities" consists of the following actions: Accumulative activity - reading, viewing video materials, studying of lecture material.Research activities - information retrieval, information analysis, data synthesis. Finding and handling information, analysis of data; Communicative activity: discussion, execution of works in cooperation. Communism -discuss, collaborate; Experimental activity-knowledge of laws when solving professional problems. Experiental - practice, apply. Productive - drawing up of reports, the decision of casesProductive-write. Interactive - problematic scenarios, discussions, method of comparison, exchange of opinions. Interactive / adaptive - tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Evaluation activity: assessment of lectures and video materials, the solution of professional tasks, timeliness of assignments, reporting, participation in the discussion (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests, Easy tests) .- Assessment-write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer- Review, self-assessment, received feedback.

Out of class activities and assignments ans assigned readings activities

Task 1. Technical and software of IT and IS management of the organization .: discussion on twitter.com Task 2. Creating a presentation online at https://www.canva.com/ presentation theme "software"


Test questions on this discipline: 30 questions on the platform tamos.kuam.kz [1,2]

Week of learning 8-15 weeks: Module 2 - Information technology for solving management tasks. Topics 1. Use of information technology in strategic management.

2. Use of information technologies in project management. 3. Information technologies as a tool for the formation of managerial decisions 4. Design objects of IS and IT in the management of the organization 5. Decision support system and engineering design in organization management

Learning activities The module "Information technologies for solving management tasks" consists of the following actions: Accumulative activity - reading, viewing video materials, studying of lecture material. Research activities - information retrieval, information analysis, data synthesis. Communicative activity: performance of works in cooperation. Productive activity: compilation of radioactive decay schemes, preparation of a report. Experimental activity - the solution of professional problems, the application of knowledge of laws in solving professional problems. Interactive - brainstorming, discussion, learning in partnership. Evaluation activity: the analysis of lectures and video materials, the solution of professional tasks, timeliness of assignments, reports, participation in the discussion (group assessment, Easy-tests) are evaluated.

Out of class activities and assignments ans assigned readings activities

Task 1. "Information technology in financial management": Information search, drawing up of schemes, report. Test questions on this discipline: 30 questions on the platform tamos.kuam.kz [6, 7]

Assessment tools at the end of the course The level of the student's achievements in the course program is assessed on the basis of the overall system of grades taken at the university. The final evaluation includes: Rating control: 60 % Examinaiton: 40 % The final score is calculated by the formula: (R1 + R2)*0,6 + E*0,4

2 Where: R1 is the digital equivalent of the first rating; R2 is the digital equivalent of the second rating; E is the digital equivalent of exam evaluation. The alphabetic score and its digital equivalent in points are determined by the percentage of the correct answers, respectively, below the table.

Evaluation by letter system Figure equivalent (points)

Estimated in %


A 4,0 95-100 excellent A - 3,67 90-94 excellent В+ 3,33 85-89 good B 3,0 80-84 good B- 2,67 75-79 good С+ 2,33 70-74 satisfactorily C 2,0 65-69 satisfactorily C- 1,67 60-64 satisfactorily D+ 1,33 55-59 satisfactorily


D 1,0 50-54 satisfactorily F 0 0-49 Not satisfactorily

Instructional materials and references

1. Http://rmebrk.kz/ - The site of the Republican interuniversity electronic library. 2. http://tamos.kuam.kz/ - Electronic learning platform for U. Named after A. Myrzakhmetov. 3. https://trello.com/ - Personal page of the Trello web application. 4. https://www.youtube.com/?gl=KZ - The site of video hosting. 5. http://egov.kz/wps/portal/index - e-government

Main: 1. Data K.J. Introduction to database systems, 6th edition. – St. P .: Publishing house "Williams", 2008. - 848 p. 2. Khomonenko A.D., Tsygankov V.M., Maltsev M.G. Databases. Textbook for higher education institutions / Under the editorship of Prof. A. Homonenko - St. Petersburg: "CROWN print", 2000 - 540 pp. 3. Golitsin M.S. Database. St. Petersburg: BHV - Petersburg, 2000.-340 p. 4. Borgeno Ya.Ya., Kirsanova M.V. Office technologies: Textbook .- M.: INFRA-M .; Novosibirsk: Siberian agreement, 2006. - 256 p. 5. Introduction to legal informatics: A textbook for high schools / Under total. Ed. D.B. Novikova, V.L. Kamynin. - Moscow: NGO "Computational Mathematics and Informatics", 2004. - 313 p. 6. Vier R. SQL - Server 2000. Programming in two. Parts. M: Bean. Laboratory of Knowledge, 2004.- 802 pp. 7. Pirogov V.Yu. Microsoft SQL Server 2000. Management and programming. St. Petersburg: BHV-Petersburg, 2005.- 608 p. Additional: 1. Mandrykin A.V. Information technology in economics: textbook allowance / А.В. Mandrykin, A.V. Nepyshnevsky. Voronezh: VSTU, 2008.-235 p. 2. Golitsina OL, Maksimov MV, Popov II Databases: Textbook. Moscow: Forum-Infra-M, 2004.-352 p. 3. D. Krenke. Theory and practice of building databases: 9 ed. St. Petersburg. : Peter, 2005.-859 p. 4. Garcia-Molina, Ulman, Jeffrey, Wyndham Jennifer. Database systems: full course: trans. With eng: - M .: Publishing house "Williams", 2003-1088 p. 5. Malykhinina M.P. Database: basics, design, use. St. Petersburg: BHV-Peter, 2004- 544 p. 6. Kuzin A.V. , Levonisova S.V. Databases: a tutorial for stud. Higher education. Zaved.-4 th ed., Sr. M .: The publishing center "Academy", 2010. - 320 p. 7. Councils B.Ya. Database. Theory and practice: educational for universities - 2 nd ed. Moscow: VS, 2007.- 453 p. The literature of Abay Myrzakhmetov Kokshetau University is reflected in the Table of methodical provision of discipline.

Мetrology, standardization and certification - Syllabus

Course Title Мetrology, standardization and

certification Pre-requisites Mathematics, Engineering

graphic Hours 135 Out of Class 75

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Abai Myrzakhmetov Kokshetau University Department: Ecology, Life Safety and Environmental Protection Senior teacher: Salikova Natalya S., PhD (Chemical science), senior teacher E-mail: [email protected] Course Description The discipline «Metrology, standardization and certification» contains all the necessary aspects, fully reflecting current knowledge in the relevant areas of science. Lectures and tasks of practical classes will help students to


focus on the key questions of every theme: The basics of metrology, Measuring instruments, The basics of standardization in the field of environmental protection, Environmental quality standards, Standards for the quality of soil and water in reservoirs, Standards for maximum permissible environmental impact, Environmental management and certification. The system of assignments for independent work will allow students to independently study questions that are not covered by the lecture-practical course. The list of control questions will help students to prepare for the current, intermediate and final control. Trainees profile A course is addressed for student: Bachelor 5В073100 «Life Safety and Environmental Protection Learning Objectives At the end of this course a student must: Know: the theory of metrology, the requirements for measuring physical quantities; organization of metrological service in the Republic of Kazakhstan and system of state standards; regulatory normative documents for metrological support of life safety and environmental protection; requirements to the construction, exposition, registration and maintenance of standards in the field of environmental protection and life safety. Be able: operate with the results of physical quantities; calculate errors in measurements and measuring instruments; apply mathematical statistics methods to process measurement results; evaluate the quality of environment for compliance with the environment quality standards. Have skills of: description of the measurement result; evaluation of the quality of environment objects for compliance with quality standards; evaluation of the quality of production products based on the results of certification; evaluation of the quality of products produced by the method of environmental labeling. apply knowledge, abilities and skills : during realization of dosimetry, radiometric, radiochemical methods of analysis of radiation situation; when choosing the optimal protection means from sources of ionizing radiation; at the scientifically reasonable acceptance of decisions in the areas of radiation safety. Pedagogical aims that must be attained Communicative aims Creating the abilities to listen the others, abilities to work in team, abilities of distribution of duties, forming of leadership skills. Developing aims Development of the critical thinking, abilities of public speaking, development of analytical skills. Professional aims: theoretical and practical preparation of students on questions of science about measuring, methods of providing of their unity and methods of achievement of the required exactness, used on territory of Republic of Kazakhstan; forming for the students of knowledge, abilities and skills in the metrology providing of management safety of vital functions and defence of environment; to teach student to apply state laws and normatively-technical documentation on standardization and certification in the practical activity. Pedagogical methodologies used: Blended Learning («Face to Face Driver») Contextual Learning and Training Problem Solving / Situational Learning Flipped learning Co-operative Learning Assessment & Evaluation of Student Learning «Peer Teaching» Learning Case-based technologies Learning


Mobile Learning Pedagogical tools Methological electronic, printed and audiovisual materials investigative (information retrieval, analysis and synthesis of data, formulation of conclusions) experiment and training (decision of practical tasks, work with an equipment) interactive (discussions, comparative analysis, exchange by opinions, problem scenarios, case-studies) communicative (search of decision by means of collective approach, educating in сollaborativ) assessment (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests, «Easy-tests»). Technical Electronic Platforms of е-educating: TAMOS, Platonus, Easy. Wi-Fi, Internet resources: the Cloud storage (Google Disk), applications (Trello), e-mail, social networks. Equipment: SMART Board, computers, notebooks, smartphones, descriptive equipment. Environment of educating Students study in the classrooms of university in a model «face to face». The mixed model will be realized thus, when in the process of educating electronic technologies (electronic platform of educating, possibilities of exit in the Internet in an classrooms from the computer/smartphone, implementation of «Out of Class» assignments and preparation to employments with the use of е-technologies) are intensively used. Terms of educating 1-15 weeks of the 5-th semester Forms of teaching Full time Course structure A course «Мetrology, standardization and certification» last 15 weeks and organized in 3 modules. Every module consists of lectures, practical employments, «Out of Class» assignments. Class time - 50 minutes. Types of employments are in every module: perception of lectures, discussions in virtual space, decision of the professionally directed tasks and others. In total, the course provides: 15 hours of lectures, 30 hours of practical classes, 15 hours of independent work in the classroom with a teacher and 75 hours - out of class. Topical Outline and Schedule DATE Weeks 1-5: Module 1 - Fundamentals of Metrology Topics 1. The concept of physical quantity.

2. Theoretical basis of technical measurements. 3. Means of measurement. 4. Methods for estimating measurement errors. 5. Metrological service of the Republic of Kazakhstan.

Learning activities The module «Fundamentals of Metrology» consists of the following activities: Accumulative - reading, viewing video materials, studying of lecture material. Research - information retrieval, information analysis, data synthesis. Communicative - communication on the electronic platform, work in cooperation. Experimental - the solution of professional problems. Productive - preparation of presentations, reports and summary tables. Interactive - a method of comparison, exchange of opinions, brainstorming, training in the Peer teaching group. Assessment - assessment of lectures and video materials, the solution of professional tasks, timely executed tasks, reporting, participation in the discussion (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests, Easy tests).

OUT OF CLASS Activities ASSIGNMENTS & ASSIGNED READINGS

Task 1. System and off-system measurement units: information retrieval, analysis of video material, compilation of a summary table. Task 2. Calculation of measurement errors: analysis of video material, answering the questions. Self-assessment test (30 questions). [1-15, 18.22, 27, 40-44


DATE Weeks 6-11: Module 2 - Fundamentals of Standardization in the Field of Environmental Protection

Topics 1. General concepts, definitions of standardization. 2. Environmental quality standards. 3. Hygienic rationing of atmospheric air. 4. Water quality standards for water bodies, soil quality, physical impacts. 5. Standards of sanitary protection zone, zones of sanitary protection. 6. The standards of the maximum permissible impact on the environment.

Learning activities The module «Fundamentals of Standardization in the Field of Environmental Protection» consists of the following activities: Accumulative - reading, viewing video materials, studying of lecture material. Research - information retrieval, information analysis, data synthesis. Communicative - performance of works in cooperation. Productive - compilation of a summary table, preparation of presentations and messages, answering the questions on the electronic platform Experimental - solving professional problems. Interactive - brainstorm, discussions, learning in partnership. Assessment - assesses the analysis of lectures and video materials, the solution of professional tasks, timeliness of assignments, reports, participation in the discussion (group assessment, Easy-tests).


Assignment 1. Harmonization of national standards in the field of environmental protection with international ones: information retrieval, compilation of summary tables, preparation of the group presentation. Assignment 2. Problems of rationing of harmful substances in soil and water: discussion in the chat, group messages. Assignment 3. Requirements for the organization of sanitary protection zones and zones of sanitary protection: the study of video materials, the study of regulatory documents, answering the questions on the electronic platform. Self-assessment test (30 questions). [1-6, 8,9, 11-14, 16-18, 22, 25, 26, 40-44

DATE Weeks 12-15: Module 3 - Environmental Management and Certification Topics 1. International systems of environmental management.

2. Fundamentals of certification. 3. Environmental certification and marking. 4. State supervision and control of certification.

Learning activities The module «Environmental Management and Certification» consists of the following activities: Accumulative - reading, viewing video materials, studying of lecture material. Research - information retrieval, information analysis, data synthesis. Communicative - discussion, execution of works in cooperation. Experimental - the application of knowledge of laws in solving professional problems. Productive - making presentations, tables and reports, preparing messages. Interactive - problematic scenarios, exchange of opinions in the chat. Assessment - assesses the activity in the chat, the solution of professional tasks, timeliness of the tasks, presentations, Easy-tests.


Assignment 1. Certification requirements for products exporting to the markets of Customs Union and the EU markets: information retrieval and analysis, report preparation, preparation of the message to the electronic platform. Assignment 2. Problems of introduction of the environmental certification procedure in Kazakhstan: discussion in chat, information retrieval. Self-assessment test (30 questions). [1-6, 8,9, 11-14, 18-21, 24, 28-44]


Assessment tools at the end of the course The level of achievements of student on the program of course is estimated on the basis of the general system of final estimations by accepted in an university. A final estimation includes: Rating control: 60 % Examination: 40 % the Final estimation is counted up on a formula: (R1 + R2) *0,6 + E*0,4 2 where R1 – digital equivalent of estimation of the first rating; R2 - digital equivalent of estimation of the second rating; Е – digital equivalent of estimation of examination. An in letters estimation and her digital equivalent in points are determined on the percentage of right answers accordingly the below brought table over.

Estimation on the in letters system

Digital equivalent (points)

Estimation in %

Estimation on traditional system


Educational materials and references 1. Sergeev A.G., Latyshev M.V., Teregerya V.V. Metrology, standartization and sertification: Train aid. 2- edition, addition. – Logos M., 2004.- 560 p. 2. Saraphanova E.V.- Metrology, standartization and sertification: Train aid. - М.: RIО, 2005.- 96 p. 3. Krylova G.D.. Standartization basics and sertification, metrology: HYS books. 3-е edit, add.- Unity Dana M., 2006.- 671 с. 4. Yablonsky O.B. Ivanova V.O. Standartization basics and sertification, metrology: Book. - Rostov N.D.: Fenix, 2004.- 448 p. 5. Gagarina L.G., Epifanov V.T.. Standartization basics and sertification, metrology. - М.: Forum-Infra-М, 2005.- 96 p. 6. Koshevaya I.P., Kanke A.A Standartization basics and sertification, metrology: Book. - М.: Infra-М, 2007.- 416 p. 7. Sergeev A.G., Krohin H/H. Мetrology: HYS books. - М.: Logos, 2002.- 408 p. 8. Sergeev A.G., Latyshev M.V, Teregerya V.V. Standartization basics and sertification, metrology: Educ.book – Logos M., 2003.- 536 p. 9. Goncharov A.A., Kopylov V.D. Standartization basics and sertification, metrology. -. 3-edit. - М.: Academy, 2006.- 240 p. 10. Sergeev V., Urchenko V..- Bases of metrology and measuring means: Ed-method book. - Astanа: Foliant, 2010.- 312 p. 11.Anisymov V.PYacuk A.V.- Метрология, стандартизация и сертификация: Учеб. пособие. М.: Альфа-М, Инфра-М, 2006.- 252 с. 12. Я.М. Схиртладзе А.Г. Радкевич.- Мetrology, standartization and sertification Bachelor books. 5-edit., add Urait M., 2014.- 813 p.


13. Sergeev A.G.; Teregerya V.V. Мetrology, standartization and sertification : Book. 2-е edit., add. -Moscow: Urait, 2014.- 838 p. 14. Lific I.M. Мetrology, standartization and sertification : Book.- 2-edit., add.- М.: Urait edit, 2003.- 318 p. 15. Carzhaubaev A.D. Metrology and metrological providing of production: educ.book - Аlmaty: «Nur-Print», 2011.- 304 p. 16. Carzhaubaev A.D. Standartization, sertification and systems of management: Educat.book - Аlmaty: Nur-Print, 2011.- 334 p. 17. Shakkaliev A.A., Kanaev A.T., Alchikanova A.T. - Standartization: Book / 1-е edit.- Astana: RSP «KazIndust. Standartization, sertification.», 2013.- 230 p. 18. Askarov E.S. Standartization, metrology and sertification. Educat.book 4-е edit.- Аlmaty: Economics, 2011.- 321 p. 19. Certification of consumer goods : Foreign experience. Quality, economy, society. Modern problems. - М.: Production of standards, 1990. - 80 p. 20. Certification of products. Substantive provisions. Norms. Organization, methodology and practice. In 3th parts. - М.: Prod. of standards, 1989. - 256 p. 21. Minin A.B., Grebenuk G.B., Social-and-ecological certification: Studies. Manual. - М.: Vlados-Press, 2003. - 144 p. Additional: 22. There are basic terms in area of мetrology: Book-dictionary / Under rel. Tarbeeva U.V. it is Moscow: publishing House of standards, 1989. - 113 p. 23. Terminology of the state system of standartization : reference Book. -Moscow: publishing House of standards, 1989. - 144 p.24. «About certification»: RK law - Almaty, 1999 y. 25. «about standartization »: RK law- Аlmaty, 1999 y. 26. "About the protection of consumers" : Law of РК - Аlmaty, 1999 27. "At providing of unity of measuring" : Law of РК - Almaty, 2000 28. СТ RК 1.17-2000. GСС RК Methodology of realization of state control of activity of the accredited organs on a certification and proof-of-concept laboratories (centers). 29. СТ RК 1.16-2000. SСС RК Order of realization of state supervision and control after the observance of obligatory requirements of normative documents on standardization, rules of certification and after to the certificated products (by works, services). Substantive provisions. 30. СТ RК 1.9-99. SСС RК Order of application of international regional and national normative documents on standardization and certification. 31. СТ RК 3.0-94. SСС RК the Substantive provisions. 32. СТ РК 3.1-93 ГСС РК. Sign of accordance. Technical requirements. 33. СТ RК 3.2-94 SСС RК. Requirements to the organs for certifications and order of their accreditation. 34. СТ RК 3.4-94 SСС RК. Order of realization of certification of products. General requirements. 35. СТ RК 3.9-97 SСС RК. Certification of the imported products. Substantive provisions. 36. СТ RК 3.5-96 SСС RК. Certification of services. Substantive provisions. 37. СТ RК 3.11-97 SСС RК. Structure and order of conduct of State Register of the system. 38. СТ RК 3.3-94 SСС RК. Requirements to the proof-of-concept laboratories (to the centers) and order from accreditation. 39. СТ RК 3.15.1-98 SСС RК. Certification of the systems of quality and productions. Substantive provisions. 40. http://rmebrk.kz/ - Web-site of the Republican interhes e-library. 41. http://tamos.kuam.kz/ - Electronic platform of educating of the university after A.Myrzakhmetov. 42. https://drive.google.com/drive - Google disk private page. 43. https://trello.com/ - Trello Web-site private page 44. https://www.youtube.com/?gl=KZ – videohosting-site.

Physics - Syllabus

Course Title

Physics Pre-requisite (s) Foundations of Mathematical Analysis, General Course of Physics (secondary school)


Hours Semester 1 Lectures - 30 hours Seminars -15 hours Laboratory - 15 hours Tutorials -15 hours Practical - 75 hours Total: 150 hours Type of control: midterm exams, final exam


Practical – 75 hours Winter semester

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Abay Myrzakhmetov Kokshetau University Department: Information systems and Informatics Professor: Meirmanova Akbota Assylbekovna E-mail: [email protected] Course Description Physics is the foundation of natural science; it is a practical and theoretical basis. The course has such sections as mechanics, thermodynamics, molecular physics, electromagnetism, optics, physics of atom and atomic nucleus, course of theoretical physics, special electronics courses. Trainees profile Bachelor’s degree: 6B073100 Information Systems Learning Objectives At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

• get a good idea of the terms and definitions; • have problem solving skills; • perform laboratory work; • obtain cognitive skills; • understand the terms in English.

Pedagogical aims to be reached Communicative objectives development of the ability to listen to others, work in a team, distribute responsibilities, leadership qualities development. Development objectives development of critical thinking, analytical skills, abilities of public speaking. Professional objectives: study the theory and practice of Physics; basic principles of conducting qualitative and quantitative methods for studying Physics; encourage students to learn Physics; apply the knowledge in practice. Pedagogical methodologies used: Blended Learning («Face to Face Driver») Contextual Learning and Training Problem Solving Flipped Learning Co-operative Learning Assessment & Evaluation of Student Learning Peer Teaching Pedagogical tools Methodological electronic, printed and audiovisual materials research (information search, analysis and synthesis of data, formulation of conclusions) experiment and training (solving practical problems, working with equipment) interactive (discussions / debates, comparative analysis, exchange of opinions, problem scenarios, case studies)


communicative (finding solutions working in a team, learning in partnership) evaluation (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests). Technical Learning platforms: TAMOS, Platonus, Easy. Wi-Fi, Internet resources: Cloud Storage (Google Disk), electronic mail, social network Equipment: SMART Board, computers, notebooks, smartphones, lab equipment Environment used Students study in the classrooms in a face-to-face model. In addition, we use a mixed model, when electronic technologies are intensively used in the learning process (e-learning platform, Internet access opportunities through a computer / smartphone, practical tasks and preparation for e-technology lessons). Course Timing Weeks 1-15 Semester 1 Course Modality Full-time Course Structure The course of Physics lasts 15 weeks and has 5 modules. Each module consists of lectures, seminars, laboratory classes, tutorials and practical classes. Class hour is 50 minutes. Types of classes in each module: perception of the lectures, discussions in the virtual space, solution of profession oriented problems, etc., laboratory research. Total: lectures - 30 hours, seminars – 15, laboratory classes - 15 hours, tutorials - 15 hours, practical - 75 hours. Topical Outline and Schedule DATE Weeks 1-3: Module title 1: Mechanics Section Topics The main topics of this model are:

Kinematics of Material Points Dynamics of Material Point. Solid Mechanics Conservation Laws

Learning activities The Module “Mechanics Section” is composed the following activities: Аssimilative activities – reading, watching, review, study; finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analyzing information, synthesis of data; communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; productive – create, design, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; assessment - assignments must be turned in on the due date, reports, participation in discussion, peer-review, standardized tests, self-assessment tests.


Conducting research: Verify the free fall acceleration when using the At wood’s machine. Determine the moment of inertia of the body with the help of Maxwell's pendulum. Report /presentation preparation: using the site www.prezi.com Case study taken from the student’s real world setting Examples of these topics "solid mechanics" https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xeSUDg_qDg0 Self-assessment test, questions Reading: [5-7-8-11-18-23]

DATE Weeks 4-6: Module 2: Thermodynamics Law Topics The main topics of this model are:

Elements of Continuum Mechanics Fundamentals of the molecular-kinetic theory. Statistical Distributions Basic Concepts of Thermodynamics and the Law


Learning activities The Module “Thermodynamics Law” is composed the following activities: Аssimilative activities – reading, watching, review, study; finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analyzing information, synthesis of data; communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; productive – create, design, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; assessment - assignments must be turned in on the due date, reports, participation in discussion, peer-review, standardized tests, self-assessment tests.


Conducting research: Study the law of rotational motion with the help of Maxwell's pendulum. Determine the acceleration of gravity with the help of the pendulum. Report /presentation preparation: using the site www.prezi.com Case study taken from the student’s real world setting View information about the scientists discovered the laws of thermodynamics. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6FRonW4oSao Self-assessment test, questions Reading: [2-3-4-5-23]

DATE Weeks 7-9: Module 3: Electrostatics and Electric Current Topics The main topics of this model are:

Transport Phenomena Electrostatics Direct Electric Current

Learning activities The Module “Electrostatics and Electric Current” is composed the following activities: Аssimilative activities – reading, watching, review, study; finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analyzing information, synthesis of data; communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; productive – create, design, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; assessment - assignments must be turned in on the due date, reports, participation in discussion, peer-review, standardized tests, self-assessment tests.


Conducting research: Verify the laws of conservation of energy and momentum on the example of collision of bodies Report /presentation preparation: using the site www.prezi.com Case study taken from the student’s real world setting: Examples of Transport Phenomena. Self-assessment test, questions. Reading: [2-3-5-23]

DATE Weeks 10-12: Module 4: Magnetic Field Topics The main topics of this model are:

The Earth's Magnetic Field. Items in the Magnetic Field The Phenomenon of Electromagnetic Induction Physical Waves and Vibrations

Learning activities The Module “Magnetic Field” is composed the following activities: Аssimilative activities – reading, watching, review, study; finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analyzing information, synthesis of data; communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; productive – create, design, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; assessment - assignments must be turned in on the due date, reports, participation in discussion, peer-review, standardized tests, self-assessment tests.


Conducting research: Determine the Young's modulus using the bending method. Report /presentation preparation: "The Earth's Magnetic Field" Case study taken from the student’s real world setting:


READINGS Give examples of the phenomenon of electromagnetic induction. Self-assessment test, questions Reading: [1-2-3-5-12-23]

DATE Weeks 13-15: Module 5: Geometric Optics and Nucliar Physics Topics The main topics of this model are:

The Concept of Geometrical Optics Heat Distribution. Photon. Photoelectric Effect The structure of the Atom. Atomic Nucleus

Learning activities The Module “Geometric Optics and Nucliar Physics” is composed the following activities: Аssimilative activities – reading, watching, review, study; finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analyzing information, synthesis of data; communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; productive – create, design, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; assessment - assignments must be turned in on the due date, reports, participation in discussion, peer-review, standardized tests, self-assessment tests.


Conducting research: Determine the strength of the entire wheel friction, inertia moment men column Report /presentation preparation: The model of the structure of the atom. Case study taken from the student’s real world setting: The collection of data on the photons. Self-assessment test, questions. Reading: [2-5-7-13-22-23]


2 R1 – Rating 1 R2 – Rating 2 Е – Examination



Instructional Materials and References 1. T. A. Korazov. Oscillatory and wave processes.Acoustics, fundamentals of electrical engineering.Almaty, 2011. 2. T. L. Ayazbayev. Test tasks of course of General physics. Almaty, 2009. 3. T. Bizhigitov. Statistical physics. The foundations of physical kinetics. Almaty, 2011 4. T. I. Trofimova. A short course in physics. Moscow, 2000


5. Physics. "General physics".T. Merseitov. E. Almaty: 2009 6. Work performed independently Studentenr course of General physics; Electrodynamics.And Akhmetov. K. Almaty: 2009. 7. Textbook fundamentals of General physics course. Second edition. B Dually. Almaty: KazNTU, 2012. 8. Physics. Proc. allowance. From The Faculty Of Natural Sciences.N. Astana: Foliant, 2014. 9. Collection of problems in physics.Proc. allowance. A. Rgensburg, G. Aidarova, T. Sukhanova. Astana: Foliant, 2013. 10. Modern physics. 1. Tutorial. K. Crane.With. /AUD. N.. Marinov.T. Kambarova, O. Mazhenova. Almaty ,2013. 11. The basic laws of mechanics. Textbook. Herod N.To. Almaty, 2012. 12. The Physics reports. Tutorial. A. M. Bektenov.M. Bektenov, Bektenov M (L) B. Almaty: Used and 2013. 13. Quantic mechanic introduction, K. Akhmetov, Astana : Foliant, 2011. 14. Physics: a reference guide. N. Koyshibayev. Almaty: Atamura, 2008. 15. Physics: textbook.9-e Izd. Erased. Detlaf A. A., Yavorsky B. M. M.: Academy, 2014. 16.Electricity and magnetizm. A.A. Abdikasymova, .Sh.V. Niyazova. High School, 2009. 17.Electrotechnic. general course. T.I. Trofimova. High school, 2009. 18.https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xeSUDg _ qDg0 19.https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6FRonW4oSao 20.https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XekohHI9suQ 21.А.Nauryzbaev Atom and kernel of atom physics. 22. A.K. Akhmetov. Wave optics. Cvant is an optics. Atomic physics. Hard body physics. physic, that will divide kernel of atom and element. you methodical means, dedicated that 23. Laboratory works. C.H. Nurkasymova, А.А. Meirmanova, KUAM, 2016, Firsov A.V.

Principles and Types of Monitoring - Syllabus

Course title Principles and Types of

Monitoring Pre-requisites Chemistry, Physics,

Ecology, Soil Science, Environment, Computer Science.

Hours 135 hours: in class – 60 час out of class – 75 час


15 h 75 h Winter


University: Abay Myrzakhmetov Kokshetau University Department: Ecology, Life Safety and Environmental Protection_ Professor: Senior Lecturer, Candidate of technical sciences, Zhaparova Sayagul Beketovna E-mail [email protected] Course Description

The course objective is to give an idea of living organisms and environment interaction regularities, the principles of ecological systems and biosphere functioning as a whole. Observation, practice and experiment. Lectures and practical assignments will help students to focus on the key issues of each topic. Tutorials and practical classes allow students to study the material not covered at the lectures. The students are given the worksheets to prepare for the midterm and final exams.

Trainees profile Bachelor degree: 5В073100 Life Safety and Environmental Protection

Learning Objectives At the end of this course, the students will: know:

• nature and peculiar features of geoecological monitoring;


• peculiarities of monitoring organization of different hierarchical levels; • methodology for geoecological information collection for comprehensive assessment of geosystems.

be able to: • draw conclusions not through mechanical memorization, but through creative thinking; • identify and prevent negative impacts caused by anthropogenic activities; • monitor the environment.

have: • theoretical and practical skills for identifying, preventing the causes and consequences of biosphere

components degradation caused by various industrial wastes. Pedagogical aims to be reached Communicative objectives development of the ability to listen to others, work in a team, distribute responsibilities, leadership qualities development. Development objectives development of critical thinking, analytical skills, abilities of public speaking Professional objectives: study the objectives of environment monitoring; know the concepts of sanitary-hygienic, geosystemic and biospheric monitoring; encourage students to analyze the state of the environment; study the main methods related to air, water and soil ecosystem pollution, environment; teach students to apply the knowledge in research and environmental protection. Pedagogical methodologies used:

Blended Learning («Face to Face») Contextual Learning and Training Problem Solving Flipped Learning Co-operative Learning Assessment & Evaluation of Student Learning Peer Teaching Case-based Technologies Pedagogical Tools

Methodological electronic, printed and audiovisual materials research (information search, analysis and synthesis of data, formulation of conclusions) experiment and training (solving practical problems, working with equipment) interactive (discussions / debates, comparative analysis, exchange of opinions, problem scenarios, case studies) communicative (finding solutions working in a team, learning in partnership) evaluation (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests). Technical Learning platforms: TAMOS, Platonus, Easy. Wi-Fi, Internet resources: Cloud Storage (Google Disk), applications (Trello), electronic mail, social network Equipment: SMART Board, computers, notebooks, smartphones, gas analyzer, ERA program, meteorometer, gas detector, sound level meter, contour maps, descriptive equipment (pencils, rulers) Environment used

Students study in the classrooms in a face-to-face model. In addition, we use a mixed model, when electronic technologies are intensively used in the learning process (e-learning platform, Internet access opportunities through a computer / smartphone, practical tasks and preparation for e-technology lessons).

Course Timing: weeks 1-15, Winter semester Course Modality: Full-time education Course Structure The course of Principles and Types of Monitoring lasts 15 weeks and has 3 modules.


Each module consists of 10 lectures, seminars, tutorials and practical classes. Class hour is 50 minutes. Types of classes in each module: perception of the lectures, discussions in the virtual space, solution of profession oriented problems, etc. Total: lectures - 30 hours, seminars – 30 hours, tutorials - 15 hours, practical - 75 hours.


Date Weeks 1-5: Module 1 — General information on environmental monitoring. Topics The main topics of this model are:

1. Monitoring and its constituent elements. 2. Ground-based environmental monitoring system. 3. Classification of environmental monitoring. 4. Physicochemical monitoring. 5. Integrated environmental monitoring. 6. The structure of global environmental monitoring. 7. Structure of state environmental monitoring. 8. Industrial environmental monitoring. 9. General information on observation methods. 10. Ground-based methods for monitoring the environment.

Learning Activities

The Module “General information on environmental monitoring” is composed the following activities: Assimulative – reading, video, lecture material; Research – information search, analysis of information, synthesis of data; Communication – discussion, teamwork; Experiment – application of the laws studied for solving profession oriented tasks; Productive – making reports, case technologies; Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparative method, exchange of opinions; Assessment - analysis of the lectures and videos, profession oriented tasks, laboratory research, assignments must be turned in on the due date, reports, participation in discussion, self-estimation, peer-review, standardized tests.


Task 1. Topic: Environmental monitoring is an important tool for environmental protection - chart discussion (cloud technologies (Google disk), multimedia presentations. Task 2. Report on the topics: "Kazakhstani Monitoring Structure", "Legislative and Regulatory Requirements for Environmental and Production Monitoring by Nature Users in the Republic of Kazakhstan". canva.com. presentation preparation (group work) Task 3. Self-assessment test (10 questions) https://www.survio.com/ru/. Additional information on the topic is available on the websites: http://auagroup.kz/almaty-air/kazgidromet-i-sistema-kontrolya-kachestva-vozdukha.html https://articlekz.com/article/10177; https://articlekz.com/article/8638; http://www.pavlodar.com/zakon/?dok=03353&all=02005; Reading: [1-4, 6, 9, 11, 23-35]

Date Weeks 6-10: Module 2 – Monitoring of air, water, soil and terrestrial ecosystems. Topics The main topics of this model are:

1. Methods of distant environmental monitoring. 2. Air Monitoring. 3. Processing and generalization of the results of air pollution observation. 4. Preparation of air pollution increase warning 5. Water Bodies Monitoring. 6. Sea water pollution observation. 7. Soil pollution monitoring program.


8. Biological methods of environment quality control. 9. Monitoring of forest phytocenosis. 10. Criteria for environment quality assessment.

Learning Activities

The Module “Monitoring of air, water, soil and terrestrial ecosystems” is composed the following activities: Assimulative – reading, video, lecture material; Research – information search, analysis of information, synthesis of data; Communication – teamwork; Productive – making radioactive decay schemes and reports; Experiment – profession oriented tasks, application of the laws studied for solving profession oriented tasks; Interactive - brain-storming, discussions, learning in groups; Assessment: analysis of the lectures and videos, profession oriented tasks, laboratory research, assignments must be turned in on the due date, reports, participation in discussion, peer-review.


Task 1. "Kazgidromet and air quality control system in the Republic of Kazakhstan", "Monitoring of water resources", "Ecological condition of land resources of the Republic of Kazakhstan": information search, making schemes, reports (similarity and difference - contrast), chart discussion (cloud technologies (Google disk), multimedia presentation preparation. Scientific report: “Criteria for environment assessment” Self-assessment test (15 questions) https://www.survio.com/ru/. Additional information on the topic is available on the websites: http://www.kazhydromet.kz/ru/mon_oksreda http://auagroup.kz/almaty-air/kazgidromet-i-sistema-kontrolya-kachestva-vozdukha.html https://ingeo.kz/?p=5127 http://old.unesco.kz/science/2009/IWRM_course/7_Monitoring.pdf https://articlekz.com/article/12978 http://edulib.pgta.ru/els/metodi_i_pribori_kontrolya_okr_sredi.pdf; https://articlekz.com/article/12974; http://ebooks.semgu.kz/content.php?cont=d;1351 Reading: [1-4, 6, 9, 11, 23-35]

Date Weeks 11-15: Module 3 – Analysis of ecological forecasting of the state of the environment.

Topics The main topics of this model are: Methods of environmental forecasting. Ecological assessment of the territory. Ecological mapping. Geographic forecasting. Geoinformation systems - basic concepts. Ecological geoinformation systems. Geoinformation technologies. The role and place of GIS in environmental activities. International scientific programs, projects on environmental management. Global climate change programs.

Learning Activities

The Module “Analysis of environmental forecasting” is composed the following activities: Assimulative – reading, video, lecture material; Research –information search, analysis of information, synthesis of data; Communication – discussion, teamwork; Experiment – application of the laws studied for solving profession oriented tasks; Productive – making cartograms, charts, presentations and reports preparation; Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparative method, exchange of


opinions in chart; Assessment - chart participation assessment, ability to solve profession oriented tasks, assignments must be turned in on the due date, presentations, self- assessment tests.


Task 1. Scientific report on the topic: "Structure and organization of environmental monitoring": information search, chart discussion (cloud technologies (Google disk), multimedia presentations, and reports preparation. Scientific report on the topic: "Analysis of environmental monitoring system current state and prospects". Self-assessment test (15 questions) https://www.survio.com/ru/. Additional information on the topic is available on the websites: http://ebooks.semgu.kz/content.php?cont=d;1350; https://articlekz.com/article/6866; http://elicense.kz/LicensingContent/ActivityFieldActivityField.Id=34&lang=ru https://www.applied-research.ru/ru/article/view?id=795 https://online.zakon.kz/Document/?doc_id=32423149#pos=13;-185 Reading: [1-4, 6, 9, 11, 23-35]


Final Grade will be assigned as follows: Rating: 60 % Exam: 40 % (R1 + R2) *0,6 + E*0,4 2 R1 – Rating 1 R2 – Rating 2 Е – Examination




1. Environmental Monitoring. Ed. T.Y. Ashihmina. - Moscow: Akademichesky Proyekt [Academic Project] -2006. – 416p.

2. Sokolov Z.E., Bazilevich N.I. Theoretical Foundations and Experience of Ecological Monitoring. - Moscow: Nauka [Science]. - 1983. – 220p.

3. Egorenkov P.I., Kochurov B.I. Geoecology. - Moscow: Finansy i statistika [Finance and Statistics], 2006. - 320s. 4. Fomin G.S. Water. Control of Chemical, Bacterial and Radiation Safety According to International Standards.

Encyclopedic reference book. - M., 2000 - 848 p. 5. Fomin G.S. Air. Control of Chemical, Bacterial and Radiation Safety According to International Standards.

Encyclopedic reference book. - M., 2000. - 654 p. 6. Tonkopiy M.S. Environmental Economics. - A., 2000. - 458p.


7. Korobkin V.I. Ecology. - Rostov-on-Don, 2001. 8. Fedorova A.I. Ecology and Environmental Protection Workshop. - Rostov-on-Don, 2002.

9. Reimers N.F. Protection of nature and the human environment. Dictionary-reference. - M., Prosveshcheniye [Education], 1992. - 318p.

9. Environmental Protection. - M., Vysshaya shkola [Higher School], 1985. – 270p. 10. Putilova A.V., Kopreev AA, Petrukhin N..V Environmental Protection. – Himiya [Chemistry], 1991. – 224p. 11. Yisrael Yu.A. Ecology and Environment Control. - L., Gidrometizdat, 1984. – 300p. 12. Kolesnikov S.I. Fundamentals of Ecology for Engineers. – Rostov-on-Don, Phenix, 2003. -352p. 13. Golitsyn A.N. Fundamentals of Industrial Ecology. - Moscow: Academa, 2004. -240p. 14. Platonov Yu.I. Fundamentals of General Ecology. - Rostov-on-Don, 2001.

Further reading: 1. Mikolash Y., Pitterman L. Management of Environmental Protection. - M., Progress. -1983. – 239p. 2. Bronstein A.M., Litvinov V.A., Rusin I.I. Ecologization of Economy: Methods for Regional Management. - M.,

Nauka [Science], 1990. – 118p. 3. Law of the Republic of Kazakhstan "On Environmental Protection". - A., 1997. 4. Alekseenko. V.A. Ecological Geochemistry. Textbook. - M., Logos, 2002. 5. Orlov A.S. Biogeochemistry. Rostov-on-Don, Phenix, 2002. 6. Vernadsky V.I. Chemical Structure and Environment of Earth Biosphere. - Moscow: Nauka [Science], 1987. 7. Orlov D.S. Chemistry of Soils. - Moscow: Moscow State University, 1992. 8. http://adilet.zan.kz/rus/docs/P010000998_ 9. https://online.zakon.kz/Document/?doc_id=32423149#pos=1;-173 10. https://articlekz.com/article/10177 11. http://its.1c.kz/db/zakonk/browse/13/-1/886/892 12. http://www.kazenergy.com/kz/2012-06-20-08-42-46/2012-06-20-13-27-07/9029-2013-04-24-08-36-28.html 13. http://rmebrk.kz/ - The site of the Republican interuniversity electronic library. 14. http://tamos.kuam.kz/ - Electronic learning platform of A.Myrzakhmetov KU. https://drive.google.com/drive -

Google Disk personal page. 15. https://www.survio.com/ru/ - SURVIO personal page. 16. https://trello.com/ - Trello personal page. 17. https://www.youtube.com/?gl=KZ – Video Hosting Site.

Production Sanitary - Syllabus

Course Title Production Sanitary Pre-requisites Mathematics, Physics,

Chemistry, Life Safety Hours 135 hours

including: classroom-based – 60 hours extracurricular – 75 hours




University: Abay Myrzakhmetov Kokshetau University Department: Ecology, Life Safety and environmental protection Professor (the course was developed by): m.e.s. Shaimerdenova Zinep Mamanovna E-mail [email protected]

Course description


The purpose of the discipline: students should know biological, chemical, physical factors of industrial hygiene issues of theoretical and practical training; the features of working conditions in production processes, equipment and materials in terms of their impact on the human body (in addition to raw materials, intermediates, indirectly, in past knowledge assimilation on the use of industrial wastes.); sanitary and hygienic working conditions (meteorological factors, air pollution by dust and gas, characteristic radiation, noise, vibration, ultrasound, etc.); character and organization of work, change in the system of physiological functions.

Trainees profile The course is intended for the students of: Bachelor's programme 5В073100 «Life Safety and environmental protection”

Learning Objectives At the end of this course “Production Sanitary” the student will be able to:

• know the working environment of biological, chemical and physical pollution, dynamics and impact of these factors on human health and preventive measures;

• know environmental factors that have a negative impact on human health and the overall safety of characteristics of life, structure and characteristics (biological, chemical, physical), and also objects to be analyzed and evaluation criteria, their analysis of risk degree of to a person, to study industrial sanitation facilities in terms of expert-analytical assessment, should be able to use devices to measure production factors,

• create more favorable working conditions for the work of the team, • know how to ensure a high level of hygiene and development of preventive measures and treatment,

environment and people working in the labor process in order to influence the body. Pedagogical aims to be reached

Communicative Objectives Formation of the ability to listen to others, the ability to work in a team, the ability to distribute responsibilities, formation of leadership qualities. Evaluative Objectives Development of critical thinking, abilities of public speaking, development of analytical skills. Professional Objectives: study the theory and impact principles of various types of ionizing radiation on biological objects; teach the main provisions of radiation safety and rules for standardization of ionizing radiation; Encourage students to assess the radiation situation; examine the main hazards associated with the operation of nuclear fuel cycle enterprises; teach how to apply the acquired knowledge to the tasks of research and conservation activities.

Pedagogical methodologies used: Blended Learning («Face to Face» variant) Contextual Learning and Training Problem solving Flipped learning Co-operative Learning Assessment & Evaluation of Student Learning «Peer Teaching» Learning Case-based technologies

Pedagogical tools Methodological Electronic, printed and audiovisual materials Research (information search, analysis and synthesis of data, formulation of conclusions) Experiment and training (practical problems solving, working with equipment) Interactive (discussions / debates, comparative analysis, exchange of opinions, problem scenarios, case studies) Communicative (finding solutions through a collective approach, learning in partnership)Evaluation (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests). Technical


Training platforms: TAMOS, Platonus, Easy.Wi-Fi, Internet resources: Cloud storage (Google Disk), applications (Trello), e-mail, social networksEquipment: SMART Board, computers, laptops, smartphones, dosimeters, contour maps, descriptive equipment (pencils, rulers)

Environment used Students study in the university's classrooms in a face-to-face model. At the same time, a mixed model is implemented, when electronic technologies are intensively used in the learning process (e-learning platform, Internet access opportunities in the classroom using a computer / a smartphone, PC (Practical Classes) tasks fulfillment and preparation for e-technology lessons).

Course Timing 1-15 weeks of Winter semester

Course Modality: Full-time course of study Course structure

The course structure “Production sanitary” lasts 15 weeks and is organized in five modules. Each module consists of lectures, practical exercises, Practical Classes and Tutorials. Class duration is 50 minutes. Types of classes in each module: lectures perception, discussions in the virtual space, solution of professionally directed tasks and so on. In total, the course provides: lectures - 15 hours, practical classes - 30 hours, tutorials - 15 hours, out of class work - 75 hours.

Topical Outline and Schedule DATE (training week) 1-3 weeks: Module 1 - Health laws Topics 1. rules

2. control over the implementation of sanitary legislation. 3. occupational safety and industrial hygiene.

Learning activities Module 1 « Health laws » is composed of the following activities: Accumulative activity – reading, video material watching, lecture material study. (Assimilative activities – reading, watching, study) Research activity – finding and handling information, analyzing information, synthesis of data Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication activity: discussion, collaborating. Communication – discuss, collaborate; Experimental activity – knowledge of laws in professional problems solving. Experiental – practice, apply. Productive – reports preparation, cases solving Productive –write. Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparison method, sharing opinion. Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment activity: lectures and video materials analysis, professional problems solving, timeliness of assignments, preparation of reports, participation in the discussion (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests, Easy tests) are evaluated.- Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback

OUT OF CLASS Activities & ASSIGNMENTS ASSIGNED READINGS

Task 1. to prepare a report on the topic «Normative legal acts» using zakon.kz site. Task 2. to prepare a presentation on the topic «Control over the implementation of sanitary laws» using prezi.com site Task 3. to answer the test of 10 questions using https://accounts.google.com site. [1-4, 6, 9, 11, 23-25]

DATE (training week) 4-5 weeks: Module 2 - Production meteorological conditions Topics 1. Physiological effects of meteorological conditions on the human body. 2.

Human influence on microclimate parameters 3. Investigation of the meteorological state of the premises


Learning activities Module 2 «Production meteorological conditions» is composed of the following activities: Accumulative activity – reading, video material watching, lecture material study. Research activity – finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data Communication activity: discussion, collaborating. Experimental activity – knowledge of laws in professional problems solving. Productive – reports preparation, cases solving. Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparison method, sharing opinion. Assessment activity: lectures and video materials analysis, professional problems solving, timeliness of assignments, preparation of reports, participation in the discussion (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests, Easy tests) are evaluated.


Task 1. To prepare a presentation on the topic «Physiological effects of meteorological conditions on the human body» using prezi.com site [6, 9, 11, 22-25]

Date (training week) 6-8 weeks: Module 3 - Protection from harmful substances TOPICS Classification of harmful substances.

Hazardous substance and hygienic standards. Ways to protect production from harmful substances.

Learning activities Module «Protection from harmful substances» is composed of the following activities: Accumulative activity – reading, video material watching, lecture material study. Research activity – finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data Communication activity: discussion, collaborating. Experimental activity – knowledge of laws in professional problems solving. Productive – cartogram making, construction of charts, presentations making. Reports preparation Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparison method, sharing opinion in chat. Assessment activity: activity in chat, professional problems solving, timeliness of assignments, presentations, Easy tests are evaluated.


Task 1. To prepare a report and a video on the topic «How to protect yourself from harmful substances in the workplace» Task 2. To prepare a presentation on the topic «Hygienic standards of harmful substances» using prezi.com site Task 3. To answer the test of 10 questions using https://accounts.google.com site. [6, 11-16, 21-25]

Date (training week) 10-11 weeks: Module 4 - Dust protection TOPICS 1. Classification of dust.

2. Physicochemical and hygienic standards of dust. 3. Methods and means for determining the amount of dust in the workplace.

Learning activities Module 4 «Dust protection» is composed of the following activities: Accumulative activity – reading, video material watching, lecture material study. Research activity – finding and handling information, analyzing information, synthesis of data Communication activity: discussion, collaborating. Experimental activity – professional problems solving, knowledge of laws in


professional problems solving. Productive – recommendations development on the results of a practical situation problem solving. Interactive - sharing opinion in chat on the results of the task Assessment activity - activity in chat, professional problems solving, timeliness of assignments, presentations, Easy tests are evaluated.


Task 1. To prepare a report and a video on the topic « Physicochemical and hygienic standards of dust» Task 2. to prepare a presentation on the topic «Methods and means for determining the amount of dust in the workplace.» using prezi.com site [6, 7, 11-25]

Date (training week) 12-15 weeks: Module 5 - Industrial ventilation. TOPICS Classification of the ventilation system.

Sanitary and hygienic and technical requirements. Natural and mechanical ventilation.

Learning activities Module 5 «Industrial ventilation» is composed of the following activities: Accumulative activity – reading, video material watching, lecture material study. Research activity – finding and handling information, analyzing information, synthesis of data Communication activity: discussion, collaborating. Experimental activity – professional problems solving, knowledge of laws in professional problems solving. Productive – recommendations development on the results of a practical situation problem solving. Interractive - discussions, brainstorming. Assessment activity - professional problems solving, timeliness of assignments, Easy tests


Task 1. To prepare a report on the topic « Sanitary and hygienic and technical requirements» using zakon.kz site Task 2. To prepare a presentation on the topic «Sanitary and hygienic and technical requirements» using prezi.com site Task 3. To answer the test of 10 question using https://accounts.google.com site [3-6, 9, 10, 17, 20, 23-25]

Assessment tools at the end of the course The students’ achievements level in the course program is assessed on the basis of the overall system of grades taken at the university. The final evaluation includes: 1. Rating control: 60% 2. Examination: 40% The final score is calculated by the formula: (R1 + R2) *0,6 + E*0,4 2 Where R1 is the digital equivalent of the first rating; R2 is the digital equivalent of the second rating; E is the digital equivalent of exam evaluation. The alphabetic score and its digital equivalent in points are determined by the percentage of the correct answers, respectively, below the table.

Evaluation by letter system Digital equivalent (points)

Evaluation in %




Teaching material and references

On the basis of 1. Kukin P.P., Lapin N.L., Ponomarev N.L. Life safety. Safety of technological processes and productions. – М.: High school. 2002.-317 p. 2. Razdorozhny A.A. Safety of production activities: Study guide.- М.: INFRA –М, 2003-208 p. 3. Life safety. Safety of technological processes and productions. (Labour protection): Study guide for universities / Kukin P.P., Lapin N.L., Ponomarev N.L. and others. М.: High school. , 2007. 335. 4. Analysis and assessment of production activities risk: Study guide / P.P. Kukin, V.N. Shlykov, N.L. Ponomarev and others. – М: High school, 2007-328 p. 5. Life safety: Study guide for universities’ students. Educational meetings /V.N. Pavlov, V.A. Bukanin, A.Y. Zenkov and others /. – М.: Publishing center «Academy», 2008.-336 p. 6. Study guide on «Labor health» in Russian Kokshetau, KAMU , 2012 7. Study guide on «Labor health» in Kazakh Tleuova Z.O. Kokshetau, KAMU, 2012 Additional: 1. Law of the Republic of Kazakhstan «On safety and labor protection”. 2. Prikhodko N.G. Life safety: Course of lectures. – Almaty: HSL «Adilet», 2000.-366 p. 3. Dyussebayev M.K., Kashkarova Z.A., Zhandauletova F.R. Labor protection and life safety basis. Summary of lectures. – Almaty: AIES, 2006.-40 p. 4. Khakimzhanov T.Y. Labour protection. Study guide for universities. Almaty, 2006. – 288 p. 5.Labour protection and life safety basis.: Summary of lectures /compiled by.: M.K. Dyussebayev, Z.A. Kashkarova, F.R. Zhandauletova. – Almaty: AIES, 2006.- 39 p. 6. Labour protection and life safety basis: Summary of lectures for students of all educational forms/compiled b.: Z.S. Abdimuratov, T.Y. Khakimzhanov, M.K. Dyussebayev. – Almaty: AIES, 2007.- 42 p. 7. Methodical instructions for the performance of laboratory work (1-4) / compiled by.: A.A. Baizakova, A.S. Begimbetova, M.K. Dyussebayev, T.S. Sanatova. – Almaty: AIES, 2004.- 42 p. 8. Methodical instructions for the performance of laboratory work (5-6) / compiled by.: M.K. Dyussebayev, Z.S. Abdimuratov, T.Y. Khakimzhanov.- Almaty: AIES, 2005.-23 p. 9. http://rmebrk.kz/ - The site of the Republican interuniversity electronic library. 10. http://tamos.kuam.kz/ - Electronic learning platform of Abay Myrzakhmetov Kokshetau University. 11. https://drive.google.com/drive - Personal page in Google Disc. 12. https://trello.com/ - Personal page of Trello Web application. 13. https://www.youtube.com/?gl=KZ – The site of video hosting services. All partners were actively involved in all WP1 activities and did

Programming technology - Syllabus

Course Title Programming technology Pre-requisites Informatics, ICT Hours 135 hours

including: • classroom-based – 60

Tutorials OUT OF CLASS Activities



hours • extracurricular – 75

hours

& ASSIGNMENTS Semester

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Abay Myrzakhmetov Kokshetau University Department: Information systems and Informatics__ Professor (the course was developed by): Senior lecturer, Master of technical sciences, Zhartanov Seilkhan Syrymbetovich E-mail [email protected] Course description

The main goal of "Programming technology" course is to provide a firm and conscious mastering of language and technology fundamentals of programming by students. The course examines the capabilities of C ++ programming language and its creation, using the programming language of various applications and its application in the future in professional activity.

Trainees profile The course is addressed to the students of: Bachelor's programme 5В070300 «Information systems»

Learning Objectives At the end of this course, the student will be able to: - know the basic concepts of programming in C ++; - know mechanism for realizing the capabilities of the language; - know ways of interaction of the language mechanisms; - know the applicability of the language for a wide range of real problems; - know compatibility with the traditional C language; As a result of mastering the discipline, the student should know: - how to write effective programs in C ++ competently; - how to use the basic language constructs in solving problems; - how to work with different types of data. Pedagogical aims to be reached Communicative Objectives Formation of ability to self-development, self-realization, acquisition of new knowledge, qualification and skill increase Evaluative Objectives To develop a structural approach to programming, to work out the basics of mathematical logic, to teach students basic principles and methods of constructing programs in programming languages necessary for the creation, research and operation of algorithms of various nature. Professional Objectives: Familiarize with the semantics of programming languages, formal specification languages, with object-oriented specifications, programming tendencies, methods of designing software complexes based on international standards, structural and object-oriented approaches to programming. Pedagogical methodologies used: 1. Traditional pedagogical methods: Observation, Experience studying, Studying the products of student creativity; 2. Pedagogical experiment; 3. Pedagogical testing. Pedagogical tools Methodological: - electronic, printed and audiovisual materials; - research (search for information, data analysis and synthesis, conclusions formulation); - experiment and training (solving practical problems, working with equipment); - interactive (discussions / debates, comparative analysis, exchange of opinions, problem scenarios, case studies);


- communicative (finding solutions through a collective approach, learning in partnership); - Evaluation (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests). Technical: - Programs for laboratory work: Turbo C, Visual C; - Training platforms: TAMOS, Platonus, Easy; - Wi-Fi, Internet resources: Cloud storage (GoogleDisk), applications (Trello), e-mail, social networks; - Equipment: SMART Board, computers, laptops, smartphones, dosimeters, contour maps, descriptive equipment (pencils, rulers).

Environment used Students study in the university's classrooms in a face-to-face model. At the same time, a mixed model is realized, when electronic technologies (Smart board, computers, Internet access in the audience from the computer) are intensively used in process of training. Course Timing 1-15 weeks of the Winter semester Course Modality Full-time course of study Course structure The course structure “Software engineering” lasts 15 weeks and is organized in five modules. Each module consists of lectures, practical exercises, Practical Classes and Tutorials. Class duration is 50 minutes. Types of classes in each module: lectures perception, discussions in the virtual space, solution of professionally directed tasks and so on. In total, the course provides: lectures - 15 hours, practical classes - 30 hours, tutorials - 15 hours, out of class work - 75 hours.

Topical Outline and Schedule DATE (training

week) 1-5 weeks: Module 1 - Introduction into “Programming technology”

Topics 1. Introduction. Goals and objectives of the discipline; 2 Software methodology; 3 Fundamentals of software engineering; 4 Introduction into C programming system. Preprocessor directives. Programming system composition, language elements.

Learning activities

Module 1 - Introduction into “Programming technology is composed of the following activities: Accumulative activity – reading, video material watching, lecture material study. (Assimilative activities – reading, watching, study) Research activity – finding and handling information, analyzing information, synthesis of data Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication activity: discussion, collaborating. Communication – discuss, collaborate; Experimental activity – knowledge of laws in professional problems solving. Experiental – practice, apply. Productive – reports preparation, cases solving Productive –write. Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparison method, sharing opinion. Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment activity: lectures and video materials analysis, professional problems solving, timeliness of assignments, preparation of reports, participation in the discussion (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests, Easy tests) are evaluated.- Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback


ASSIGNMENTS

Task 1. To prepare a report on the topic: History of C and C ++ programming language. Perspectives of C ++ programming language. Task 2. View the video by clicking on the link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jCDvTH5Bn04 Task 3. Run the first program of "Hello world", and send by mail [email protected]


ASSIGNED READINGS

[1-4, 6, 9]

DATE (training week)

6-10 weeks: Module 2 - Structural approach to programming

Topics 1 Data types: int, short, long, unsigned, float, double. Ads. Expressions and assignments. Operations of C language; 2 Operators of C language. Conditional operator. Choice operator; 3 Cycle operators. Goto, break, continue operators; 4 Input and output functions. Functions. Description, function definition. Examples of functions; 5 Pointers and address arithmetic. Memory organization and addressing.

Learning activities

Module 2 - Structural approach to programming is composed of the following activities: Accumulative activity – reading, video material watching, lecture material study. Research activity – finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data Communication activity: discussion, collaborating. Experimental activity – knowledge of laws in professional problems solving. Productive – reports preparation, cases solving. Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparison method, sharing opinion. Assessment activity: lectures and video materials analysis, professional problems solving, timeliness of assignments, preparation of reports, participation in the discussion (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests, Easy tests) are evaluated.


ASSIGNMENTS

Task 1. Writing an essay on the topic: «Type specifiers» and «Simple data types in C». Task 2. Run the program in C language using different types of data and mail it to [email protected] Task 3. Run the program in C language using the conditions and mail it to [email protected] Task 4. Run C program using the cyclic for statement and mail it to [email protected]

ASSIGNED READINGS

[6, 9, 11, 22-25]

Date (training week)

11-15 weeks: Module 3 - Modular programming. Object-oriented programming

TOPICS 1 One-dimensional arrays and pointers. Two-dimensional arrays. Use of pointers for two-dimensional arrays; 2 Data structures. Description of structures. Pointers and data structures; 3 Lines. Processing of lines; 4 Files. Description of the structure of files. Organization of work with files; 5 Working with windows. Graphic arts. Features of programming in C ++. Fundamentals of programming in C ++.

Learning activities

Module 3 - Modular programming. Object-oriented programming is composed of the following activities: Accumulative activity – reading, video material watching, lecture material study. Research activity – finding and handling information, analyzing information, synthesis of data Communication activity: discussion, collaborating. Experimental activity – knowledge of laws in professional problems solving. Productive – cartogram making, construction of charts, presentations making. Reports preparation Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparison method, sharing opinion in chat. Assessment activity: activity in chat, professional problems solving, timeliness of assignments, presentations, Easy tests are evaluated.



ASSIGNMENTS

Task 1. Writing an essay on the topic «Definition of "Life time" term». Task 2. Preparing a report on the topic «Graphical fnctions of libraries».

ASSIGNED READINGS

[6,7, 11-25]


The students’ achievements level in the course program is assessed on the basis of the overall system of grades taken at the university.

The final evaluation includes: 1. Rating control: 60% 2. Examination: 40% The final score is calculated by the formula: (R1 + R2) *0,6 + E*0,4

2 Where R1 is the digital equivalent of the first rating; R2 is the digital equivalent of the second rating; E is the digital equivalent of exam evaluation. The alphabetic score and its digital equivalent in points are determined by the percentage of the correct answers, respectively, below in the table.

Evaluation by letter system Digital equivalent

(points)

Evaluation in %



Instructional Materials and References Basic: 1. Pavlovskaya T.A. C / C ++ Programming in high-level language. Textbook for High Schools. - PB .: Peter, 2010. 2. Shchupak Yu.A. Pavlovskaya T.A. C / C ++ Structured and object-oriented programming. Practical. St. Petersburg: Peter, 2010. 3. Sklyarov V.A. C ++ language and object-oriented programming. Help guide.-Minsk: VSh, 2007. 4. Pavlovskaya T.A., Shchupak Yu.A. C / C ++. Object-oriented programming. Workshop. Tutorial. -PB .: Peter, 2006. 5. Straustrup B. Programming: principles and practice of using C ++. - M .: Williams, 2011. 6. Deitel H.M., Deitel P.D. How to program in C ++ - M.: Binom, 2008. 7. Kul'tin N.B. Basics of programming in Turbo C ++. -PB.: BHV-Petersburg, 2011 8. Kul'tin N.B. C / C ++ in tasks and examples. -PB.: BHV-Petersburg, 2011. 9. Krupnik A.B. We study C ++. -PB.: Peter, 2006. 10. Jamsa K. Learning to program in C ++. - M.: World, 2007.


11. Laptev V.V., Morozov A.V., Bokova A.V. C ++. Object-oriented programming. Tasks and exercises. - PB .: Peter, 2006. 12. Shildt G. C. ++ for beginners. - M.: Econom, 2010. 13. Koenig Andrew, M. Barbara. Effective programming in C ++. Practical programming in examples. - M.: Williams, 2006. Additional: 1. Kuznetsov M.V. C ++. Master class in problems and examples.-SPb .: BHV-Petersburg, 2007. 2. Timofeev V.V. C ++ as it is. Self-teacher. - M .: Beenom, 2009. 3. Chris H. Pappas, William H., Murray. Debug With ++. A guide for the developer.-М .: Бином, 2009. 4. Kent Jeff. C ++. Fundamentals of programming.-M .: NT Press, 2008. 5. Stephen Dewhurst. C / C ++. Sacred signs. -Pb .: Symbol-Plus, 2007. 6. Ritchie D., Kernighan B.U. Programming language S.-M .: Williams, 2009. 7. Stil G.L., Karbison S.P. C language with examples. -M .: Beenom, 2011. 8. M.S. Epstein. Programming in C language.-M .: Academy, 2011. 9. Sadgwick R. Algorithms in C ++. -M .: Williams, 2011. 10. Bondarev V.М. Programming in C ++. 2 nd ed. - Kharkov: SMITH, 2007. The literature of Abay Myrzakhmetov Kokshetau University is reflected in the Map of Methodical Provision of Discipline.

Protection in Emergency Situations - Syllabus

Course Title Protection in Emergency Situations

Pre-requisites Engineering graphics, Mathematics, Physics, Chemical analysis, Life safety fundamentals




Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Abay Myrzakhmetov Kokshetau University Department: Ecology, Life Safety and environmental protection Professor (the course was developed by): lecturer,_Karipollayev Murat Kairatovich E-mail [email protected]

Course description The discipline "PROTECTION IN EMERGENCY SITUATIONS" - the study of this discipline raises the level of preparation for professional activity in obtaining by students modern theoretical and practical information in the field of protection in emergency situations; allows to acquire the skills of forecasting and making competent decisions in emergency situations to protect population and production personnel, business entities from possible consequences of accidents, disasters, natural disasters and use of modern means of destruction, as well as during the consequences elimination of emergencies.

Trainees profile The course is addressed to the students of: Bachelor's programme 5В073100 «Life Safety and environmental protection”

Learning Objectives At the end of this course, the student will be able to: Know:

• possible emergencies at work in the case of emergencies, their occurrence causes and rules of conduct; • various dangerous and emergency situations arising in public transport and rules of safe conduct; • rules of conduct in criminogenic situations; • rules of conduct in case of violation of ecological balance in the locations of production facilities;


• possible emergencies of natural and man-made character, ways of informing about them and rules of safe conduct;- the main activities of the Ministry of Emergency Measures and Civil Defense on the protection of personnel from the consequences of emergency situations;

• the main chronic non-infectious diseases, their causes and connection with the way of life; • infectious diseases and the basic principles of their prevention; • organize personal security and safety of the population in the case of emergencies; • use primary fire extinguishing agents; • provide assistance to people in distress during emergencies in production; • provide first aid- be guided in the causes of accidents at work.

To have skills: • safe behavior at industrial sites; • use of primary fire-fighting and fire-fighting equipment in the case of a fire; • Implementation of the activities of the Ministry of Emergency Measures and Civil Defense on personnel

protection; • use of personal protective equipment; • methods of providing first aid in the case of bleeding, stretching accidents and other injuries.

Pedagogical aims to be reached Communicative Objectives Formation of the ability to listen to others, the ability to work in a team, the ability to distribute responsibilities, formation of leadership qualities. Evaluative Objectives Development of critical thinking, abilities of public speaking, development of analytical skills. Professional goals:

• study theoretical and practical basis of rescue operations; • study the main hazards, in emergency situations of anthropogenic and natural character; • teach students to make the correct calculation of forces and means for conducting rescue and other

urgent work; • teach to assess the situation that has developed in an emergency situation;


Pedagogical tools Methodological Electronic, printed and audiovisual materials. Research (information search, analysis and synthesis of data, formulation of conclusions). Experiment and training (practical problems solving, working with equipment). Interactive (discussions / debates, comparative analysis, exchange of opinions, problem scenarios, case studies). Communicative (finding solutions through a collective approach, learning in partnership). Evaluation (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests). Technical Training platforms: TAMOS, Platonus, Easy.Wi-Fi, Internet resources: Cloud storage (Google Disk), applications (Trello), e-mail, social networks. Equipment: SMART Board, computers, laptops, smartphones, dosimeters, contour maps, descriptive equipment (pencils, rulers).

Environment used


Students study in the university's classrooms in a face-to-face model. At the same time, a mixed model is implemented, when electronic technologies are intensively used in the learning process (e-learning platform, Internet access opportunities in the classroom using a computer / a smartphone, PC (Practical Classes) tasks fulfillment and preparation for e-technology lessons).

Course Timing 1-15 weeks of the Winter semester

Course Modality Full-time course of study.

Course structure The course structure «Protection in emergency situations” lasts 15 weeks and is organized in five modules. Each module consists of lectures, practical exercises, Practical Classes and Tutorials. Class duration is 50 minutes. Types of classes in each module: lectures perception, discussions in the virtual space, solution of professionally directed tasks and so on. In total, the course provides: lectures - 15 hours, practical classes - 30 hours, tutorials - 15 hours, out of class work - 75 hours.

Topical Outline and Schedule DATE (training week) 1-5 weeks:Module 1 - Production and environmental protection measures.

System of state standards in the field of environmental protection. Topics 1. Production environmental document.

2. State (industry) standards and regulations. 3. Regulation of noise and vibration in the workplace. 4. Production normalization of electromagnetic radiation.

Learning activities Module « Production and environmental protection measures. System of state standards in the field of environmental protection» is composed of the following activities: Accumulative activity – reading, video material watching, lecture material study. (Assimilative activities – reading, watching, study) Research activity – finding and handling information, analyzing information, synthesis of data Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication activity: discussion, collaborating. Communication – discuss, collaborate; Experimental activity – knowledge of laws in professional problems solving. Experiental – practice, apply. Productive – reports preparation, cases solving Productive –write. Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparison method, sharing opinion. Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment activity: lectures and video materials analysis, professional problems solving, timeliness of assignments, preparation of reports, participation in the discussion (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests, Easy tests) are evaluated.- Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback


Task 1. Prepare a scientific report on these topics: State standards (industrial standards) and regulations (Discussion in the chat (cloud technology (Google disk)). Task 2. Group work on making presentations on the topics: The concept of ionizing radiation Task 3. Passing online test for self-esteem using the site (http://master-test.net) (10 questions).

ASSIGNED READINGS [1-18]

DATE (training week) 5-10 weeks: Module 2: Principles of environmental safety and basic definitions. Topics 1. Regulation of pollutants in the biosphere.


2. General principles of organization and analysis system of the process of environmentally friendly technologies. 3. Forecast of the ecological situation in case of chemical accidents at hazardous production facilities. 4. Principles of ecological safety

Learning activities The Module “Principles of environmental safety and basic definitions” is composed of the following activities: Accumulative activity – reading, video material watching, lecture material study. Research activity – finding and handling information, analyzing information, synthesis of data Communication activity: discussion, collaborating. Experimental activity – knowledge of laws in professional problems solving. Productive – reports preparation, cases solving. Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparison method, sharing opinion. Assessment activity: lectures and video materials analysis, professional problems solving, timeliness of assignments, preparation of reports, participation in the discussion (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests, Easy tests) are evaluated.


Task 1. Prepare a scientific report on this topic: General principles of organization and analysis system of the process of environmentally friendly technologies. Principles of ecological safety (Discussion in the chat (cloud technology (Google disk)). Task 2. Group work on making presentations on the topics: 1. Environmentally friendly technologies 2. ecological safety. Task 3. Study additional information presented on the site, and Passing the online test for self-esteem. (10 questions).


Date (training week) 10-15 weeks:Module 3 - Anthropogenic sources of biosphere pollution TOPICS 1. Pollution of the environment from ionizing radiation

2. Man-made emergency situations of human degradation and environmental safety of industrial facilities. 3. Emissions from vehicles and damage to space from air pollution 4. The main directions of economy ecologization

Learning activities Module « Anthropogenic sources of biosphere pollution » is composed of the following activities: Accumulative activity – reading, video material watching, lecture material study. Research activity – finding and handling information, analyzing information, synthesis of data Communication activity: discussion, collaborating. Experimental activity – knowledge of laws in professional problems solving. Productive – cartogram making, construction of charts, presentations making. Reports preparation Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparison method, sharing opinion in chat. Assessment activity: activity in chat, professional problems solving, timeliness of assignments, presentations, Easy tests are evaluated.



Task 1. Prepare a scientific report on this topic: Pollution of the environment from ionizing radiation. Man-made emergency situations of human degradation and environmental safety of industrial facilities. Discussion in the chat (cloud technology (Google disk). Task 2. Group work on making presentations on the topics: 1. Main characteristics and devices for measuring ionizing radiation 2. Technogenic situation 3. Technogenic conditions of ecological safety Task 3. Passing the online test for self-esteem. (10 questions).


Assessment tools at the end of the course The students’ achievements level in the course program is assessed on the basis of the overall system of grades taken at the university. The final evaluation includes: 1. Rating control: 60% 2. Examination: 40% The final score is calculated by the formula: (R1 + R2) *0,6 + E*0,4 2 Where R1 is the digital equivalent of the first rating; R2 is the digital equivalent of the second rating; E is the digital equivalent of exam evaluation. The alphabetic score and its digital equivalent in points are determined by the percentage of the correct answers, respectively, below in the table.


Evaluation in %



Instructional Materials and References 1. Mikryukov, V.Yu. Safety of life activity [Text]: Textbook / Vasily Yuryevich Mikryukov .- Moscow: KNORUS,

2013.- 333 pp. (Bachelor's). 2. Protection in emergency situations [Text]: A manual for special. 5В073100 "Safety of life and environmental

protection" / Comp: M.Yu. Timeeva .- Kokshetau: KAMU, 2015.- 102 p.6, 50. 3. Maksimova, TN. Lessons developments on the basics of life safety. 2 class [Text]: Teaching-methodical

manual / Tatyana Nikolaevna Maksimova .- Moscow: WACO, 2011.- 272 pp. (To help the school teacher). 4. Devisilov V.A. Occupational Safety and Health. M., Forum-Infrastructure, 2006.


5. "Life Safety" courses study guide for students. 1, ІІ book.Emergency Agency of the Republic of Kazakhstan, -Almaty, 2006.

6. Life safety-Almaty, 2006. S.Arpabekov 7. Pavlov A.N. Ecology, rational use of nature and safety of life. M.V.Sh. 2005. 8. Emergency security measures [Text]: Textbook 5V073100 "Environmental safety specialty and life safety" /

Compiled by. HELL. Makhmutova .- Kokshetau: AMCU, 2016.- 60 b. 3, 75 bass chords l. 9. Emergency situations and civil security for the information-methodological collection. The Republic of

Uzbekistan. 10. Laws of the Republic of Kazakhstan in the field of emergencies. Emergency and Civil Defense Manual 11. Actions of population in the event of natural disasters. Sets of colorful posters №2 [Text]. 12. Zazulinsky, V.D. Safety in emergency situations M. Exam 2006 13. Bondin V.I, Yu.G.Semukhin. Safety of life: Study guide. M.: Infra-M, 2014 14. Kosolapova N.V., N.A.Prokopenko Safety of life: Textbook. M.: Academy, 2014 15. Sapronov Yu.G. Safety of life: Textbook. M.: Academy, 2014 16. Tleuova, Zhulduz Omirbekovna. Protection of population against emergency situations of natural and man-

made character. Kokshetau: KAMU, 2015 17. Zh. K. Azhanzholov, L.Kh. Balzbas. Life safety. Astana: The Tome, 2009 18. http://rmebrk.kz/ - The site of the Republican interuniversity electronic library. 19. http://tamos.kuam.kz/ - Electronic learning platform of Abay Myrzakhmetov Kokshetau University. 20. https://drive.google.com/drive - Personal page in Google Disc. 21. https://trello.com/ - Personal page of Trello Web application. 22. https://www.youtube.com/?gl=KZ – The site of video hosting services.


Architecture of computer system - Syllabus

Course Title Architecture of computer systems

Pre-requisites Difference equations, Circuit theory


OUT OF CLASS Activities & ASSIGNMENTS Semester

15 hours 75 hours 6


University: Kokshetau Abai Myrzakhmetov University Department: Information systems and informatics__ Professor (the course was developed by): senior lecturer, Master of Engineering Agzamova Makhabat Kabidenovna E-mail [email protected]________ Course description

The discipline is basic for the study of disciplines in informatics, programming, operating systems and database management systems. The purpose of the course is to prepare a specialist for activities related to the operation and maintenance of equipment and equipment containing modern computer facilities.

Trainees profile

The course is addressed to the students of: Bachelor's programme 5В070300 «Information systems» Learning Objectives

At the end of this course, the student will be able to:


- receive information about computer system parameters; - connect additional equipment and adjust communication between computer system elements; - install and configure software for computer systems. As a result of mastering the discipline, the student should know: - basic concepts and basic principles of architecture building of computing systems; - types of computing systems and their architectural features; - organization and operation of the main logical blocks of computer systems; - information processing processes at all levels of computer architectures; - the main components of software for computer systems; - basic principles of resource management and organization of access to these resources. Pedagogical aims to be reached Communicative Objectives The formation of the ability to listen to others, the ability to work in a team, the ability to distribute responsibilities, the formation of leadership qualities. Evolutive Objectives Development of critical thinking, abilities of public speaking, development of analytical skills. Professional Objectives: - to study the basic concepts and basic principles of constructing the architectures of computer systems; - to disassemble the types of computing systems and their architectural features; - to consider organization and operation of the main logical blocks of computer systems; - to disinfect information processing processes at all levels of computer architectures; - to study the main components of software for computer systems; - to study the basic principles of resource management and organization of access to these resources. Pedagogical methodologies used:

Blended Learning («Face to Face Driver» variant) Contextual Learning and Training Problem solving Flipped learning Co-operative Learning Assessment & Evaluation of Student Learning «Peer Teaching» Learning Case-based technologies Pedagogical tools

Methodological: - electronic, printed and audiovisual materials; - research (search for information, data analysis and synthesis, conclusions formulation); - experiment and training (solving practical problems, working with equipment); - interactive (discussions / debates, comparative analysis, exchange of opinions, problem scenarios, case studies); - communicative (finding solutions through a collective approach, learning in partnership); - evaluation (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests). Technical: - Programs for laboratory work: Turbo C, Visual C; - Training platforms: TAMOS, Platonus, Easy; - Wi-Fi, Internet resources: Cloud storage (GoogleDisk), applications (Trello), e-mail, social networks; - Equipment: SMART Board, computers, laptops, smartphones, dosimeters, contour maps, descriptive equipment (pencils, rulers). Environment used

Students study in the university's classrooms in a face-to-face model. At the same time, a mixed model is realized, when electronic technologies (Smart board, computers, Internet access in the audience from the computer) are intensively used in process of training. Course Timing

1-15 weeks of the 6th semester Course Modality


full-time course of study Course structure

The course structure “Architecture of computer systems” lasts 15 weeks and is organized in five modules. Each module consists of lectures, practical exercises, Practical Classes and Tutorials. Class duration is 50 minutes. Types of classes in each module: lectures perception, discussions in the virtual space, solution of professionally directed tasks and so on. In total, the course provides: lectures - 15 hours, practical classes - 30 hours, tutorials - 15 hours, out of class work - 75 hours.

Topical Outline and Schedule DATE (training week)

1-3 weeks: Module 1 - Fundamentals of computer organization

Topics 1 Composition and purpose of computer systems. 2 Arithmetic and logical foundations of computers. 3 Functional units of the computer.

Learning activities

Module «Fundamentals of computer organization» is composed of the following activities: Accumulative activity – reading, video material watching, lecture material study. (Assimulative? activities – reading, watching, study) Research activity – finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication activity: discussion, collaborating. Communication – discuss, collaborate; Experiental activity – knowledge of laws in professional problems solving. Experiental – practice, apply. Productive – reports preparation, cases solving Productive –write. Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparison method, sharing opinion. Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment activity: lectures and video materials analysis, professional problems solving, timeliness of assignments, preparation of reports, participation in the discussion (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests, Easy tests) are evaluated.- Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback


Task 1. History of computer development. Basic elements of a computer. View the video by clicking on the link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uq-aBKzYHXQ, compilation of a table and sending by mail [email protected] . Task 2. Arithmetic logic unit: making a presentation using canva.com site To pass the self-assessment test by clicking on the link http://oltest.ru/tests/informacionnye_tehnologii/organizaciya_evm_i_sistem/ [1-4, 6, 9, 11, 23-25]

DATE (training week)

4-5 weeks: Module 2 - Computer storage devices

Topics Operating storage. Shadow-mask-type, programmable and reprogrammable fixed memories Sequential access storage

Learning activities

Module «Computer storage devices» is composed of the following activities: Accumulative activity – reading, video material watching, lecture material study. Research activity – finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data Communication activity: discussion, collaborating. Experiental activity – knowledge of laws in professional problems solving. Productive – reports preparation, cases solving. Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparison method, sharing opinion.


Assessment activity: lectures and video materials analysis, professional problems solving, timeliness of assignments, preparation of reports, participation in the discussion (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests, Easy tests) are evaluated.


Task 1. Flash memory: Searching for information, drawing up charts, reports (similarity and difference - contrast), writing essays. Task 2.Making a presentation on the topic «Classification of storage devices» using canva.com site Self-assessment test (20 questions). http://oltest.ru/tests/informacionnye_tehnologii/organizaciya_evm_vneshnie_ustroystva/ [6, 9, 11, 22-25]


6-8 weeks: Module 3 - Computer processors

TOPICS Central control unit Organization of the computer processing part Microprocessors

Learning activities

Module «Central control unit» is composed of the following activities: Accumulative activity – reading, video material watching, lecture material study. Research activity – finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data Communication activity: discussion, collaborating. Experimental activity – knowledge of laws in professional problems solving. Productive – cartogram making, construction of charts, presentations making. Reports preparation Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparison method, sharing opinion in chat. Assessment activity: activity in chat, professional problems solving, timeliness of assignments, presentations, Easy tests are evaluated.


Task 1. Working with processors of different models: Searching for information, preparing reports. Viewing a video https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MI2sYNkBrYg, sending the comment to the mail [email protected] Task 2. Main computer units: Search for information, group work on drawing up a presentation. Viewing a video https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=98ifn2ESRjI Task 3. Coprocessors: Search for information, compilation of summary tables. Self-assessment test (30 questions) http://oltest.ru/tests/informacionnye_tehnologii/organizaciya_evm_vneshnie_ustroystva/ [6, 11-16, 21-25]


10-11 weeks: Module 4 - Organization of input-output. Computing systems.

TOPICS PC Interfaces Synchronous information exchange Asynchronous information exchange

Learning activities

Module 4 «Organization of input-output. Computing systems.» programming is composed of the following activities: Accumulative activity – reading, video material watching, lecture material study. Research activity – finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data Communication activity: discussion, collaborating. Experimental activity – knowledge of laws in professional problems solving. Productive – cartogram making, construction of charts, presentations making. Reports preparation


Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparison method, sharing opinion in chat. Assessment activity: activity in chat, professional problems solving, timeliness of assignments, presentations, Easy tests are evaluated.


Task 1. To write an essay on the topic: Channels. Making a presentation using canva.com site Task 2. Preparing a report on the topic «Computing systems» Self-assessment test (30 questions). [6,7, 11-25]


12-15 weeks: Модуль 5 - Architecture fundamentals of personal computers

TOPICS 1. The architecture of a personal computer 2. Models of processors 3. Multiprocessor systems

Learning activities

Module 4 «Providing radiation safety» is composed of the following activities: Accumulative activity – reading, video material watching, lecture material study. Research activity – finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data Communication activity: discussion, collaborating. Experimental activity – knowledge of laws in professional problems solving. Productive – cartogram making, construction of charts, presentations making. Reports preparation Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparison method, sharing opinion in chat. Assessment activity: activity in chat, professional problems solving, timeliness of assignments, presentations, Easy tests are evaluated.


Task 1. Harvard architecture: compilation of comparative analysis. Task 2. Architecture von Neumann: the study of architecture features. Making a presentation using canva.com site Task 3. Viewing a video on the site: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WvRG-yWoTK0, writing an essay on the topic. Self-assessment test (30 questions). http://oltest.ru/tests/informacionnye_tehnologii/organizaciya_evm_centralnye_ustroystva/ [3-6, 9, 10, 17, 20, 23-25]

Assessment tools at the end of the course The students’ achievements level in the course program is assessed on the basis of the overall system of grades taken at the university. The final evaluation includes: 1. Rating control: 60% 2. Examination: 40% The final score is calculated by the formula: (R1 + R2) *0,6 + E*0,4

2 Where R1 is the digital equivalent of the first rating; R2 is the digital equivalent of the second rating; E is the digital equivalent of exam evaluation. The alphabetic score and its digital equivalent in points are determined by the percentage of the correct answers, respectively, below in the table.



Evaluation in %




Basic: 1. The alphabet of a personal computer. Architecture, device and configuration, Starkov V.V., M: Hotline-Telecom, 2010 2. The alphabet of computer systems and networks: Proc. A Handbook, Baranovskaya T.P., M Finance and Statistics, 2009 3. UE Architecture of computer systems, Agzamova M.K., Kokshetau: KAMU, 2013 4. Architecture of computer systems and computer networks. Textbook. Allowance., Stepanov A. N., St. Petersburg: Peter, 2009 5. Architecture of computers and systems, Novozhilov O.P., Moscow: Yurayt, 2013 6. Structural organization and architecture of computer systems, Stallings U., SPb: Williams, 2010 7. Kuzin A.V. , Levonisova S.V. Databases: a tutorial for stud. Higher education. Zaved.-4 th ed., Sr. M .: The publishing center "Academy", 2010. - 320 p. 8. Councils B.Ya. Database. Theory and practice: educational for universities - 2 nd ed. Moscow: VS, 2007. - 453 p. Additional 1. V.V.Voyevodin, V.V. Voyevodin - "Parallel computing", publishing house "BHV", 2002 2. Korneev V.V. Parallel computing systems. M.: "Nolidzh", 1999. 320 p. 3. V. Korneev V., Modern microprocessors, publishing house M.: "Nolidzh", "BHV", 2003 4. S.Nemnyugin, O.Stesik, "Parallel Programming for Multiprocessor Computing Systems" SPb :, "BHV-Petersburg", 2002 5. Yu.I.Nechaev. Artificial intelligence: concepts and applications. SPb: Publishing Center SPbGMTU, 2002. 6. E. Tanenbaum, Computer architecture. St. Petersburg, From the "Peter", 2002. 7. K. Haemacher, Z. Vraneshic, S. Zaki, Computer Organization. St. Petersburg, "Peter" publishing house, 2003. 8. PC architecture, components, multimedia. - Rudometov E., Rudometov V. - Peter, 2000. 9. A.G. Gein, A.I. Senokosov. Computer science. - Moscow: Drofa, 1998. 10. Kushnirenko A.G. And other informatics. - Moscow: Drofa, 1998. 11. Kuznetsov A.A. and others. Fundamentals of Informatics. - Moscow: Drofa, 1998. 12. Lebedev G.V., Kushnirenko A.G. 12 lectures on teaching computer science course. - Moscow: Drofa, 1998. The literature of KAMU is reflected in the Map of Methodical Provision of Discipline.

Bases of radiation safety - Syllabus

Course Title Bases of radiation safety Pre-requisites Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, Life Safety

Hours 135 Out of Class 75 hours

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Abai Myrzakhmetov Kokshetau University


Department: Ecology, Life Safety and Environmental Protection Senior teacher: Salikova Natalya S., PhD (Chemical science) E-mail: [email protected] Course Description Discipline «Basis of radiation safety» contains all the necessary aspects, to a full degree reflecting actual knowledge in the field of radiation safety. Lectures and tasks of practical employments will help students to concentrate on the key questions of every theme: Sources of radioactivity, Biological effect of ionizing radiation, Methods of detection and protection, ensuring radiation safety of the population and staff. The system of assignments for independent work will allow students to independently study the questions that are not covered by the lecture-practical course. The list of control questions will help students to prepare for the current, intermediate and final control. Trainees profile A course is addressed for student: Bachelor 5В073100 «Life Safety and Environmental Protection Learning Objectives At the end of this course a student must: know:

• schemes of radioactive transformations and measurement units of radioactivity; • natural and artificial sources of radiation and composition of radiations; • norms of radiation safety; • main state and international laws in the field of radiation protection and control.

be able: • to calculate the radiation dose to living organisms; • to estimate accordance of the state of environment to the norms of radiation safety; • to use facilities of dosimetric control.

own skills: • to compose of radioactive decay schemes; • to determine of residual quantities of radionuclides in the environmental objects; • to analyze of radiation situation.

apply knowledge, abilities and skills: • during realization of dosimetric, radiometric, radiochemical methods of analysis of the radiation

situation; • at the choice of optimal protection means from the ionizing radiations; • at the scientifically reasonable acceptance of decisions in the field of radiation safety.

Pedagogical aims to be reached Communicative aims forming of ability to listen other, abilities to work in a team, abilities of distribution of duties, forming of leadership skills. Developing aims development of the critical thinking, abilities of public speaking, development of analytical skills. Professional aims:

• to study a theory and principles of the impact of different types of ionizing radiations on the biological objects;

• to teach to the basic principles of radiation safety and rationing rules of the ionizing radiation; • to instil skills of estimation of the radiation situation to the students; • to study the basic hazards related to operation of nuclear fuel cycle enterprises; • to teach to apply gain knowledge in the solving of research and nature protection activity tasks.

Pedagogical methodologies used: Blended Learning («Face to Face Driver») Contextual Learning and Training Problem Solving / Situational Learning Flipped learning


Co-operative Learning Assessment & Evaluation of Student Learning «Peer Teaching» Learning Case-based technologies Learning Mobile Learning Pedagogical tools Methological electronic, printed and audiovisual materials investigative (information retrieval, analysis and synthesis of data, formulation of conclusions) experiment and training (decision of practical tasks, work with an equipment) interactive (discussions / debates, comparative analysis, exchange by opinions, problem scenarios, case-studies) communicative (search of decision by means of collective approach, educating in сollaborativ) assessment (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests, «Easy-tests»). Technical Electronic Platforms of е-educating: TAMOS, Platonus, Easy. Wi-Fi, Internet resources: the Cloud storage (Google Disk), applications (Trello), e-mail, social networks Equipment: SMART Board, computers, notebooks, smartphones, Dosimeters, contour maps, descriptive equipment Environment of educating Students study in the classrooms of university in a model «face to face». The mixed model will be realized thus, when in the educating process the electronic technologies (electronic platform of educating, possibilities of exit in the Internet in an classrooms from the computer/smartphone, implementation of «Out of Class» assignments and preparation to employments with the use of е-technologies) are intensively used. Terms of educating 1-15 weeks of the 6-th semester Forms of teaching Full time Course structure A course «Basis of radiation safety» lasts 15 weeks and organized into 5 modules. Every module consists of lectures, practical exercises, «Out of Class» assignments. Class time - 50 minutes. Types of exercises in each module: the perception of lectures, discussions in the virtual space, the solution of professionally directed tasks and so on. In total, the course provides: 15 hours of lectures, 30 hours of practical classes, 15 hours of independent work in the classroom with a teacher and 75 hours - out of class. Topical Outline and Schedule DATE Weeks 1-3: module 1 - Physical fundamentals of radioactivity Topics 1. Introduction to the nature of radioactivity.

2. Characteristics of radioactive decay. 3. Quantitative characteristics of radiation doses.

Learning activities The module «Physical fundamentals of radioactivity» consists of the following activities: Accumulative - reading, viewing video materials, studying of lecture material. Research - information retrieval, information analysis, data synthesis. Communicative - discussion, execution of works in cooperation. Experimental - the application of knowledge of laws in solving professional problems. Productive - drawing up of reports, the decision of cases Interactive - problematic scenarios, discussions, method of comparison, exchange of opinions. Assessment - assessment of lectures and video materials, the solution of professional tasks, timely executed tasks, reporting, participation in the discussion (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests, «Easy-tests»).

OUT OF CLASS Assignment 1. History of the radioactivity discovery: discussion in the chat,


Activities ASSIGNMENTS & ASSIGNED READINGS

compilation of a summary table. Assignment 2. Quantitative characteristics of radionuclides: Group work on the presentation preparation. Assignment 3. Measurement units of radiation doses: Compilation of summary tables, finding connections between data. Self-assessment test (20 questions). [1-4, 6, 9, 11, 23-25]

DATE Weeks 4-5: Module 2 - Principles of radioactive decay and interaction of ionizing radiation with substance

Topics 1. Types of radioactive decay. 2. Interaction with the substance of charged particles, neutrons, and photon radiation.

Learning activities The module «Principles of radioactive decay and interaction of ionizing radiation with substance» consists of the following activities: Accumulative - reading, viewing video materials, studying of lecture material. Research - information retrieval, information analysis, data synthesis. Communicative - performance of works in cooperation. Productive - compilation of radioactive decay schemes, preparation of a report. Experimental - the solution of professional problems, the application of knowledge of laws in solving professional problems. Interactive - brainstorming, discussion, learning in partnership. Assessment - assessment of lectures and video materials, the solution of professional tasks, timely executed tasks, reporting, participation in the discussion (group assessment, standardized tests, «Easy-tests»)


Assignment 1. Radioactive families: Information retrieval, scheming, reports (similarity and difference - contrast). Self-assessment test (20 questions). [6, 9, 11, 22-25]

DATE Weeks 6-8: Module 3 - Sources of radioactivity Topics 1. Natural radiation background and its composition.

2. Anthropogenically changed natural radiation background. 3. Artificial radioactivity in nuclear tests and in the nuclear fuel cycle. 4. Requirements for the nuclear power plants activities.

Learning activities The module «Sources of radioactivity» consists of the following activities: Accumulative - reading, viewing video materials, studying of lecture material. Research - information retrieval, information analysis, data synthesis. Communicative - discussion, execution of works in cooperation. Experimental - the solution of professional problems, the application of knowledge of laws in solving professional problems. Productive - drawing up of cartograms, drawing of schedules, drawing up of presentations. Preparing messages. Interactive - problem scenarios, debates, a method of comparison, an exchange of views in the chat. Assessment - evaluation of the activity in the chat, the solution of professional tasks, timely executed tasks, presentations, Easy-tests.


Assignment 1. Formation of radiation background in the territory of Kazakhstan: Information search, discussion in the chat, preparation of messages. Assignment 2. The discovery of artificial radioactivity: information retrieval, group work on the presentation preparation. Assignment 3. Radiation accidents: classification, types, causes: the study of video lecture, the compilation of summary tables. Self-assessment test (30 questions). [6, 11-16, 21-25]


DATE Weeks 10-11: Module 4 - Biological Effects of Radiation Topics 1. Biological effect of ionizing radiation of large, medium and small doses of

irradiation. 2. Radiosensitivity and radioresistance.

Learning activities Module 4 «Biological Effects of Radiation» consists of the following activities: Accumulative - reading, viewing video materials, studying of lecture material. Research - information retrieval, information analysis, data synthesis. Communicative discussion, execution of works in cooperation. Experimental - the solution of professional problems, the application of knowledge of laws in solving professional problems. Productive - developing recommendations on the results of solving a practical situative problem. Interactive - exchange of opinions in the chat according to the results of the task. Assessment - assessement of the chat activity, the solution of professional tasks, timely executed tasks, Easy tests.


Task 1. Types of radiation effects: the study of video materials, analysis, compilation of summary tables. Task 2. Radiation sickness: the study of video materials, self-testing by tests. Self-assessment test (30 questions). [6, 7, 11-25,

DATE Weeks 12-15: Module 5 - Providing radiation safety Topics 1. General principles of radiation normalization.

2. Methods and devices of radiation monitoring. 3. Providing radiation safety when working with sources of ionizing radiation.

Learning activities Module 4 «Providing Radiation Safety» consists of the following activities: Accumulative - reading, viewing video materials, studying of lecture material. Research - information retrieval, information analysis, data synthesis. Communicative - discussion, execution of works in cooperation. Experimental - the solution of professional problems, the application of knowledge of laws in solving professional problems. Productive - developing recommendations on the results of solving a practical situation problem. Interactive - discussions, brainstorming. Assessment: solving professional tasks, timely executed tasks, Easy-tests.


Assignment 1. Permissible exposure doses for settlements and work areas. Acceptable emergency doses: study of video materials, compiling a report. Assignment 2. Means of collective and individual protection against ionizing radiation: information retrieval, report with messages. Assignment 3. Ensuring radiation safety at radiation hazardous facilities: information retrieval, preparation of presentations in small groups. Self-assessment test (30 questions). [3-6, 9, 10, 17, 20, 23-25]

Assessment tools at the end of the course The level of achievements of student on the program of course is estimated on the basis of the general system of final estimations by accepted in an university. A final estimation includes: Rating control: 60 % Examination: 40 % the Final estimation is counted up on a formula (R1 + R2) *0,6 + E*0,4

2 where


R1 – digital equivalent of estimation of the first rating; R2 - digital equivalent of estimation of the second rating; Е – digital equivalent of estimation of examination An in letters estimation and her digital equivalent in points are determined on the percentage of right answers accordingly the below brought table over.

Estimation on the in letters system

Digital equivalent (points)

Estimation in %

Estimation on traditional system


Educational materials and references

1. RK law about radiational safety of popullation (with changes on the 15.06.2015) // RK parliament lists. – 1998. - № 5-6. – 48 p.

2. RP law. About the usage of atom energy (with changes on the 15.06.2015) // Kazakhstany truth. – 1997. – 17 april.

3. Decision of Government of Republic of Kazakhstan from February, 3, 2012 № 201 "About claim of hygienical norms the "Sanitary-epidemic requirements to providing of radiation safety"" // the "Kazakhstan true" from 15.03.2012

4. Appendixes №№1-11 to Order of Chairman - the Main state health-officer of Republic of Kazakhstan № 194 from 08.09.2011 № 194 "About claim of the methodical pointing on a radiation hygiene". it is Аlmaty:, 2011. - 163 p.

5. Mashkovich V.P., Panchenko A.M.. Bases of radiation safety. - Energyatomedit, 1990. - 176 p. 6. Yarmonenko S.P. Radio-biology of man and animals. - М.: Higher school, 1988. - 424 p. 7. Golubev V.P. Dosimetria and protecting from ionizing radiations. – Energyatomedit M., 1986. - 462 p. 8. Kozlov V.F. Reference book on radiation safety. - Energyatomedit M, 1991. - 384 p. 9. Maximov М.Т. Odzhagov G.О. Radiocontammants and their measuring. Train aid. - М.: Energyatomedit M.,

1986. - 224 p. 10. Beloozerski G.N. Radiation ecology. – Academa M., 2008.- 325 p. 11. Panin M.S. Ecology of Kazakhstan. it is in Semipalatinsk: SемSPU, 2005. - 630 p. 12. Trapeznicov A.V. Radioecology of freshwater ecosystems. it is Ekaterinburg: UrSAA, 2006. - 269 p. 13. Brewers of U.P., Mihalev V.P. Radiation ecology.- М.: Academa, 2004. - 310 p. 14. Saharov V.K. Radioecology. SPB.: Lan, 2006. – 278 p. 15. Tuleubaev B.А. Radiation ecology with bases from/a х radio-biology. it is Pavlodar.: Innovative Eurasian

university, 2006. - 234 p.Usmanov S.M. Radiation. Reference sources. - М.: Vlados, 2001. - 176 p. 16. Zaharchenko M.P. and others. Radiation, ecology, health. – SPB: Humanistics, 2003. – 336 p. 17. Alexsahin N.M., Vasileva A.V., Dikarev V.G. Agricultural radioecology / under edition Alexahina R.M.,

Korneeva N.A. - Moscow: Ecology, 1992. - 400 p. 18. Kirrilov V.F., Knizhnikov V.A., Korenkov I.L. Radiation hygiene. it is Moscow: Medicine, 1988. - 336 p.


19. http://rmebrk.kz/ - Web-site of the Republican interhes e-librar. 20. 20.http://tamos.kuam.kz/ - Electronic platform of educating of the university after A.Myrzakhmetov. 21. https://drive.google.com/drive - Google disk private page. 22. https://trello.com/ - Trello Web-site private page. 23. https://www.youtube.com/?gl=KZ – videohosting-site..

Chemical Analysis - Syllabus

Course title Chemical Analysis Pre-requisites Chemistry, Biology, Physics Hours 135 hours:

in class – 60 h out of class – 75 h


15 h 75 h Summer semester


University: Abay Myrzakhmetov Kokshetau University Department: Ecology, Life Safety and Environmental Protection_ ProfessoD: Senior Lecturor, Candidate of biological sciences, Makeyeva Lyudmila Anatolyevna E-mail: [email protected] Course description

“Chemical Analysis” is one of the majors for engineering and technology students, as it forms students’ knowledge, skills and abilities to determine qualitative and quantitative composition of various objects of anthropogenic or natural origin, use tools and equipment for chemical analysis. Tutorials and practical classes allow students to study the material not covered at the lectures. The students are given the worksheets to prepare for the midterm and final exams.

Trainees profile Bachelor degree: 5В073100 Life Safety and Environmental Protection Learning Objectives

At the end of this course, the students will: know:

• theoretical basis of chemical analysis; • subject, tasks and methods of qualitative and quantitative analysis; • essence and features of gravimetric, titrimetric methods of analysis, acid-base, redox, complexometric

titration; basic methods of physical and chemical analysis. be able to:

• use the methods of chemical analysis in the study of components and objects of the environment and products of technogenic activity, to control various technological processes.

have practical skills to: • work with chemical reagents, tools and equipment; • make solutions of chemical reagents with certain concentration; • conduct qualitative and quantitative analysis of environmental objects and products of technogenic

activity. be competent in:

• qualitative and quantitative analysis of liquid, solid and gaseous systems; • use and conduct of chemical analysis methods; • finding the best ways to conduct chemical analysis of the natural environment.

Pedagogical aims to be reached Communicative objectives development of the ability to listen to others, work in a team, distribute responsibilities, leadership qualities development. Development objectives development of critical thinking, analytical skills, abilities of public speaking. Professional objectives:


• study the theory and practice of chemical analysis; • teach basic principles of conducting qualitative and quantitative methods for studying the chemical

composition of compounds and products; • encourage students to learn the chemical methods of analyzing environmental components and

products of technological activities; • study the nature and characteristics of the titrimetric analysis and its methods for determining the

chemical composition of compounds and products; • teach students to prepare initial and working titrated solutions; • apply the knowledge of chemical methods for analyzing components, industrial, environmental and

technological products in research and environmental activities. Pedagogical methodologies used:

• Blended Learning («Face to Face») • Contextual Learning and Training • Problem Solving • Flipped Learning • Co-operative Learning • Assessment & Evaluation of Student Learning • Peer Teaching

Pedagogical Tools Methodological

• electronic, printed and audiovisual materials • research (information search, analysis and synthesis of data, formulation of conclusions) • experiment and training (solving practical problems, working with equipment) • interactive (discussions / debates, comparative analysis, exchange of opinions, problem scenarios, case

studies) • communicative (finding solutions working in a team, learning in partnership) evaluation (self-

assessment, group assessment, standardized tests). Technical Learning platforms: TAMOS, Platonus, Easy. Wi-Fi, Internet resources: Cloud Storage (Google Disk), electronic mail, social network Equipment: SMART Board, computers, notebooks, smartphones, lab equipment

Environment used Students study in the classrooms in a face-to-face model. In addition, we use a mixed model, when electronic technologies are intensively used in the learning process (e-learning platform, Internet access opportunities through a computer / smartphone, practical tasks and preparation for e-technology lessons). Course Timing: Weeks 1-15, Summer semester

Course Modality: Full-time education

Course Structure The course of Chemical Analysis lasts 15 weeks and has 5 modules. Each module consists of lectures, lab classes, tutorials and practical classes. Class hour is 50 minutes. Types of classes in each module: perception of the lectures, discussions in the virtual space, solution of profession oriented problems, etc., laboratory research. Total: lectures - 30 hours, laboratory classes - 15 hours, tutorials - 15 hours, practical - 75 hours.

Topical Outline and Schedule Date Weeks 1-3: Module 1 – Basis of chemical analysis Topics The main topics of this model are:

History of Chemical Analysis. The founders of chemical analysis, the connection of the course with other branches of science. Solutions, water as a solvent. Theory of electrolytic dissociation. Ionic product of


water and hydrogen index. Buffer systems and their significance in analysis. Modern ideas about the nature of acids and alkalis. Solubility product.

Learning Activities The Module “Basis of Chemical Analysis” is composed the following activities: Assimulative– reading, review, study; Research –information search, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, teamwork; Experimental – application of knowledge in practice; Productive – experiment, practical problems, analysis; Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparative method, exchange of opinions; Assessment - analysis of the lectures and videos, profession oriented tasks, conducting research, assignments must be turned in on the due date, reports, participation in discussion,peer-review, standardized tests, self-assessment tests.


Task 1. The relationship between the degree and the dissociation constant of weak electrolytes: chat discussion (cloud technologies (Google disk), compilation of equations, introduction to the multimedia presentation on the topic: Solutions, water as a solvent. Theory of electrolytic dissociation. Ionic product of water and hydrogen index. Task 2. Displacement of ionic equilibria: group work on making presentations and chemical equations. Task 3. The transformation of some poorly soluble electrolytes into others. Conditions for exchange reactions. Hydrolysis and amphotericity: Group work on chemical equations and problem solving. Self-assessment test (15 questions). Reading: [1-7]

Date Weeks 3-5: Module 2 - Qualitative methods for studying the chemical composition of compounds and products.

Topics The main topics of this model are: 1. Ion division into analytical groups. 2. Analytical classification of cations and the periodic table.

Learning Activities The Module “Qualitative methods for studying the chemical composition of compounds and products” is composed the following activities: Assimulative – reading, study of lecture material. Research – information search, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, teamwork; Productive – schemes of radioactive decay, report; Experiment – applyication of knowledge in practice; Interactive - brain-storming, discussions, learning in group; Assessment: analysis of the lectures and videos, profession oriented problems, laboratory research, assignments must be turned in on the due date, report preparation, participation in discussion, self-estimation, peer-review, standardized tests.


Task 1. Basic conditions for the detection of ions in solution. Qualitative analysis of various analytical groups of cations, basic anions. Analysis of individual substances: information search, drawing up schemes, report preparation (similarity and difference - contrast). Self-assessment test (20 questions). Reading: [1-7]

Date Weeks 6-7: Module 3 - Quantitative methods for studying the chemical composition of compounds and products.

Topics The main topics of this model are:


Tasks and methods of quantitative analysis. Essence of chemical methods, their classification. Essence of gravimetric analysis.

Learning Activities The Module “Quantitative methods for studying the chemical composition of compounds and products” is composed the following activities: Assimulative – reading, study of lecture material. Research – information search, analysis of information, synthesis of data; Communication – discussion, teamwork; Experiment – application of knowledge in order to solve profession oriented tasks; Interactive - brain-storming, discussions, learning in group; Productive – conducting experiments, solving practical problems, analyzing, presentation / report preparation. Interractive - comparative method, exchange of opinions in chat; Assessment - assessment of chart activity (cloud technologies (Google disk), professional tasks, assignments must be turned in on the due date, presentations, self-assessment tests.


Task 1. Chemical methods of analysis of components and objects of industry and products of technogenic activity: information search, chart discussion (cloud technologies (Google disk), reports. Task 2. Methods of chemical analysis to control various technological, production and natural processes: information search, presentation (group work). Self-assessment test (20 questions). Reading: [1-7]

Date Weeks 8-12: Module 4 - Titrimetric analysis. Topics The main topics of this model are:

Essence and features of titrimetric analysis. Acid-base titration. Oxidation-reduction titration. Complexometric titration. Titration by precipitation.

Learning Activities The Module “Titrimetric analysis”is composed the following activities: Assimulative – reading, video, study of lecture material. Research – finding information, analysis of information, synthesis of data; Communication – discussion, teamwork; Experiment – applyication of knowledge of chemistry in laboratory work; Productive – recommendations based on the laboratory findings; Interactive - exchange of opinions of the findings in chart (cloud technologies (Google disk); Assessment - assessment of chart activity (cloud technologies (Google disk), profession oriented tasks, assignments must be turned in on the due date, self-assessment tests.


Task 1. Standard solutions. Fixanals. Scheme of titrimetric determination. Equivalence point: studying video materials, analysis, drawing up schemes for titrimetric analysis. Task 2. Indicators. Interval of indicators transition, рК indicator, рТ titration indicator. Indicator errors of titration: video, Acid-base Titration multimedia presentation, analysis, self-essessment. Self-assessment test (30 questions). Reading: [1-7]

Date Weeks 13-15: Module 5 - Chemical Analysis in Life Safety. Topics The main topics of this model are:

1. Physical and chemical methods of analysis. 2. Chemical methods for the analysis of components and objects of industry and


the environment and products of technogenic activity: ecological chemistry of the atmosphere, hydrosphere, lithosphere.

Learning Activities The Module “Chemical Analysis in Life Safety” is composed the following activities: Assimulative – reading, video, study of lecture material. Research – information search, analysis of information, synthesis of data; Communication – discussion, teamwork; Experiment – profession oriented tasks, application of the laws studied to solve proffession oriented tasks; Productive – recommendations based on the practical situation problem results; Interactive - discussions, brain-storming; Assessment - proffession oriented tasks; assignments must be turned in on the due date, self-assessment tests.


Task 1. Conduct metric method of analysis. Polar graphic analysis method: study of video materials, report. Task 2. Statistical processing of the results of quantitative determinations: information search, presentations. Self-assessment test (30 questions). Reading: [1-7]


2 R1 – Rating 1 R2 – Rating 2 Е – Examination




1. Tsitovich I.K. Course of Analytical Chemistry. - Moscow: Vysshaya Shkola [Higher School], 2007. – 462p. 2. Yaroslavtsev A.A. Analytical Chemistry Exercise Manual. - Moscow: Vysshaya Shkola [Higher School], 2003. -

236 p. 3. Loginov N.Ya., Voskresensky A.G., Solodkin I.S. Analytical Chemistry. - Moscow: Prosvjashchenie [Education],

2009. – 480p. 4. Vasiliev V.P. Analytical Chemistry. 2 volumes - Moscow: Vysshaya Shkola [Higher School], 2009. - 456 p. 5. Olshanova K.M., Piskareva S.K., Barashkov K.M. Analytical Chemistry. - Moscow: Himiya [Chemistry], 2008. -

400 p.


6. Chemical Analysis [Electronic resource] / Comp. Makeeva L.A.- Electr. Data [1-12x 700 mv 80min] .- Kokshetau: RIO KUAM, 2012. - one disk (CD-RW).

7. Chemical Analysis: Textbook / Comp. Makeeva L.A. - Kokshetau: KUAM, 2013.- 66 p. 8. Nekrasov V.N. The Course of General Chemistry . - Moscow: Prosvjashchenie [Education], 2007. - 329 p. 9. Glinka N.A. General Chemistry. Ed. A. I. Ermakov .- 28th edition, - Moscow: Integral-Press, 2000. - 728 p. 10. Glinka N.L. General Chemistry Problems and Exercises. - Leningrad, 1985. 11. Taperova A.A. General Chemistry Laboratory Workshop. - Moscow, 1976. 12. A.F. Vorobyeva, S.I. Drakina. Inorganic Chemistry Workshop. - Moscow: Himiya [Chemistry], 1984. 13. Karapetyants M.Kh., Drakin S.N. General and Inorganic Chemistry. - Moscow: Himiya [Chemistry], 2000. - 592

p. 14. Rosin I.V., Tomina L.D. General and Inorganic Chemistry. Modern Course [Text]: Manual for bachelors and

specialists / I.V. Tomina, L.D. Rosin .- Moscow: Yurayt Publishing House, 2012.- 138 p. 15. Panov V.A, Nifontov Yu.A., Panin A.V. Theoretical Foundation of Environmental Protection. - Moscow:

Academiya, 2008. 16. Verentsova L.G., Nechepurenko E.V. Inorganic, Physical and Colloidal Chemistry. Tutorial. - Almaty: Evero,

2009. – Republican scientific and methodical journal “Chemistry” №3 (45), 2012.

Database in information systems - Syllabus

Course Title Database in information

systems Prerequisites Designing of

information systems, Information security and information protection, Web-technologies.

Hours 135 hours including: classroom – 60 hours out-of-class – 75 hours


15 hours 75 hours Summer semester

Name and contact information of Instructures

University: Abay Myrzakhmetov Kokshetau University Department: Information systems and Informatics The course developed by: Lecturer, Master of technical sciences, Nadyrova Fatima Kamalovna E-mail [email protected]

Course description To study the discipline of a database in information systems, it is necessary to study the theoretical bases for building databases, basic data operations, methods for organizing data search and processing, language description tools and data manipulation, principles for building basic data models and their use in modern database management systems (DBMS).

Trainees profile The course is intended for students: Bachelor's degree: 5В070300” Information systems”

Learning objectives At the end of this course, the student must: Know:

• Principles of building database systems, data representation models; • Basic data operations, the basics of database design;

Know how:


• Design an information model of a specific domain, use modern DBMS for database processing, present data using various models;

• Have skills: • Practical DB design and construction of information applications using modern DBMS on various

hardware platforms in different subject areas. Pedagogical goals to be achieved Communicative goals The formation of the ability to listen to others, the ability to work in a team, the ability to distribute responsibilities, the formation of leadership qualities. Developing Goals Development of critical thinking, abilities of public speaking, development of analytical skills. Professional goals: 1. The adequacy of the mapping of the subject area (completeness, integrity, consistency, relevance of data). 2. Ability to interact with users of different categories; Ensuring high access efficiency. 3. User-friendly interface. 4. Ensuring privacy and confidentiality. 5. Ensuring the mutual independence of programs and data. 6. Ensuring the reliability of the database; Data protection against accidental and intentional destruction; The ability to quickly and completely recover data in the case of system failures.

Pedagogical methodologies used: Mixed learning - option «Face to Face») Blended Learning («Face to Face») Contextual training and training- contextual Inverted learning method- Flipped learning Co-operative Learning Assessment & Evaluation of Student Learning Peer Teaching» Case-based technologies

Pedagogical tools Methodological Automated reference and information systems (AISS). Automated learning systems. Automated Information and Computing Systems (AVIS). Decision support systems. Technical Training platforms: TAMOS, Platonus, Easy. Wi-Fi, Internet resources: Cloud storage (Google Disk), applications (Trello), e-mail, social networks and the Ms Access program Equipment: interactive board SMART Board, computers, laptops, smart phones.

Environment used Students study in the university's classrooms in a face-to-face model. At the same time, a mixed model is implemented, when electronic technologies are intensively used in the learning process (e-learning platform, Internet access opportunities in the audience from a computer / smart phone, fulfillment of CDS tasks and preparation for studies using e-technologies).

Terms of training 1-15 weeks, Summer semester

Forms of education: Full-time

Course structure The course "Database in Information Systems" lasts 15 weeks and is organized into 3 modules. Each module consists of lectures, practical exercises, IWS and IWST. Duration of the classroom is 50 minutes. Types of classes in each module: the perception of lectures, discussions in the virtual space, the solution of professionally directed tasks and so on. In total, the course provides: lectures - 15 hours, practical classes - 30 hours, Out of class - 15 hours,


assignment hours- 75 hours.

Thematic plan and schedule Week 1-5 weeks: Module 1 - Databases and a database management system Topics 1. History of the origin and development of the database.

2. Information systems and databases. 3. Architecture of information systems. 4. Local information systems in computer networks. 5. Databases in information systems.

Learning activities The module "Databases and a database management system" consists of the following: Accumulative activity - reading, viewing video materials, studying of lecture material. (accumulative activities -reading, watching, study) Research activities - information retrieval, information analysis, data synthesis. Finding and handling information, analysis of data; Communicative activity: discussion, execution of works in cooperation. Collectivism -discuss, collaborate; Experimental activity-knowledge of laws when solving professional problems. Experimental - practice, application. Productive - drawing up of reports, the decision of cases Productive-write. Interactive - problematic scenarios, discussions, method of comparison, exchange of opinions. Interactive / adaptive - tial, improve, model, simulate, role play, problem-based scenarios; Evaluation activity: assessment of lectures and video materials, the solution of professional tasks, timeliness of assignments, reporting, participation in the discussion (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests, Easy tests) .- Assessment-write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer- Review, self-assessment, received feedback

Out of class Activities and Assignment and assigned reading

Task 1. History of the development of the database. Object-oriented and distributed databases: discussion on facebook.com Task 2. Creating a presentation online at https://www.canva.com/ presentation theme "Database presentation levels." Control questions in this discipline: 30 questions http://oltest.ru/tests/informacionnye_tehnologii/bazy_dannyh/ [1,2]

Week 6-10 weeks: Module 2 - Database models Topics 1. Hierarchical, network model of the database.

2. Relational, post-relational and multidimensional. 3. Database presentation levels: user, conceptual and physical. 4. Physical and logical independence of databases.

Learning activities The "Database model" module consists of the following: Accumulative activity - reading, viewing video materials, studying of lecture material. Research activities - information retrieval, information analysis, data synthesis. Communicative activity: performance of works in cooperation. Productive activity: compilation of radioactive decay schemes, preparation of a report. Experimental activity - the solution of professional problems, the application of knowledge of laws in solving professional problems. Interactive - brainstorming, discussion, learning in partnership. Evaluation activity: the analysis of lectures and video materials, the solution of professional tasks, timeliness of assignments, reports, participation in the discussion (group assessment, Easy-tests) are evaluated.



Task 1. "Levels of data representation: user, data logical, physical": Information search, drawing up schemes, report. Control questions in this discipline: 30 questions http://oltest.ru/tests/informacionnye_tehnologii/bazy_dannyh/ [6, 7, 12]

Week 6-8 weeks : Module 3 - Designing databases in information systems Topics 1. Normal forms. Primary and foreign keys.

2. Relational algebra operations. Relational calculation. 3. The main functions of the database administrator in the planning, design, creation, and maintenance of databases. 4. Protection of information in databases. 5. System and user. Database management system (DBMS). 6. Language tools of DBMS. The SQL language. Programming databases using high-level programming languages.

Learning activities The module "Designing databases in information systems" consists of the following: Accumulative activity - reading, viewing video materials, studying of lecture material. Research activities - information retrieval, information analysis, data synthesis. Communicative activity: discussion, execution of works in cooperation. Experimental activity - the solution of professional problems, the application of knowledge of laws in solving professional problems. Productive - drawing up of cartograms, drawing of schedules, drawing up of presentations. Preparing messages Interactive - problem scenarios, debates, comparison method, exchange of opinions in the chat. Evaluation activity: assesses the activity in the chat, the solution of professional tasks, timeliness of the tasks, presentations, Easy-tests.


Task 1. Creating reports. Implementation of the print function. Task 2.: Relational algebra operations: information search, group work on drawing up a presentation . Control questions in this discipline: 30 questions http://oltest.ru/tests/informacionnye_tehnologii/bazy_dannyh/ [6, 11-16, 21-25]

Course evaluation mechanisms

The level of the student's achievements in the course program is assessed on the basis of the overall system of grades taken at the university. The final evaluation includes: The final evaluation includes: 1. Rating control: 60% 2. Examination: 40% The final score is calculated by the formula: (R1 + R2) * 0.6 + E * 0.4 2 Where R1 is the digital equivalent of the first rating; R2 is the digital equivalent of the second rating; E is the digital equivalent of exam evaluation. The alphabetic score and its digital equivalent in points are determined by the percentage of the correct answers, respectively, below the table.


Evaluation by alphabetic system Digital equivalent (points) Assessment in % Score by traditional system


Grade in %


A 4,0 95-100 excellent A - 3,67 90-94 excellent В+ 3,33 85-89 good B 3,0 80-84 good B- 2,67 75-79 good С+ 2,33 70-74 Satisfactory C 2,0 65-69 Satisfactory C- 1,67 60-64 Satisfactory D+ 1,33 55-59 Satisfactory D 1,0 50-54 Satisfactory F 0 0-49 Unsatisfactory


1. Date K.J. Introduction to database systems, 6th edition. – St.P .: Publishing house "Williams", 2008. - 848 p. 2. Khomonenko A.D., Tsygankov V.M., Maltsev M.G. Databases. Textbook for higher education institutions / Under the editorship of Prof. A. Homonenko - St. Petersburg: "CROWN print", 2000 - 540 p. 3. Golitsin M.S. Database. St. Petersburg: BHV - Petersburg, 2000.-340 p. 4. Borgeno Ya.Ya., Kirsanova M.V. Office technologies: Textbook .- M.: INFRA-M .; Novosibirsk: Siberian agreement, 2006. - 256 p. 5. Introduction to legal informatics: A textbook for high schools / Under total. Ed. D.B. Novikova, V.L. Kamynin. - Moscow: NGO "Computational Mathematics and Informatics", 2004. - 313 p. 6. Viera P. SQL - Server 2000. Programming in two. Parts. M: Bean. Laboratory of Knowledge, 2004.- 802 pp. 7. Pirogov V.Yu. Microsoft SQL Server 2000. Management and programming. St. Petersburg: BHV-Petersburg, 2005.- 608 p. Additional literature: 1. Mandrykin A.V. Information technology in economics: textbook allowance / А.В. Mandrykin, A.V. Nepyshnevsky. Voronezh: VSTU, 2008.-235 p. 2. Golitsina O.L., Maksimov M.V., Popov II Databases: Textbook. Moscow: Forum-Infra-M, 2004.-352 p. 3. D. Krenke. Theory and practice of building databases: 9 ed. St. Petersburg. : Peter, 2005.-859 p. 4. Garcia-Molina, Ulman, Jeffrey, Wyndham Jennifer. Database systems: full course: trans. With eng: - M .: Publishing house "Williams", 2003-1088 p. 5. Malykhinina M.P. Database: basics, design, use. St. Petersburg: BHV-Peter, 2004- 544 p. 6. Kuzin A.V. , Levonisova S.V. Databases: a tutorial for stud. Higher education. Zaved.-4 th ed., Sr. M .: The publishing center "Academy", 2010. - 320 p. 7. Councils B.Ya. Database. Theory and practice: educational for universities - 2 nd ed. Moscow: VS, 2007.- 453 p. 8. http://rmebrk.kz/ - The site of the Republican interuniversity electronic library. 9. http://tamos.kuam.kz/ - Electronic learning platform for KU. A. Myrzakhmetov. 10. https://trello.com/ - Personal page of the Trello web application. 11. https://www.youtube.com/?gl=KZ - The site of video hosting. The literature of the Abay Myrzakhmetov Kokshetau University is reflected in the Table of Methodological Supply of Disciplines.

Emergency Rescue Case - Syllabus

Course Title Emergency Rescue Case Pre-requisites Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, Life Safety

Hours 135 hours including:

Tutorials

15 hours 75 hours


classroom-based – 60 hours extracurricular – 75 hours


Winter semester


University: Abay Myrzakhmetov Kokshetau University Department: Ecology, Life Safety and environmental protection Professor (the course was developed by): Lecturer, m.e.s., Shaimerdenova Zinep Mamanovna E-mail [email protected]

Course description The subject "Emergency Rescue Case " is designed to combat natural and man-made emergencies for rescue teams in order to remove the state of emergency in the organization and activities of public relations, for the state service on an organizational basis, to give the possibility of eliminating the consequences of emergency situations, rescue units, to use their time for preparatory work, and ensures the management of their work.

Trainees profile The course is addressed to the students of: Bachelor's programme 5В073100 «Life Safety and environmental protection”

Learning Objectives At the end of this course, the student will be able to: - take measures to eliminate the consequences of the organizational structure in the case of natural disasters and catastrophes - assess radiation or chemical damage in the report - know the territory of the Republic of Kazakhstan for emergency rescue and rescue certification of laws and their composition and responsibilities - take urgent measures to protect the population in the case of disasters and accidents, and be able to organize and manage it - know actions of Ministry of Internal Affairs, Ministry of Defense to coordinate agency structures created to protect people from disasters, should be able to direct them; organize the planning of the work carried out during an emergency. Pedagogical aims to be reached Communicative Objectives Formation of the ability to listen to others, the ability to work in a team, the ability to distribute responsibilities, formation of leadership qualities. Evaluative Objectives Development of critical thinking, abilities of public speaking, development of analytical skills. Professional Objectives: study the theory and impact principles of various types of ionizing radiation on biological objects; teach the main provisions of radiation safety and rules for standardization of ionizing radiation; Encourage students to assess the radiation situation; examine the main hazards associated with the operation of nuclear fuel cycle enterprises; teach how to apply the acquired knowledge to the tasks of research and conservation activities.



Pedagogical Tools Methodological Electronic, printed and audiovisual materials Research (information search, analysis and synthesis of data, formulation of conclusions) Experiment and training (practical problems solving, working with equipment) Interactive (discussions / debates, comparative analysis, exchange of opinions, problem scenarios, case studies) Communicative (finding solutions through a collective approach, learning in partnership) Evaluation (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests). Technical Training platforms: TAMOS, Platonus, Easy.Wi-Fi, Internet resources: Cloud storage (Google Disk), applications (Trello), e-mail, social networks Equipment: SMART Board, computers, laptops, smartphones, dosimeters, contour maps, descriptive equipment (pencils, rulers)

Environment used Students study in the university's classrooms in a face-to-face model. At the same time, a mixed model is implemented, when electronic technologies are intensively used in the learning process (e-learning platform, Internet access opportunities in the classroom using a computer / a smartphone, PC (Practical Classes) tasks fulfillment and preparation for e-technology lessons).

Course Timing 1-15 weeks of Winter semester

Course Modality: Full-time course of study

Course structure "Rescue work" lasts 15 weeks and is organized in five modules. Each module consists of lectures, practical exercises, Practical Classes and Tutorials. Class duration is 50 minutes. Types of classes in each module: lectures perception, discussions in the virtual space, solution of professionally directed tasks and so on. In total, the course provides: lectures - 15 hours, practical classes - 30 hours, tutorials - 15 hours, out of class work - 75 hours.

Topical Outline and Schedule DATE (training week)

1-3 weeks: Module 1 - Organizational structure of emergency response

Topics 1. Search for victims 2. Checking rescue operations 3. The method of cynological search

Learning activities The Module «Organizational structure of emergency response» is composed of the following activities: Accumulative activity – reading, video material watching, lecture material study. (activities – reading, watching, study) Research activity – finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication activity: discussion, collaborating. Communication – discuss, collaborate; Experimental activity – knowledge of laws in professional problems solving. Experiental – practice, apply. Productive – reports preparation, cases solving Productive –write. Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparison method, sharing opinion. Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment activity: lectures and video materials analysis, professional problems solving, timeliness of assignments, preparation of reports, participation in the discussion (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests, Easy tests) are evaluated.- Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-


assessment, received feedback OUT OF CLASS Activities & ASSIGNMENTS ASSIGNED READINGS

Task 1. to prepare a report on the topic "Search for Victims" using the site Zakon.kz. Task 2. to prepare a presentation on the topic "Checking the whole area for rescue" using the site prezi.com Task 3. to answer the test of 10 questions using https: //accounts.google.com management site [1-4, 6, 9, 11, 23-25]

DATE (training week) 4-5 weeks: Module 2 - Block victims Topics 1. Ensure the achievements of victims of the upper layers of collapsed buildings

2. Use of technical means for saving people Learning activities Module « Block victims » is composed of the following activities::

Accumulative activity – reading, video material watching, lecture material study. Research activity – finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data Communication activity: discussion, collaborating. Experimental activity – knowledge of laws in professional problems solving. Productive – reports preparation, cases solving. Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparison method, sharing opinion. Assessment activity: lectures and video materials analysis, professional problems solving, timeliness of assignments, preparation of reports, participation in the discussion (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests, Easy tests) are evaluated.


Task 1. to prepare a presentation on the topic " Using technical means to save people" using the site prezi.com [6, 9, 11, 22-25]

Date (training week) 6-8 weeks: Module 3 - First medical aid to victims TOPICS 1. stop bleeding and establish an external bandage

2. Steady immobilization (when bones are broken. 3. Measures of bringing to consciousness (resuscitation) 4. Penetration and first aid

Learning activities Module «First medical aid to victims» is composed of the following activities: Accumulative activity – reading, video material watching, lecture material study. Research activity – finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data Communication activity: discussion, collaborating. Experimental activity – knowledge of laws in professional problems solving. Productive – cartogram making, construction of charts, presentations making. Reports preparation Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparison method, sharing opinion in chat. Assessment activity: activity in chat, professional problems solving, timeliness of assignments, presentations, Easy tests are evaluated.


Task 1. to prepare a video on the topic “External bleeding”. Task 2. to prepare a presentation on the topic " Immobilization in fractures" using the site prezi.com Task 3. to answer the test of 10 questions using https: //accounts.google.com management site [6, 11-16, 21-25]

Date (training week) 10-11 weeks: Module 4 - Isolation of victims TOPICS Isolation of victims from destroyed buildings, rubble.

Damage to victims by upper floors


Learning activities Module 4 « Isolation of victims » is composed of the following activities: Accumulative activity – reading, video material watching, lecture material study. Research activity – finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data Communication activity: discussion, collaborating. Experimental activity – professional problems solving, knowledge of laws in professional problems solving. Productive – recommendations development on the results of a practical situation problem solving. Interactive - sharing opinion in chat on the results of the task Assessment activity - activity in chat, professional problems solving, timeliness of assignments, presentations, Easy tests are evaluated.


Task 1. to prepare a report on the topic "Isolation of victims from destroyed buildings" Task 2. to prepare a presentation on the topic «Victims of the upper floors of the destroyed buildings» using the site prezi.com [6, 7, 11-25]

Date (training week) 12-15 weeks: Module 5 - Emergency rescue operations during natural occurrences

TOPICS 1. Struggle against compression from ice 2. Fighting with snow 3. Work with faults during rescue operations

Learning activities Module 5 «Emergency rescue operations during natural occurrences» is composed of the following activities: Accumulative activity – reading, video material watching, lecture material study. Research activity – finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data Communication activity: discussion, collaborating. Experimental activity – professional problems solving, knowledge of laws in professional problems solving. Productive – recommendations development on the results of a practical situation problem solving. Interractive - discussions, brainstorming. Assessment activity - professional problems solving, timeliness of assignments, Easy tests


Task 1. to prepare a report on the topic «Struggle against compression from ice» «Struggle against compression from ice» using zakon.kz site Task 2. to prepare a presentation on the topic «Fighting with snow» using the site prezi.com Task 3. Task 3. to answer the test of 10 questions using https: //accounts.google.com management site [3-6, 9, 10, 17, 20, 23-25]

Assessment tools at the end of the course The students achievements level in the course program is assessed on the basis of the overall system of grades taken at the university. The final evaluation includes: 1. Rating control: 60% 2. Examination: 40% The final score is calculated by the formula: (R1 + R2) *0,6 + E*0,4 2


Where R1 is the digital equivalent of the first rating; R2 is the digital equivalent of the second rating; E is the digital equivalent of exam evaluation. The alphabetic score and its digital equivalent in points are determined by the percentage of the correct answers, respectively, below in the table.


Evaluation in %




1. The Constitution of the Republic of Kazakhstan. Almaty, August 30, 1995. 2. "Labor Law" on the safety and protection of the Republic of Kazakhstan, Astana, 28 February 2004. 3. "About industrial safety of hazardous production facilities of the Republic of Kazakhstan, Astana, April 3,

2002, the Law". 4. Law of the Republic of Kazakhstan "About Fire Safety", Almaty, November 22, 1996. 5. A set of regulations for the protection of the Republic of Kazakhstan / N.D. Spataevt, K.A. Adbaeva. -

Karaganda, 356 p.GovorovY.I., Stepanov A.T., Говоров Е.И., Степанов А.Т., General principles of labor protection. – Almaty, 2003. - 113 p.

6. Labor protection and safety in practical activities of the subjects of the Republic of Kazakhstan /Compiled by V.I. Skala. - Almaty, 2002. – 276 p.

7. Grinin A.S., Novikov V.N., Life Safety. – М.: FAIR-PRESS, 2002. - 228 p. 8. The fire safety rules of the South Kazakhstan. The main requirements of the Republic of Kazakhstan,

Almaty, 2006. 9. PC on "Safety of engineering and technology" discipline in the Russian language Nurmaganbetov Z.O.

Kokshetau: KAMU , 2012 10. PC on discipline «Labour protection» in the Russian language Timeyeva M.Y. Kokshetau: KAMU, 2012 11. PC on discipline « Labour protection» in the Kazakh language Tleuova Z.O. Kokshetau: KAMU, 2012 12. “First aid measures”. Video Moscow, 2004

Additional: 1. Pchelinstev V.A., Koptev D.V., Orlov G.G., Labour protection in building. – М.: High School, 2007.-272 p. 2. Safety rules of fire in the Republic of Kazakhstan. The main requirements of the Republic of Kazakhstan,

Almaty, 2009. 3. Safety rules in coal mines (POT RK-28-99). - Karaganda; 2001. -200 p. 4. Ushakov K.Z., Kirin B.F., Labour protection. – М.: Nedra, 1989. - 432 p. 5. Zhadanov T.N. Kudaibergenov A.S. Labour protection. – Astana: Foliant publishing house, 2010.-25 б. 6. Yudin Y.Y., Belov S.V., Labour protection in ship building. – М.: Ship building, 2011. - 285 p.


7. Denisenko G.F., Labour protection. – М.: High school, 2007. - 320 p. 8. Labour Code of laws of the Republic of Kazakhstan. - Almaty: Zhety zhargy, 2007 9. Model provisions for labor protection service of the company. - Almaty, 1994. 10. Alekseyev S.V., Ussenko V.R. Hygiene of work. – М.: Medicine, 2008. - 576 p. 11. http://rmebrk.kz/ - The site of the Republican interuniversity electronic library. 12. http://tamos.kuam.kz/ - Electronic learning platform of Kokshetau Abai Myrzakhmetov University. 13. https://drive.google.com/drive - Personal page in Google Disc. 14. https://trello.com/ - Personal page of Trello Web application. 15. https://www.youtube.com/?gl=KZ – The site of video hosting services.

Fire safety - Syllabus

Course name Fire safety Prerequisites Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, life Safety, industrial sanitation, fluid dynamics, heat exchange, industrial ventilation

Hours 135 hours including: auditorium – 60 hours extracurricular – 75 hours

IWSL IWS Semester

15 hours 75 hours 4 hours

Name and contact Information of Instructors University: Abay Myrzakhmetov Kokshetau University Department: Ecology, Life Safety and environmental protection Professor (the course was developed by): Lecturer, m.e.s.,_Temirbekova Nurgul Gelmanovna E-mail [email protected] Course Description «Fire safety is the study of explosive and flammable materials, prophylaxis of explosions and fires at industrial facilities. Formulate the solution of major question of fire safety. According with the law, course of industrial safety is compulsory subject on the problem of organization and management. The subject considers a human working ability ensuring to the health a social-economic, organizational, technical, hygiene and preventive measures during the work. Trainees profile The course is dedicated for students: Bachelor 5В073100 «Life safety and environmental protection» Learning Objectives At the end of the course student can know: General fire safety requirement Basic condition of fire safety. Fire scenario process. Technology process risk of occurance fire in the room, building and constructionі. apply a knowledge, skill: Study the peculiarity of fire dangerous. Prophylaxis of fire at the industrial facilities, explosive and car’s fire. Formulate the knowledge of fire safety. According with the law of industrial safety and normative document it is a compulsory subject of organization and management Consider the human working ability, providing health, social-economic, organizational, technical, hygiene and preventive measures during the work. Communicative goal to be reached Communicative goal Develop the ability to listen to others, work in a team, deliver the duties, formulating leadership skills.


Educational goal Develop the ability of critical thinking, public speaking and analytical skills Professional goal:

• formulate the knowledge on the question of fire safety. • In accordance with normative documents and legislation of fire safety is need for teaching of

management skills; • In accordance with the regulations and legislation is organization of industrial safety; • Organisation of human working ability, a social-economic, organizational, technical, hygiene and

recovery measures during the working process. • Cosider the cases with prophylactic measures • Teach students to use a received knowledge of fire safety

Pedagogical used methods: Blended Learning - «Face to Face Driver») Problem solving Flipped learning Co-operative Learning Assessment & Evaluation of Student Learning Learning «Peer Teaching» Pedagogical tools Methodological electronic, printed and audiovisual materials research (information search, analysis and synthesis of data, formulation of conclusions) the experiment and training (the solution of practical problems, work with equipment) interactive (discussion/debate, comparative analysis, exchange of views, problem scenarios, case studies) communicative (the search for a solution by collective approach, study in partnership) Assessment (self-evaluation, group- evaluation, standardized tests). Technical Study platform: TAMOS, Platonus, Easy. Wi-Fi, Internet source: Cloud storage (Google Disk), App (Trello), e-mail, social networks. Equipments: interactive board SMART Board, computers, laptops, smart phones, descriptive geometry equiments (pencils, rulers) Environment used Students study by the model «face to face» in educational audience of University. In this case mixed model is implemented when electronic technologies (e-platform learning, access to the internet with computers/smart phones in audience, performing work IWS and prepare for lecture with applying of e-technology). Course timing 1-15 weeks 4 semesters Course Modality intramural Course structure Course «Fire safety» has been lasting for 15 weeks and organized in 3 module. Each module consists from lecture, practical work, IWS and IWSL. Time of audience lecture is 50 minutes. Kinds of lecture in each module: perception of lecture, discussion in virtual space, solution of professional directed problems and etc. Total: 30 hours, practical exercise-15 hours, IWSL-15 hours, IWS-75 hours Thematic plan and schedule DATE 1-4 weeks: Module 1 — Fire Safety Topics 1. Introduction. General requirements for fire safety.

2-3. Combustion theory. 4-5. Ways and types of fire extinguishing. 6. Law on fire. 7. Dangerous fire factors that affect to the human body.

Learning activities Module «Fire safety» consist the following action: Accumulative activity – reading, watching, study.


Research activity –. Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communicative activity: -communication – discuss, collaborate; Experimental activity – apply the law knowledge when solving professional problems Productive – preparation of reports, case studies Interactive - problem scenarious, discussion, comparison method, exchange of views. Assesment activity: is evaluated lectures and video materials, solution of professional problems, timeliness of assignments, report preparation, participation in the discussion (self-evaluation, group-evaluation, standardized tests).


Tsak 1. Fire safety legislative base. Basic provisions. Requirements for buildings and rooms. Discussion in Google drive chat (Cloud technologies). Task 2. Fire-extinguishing equipment. Introducing with presentation on the topic: Fire-extinguishing equipments and ways. Task 3. Group work for presentation’s composition. General concept of burning materials and things , fire, and dangerous of explosion. Web-site. https://www.youtube.com/?gl=KZ – Self-valuation test (10 question). [1-4, 6, 9, 11, 23-25]

DATE 4-9 weeks: Module 2 – Fire department. Topics 8-9. Fire service.

10. Organize the fire hose use 11. Provide the fire hose to the fire departments. 12-13 Applying of Fire-extinguishing equipment 14-15 Technical maintenance of fire hose 16. Testing of fire extinguishers. 17. Fire hose repairing 18. Report on the work with fire hose and its write off

Learning activities Module «Fire service.» consists the following activities: Accumulative activity –reading, watching, study. Research activity – Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communicative activity: cooperation. Productive activity: fire safety drafting. Experimental activity – solution of professional problems. Interactive - brain storm, discussion, training in partnership. Evaluation activity: is estimated analysis of lecture and video materials, timeliness of assignments, participation in discussion (group evaluation).


Task 1. Fire danger in the organisation. Discussion in the Google driver chats. (Cloud technologies (Google disk). Types 2 Types and order of fire-dangerous work. (Cloud technologies (Google disk). Introducing with presentation: Using of equipments during the firefighting. 3. Fire danger of matters. The cause of fire and its prevention. Team work of creating presentation. 4. The feature of the fire: danger explosions, work at the fire dangerous place and works dealing with fire. https://www.youtube.com/?gl=KZ – 5. Information search, mapping, report (similarities and differences – contrast). Presentation https://www.canva.com/ru_ru/sozdat/prezentatsiya/ (10-15 pages). [6, 9, 11, 22-25]

Date 10-15 weeks: Module 3 - The procedure of operation and maintenance of the fire


hoses. Topics The fire hoses maintenance. Report on the work with fire hose and its write off.

Receiving and maintenance procedure of installation of water and foam fire fighting. 3-4. Receiving and maintenance procedure of installation of gas fire fighting. 5-6. Receiving and maintenance procedure of installation of aerosol fire fighting. 7. . Receiving and maintenance procedure of installation of powder fire fighting 8-9. Receiving and maintenance procedure of installation of fire alarm (system) 10-11. Fire safety measures at home. 12. Fire safety measures during the winter.

Learning activities Module «The procedure of operation and repair of fire hoses» consist the following activities: Accumulative activity –reading, watching, study. Research activity – Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communicative activity: cooperation and discussion. Experimental activity – solution of professional problems Productive activity –making presentation. Statement preparation Interactive - problem scenarios, debates, compare method, обмен мнениями в чате. Evaluation activity: activity in chat, timeliness of assignments, presentation.

Task ISW Literature

Task 1. Fire safety measures during fire-dangerous work and keeping things and materials. Discussion in the Google driver chats. (Cloud technologies (Google disk). Bases for organization of fire safety in the organisations. Task 2. Team work of creating presentation. Introducing with the topic: The procedure of operation and maintenance of fire hoses. Task 3. The use procedure of the fire fighting equipments Workers’ action during the fire. https://www.youtube.com/?gl=KZ – Self-valuation test (10 question). [6, 11-16, 21-25]

Assessment tools at the end of the course Letter grade and its digital equivalent in points are determined by the percentage of correct answers, corresponding, given below the table final mark includes: Рейтинговый контроль: 60 % Экзамен: 40 % Итоговая оценка подсчитывается по формуле: (R1 + R2) *0,6 + E*0,4 2 R1 – цифровой эквивалент оценки первого рейтинга; R2 - цифровой эквивалент оценки второго рейтинга; Е – цифровой эквивалент оценки экзамена.

Letter grade system digital equivalent (point)

%

Traditional system of mark.

A 4,0 95-100 excellent A - 3,67 90-94 excellent В+ 3,33 85-89 good B 3,0 80-84 good


B- 2,67 75-79 good С+ 2,33 70-74 satisfactorily C 2,0 65-69 satisfactorily C- 1,67 60-64 satisfactorily D+ 1,33 55-59 satisfactorily D 1,0 50-54 satisfactorily F 0 0-49 unsatisfactorily


1. Торғаев Ə.Ə., Целиков В.В. Өрт қауіпсіздігі, Алматы, КазАТК, 2009.-187 б. 2. Баратов А.Н., Пчелинцев В.А. Пожарная безопасность. Москва: МГУ. 2010. –176 с. 3. Пчелинцев В.А., Коптев Д.В., Орлов Г.Г. Охрана труда в строительстве. Москва, Высшая школа. 1991. 4. Шувалов М.Г. Основы пожарного дела. М.: КТИ, 2011. – 472 с. 5. Ройтман М.Я. Противопожарное нормирование в строительстве. М.: Стройиздат,1985. – 590 с. Қосымша 6. Торғаев Ə.Ə., Целиков В.В. Өрт қауіпсіздігі, әдістемелік нұсқаулар. Алматы, 2010. 7. Лебедев В.С., Самойлов Д.Б. и др. Справочник инженера пожарной охраны. Москва, Инфра-Инженерия.

2005. - 768 с. 8. Баратов А.Н., Иванов Е.Н. Пожаротушение на предприятиях химической и нефтехимической

промышленности. М.: Химия, 1979. – 368 с. Қосымша: 9. Пожарная безопасность. Взрывобезопасность. Справочник. Баратов А.Н., Иванов Е.Н и др. Москва,

Химия – 1987. - 272 с. 10. Обухов Ф.В. Пожарная безопасность. М.: Недра, 1975. – 192 с. 11. ГОСТ 12.1004-86. ССБТ. Пожарная безопасность. Общие требования. М., 1987. 12. СНиП 2.01.02-85. Противопожарные нормы. М., 1986. 13. Торғаев Ə.Ə., Приходько Н.Г. Өрт қауіпсіздігі негіздері 5В073100 – Қоршаған ортаны қорғау және өмір

тіршілігінің қауіпсіздігі мамандығының студенттері үшін дәрістер жинағы. Алматы, 2013.-40 б. 14. Жандаулетова Ф.Р. Торғаев Ə.Ə., Приходько Н.Г. 5В073100 – Қоршаған ортаны қорғау және өмір

тіршілігінің қауіпсіздігі мамандығының студенттері үшін курстық жұмысты орындауға арналған әдістемелік нұсқаулар. Алматы, 2013. -33 б.

15. Правила, нормы, инструкции пожарной безопасности (новые редакции) 2003-2004- Новосибирск: РИПЭЛ, 2003.

16. Дюсембин Е.А., Абдрешов Ш.А. Пожарная безопасность. Учебное пособие - Алматы, 2013.- 196 с.- (Министерство образования и науки Республики Казахстан).

17. Дюсембин, Е.А. Методические указания к практическим занятиям по дисциплине "Пожарная безопасность" Е.А. Дюсембин, Ш.А. Абдрешов.- для студентов специальности 050731- "БЖ и ЗОС".- Алматы, 2014.

18. Михайлов Л.А., Соломин В.П., Русак О.Н. Пожарная безопасность: Учебник для студ. учреждений высш.образования и др.; Под.ред. Л.А. Михайлова.- 2-е изд., стер.- Алматы: Академия, 2014.- 224 с.- (Бакалавриат).

19. Тимеева. М.Ю. Пожарная безопасность Учебное пособие для студ. спец. 5В073100 "Безопасность жизнедеятельности и защита окружающей среды". - Кокшетау: КУАМ, 2014.- 94 с.

20. Контобойцев, Е.А. Пожароопасные свойства нефти и нефтепродуктов, используемых в технологических процессах : Учебное пособие / Евгений Анатольевич Контобойцев, О.В. Беззапонная, Т.В. Штеба.- Екатеринбург: Уральский институт ГПС МЧС России, 2013.- 159 с.

21. Шнайдер А.В.и др. Технические средства пожарной сигнализации: Сборник нормативных документов.- Екатеринбург: Уральский институт ГПС МЧС России, 2016.- 116 с.

22. Булатова В.В., Корнилов А.А., Абраков Д.Д., Бородин. А.А. Разработка проектных решений автоматических установок водяного пожаротушения. Производственная и пожарная автоматика:


Учебное пособие /.- 3-е изд.- Екатеринбург: Уральский институт ГПС МЧС России, 2016.- 138 с.Закон РК. О радиационной безопасности населения (с изменениями на 15.06.2015) // Ведомости парламента РК. – 1998. - № 5-6. – 48 с.

23. http://rmebrk.kz/ - Сайт Республиканской межвузовской электронной библиотеки. 24. http://tamos.kuam.kz/ - Электронная платформа обучения КУ им. А. Мырзахметова. 25. https://drive.google.com/drive - Личная страница в Гугл Диск. 26. https://trello.com/ - Личная страница веб-приложения Trello. 27. https://www.youtube.com/?gl=KZ – Сайт видеохостинга. 28. https://www.canva.com/ru_ru/sozdat/prezentatsiya/

Information communication technology - Syllabus

Course title Information communication

technology Pre-requisites The study of the discipline

is based on the knowledge gained in the secondary school on the basics of computer science, mathematics and physics.

Hours 135 hours including: classroom– 60 hours out-of-class – 75 hours


15 hours 75 hours Summer semester

Name and contact information of Instructors

University: Abay Myrzakhmetov Kokshetau University Department: Information systems and informatics The course was developed by: Lecturer, Master of technical sciences,_Nadyrova Fatima Kamalovna E-mail [email protected]

Course description The purpose of this discipline is the training of highly qualified specialists who are proficient in the use of modern information technologies in the professional field.

Trainees profile The course is addressed to: Bachelor's degree 5В070300 "Information systems"

Learning objectives At the end of the course the student will be able to: Know: Identify the main trends in information and communication technologies; To know what economic and political factors contributed to the development of information and communication technologies; To know the features of various information systems; Be able to: - Work with spreadsheets, perform data consolidation, build graphics; - Work with databases; - Apply methods and means of information protection; - Design and create simple websites; - Produce processing of vector and raster images; - Create multimedia presentations; Have skills: - Use various social platforms for communication;


- To know the architecture, to be able to calculate and evaluate the performance indicators of supercomputers; - Use various forms of e-learning to expand professional knowledge; - Use various cloud systems; Pedagogical aims to be reached Communicative goals The formation of the ability to listen to others, the ability to work in a team, the ability to distribute responsibilities, the formation of leadership qualities. Developing Goals Develops subjects of disciplines devoted to the scientific development of students. 1. The adequacy of the mapping of the subject area (completeness, integrity, consistency, relevance of data). 2. Ability to interact with users of different categories; Ensuring high access efficiency. 3. User-friendly interface. 4. Ensuring privacy and confidentiality. 5. Ensuring the mutual independence of programs and data.

Pedagogical methodologies used: Mixed learning - option «Face to Face») Blended Learning («Face to Face») Contextual training and training- contextual Inverted learning method- Flipped learning Co-operative Learning Assessment & Evaluation of Student Learning «Peer Teaching» Case-based technologies

Pedagogical tools Methodological Automated reference and information systems (AISS). Automated learning systems. Automated Information and Computing Systems (AVIS). Decision support systems. Technical Training platforms: TAMOS, Platonus, Easy. Wi-Fi, Internet resources: Cloud storage (GoogleDisk), applications (Trello), e-mail, social networks. Equipment: interactive board SMART Board, computers, laptops, smartphones

Environment used: Students study in the university's classrooms in a face-to-face model. At the same time, a mixed model is implemented, when electronic technologies are intensively used in the learning process (e-learning platform, Internet access opportunities in the audience from a computer / smartphone, fulfillment of out-of class assignment tasks and preparation for studies using e-technologies).

The terms of studying:1-15 weeks 4 semester

Form of studying: full-time

Course structure The course "Information Communication Technologies" lasts 15 weeks and is organized into 3 modules. Each module consists of lectures, practical exercises, out of class activities and assignments. Duration of the classroom is 50 minutes. Types of classes in each module: the perception of lectures, discussions in the virtual space, the solution of professionally directed tasks and so on. In total, the course provides: lectures - 15 hours, practical classes - 30 hours, out of class activities - 15 hours, home assignments- 75 hours. Topical outline and schedule Week 1-5 weeks: Module 1 – Software and operating systems Topics 1. The role of ICT in key sectors of the development of society. Standards in the

field of ICT.


2. Introduction to computer systems. Architecture of computer systems. 3. Types of software, goals and characteristics. 4. Human-computer interaction

Learning activities The module "Software and Operating Systems" consists of the following: Accumulative activity - reading, viewing video materials, studying of lecture material. Research activities - information retrieval, information analysis, data synthesis. Finding and handling information, analysis of data; Communicative activity: discussion, execution of works in cooperation. Communicative -discuss, collaborate; Experimental activity-knowledge of laws when solving professional problems. Experimental - practice, apply. Productive - drawing up of reports, the decision of cases Productive-write. Interactive - problematic scenarios, discussions, method of comparison, exchange of opinions. Interactive / adaptive - tial, improve, model, simulate, role play, problem-based scenarios; Evaluation activity: assessment of lectures and video materials, the solution of professional tasks, timeliness of assignments, reporting, participation in the discussion (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests, Easy tests) .- Assessment-write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer- Review, self-assessment, received feedback

Out of class activities and assignments ans assigned reading

Task 1. The relationship between ICT and the achievement of sustainable development goals in the Millennium Declaration: a discussion on facebook.com Task 2. Creation of the presentation online at https://www.canva.com/ theme of the presentation "Evolution of operating systems." Control questions in this discipline: 40 questions https://testserver.pro/run/test/1365/529 [1,2]

Week 6-10 weeks: Module 2 – Database management systems Topics Database systems

Data analysis Learning activities The module "Database management system" consists of the following actions:

Accumulative activity - reading, viewing video materials, studying of lecture material. Research activities - information retrieval, information analysis, data synthesis. Communicative activity: performance of works in cooperation. Productive activity: compilation of radioactive decay schemes, preparation of a report. Experimental activity - the solution of professional problems, the application of knowledge of laws in solving professional problems. Interactive - brainstorming, discussion, learning in partnership. Evaluation activity: the analysis of lectures and video materials, the solution of professional tasks, timeliness of assignments, reports, participation in the discussion (group assessment, Easy-tests) are evaluated.


Task 1. "Data analysis": Information search, drawing up of schemes, report. Control questions in this discipline: 30 questions http://oltest.ru/tests/informacionnye_tehnologii/bazy_dannyh/ [6, 7, 12]

Week 11-15 weeks: Module 3 – cloud computing technology Topics 1. Cyber security.

2. Internet technologies 3. Cloud and mobile technologies


4. Technologies of virtualization. 5. Smart technologies 6. E-government 7. Information technologies in the professional sphere. 8. Prospects for ICT development

Learning activities The module "Cloud computing technology” consists of the following: Accumulative activity - reading, viewing video materials, studying of lecture material. Research activities - information retrieval, information analysis, data synthesis. Communicative activity: discussion, execution of works in cooperation. Experimental activity - the solution of professional problems, the application of knowledge of laws in solving professional problems. Productive - drawing up of cartograms, drawing of schedules, drawing up of presentations, Preparing messages Interactive - problem scenarios, debates, comparison method, exchange of opinions in the chat. Evaluation activity: assesses the activity in the chat, the solution of professional tasks, timeliness of the tasks, presentations, Easy-tests.


Task 1. Cloud technology. Make a social survey using the social network Facebook Task 2: Malicious programs. Measures and means of information protection, group work on making presentations. Control questions on this discipline: 20 questions http://technologies.hut4.ru/test.html [6, 11-16, 18-20]


The level of the student's achievements in the course program is assessed on the basis of the overall system of grades taken at the university. The final evaluation includes: Rating control: 60 % Examinaiton: 40 % The final score is calculated by the formula: (R1 + R2)*0,6 + E*0,4 2 where R1 is the digital equivalent of the first rating; R2 is the digital equivalent of the second rating; E is the digital equivalent of exam evaluation. The alphabetic score and its digital equivalent in points are determined by the percentage of the correct answers, respectively, below the table. Evaluation by letter system Figure equivalent

(points) Estimated in %


A 4,0 95-100 excellent A - 3,67 90-94 excellent В+ 3,33 85-89 good B 3,0 80-84 good B- 2,67 75-79 good С+ 2,33 70-74 satisfactorily C 2,0 65-69 satisfactorily C- 1,67 60-64 satisfactorily D+ 1,33 55-59 satisfactorily D 1,0 50-54 satisfactorily


F 0 0-49 Not satisfactorily 1.June J. Parsons and Dan Oja, New Perspectives on Computer Concepts 16th Edition - Comprehensive, Thomson Course Technology, a division of Thomson Learning, Inc Cambridge, MA, COPYRIGHT © 2014. 2. Lorenzo Cantoni (University of Lugano, Switzerland) James A. Danowski (University of Illinois at Chicago, IL, USA) Communication and Technology, 576 pages. 3. Craig Van Slyke Information Communication Technologies: Concepts, Methodologies, Tools, and Applications (6 Volumes). ISBN13: 9781599049496, 2008, Pages: 4288 4. Brynjolfsson, E. and A. Saunders (2010). Wired for Innovation: How Information Technology Is Reshaping the Economy. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press 5. Kretschmer, T. (2012), “Information and Communication Technologies and Productivity Growth: A Survey of the Literature'’, OECD Digital Economy Papers, No. 195, OECD Publishing. Supplementary: 1. Vijay К. Vaishnavi, Vijay К. Vaishnavi, William Kuechler Design Science Research Methods and Patterns: Innovating Information and Communication Technology, 2nd Edition 2015 by CRC Press 2. Hans J Schnoll E-Govemment: Information, Technology, and Transformation: Information, Technology, and Transformation (Routledge, Mar 12, 2015 - Political Science - 343 pages) 3. The Millennium Development Goals Report 2015, United Nations, New York, 2015 4. Maximizing Mobile //2012 Information and Communications for Development. World Bank, Washington D.C., 2012, 244 p. 5. Doing Business 2016 Measuring regulatory Quality and Efficiency / World bank Group Flagship Report, 2016 6. Usha Rani Vyasulu Reddi. Primer Series on ICTD for Youth. Primer 1: An Introduction to ICT for Development A learning resource on ICT for development for institutions of higher education, 235 p. 7. Trofimov V.V. Computer science. - St. Petersburg, Yurayt, 2011 8. N. Ermekov. Computer science. - Astana, Folio, 2011 9. Novozhilov O.P., Informatics - a textbook for university students. MYYRAYT, 2011, (Fundamentals of Sciences) 10. Kan O.A., Khrustalev D.P., Barzhaksinova A.I., Kudysheva G.O., Gorbatova L.V., Computer science. Methodical instructions for practical exercises. - Karaganda, KSTU, 2010. 11. Barzhaksinova A.I, Computer science. Methodical instruction on the performance of the course work. - Karaganda, KSTU, 2010. 12. Simonovich S.V. and others. Informatics. Basic course: a textbook for higher technical educational institutions. - St. Petersburg: Peter, 2011. - 639 p. 13. Gvozdeva V.A. Informatics, automated information technologies and systems: a textbook. - Moscow: Forum: Infra-М, 2011. - 541 p. 14. Gribanov V.P., Drobin S.V., Medvedev V.D. OS. - Moscow: Finance and Statistics, 2012. - 239 p. 15. Shangin V.F. Information security of computer systems and networks: Textbook. - Moscow: ID FORUM, SIC INFRA-M, 2013. - 416 p. 16. vhttp: //rmebrk.kz/ - The site of the Republican interuniversity electronic library. 17. http://tamos.kuam.kz/ - Electronic learning platform for CU. A. Myrzakhmetov. 18. https://trello.com/ - Personal page of the Trello web application. 19. https://www.youtube.com/?gl=KZ - The site of video hosting. 20. http://egov.kz/wps/portal/index - e-government The literature of the Abay Myrzakhmetov Kokshetau University is reflected in the Table of methodical provision of discipline.

Fundamentals of Radiation Security - Syllabus

Course title Fundamentals of Radiation Security

Pre-requisites Chemistry, Physics, Ecology, Soil Science, Biodiversity of Plants, Animals and Microorganisms, Biology.

Hours 135 hours: in class – 60 h out of class – 75 h


15 h 75 h Winter



University: Abay Myrzakhmetov Kokshetau University Department: Ecology, Life Safety and Environmental Protection_ Professor: Senior Lecturer, Candidate of technical sciences, Zhaparova Sayagul Beketovna E-mail [email protected] Course description

The course objective is to protect the air from pollution by studying the structure and composition of the earth atmosphere, the basis of the earth and atmosphere heat balance, sources of pollution and changes in the atmospheric air quality. Lectures and practical assignments will help students to focus on the key issues of each topic. Tutorials and practical classes allow students to study the material not covered at the lectures. The students are given the worksheets to prepare for the midterm and final exams.

Trainees profile Bachelor degree: 5В073100 Life Safety and Environmental Protection

Learning Objectives At the end of this course, the student will be able to: know: modern methods, principles and equipment for environment monitoring; basic substances that pollute the atmosphere; principles of air monitoring; methods for cleaning emissions into the atmosphere be able to: draw conclusions not through mechanical memorization, but through creative thinking; identify, anticipate and prevent negative impacts caused by industrial enterprises; calculate MPC and MPE of pollutants; assess the total interactions of industrial emissions and identify their consequences; use normative and technical documentation on air protection; apply the knowledge acquired in professional activity. have: theoretical and practical skills for identifying, preventing the causes and consequences of biosphere components degradation caused by various industrial wastes. Pedagogical aims to be reached

Communicative objectives development of the ability to listen to others, work in a team, distribute responsibilities, leadership qualities development. Development objectives development of critical thinking, analytical skills, abilities of public speaking Professional objectives: study the theory and principles of the pollution impact on the atmospheric air; study basic methods for air pollution reduction and rules for pollutants regulation; encourage students to learn the air quality assessment; study the main hazards associated with industrial enterprises; teach students to apply the knowledge in research and environmental protection. Pedagogical methodologies used:

Blended Learning («Face to Face») Contextual Learning and Training Problem Solving Flipped Learning Co-operative Learning Assessment & Evaluation of Student Learning Peer Teaching Case-based Technologies


Pedagogical Tools Methodological electronic, printed and audiovisual materials. research (information search, analysis and synthesis of data, formulation of conclusions). experiment and training (solving practical problems, working with equipment). interactive (discussions / debates, comparative analysis, exchange of opinions, problem scenarios, case studies). communicative (finding solutions working in a team, learning in partnership) evaluation (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests). Technical Learning platforms: TAMOS, Platonus, Easy. Wi-Fi, Internet resources: Cloud Storage (Google Disk), applications (Trello), electronic mail, social network. Equipment: SMART Board, computers, notebooks, smartphones, gas analyzer, ERA program, meteorometer, gas detector, sound level meter, contour maps, descriptive equipment (pencils, rulers). Environment used

Students study in the classrooms in a face-to-face model. In addition, we use a mixed model, when electronic technologies are intensively used in the learning process (e-learning platform, Internet access opportunities through a computer / smartphone, practical tasks and preparation for e-technology lessons). Course Timing: weeks 1-15, Winter semester

Course Modality: Full-time education

Course Structure The course of Protection of Air from Pollution lasts 15 weeks and has 3 modules. Each module consists of lectures, tutorials and practical classes. Class hour is 50 minutes. Types of classes in each module: perception of the lectures, discussions in the virtual space, solution of profession oriented problems, etc., laboratory research. Total: lectures - 30 hours, seminars – 30 hours, tutorials - 15 hours, practical - 75 hours.


Date Weeks 1-5: Module — Atmosphere: composition, pollution, rationing, protection. Topics The main topics of this model are:

Chemical composition and structure of the atmosphere. Problems of air pollution. Classification of emission sources to the atmosphere. Normalization of air quality. Protection of atmospheric air from vehicle emissions.

Learning Activities The Module “Atmosphere: composition, pollution, rationing, protection” is composed the following activities: Assimulative – reading, video, lecture material; Research –information search, analysis of information, synthesis of data; Communication – communication, teamwork; Experiment – application of the laws studied for solving profession oriented tasks; Productive – making reports, case technologies; Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparative method, exchange of opinions; Assessment - analysis of the lectures and videos, profession oriented tasks, laboratory research, assignments must be turned in on the due date, reports, participation in discussion (self-estimation, peer-review, standardized tests).


Task 1. Topics: Pollution by combustion products for domestic, industrial and transportation purposes; Radioactive contamination of the atmosphere as a result of atomic tests; Natural contamination by suspended particles entering the


atmosphere from dust storms and fires - chart discussion (cloud technologies (Google disk), multimedia presentations. Task 2. Report on the topic: "Analysis of air pollution in the territory of the Republic of Kazakhstan: canva.com. presentation preparation. Self-assessment test (10 questions) https://www.survio.com/ru/; http://www.dishisvobodno.ru/tests/index Task 3. Additional information on the topic is available on the websites: http://group-global.org/ru/publication/31159-analiz-zagryazneniya-atmosfernogo-vozduha-na-territorii-respubliki-kazahstan, http://ecoinfo.kz/wp-content/uploads/a19.pdf Pivot tables, data analysis. Reading: [1-4, 6, 9, 11, 23-25]

Date Weeks 6-10: Module 2 — Methods for cleaning emissions from toxic gas and vapor impurities.

Topics The main topics of this model are: Toxic substances in fuel and flue gases. Principles of selection and effect of technical means of emission cleaning. Methods of mechanical emission cleaning. Methods and devices for wet dust collection. Methods for cleaning emissions from toxic gas and vapor impurities.

Learning Activities The Module “Methods for cleaning emissions from toxic gas and vapor impurities” is composed the following activities: Assimulative – reading, video, lecture material; Research – information search, analysis of information, synthesis of data; Communication – teamwork; Productive – making radioactive decay schemes and reports; Experiment – profession oriented tasks, application of the laws studied for solving profession oriented tasks; Interactive - brain-storming, discussions, learning in groups; Assessment - analysis of the lectures and videos, profession oriented tasks, laboratory research, assignments must be turned in on the due date, reports, participation in discussion, peer-review, self-assessment tests.


Task 1. Scientific report on the topic: "Methods of emission cleaning", "Cleaning of gases from carbon oxides СО2 and СО": information search, making schemes, reports (similarity and difference - contrast), chard discussion (cloud technologies (Google disk), multimedia presentation. Task 2. Self-assessment test (10 questions) https://www.survio.com/ru/ Task 3. Additional information on the topic is available on the websites: http://bzhde.ru/sposoby-ochistki-vybrosov-ot-gazo-i-paroobraznyx-zagryaznenij/, http://ebooks.semgu.kz/content.php?cont=d;1331; http://ecologylib.ru/books/item/f00/s00/z0000000/st021.shtml; http://aquagroup.ru/normdocs/14717 Pivot tables, data analysis. Reading: [6, 9, 11, 22-25]

Date Weeks 10-15: Module 3 - Measures to protect the atmospheric air. Topics The main topics of this model are:

Ways to reduce emissions of sulfur compounds at TPPs. Monitoring of gas-dust collecting plants. Control of indoor air pollution. Measures to protect the air.


Environmental programs and strategies in air protection. Learning Activities The Module “Measures to protect the atmospheric air” is composed the following

activities: Assimulative – reading, video, lecture material; Research –information search, analysis of information, synthesis of data; Communication – discussion, teamwork; Experiment – application of the laws studied for solving profession oriented tasks; Productive – making cartograms, charts, presentations; Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparative method, exchange of opinions in chart; Assessment - chart participation assessment, ability to solve profession oriented tasks, assignments must be turned in on the due date, presentations, self-assessment tests.


Task 1. Scientific report on the topic: "Standardization of emissions of thermal power plants in the atmosphere", "Concept and methods of legal protection of atmospheric air", "Payment for air pollution ": information search, making schemes, reports (similarity and difference - contrast), chard discussion (cloud technologies (Google disk), multimedia presentation. Task 2. Self-assessment test (10 questions) https://www.survio.com/ru/ Task 3. Additional information on the topic is available on the website: http://ecoinfo.kz/wp-content/uploads/a54.pdf http://www.pavlodar.com/zakon/?dok=01770&all=all; https://articlekz.com/article/4758; http://ekologyprom.ru/uchebnik-po-promyshlennoj-ekologii/131-meropriyatiya-po-oxrane-atmosfernogo-vozduxa.html Reading: [6, 11-16, 21-25]


Final Grade will be assigned as follows: Rating: 60 % Exam: 40 % (R1 + R2) *0,6 + E*0,4 2 R1 – Rating 1 R2 – Rating 2 Е – Examination

Evaluation by letter system Points % Evaluation by conventinal system A 4,0 95-100 excellent A - 3,67 90-94 excellent В+ 3,33 85-89 good B 3,0 80-84 good B- 2,67 75-79 good С+ 2,33 70-74 satisfactory C 2,0 65-69 satisfactory C- 1,67 60-64 satisfactory D+ 1,33 55-59 satisfactory D 1,0 50-54 satisfactory F 0 0-49 unsatisfactory Instructional Materials and References

1. Fomin G.S. Air. Control of Chemical, Bacterial and Radiation Safety According to International standards. Encyclopedic reference book.M.2000-848 p.


2. Omarov K. K. Environmental Safety in Transport.A.1999 3. Tonkopiy M.S. Economics of Nature Management. А.2000.-458с. 4. Nikanorov A.M., Horuzhaya T.A. Global Ecology, manual. -Moscow, 2003. 5. Akimova T.A., Kuzmin A.P., Haskin V. V. Ecology: Nature - Man - Technology, Unity Publishing House. Moscow

2001. 6. Edited by Professor, Ph.D in Endineering Science Denisov V. V. Ecology. Rostov-on-Don, MarT Publishing

Center, 2002. 7. Rozanov S.I. General Ecology. St. Petersburg 2001. 8. Korobkin V.I., Peredelsky L. V. Ecology. Rostov-on-Don, Phenix Publishing House, 2003r. 9. Kuznetsov I.E., Troitskaya T.M. Air Basin Protection from Harmful Substances .- M.: Himiya [Chemistry], 1979,

335p. 10. ZhaboV.V. Environmental Protection at TPPs and AES. M.Energoatomizdat. 1992. 11. Tishchenko N.F. Air Protection. Harmful Substances Calculation and their Distribution in the Air. M. Himiya

[Chemistry], 1991. -368p.

Further reading: 12. Nikitin D.P., Novikov Yu.V. Environment and People. M.- Stroyizdat .- 1987.-210p. 13. Mikolash Ya., Pitterman L. Management of Environmental Protection .- M. Progress.-1983.-239p. 14. Sokolov Z.E., Bazilevich N.I. Theoretical Fundamentals and Ecological Monitoring Experience. - M.- Nauka

[Science].-1983.- 220p. 15. Bronstein A.M., Litvinov V.A., Rusin I.I. Ecologization of Economy: Methods of Regional Management. M.

Nauka [Science].-1990.-118p. 16. Ecological Code of the Republic of Kazakhstan. - Astana, 2007. 17. Vernadsky V.I. Chemical Structure and Environment of the Earth Biosphere. M.: Nauka [Science], 1987. 18. Beus A.A. Geochemistry of Environment. M.: 1976. 19. https://articlekz.com/article/9573 20. http://rmebrk.kz/ - The site of the Republican interuniversity electronic library. 21. http://tamos.kuam.kz/ - Electronic learning platform of A.Myrzakhmetov KU. 22. https://drive.google.com/drive - Personal page in Google Disk. 23. https://www.survio.com/ru/ - Personal page in SURVIO. 24. https://trello.com/ - Personal page in Trello. 25. https://www.youtube.com/?gl=KZ – Video Hosting Site. 26. http://its.1c.kz/db/zakonk/browse/13/-1/886/1053/1059 - Information - technological site.

Theory of electric chains - Syllabus

Course Title «Theory of electric chains» Pre-requisite (s) Graphics, Drawings;

Calculations; The use of reference books; Experimental reports using a variety of equipment in the production of skills and professional studies.

Hours 135 hours including: classroom-based – 60 hours extra curricular – 75 hours


Additional problem solving, Report writing, Retelling Hours – 75 Summer semester


Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Abay Myrzakhmetov Kokshetau University Department: Information systems and Informatics__ Professor (the course was developed by): Lecturer, Master of engineering sciences, Meirmanova Akbota Assylbekovna E-mail: [email protected] Course Description “Theory of electric chains” course implies the world of nature that surrounds the subject of science for the study of electrical phenomena. Laws and principles of working with power tools that are widely used in the theory of electrical circuits are studied. Thus, they are studied in accordance with the laws of any environmental processes used for reading, in order to understand the theory of electrical circuits. Trainees profile The course is addressed to the students of: Bachelor's programme 5В070300 «Information systems» Learning Objectives At the end of this course, the student will be able to: know the concepts of electrical chains; know the chain of consoles; know problem solving skills; know how to perform a variety of laboratory work related to power chains; know the English terms; increase the interest of participating students. Pedagogical aims to be reached When working on this program, the main goal of the course was an interesting activity planning, as well as improving the cognitive abilities of students. Pedagogical methodologies used: 1. Traditional pedagogical methods: Observation, Experience studying, Studying the products of student creativity; 2. Pedagogical experiment; 3. Pedagogical testing. Pedagogical tools Methodological: - electronic, printed and audiovisual materials; - research (search for information, data analysis and synthesis, conclusions formulation); - experiment and training (solving practical problems, working with equipment); - interactive (discussions / debates, comparative analysis, exchange of opinions, problem scenarios, case studies); - communicative (finding solutions through a collective approach, learning in partnership); - Evaluation (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests). Technical: - Programs for laboratory work: Turbo C, Visual C; - Training platforms: TAMOS, Platonus, Easy; - Wi-Fi, Internet resources: Cloud storage (GoogleDisk), applications (Trello), e-mail, social networks; - Equipment: SMART Board, computers, laptops, smartphones, dosimeters, contour maps, descriptive equipment (pencils, rulers). Environment used Students study in the university's classrooms in a face-to-face model. At the same time, a mixed model is realized, when electronic technologies (Smart board, computers, Internet access in the audience from the computer) are intensively used in process of training. Course Timing The 2nd semester Course Modality


full-time course of study Course Structure The course structure “Theory of electrical circuits” lasts 15 weeks and is organized in five modules. Each module consists of lectures, practical exercises, Practical Classes and Tutorials. Class duration is 50 minutes. Types of classes in each module: lectures perception, discussions in the virtual space, solution of professionally directed tasks and so on. In total, the course provides: lectures - 15 hours, practical classes - 30 hours, tutorials - 15 hours, out of class work - 75 hours. Topical Outline and Schedule DATE Module 1: Different concepts of electrical circuit Topics "Different concepts of electrical circuit", "Electrical circuits", "DC sources, Ohm's law" Learning activities Module «Electrical circuit diagrams», “Different concepts of electrical circuit" Ohm's

law" is composed of the following activities: Accumulative activity – reading, video material watching, lecture material study. (Assimilative activities – reading, watching, study) Research activity – finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication activity: discussion, collaborating. Communication – discuss, collaborate; Experimental activity – knowledge of laws in professional problems solving. Experiental – practice, apply. Productive – reports preparation, cases solving Productive –write. Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparison method, sharing opinion. Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment activity: lectures and video materials analysis, professional problems solving, timeliness of assignments, preparation of reports, participation in the discussion (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests, Easy tests) are evaluated.- Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback


Reading: Conducting research: “Electrical measuring instruments and measurement”. Report /presentation preparation: using the site www.prezi.com Case study taken from the student’s real world setting: Speak about electrical circuits. Self-assessment test, questions: answer the questions on the topic. [11-14-15]

DATE Module 2: Circuits, basic laws and principles Topics "Kirchhoff's Laws", "Basic Principles of Electric Cir cuit", "Feeder Connection to an

Alternative Modification of a Serial Chain". Learning activities «Kirchhoff's laws», «Feeder Connection to an Alternative Modification of a Serial

Chain», «Basic principles of the electric circuit» is composed of the following activities: Accumulative activity – reading, video material watching, lecture material study. (Assimilative activities – reading, watching, study) Research activity – finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication activity: discussion, collaborating. Communication – discuss, collaborate;


Experimental activity – knowledge of laws in professional problems solving. Experiental – practice, apply. Productive – reports preparation, cases solving Productive –write. Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparison method, sharing opinion. Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment activity: lectures and video materials analysis, professional problems solving, timeliness of assignments, preparation of reports, participation in the discussion (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests, Easy tests) are evaluated.- Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback


Reading: Conducting research: “DC linear electric circuits” Report /presentation preparation: using the site www.prezi.com Case study taken from the student’s real world setting: writing a summary about Kirchhoff's laws Self-assessment test, questions: answer the questions on the topic [14-15-16-19]

DATE Module 3: Sinusoidal quantities. Complex numbers. Topics "Parameters characterizing a sinusoidal current", "How to display sinusoidal values."

Complex amplitude "," Complex types of numbers. Complicated circumstances » Learning activities The Module "Parameters characterizing a sinusoidal current", "How to display

sinusoidal values." Complex amplitude "," Complex types of numbers. Complicated circumstances » is composed of the following activities: Accumulative activity – reading, video material watching, lecture material study. (Assimilative activities – reading, watching, study) Research activity – finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication activity: discussion, collaborating. Communication – discuss, collaborate; Experimental activity – knowledge of laws in professional problems solving. Experiental – practice, apply. Productive – reports preparation, cases solving Productive –write. Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparison method, sharing opinion. Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment activity: lectures and video materials analysis, professional problems solving, timeliness of assignments, preparation of reports, participation in the discussion (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests, Easy tests) are evaluated.- Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback


Reading: Conducting research: " Circuits of alternating current. Connectivity " Report /presentation preparation: using the site www.prezi.com Case study taken from the student’s real world setting:The main parameters of recorded arrival. Self-assessment test, questions: answer the questions on the topic [2-3-14-15-16]

DATE Module 4: Connecting circuits Topics "Active resistance circuit ideally suited for packaging with an inductive loop", "Ideal

circuit with a capacitor", "Resonant voltages. R, L, C, connected with frequency-


sequential characteristics " Learning activities The Module "Active resistance circuit ideally suited for packaging with an inductive

loop", "Ideal circuit with a capacitor", "Resonant voltages. R, L, C, connected with frequency-sequential characteristics " is composed of the following activities: Accumulative activity – reading, video material watching, lecture material study. (Assimilative activities – reading, watching, study) Research activity – finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication activity: discussion, collaborating. Communication – discuss, collaborate; Experimental activity – knowledge of laws in professional problems solving. Experiental – practice, apply. Productive – reports preparation, cases solving Productive –write. Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparison method, sharing opinion. Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment activity: lectures and video materials analysis, professional problems solving, timeliness of assignments, preparation of reports, participation in the discussion (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests, Easy tests) are evaluated.- Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback


Reading: Conducting research: "Connecting circuits serial, parallel and mixed circuits" Report /presentation preparation: using the site www.prezi.com Case study taken from the student’s real world setting: Read capacitors of arrival. Self-assessment test, questions: answer the questions on the topic [5-3-11-12-15]

DATE Module 5: Computational methods and connection. Topics "R, L, C circuit elements connected in parallel. Resonance currents "," Complex

conductivity. Method for calculating the linear sequence of a sinusoidal current complex "," Complex power. Sinusoidal contour of Kirchhoff's laws »

Learning activities The Module "R, L, C circuit elements connected in parallel. Resonance currents "," Complex conductivity. Method for calculating the linear sequence of a sinusoidal current complex "," Complex power. Sinusoidal contour of Kirchhoff's laws » is composed of the following activities: Accumulative activity – reading, video material watching, lecture material study. (Assimilative activities – reading, watching, study) Research activity – finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication activity: discussion, collaborating. Communication – discuss, collaborate; Experimental activity – knowledge of laws in professional problems solving. Experiental – practice, apply. Productive – reports preparation, cases solving Productive –write. Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparison method, sharing opinion. Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment activity: lectures and video materials analysis, professional problems solving, timeliness of assignments, preparation of reports, participation in the discussion (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests, Easy tests) are evaluated.- Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-


assessment, received feedback OUT OF CLASS Activities & ASSIGNMENTS ASSIGNED READINGS

Reading: Conducting research: Connecting to the type of circuits triangles and stars. Report /presentation preparation: using the site www.prezi.com Case study taken from the student’s real world setting: The complex facilities to learn more about the arrival. Self-assessment test, questions: Answer the questions on the topic [5-3-11-12-15]

Assessment tools at the end of the course The students’ achievements level in the course program is assessed on the basis of the overall system of grades taken at the university. The final evaluation includes: 1. Rating control: 60% 2. Examination: 40% The final score is calculated by the formula: (R1 + R2) *0,6 + E*0,4 2 Where R1 is the digital equivalent of the first rating; R2 is the digital equivalent of the second rating; E is the digital equivalent of exam evaluation. The alphabetic score and its digital equivalent in points are determined by the percentage of the correct answers, respectively, below in the table.


Evaluation in %



Instructional Materials and References 1. Antipov B.L. Materials of electronic engineering: problems and questions - ed. 3rd, stereotype. - St. Petersburg: Lan, 2003 2. Galperin M.V. Electronic Engineering - Moscow: Forum: Infra-M, 2004 3. Gusev V.G. Electronics and microprocessor technology - ed. 3rd, revised. And additional. - Moscow: Higher School, 2005 4. Ushakov V.N., Dolzhenko O.V. Electronics: from elements to devices. - M.: Radio and Communication, 1993. 5. Fedotov V.I. Fundamentals of Electronics: Manual. Technical schools - M.V. School, 1990.-288 p.: ill. 6. Burkov A.T. Electronic engineering and converters: - M.: Transport, 2001 7. Karlashchuk V.I. Electronic laboratory on IBMPC. The Electronics Workbench program and its application. - Moscow: Solon-R, 2000. - 506 pp. \ 8. Nefedov A.V. Foreign memory chips and their analogs. Directory-catalog - M.: RadioSoft, 2003 9. Pryanishnikov V.A. Electronics: a full course of lectures - ed. 4 th - St. Petersburg: CROWN-Print, 2004


10. Electrical engineering, electronics and pulse technology: A textbook of high schools. / A.G. Morozov .- M .: Higher Education. School, 1987 - 488 p. 11. Electricity and magnetism. Abdikasymova A.A., Niyazova Sh.V. 2009 12. Electrical engineering of the community course. Trofimova T.I. High School, 2009. 13. Collection of tasks and exercises on the theoretical foundations of electrical engineering. Edited by Ionkina P.A., M: Energoizdat., 2009. 14. Fundamentals of electric chains analysis. Linear chains. Mathanov P.N. M,: Higher School., 2009 15. Students’ general physics courses; Electrodynamics. Akhmetov A. K. 2009. 16. Fundamentals of Electrical and Electronics. Bekmyrza K.J. Brussels: KAMU, 2013. 17. Electrical safety and lightning protection . Manual. E.A. Dyusembin. Almaty: KazATK, 2013 18. Fundamentals of Electrical and Electronics and Technology. – The 1st textbook. John Bird. aud. N.A. Mazhenov, Y.M. Smirnov, O. Mazhenov. Almaty: 2013 19. Introduction to Electrodynamics: Textbook. D.J. Griffiths, J.Griffiths David; Translated by K.M.Torekhanova, B.M. Sayakova. Almaty, 2013

Web programming - Syllabus

Course title Web programming Pre-requisites Web technologies,

programming technology, algorithms and data structures

Hours 135 hours including: class – 60 hours out-of-class – 75 hours

Out of class Assignment hours Semester

15 hours 75 hours 6

Name and contact Information of Instructors

University: Kokshetau Abay Myrzakhmetov university Department: _Information systems and informatics Professor: senior lecturer Master of t. s. Agzamova Mahabbat Kabidenovna E-mail [email protected]________

Course description Discipline is an elective discipline in the field of information systems, programming, network operating systems and database management systems, web technologies. The purpose of the course is to prepare a specialist with the skills to develop Web-sites, using the technologies of website design and web-programming, and use them in practice.

Trainees profile The course is addressed to: Baccalaureate5B070300 "Information Systems"

Learning objectives At the end of this course, the student will be able to: - Develop Web-sites, using the technologies of website design and web-programming, and use them in practice; know: - Basics of web design and programming; - Basics of site design and design technology; - bases of programming sites with various software tools Pedagigical aims to be reached Communicative goals The formation of the ability to listen to others, the ability to work in a team, the ability to distribute responsibilities, the formation of leadership qualities. Developing Goals Development of critical thinking, abilities of public speaking, development of analytical skills.


Professional goals: - Develop database objects; - Implement the database in a specific DBMS; -Solve problems of database administration; - Implement methods and technologies for protecting information in databases;


Blended Learning («Face to Face Driver») Contextual training - contextual training Problem / situational learning Problem solving Inverted learning method Flipped learning Cooperative learning- Co-operative Learning Estimated learning Assessment & Evaluation of Student Learning Peer Teaching training

Pedagogical tools Methodological Electronic, printed and audiovisual materials Research (information search, analysis and synthesis of data, formulation of conclusions) Experiment and training (solving practical problems, working with equipment) Interactive (discussions / debates, comparative analysis, exchange of opinions, problem scenarios, case studies) Communicative (finding solutions through a collective approach, learning in partnership) Evaluation (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests). Technical Training platforms: TAMOS, Platonus, Easy. Wi-Fi, Internet resources: Cloud storage (Google Disk), applications (Trello), e-mail, social networks Equipment: interactive board SMART Board, computers, laptops, smart phones, dosimeters, contour maps, descriptive equipment (pencils, rulers)

Environment used Students study in the university's classrooms in a face-to-face model. At the same time, a mixed model is implemented, when electronic technologies are intensively used in the learning process (e-learning platform, Internet access opportunities in the audience from a computer / smart phone, fulfillment of CDS tasks and preparation for studies using e-technologies).

Course timing 1-15 weeks of the 6 th semester

Course modality Full time

Course structure The course "Web programming" lasts 15 weeks and is organized into 3 modules. Each module consists of lectures, practical exercises, Out of class and Assignment hours. Duration of the classroom is 50 minutes. Types of classes in each module: the perception of lectures, discussions in the virtual space, the solution of professionally directed tasks and so on. In total, the course provides: lectures - 15 hours, practical classes - 30 hours, Out of class - 15 hours, assignment hours - 75 hours.

Topical outline and schedule Date 1-5weeks:Module 1 - The basics of web design and programming Topics 1Introduction into Web-design.

2 Fundamentals of the Internet, Basics of site design 3 Programming languages for web sites

Learning activities

The module "Basics of WEB-design and programming" consists of the following actions: Accumulative activity - reading, viewing video materials, studying of lecture material. (Assimulative activities -reading, watching, study) Research activities - information retrieval, information analysis, data synthesis. Finding and handling information, analyzing information, synthesis of data; Communicative activity: discussion, performance of work in cooperation.


COMMUNICATION -discuss, collaborate; Experimental activity-knowledge of laws when solving professional problems. Experiental - practice, apply. Productive - drawing up of reports, the decision of cases Productive-write. Interactive - problematic scenarios, discussions, method of comparison, exchange of opinions. Interactive / adaptive - tial, improve, model, simulate, role play, problem-based scenarios; Evaluation: evaluation of lectures and video materials, the solution of professional tasks, timeliness of assignments, reporting, participation in the discussion (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests, Easy tests) .- Assessment - write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer- Review, self-assessment, received feedback


Task 1. The color palette of the site: compiling the table. Watch the video https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LHyu_dJwfv0 Task 2.The history of the Internet: making a presentation using the capabilities of the site canva.com To pass the test for self-evaluation, go to http://oltest.ru/tests/informacionnye_tehnologii/organizaciya_evm_i_sistem/ [1-4, 6, 9, 11, 23-25]

Date 6-10weeks: Module 2 - Basics of designing sites and technology design Topics The role of hypertext markup HTML language, HTML document structure, Tables in

HTML. Styles CSS Java Script

Learning activities

The module "Basics of design of sites and design technologies" consists of the following actions: Accumulative activity - reading, viewing video materials, studying of lecture material. Research activities - information retrieval, information analysis, data synthesis. Communicative activity: performance of works in cooperation. Productive activity: compilation of radioactive decay schemes, preparation of a report. Experimental activity - the solution of professional problems, the application of knowledge of laws in solving professional problems. Interactive - brainstorming, discussion, learning in partnership. Evaluation activity: the analysis of lectures and video materials, the solution of professional tasks, timeliness of assignments, reports, participation in the discussion (group assessment, Easy-tests) are evaluated.


Task 1. Preparation of essays on the topics "SGML reference for HTML", "Format and structure of HTML documents", "Formal definition of HTML, testing", video sharing with video material https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ewq6hRd6Ygc Task 2. Links - mnemonics in HTML. Working with hyper pages Self-assessment test (20 questions). http://testedu.ru/test/informatika/8-klass/gipertekst-sistemyi-mashinnogo-perevoda-i-raspoznavaniya-tekstov.html [6, 9, 11, 22-25]

Date 11-15weeks :Module 3 - Basics of programming sites with various software tools Topics 1 The purpose and use of CSS

2 The history of CSS Learning activities

Модуль The module "Basics of programming a site with various software tools" consists of the following: Accumulative activity - reading, viewing video materials, studying of lecture material. Research activities - information retrieval, information analysis, data synthesis. Communicative activity: performance of works in cooperation. Productive activity: compilation of radioactive decay schemes, preparation of a report. Experimental activity - the solution of professional problems, the application of


knowledge of laws in solving professional problems. Interactive - brainstorming, discussion, learning in partnership. Evaluation activity: the analysis of lectures and video materials, the solution of professional tasks, timeliness of assignments, reports, participation in the discussion (group assessment, Easy-tests) are evaluated.


Task 1. Working with hypertext, Drawing rectangular blocks using CSS. . Task 2. Develop a Web page layout based on css-positioning. Creation of a Web page with a horizontally oriented navigation unit. Task 3. A web page with a vertically oriented navigation unit. Look through: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IsZDtOYUWvk&list=PL026CCEB5125879C2 .Self-assessment test (30 questions).http://testedu.ru/test/informatika/8-klass/test-po-web-texnologiyam.html Reading: [6, 11-16, 21-25]


The level of the student's achievements in the course program is assessed on the basis of the overall system of grades taken at the university. The final evaluation includes: Rating control: 60 % Examinaiton: 40 % The final score is calculated by the formula: (R1 + R2)*0,6 + E*0,4

2 where R1 is the digital equivalent of the first rating; R2 is the digital equivalent of the second rating; E is the digital equivalent of exam evaluation. The alphabetic score and its digital equivalent in points are determined by the percentage of the correct answers, respectively, below the table.


Estimated in %


A 4,0 95-100 excellent A - 3,67 90-94 excellent В+ 3,33 85-89 good B 3,0 80-84 good B- 2,67 75-79 good С+ 2,33 70-74 satisfactorily C 2,0 65-69 satisfactorily C- 1,67 60-64 satisfactorily D+ 1,33 55-59 satisfactorily D 1,0 50-54 satisfactorily F 0 0-49 Not satisfactorily


1. Full PHP manual 7. Coggzall John: M: And the Williams House Building, 2009 2. PERL programmer's library. Christiansen T., Thorkington N: St. Petersburg: Peter, 2009 3. Photoshop CS4. (Tricks and effects) + CD with a video course. . Gursky Yu.A., Gurskaya I.S. : St. Petersburg: Peter, 2009. 4. Collection of tasks on programming: Textbook. Mishenin AI: Moscow: INFRA-M., 2009


5. UP WEB-programming. Zhamankarin M.M. : Kokshetau .:: KUAM, 2013 6. The HTML self-teacher. Kirilenko A: St. Petersburg: Peter, 2010 7. AWP (training) for AutoCAD 2010. Comp. Zhunusov A. Sh., Seydakhmet A. Zh.: Almaty: KazGASA, 2009 8. Dynamic HTML. Tikhonov A.I.: M: ZAO Publishing house BINOM., 2011 9. Use of 3D-technologies rip creation of WEB-sites. McGillivray K., Anthony Head: M: NT Press, 2009 10. Creation of a digital video film. Stager P: M: NT Press, 2009 11. Create a DVD-menu. Golinly V: St. Petersburg: Peter, 2009 CprelDRAW X5 is 100% complete. Ptashinsky VS: St. Petersburg: Peter 2011 Additional: 1. Ivanova G.S. Fundamentals of Programming: A Textbook for Universities. - M .: Publishing House of the Moscow State Technical University. N.E. Bauman, 2002. - 416 p. 2. Kormen T., Leizerson C., Rivest R. Algorithms: construction and analysis. - М .: МЦНМО, 2009. - 960p. 3. Levitin V. Algorithms: introduction to development and analysis. : Trans. With the English. - M.: Williams, 2006. 4. Okulov S.M. Basics of programming. - 3rd ed. - Moscow: BINOM. Laboratory of Knowledge, 2006. – 440p. 5. Orlov S. Technologies of software development. - St. Petersburg: Peter, 2005 6. Syretsky G. Informatics. The fundamental course. Volume 1. Fundamentals of information and computer technology .: BHV-Petersburg, 2005 - 832 p. 7. Mikheeva E.V. Computer science. 7th ed., Rev., 2012 – 400p. 8. Informatics. Basic course. Textbook for universities / ed. S.V. Simonovich, - St. Petersburg: Peter, 2000. 9. Simonovich S.V., Evseev G.A., Practical computer science, Textbook. Moscow: ASTPress, 1999. 10. Denisov A., Vikharev I., Belov A. Self-instruction in the Internet. - St. Petersburg: Peter, 2001. - 461 p. 11. Shklar L., Rosen R. Web Application Architecture: Principles, Protocols and Practices. Wiley, 2009 - 440 p. 12. Welling L., Thomson L. PHP and MySQL Web Development (4th Edition). Addison-Wesley Professional, 2008 - 1008 p. 13. Dunaev V. V. HTML, scripts and styles. St. Petersburg: BHV - Petersburg, 2011 - 816 p. 14. Matthew D. HTML5. Web application development. Moscow: Rid Group, 2012 - 320 p. 15. Nixon R. Create dynamic websites using PHP, MySQL and JavaScript. St. Petersburg: Peter, 2011 - 496 p. 16. S.Pyurival, Fundamentals of Web Application Development. SPb: Peter, 2015 - 272 p. The literature of the KUAM is reflected in the Table of methodical provision of discipline


Kostanay State Pedagogical Unstitute, Kazakhstan

Winter and Summer Semester Course

Information and communication technologies - Syllabus

Course Title ICT (Information and communication technologies)

Pre-requisite (s) School course on informatics


45

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Kostanay State Pedagogical Unstitute Professors: Sukhov M.V. ; Yeslyamov S.G. ; Tsyganova A.D. ; Tobylov K.T. ; Ospanova S.B. ; Yersultanova Z.S. ;

Padchenko P.N. ; Padchenko T.A. ; Aitbenova A.A. ; Dauletbayeva G.B. E-mails: [email protected] ; [email protected] ; [email protected] ; [email protected] ;

[email protected] ; [email protected] ; [email protected] ; [email protected] ; [email protected] ; [email protected]

Course description Assignment of this discipline is training of the highly qualified specialists owning skills of application of the modern information technologies in the sphere of professional area – teaching sphere. To give students the information and communication competencies that facilitate everyday life and will give an opportunity to use modern information technologies in various areas of professional activity, scientific and practical work, self-education and other purposes. In addition to the practical purpose, the course provides academic and educational purposes, helping to expand the horizons of students, improve their general culture and education as future teachers.

Trainees profile The course is addressed to: Bachelor degree all specialties, The student’s profile includes the set of competences he/she is to possess. The student must: Know: - what economic and political factors promoted development of information communication technologies; - features of different operating systems; - architecture, performance measures of supercomputers; Have skills: - to use information resources for search and information storage; - to use different social platforms for communication; - to use different forms of e-learning for extension of professional knowledge; - to use different cloud services.

Learning objectives At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

• to work with electronic spreadsheets, to execute consolidation of data, to build diagrams; • to work with databases; • to project and create simple web-sites; • to make processing of vector and bitmap images; • to create multimedia presentations including prezi, 3D. Pedagogical methodologies used:

• Acquaintance with modern methods on the use of means of ICT. • Training in use of means of ICT in professional activity of future teachers. • Training in effective application of means of ICT in educational process, including work with the

distributed information resource of educational appointment.


• Acquaintance with opportunities of practical realization of the training focused on use of technologies of multimedia, systems of artificial intelligence, the information systems functioning on the basis of computer facilities, providing automation of input, accumulation, processing, transfer, operational management of information.

Pedagogical tools Pedagogical tools include: 1) case-studies 2) methods of peer assessment and self-assessment 3) mind-mapping 4) brainstorming 5) reporting) 6) formative rubrics based evaluation 7) mentoring, tutoring, scaffolding

Environment used Environment includes three aspects: psychological, material and pedagogical aspects, Psychological environment must correspond to the mode of face-to-face and mediated teaching and learning (stress-free, comfortable and relaxing). Material environment is comprised by the set of equipments used for performing the tasks – Computers/gadgets, Internet connection, mobile devices. Pedagogical environment – creation of the pedagogically friendly interaction (partner-partner mode), using peer and self-assessment, error correction in the mediated form.

Course timing Course timing is presented below: Form of training full-time part-time on the base of general secon-dary education (period of study - 4 years)

condensed on the base of technical and professional, post-secondary education (period of study - 3 years)

condensed on the base of technical and professional, post-secondary education (period of study - 3 years)

condensed on the base of high education (period of study - 2 years)

Total hours by Working Curriculum, including

135

lectures 15 practical (seminar) 30 laboratory work - SIWT 45 SIW 45 Exam (semester) 1,2

Course modality The course has the combination of face-to-face mode with elements of blended and distance learning. Course studying expected following classes forms: lectures, practical, SIW, SIWT.

Course structure

DATE Weeks 1-3 - Module title: Basics of ICT and introduction to computer systems

Topics The main topics of this module are: 1) An ICT role in key sectors of development of society. Standards in the field of ICT. Pedagogical aspect of ICT


2) Review of computer systems. Evolution of computer systems. Architecture and components of computer systems. Use of computer systems. Data presentation in computer systems. Functional organization of computers. 3) Software. Operating systems. Input, output, processing and storage devices. Protecting systems and data. Understand how ICT components and systems are used to store and retrieve information

Learning activities The Module Basics of ICT and introduction to computer systems is composed the following activities: -interactive lectures (problem based activities, case study method and demonstration); -practical assignments (tutorials, brainstorming, solving cases on troubleshooting, mindmapping on mindmeister.com).


Reading: Recommended literature to be studied and drafted by students: 1. June J. Parsons, New Perspectives on Computer Concepts 18th Edition—Comprehensive, Thomson Course Technology, a division of Thomson Learning, Inc Cambridge, MA, COPYRIGHT © 2016; ISBN-10: 1-4239-0610-1, ISBN-13: 978-1-4239-0610-0. 2. Reema Thareja Fundamentals of Computers. – Oxford University press: Oxford, 2014. - 288p 3. George Beekman. Computer Confluence: Exploring Tomorrow's Technology. ISBN 0130661880, 9780130661883. Prentice Hall, 2003 Conducting research: Report by using prezi – 1. Definition of ICT. Subject ICT and its purposes. 2. An ICT role in key sectors of development of society 3. Standards in the field of ICT. 3. Communication between ICT and achievement of the objectives of the a sustainable development in the Millennium Declaration. 4.The history of computing techniques development. Generations of computers 5. Review of computer systems. Evolution of computer systems. 6.Architecture and components of computer systems. 7. Basic devices of personal computer 8. Input devices 9. Output devices 10. Devices for storage and processing of information Peer review Self-evaluation in the form of self-assessment sheets. Blogging (mypage.ru)

DATE Weeks 4-6 - Module II: Human computer interaction Topics The main topics of this module are:

1) Human computer interaction. Physical and mental and psychological characteristics of the user. Development stages of the user interface. Types of testing of interfaces (testing of users). Teacher-student- intrface mode. 2) Database systems. Technology of programming of ORM. The distributed, parallel and heterogeneous databases. Data models. Normalization. Integrity constraint on data. Fundamentals of SQL. Design and development of databases 3) Data analysis. Data management Methods and stages of Data collection. Data models. Normalization. Integrity constraint on data. Fundamentals of SQL. Design and development of databases.

Learning activities The Module Human computer interaction is composed the following activities: -problem-based lectures (problem based activities, case study method and demonstration, video and podacast using); -practical assignments (ORM, SQL, creating questionnaires on surveymonkey, creating posts on FB).


Reading: Reading on the following topics: 1. Bases of management systems database: concept, characteristic, architecture. 2. Data models. Normalization. Integrity constraint on data. Fundamentals of SQL. 3. Design and development of databases. 4. Technology of programming of ORM. 5. DBMS MS Access: assignment, common functions and modes. 6. Access objects, their role in relational database structure. 7. Database queries, tools


for queries creation. Operators and expressions for queries creation. Queries types. Conducting research – presentation of the report (see above) Report /presentation preparation (ppt/prezi formats) 1. Introduction to DBMS (Database Management System) Access. 2. The create table, forms, searching, sorting, and filtering data. 3. Create relationships between tables. 4. Create query, report, switchboard and macro. 5. Visualization of data. Creation of the algorythm on data management: 1. Compare methods of data collection. 2. List and describe the six components that stages of Data mining. 3. Give the classification types of data. 4. Describe the objectives of data mining. Essay writing “Data management and my teaching profession” Self-assessment test (10 questions) Peer review / teacher review/combined

DATE Weeks 7-9 - Module III: Networks Topics The main topics of this module are:

1) Network basics. Architecture. Peer-to-peer networks. Client/server networks. 2) Cyber security. Stack protocols: TCP/IP, OSI. IP-addressing. Local and wide area networks. Wire and wireless network technologies. DHCP protocol. 3) Internet technologies. Service DNS. Web technologies: HTTP, DHTML, CSS, and JavaScript. E-mail. Message format. SMTP, POP3, IMAP protocols. Social networks and pedagogically mediated technologies.

Learning activities The Module Networks is composed the following activities: -problem-based lectures (problem based activities, case study method and demonstration, video and podacast using); -practical assignments (ORM, SQL, creating questionnaires on surveymonkey, creating posts on FB).


Reading: Reading on the following topics: 1. Internet services and their characteristics. 2. Internet data send protocol. Internet addressing system and naming operation of the resources 3.Client and server software of Internet. 4.Internet search engines. Search engine’s query languages 5. Telecommunication technologies. 6. Security risk of information and their classification. 7. Industry of cybersafety. 8. Cybersafety and control of the Internet. Conducting research – the list of assignments: 1. Compare LANs, WANs, and MANs. 2. List and describe the four components that differentiate networks. 3. Compare the two types of network architectures (Computer laboratories 422 and 424) 4. Explain topology and the different types found in networks. 5. Describe TCP/IP along with its primary purpose. 6. Identify the different media types found in networks. Report /presentation preparation (ppt/prezi formats) 1. Data analysis bases. 2. Methods of data collection, classification and prediction. 3. Decision trees. 4. Processing of large volumes of data. 5. Methods and stages of Data mining. Tasks of Data mining. 6. Visualization of data. 7. Data transfer devices, transmission medium. 8. Data transmission environment and channels 9. Types of networks. Concept of network. 10. Networks classification. Local and global networks. Local network elements Creating a video podcast on the topics: 1. Data protocols 2. Stack protocols: TCP/IP, OSI. IP-addressing 3. Local networks architecture and their features 4. Local and wide area networks. Wire and wireless network technologies. 5. File-server, client-server architecture 6. DHCP protocol. 7. Technologies of connection to


the Internet. 8. Internet and IntraNet networks. Self-assessment test (10 questions) Peer review / teacher review/combined

DATE Weeks 10-13 - Module IV: E-technologies Topics The main topics of this module are:

1) Cloud and mobile technologies. Web-service in the Cloud. "Infrastructure as a Service" или "IaaS"/ "Platform as a Service", "PaaS"/"Software as a Service" or "SaaS". Main terms and concepts of mobile technologies. Mobile services. Standards of mobile technologies (CIF, 3G, 4G). 2) Multimedia technologies. Representation text, audio, video and graphical information in a digital format – podcasts, video hosting. Basic technologies for compression of information. 3-D representations of the virtual world and animation. Instruments of development of multimedia applications. Use of multimedia technologies for education. 3) Smart Technology. Internet of things. Big data. Technology Block Chain. Artificial intelligence. Use of Smart-services. Green technologies in ICT.Teleconferences. Telemedicine. 4) E-technologies. Electronic business. E-learning. Electronic government. Blended and distance learning.

Learning activities The Module E-technologies is composed the following activities: -e-learning elements (Edmodo platform, LMS demonstartion on distance learnng) -problem-based lectures (problem based activities, case study method and demonstration, video and podacast using); -practical assignments (creating podcasts, demonstration of 3D presentations, UGM tools acquisition).


Reading: Reading on the following topics: 1. Main terms and concepts of mobile technologies. 2. Mobile services. Standards of mobile technologies. 3. Representation text, audio, video and graphical information in a digital format. 4 Basic technologies for compression of information. 5. 3-D representations of the virtual world and animation. 6. Instruments of development of multimedia applications. 7. System of presentation graphics MS Power Point: assignment, opportunities, interface 8. Work technique in PowerPoint environment. Creation of presentation slide 9.Text entering and editing in presentation slides 10. Insert the objects into slides (pictures, tables, charts, organizational charts, etc.) Conducting research – the list of assignments: 1. Describe the Use of Smart services (ex: Kahoot.it). 2. Describe the goals of green technology (prezi). 3. Compare Teleconferences and Telemedicine (Venn’s diagramme). Report /presentation preparation (ppt/prezi formats) 1. Including animation effects into slides. 2. Use of multimedia technologies for planning, descriptions of business processes and their visualization. 3. Internet of things. 4. Big data. 5. Technology Block Chain. 6. Artificial intelligence. 7. Use of Smart-services. 8. Green technologies in ICT. 9. Teleconferences. 10. Telemedicine. 11. Electronic business: Main models of electronic business. 12. Information infrastructure of electronic business. 13. Legal regulation in electronic business.


14. Electronic training: architecture, structure and platforms. 15. Electronic textbooks. 16. Electronic government: concept, architecture, services. 17. Blended learning. Presnting the smart technologies to be used in education (according to the specialty) Self-assessment test (10 questions) Peer review / teacher review/combined

DATE Weeks 14-15 - Module V: IT in the professional sphere and perspectives of development of ICT

Topics The main topics of this module are: 1) Information technologies in the professional sphere. Industrial ICT. Identifying health and safety risks as a result of misusing ICT. Awareness of what constitutes a safe and healthy ICT environment. The software for the solution of tasks of the specialized professional sphere. Modern IT trends in the professional sphere: in school, in high education, etc. Use of search engines and electronic resources in the professional teaching purposes. 2) Perspectives of development of ICT. Prospects of development perspectives in the sphere of IT of the market: development of the free software. Forming of an ecosystem of IT of entrepreneurship and support small startup of the companies. Programs of acceleration and incubation. Development of necessary infrastructure of electronic payments and logistics. Prospects of development of E-technologies.

Learning activities The Module IT in the professional sphere and perspectives of development of ICT is composed the following activities: -e-learning elements (Edmodo platform, LMS demonstartion on distance learnng) -interactive lectures (problem based activities, case study method, prioritising techniques, critical thinking developing techniques); -practical assignments (booklette creating).


Reading: Reading on the following topics: 1. Prospects of development of E-technologies. 2. Determination of requirements to development ―convenient in applicationǁ the Web site 3. Design and Creation of the presentations of lecture material, scientific reports, etc. 4. Creation of a simple network configuration. IP addressing. Monitoring of a network. Analysis of traffic. Use of sniffers for the analysis of network packets. 5. Use of hardware and software for key generation. Application of the EDS and encoding in case of message exchange by E.-mail. 6. Operation with services on the website of the electronic government http://egov.kz/cms/ru/government-services/for_citizen: registration of requests, obtaining counterparts of documents etc. 7. Development of structure and the maintenance of a lesson in the environment of remote learning: Moodle, eDX, etc. 8. Installation and use of application programs in the professional sphere Conducting research – the list of assignments: 1. Data acquisition from the server. Design of the graphic interface. Web applications. Creation of styles – laboratory work. 2. Creation of Google of accounts with use of Google Docs. Use of mobile technologies for receiving an information access, GPS navigators, GSM a signaling – creating googleforms as an assessment tool. 3. Operations with Smart-applications: Smart TV, Smart Hub, etc.(prezi) Conducting a booklette on the perspectives of ICT in E-education


(school/university). Self-assessment test (10 questions) Peer review / teacher review/combined Formative assessment


Control works and presentations of the reports are mandatory for and must be handed in established periods. The works performed with delay automatically will be estimated lower. Total points of attestation are put down taking into account attendance, execution of independent work of the student, in established periods, responses during the lessons in the oral or written form, results of the attestation control. If the student skipped classes and couldn't pass the work in the established periods due to illness or other good reasons documented, the relevant organization, he has the right for personal passing of intermediate control. Any writing off or plagiarism (use, copying of ready-made works and decisions of other students) will be stopped by way of exception from audience and/or punishment by an assessment under the "unsatisfactorily" heading (tables below). SCALE OF ASSESSMENT OF KNOWLEDGE

Type of class / form of control

number of points in %

Coef

ficie

nt

1 ASSESMENT 2 ASSESMENT Total final

examina-tion, the number of points

in %

Final control,

the number of questions

/ tasks

numberoflessons

/ tasks

number

of points

in %

numberofles

sons / tasks

number of points in

%

Lectures - 0,1

7 lessons 10 8 lessons 10

(1 a

sses

smen

t +2

asse

ssm

ent)

/2+

FC

-

Seminars 50-100 for a participatio

n

0,5

7 lessons 50 8 classes 50 -

Practical work/Individ

ual work

50-100 for implementa

tion of a task

0,4

7 lessons 40 8 classes 40 -

Exam - - - - - - -

CT (0-100%) - - - - 40 testquesti

ons Total (in %) - - - 100%

or 30 points

- 100% or 30 points

(1Ass.+2As) /2 + FC

Distribution by type of rating points of control week 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Type of Cc Cc Cc Cc Cc Cc Att Cc Cc Cc Cc Cc Cc Cc Att Control 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2

Point 50-100%

50-100%

50-100%

50-100%

50-100%

50-100%

The average %30 points

50-100%

50-100%

50-100%

50-100%

50-100%

50-100%

50-100%

The average % 30 points

Distribution of rating points after the examination Evaluation of students'

correct answers in % Points Grade

90-100 37-40 5 (excellent) 75-89 31-36 4 (good) 50-74 20-30 3 (satisfactory)


0-49 0-19 2 (unsatisfactory) Instructional Materials and References

Main 1. June J. Parsons, New Perspectives on Computer Concepts 18th Edition—Comprehensive, Thomson Course Technology, a division of Thomson Learning, Inc Cambridge, MA, COPYRIGHT © 2016; ISBN-10: 1-4239-0610-1, ISBN-13: 978-1-4239-0610-0. 2. Reema Thareja Fundamentals of Computers. – Oxford University press: Oxford, 2014. - 288p 3. George Beekman. Computer Confluence: Exploring Tomorrow's Technology. ISBN 0130661880, 9780130661883. Prentice Hall, 2003 4. Симонович С.В. и др. Информатика. Базовый курс: учебное пособие для высших технических учебных заведений. – СПб.: Питер, 2011. – 639 с. Additional: 1. Thomas M. Connolly, et al. Database Systems: A practical approach to Design, Implementation, and Management. 4th Edition ISBN: 0321210255 Addison-Wesley, 2004 2. H. L. Capron. Computers: Tools for an Information Age. Addison-Wesley, 1998. 3. Roqers Y., H. Sharp, J. Preece. Interaction design beyond human - computer interaction - Third Edition.- Italy: WILEY & Sons Ltd, 2011.- 585 р. 4. Ducket, J. Beginning Web Programming with HTML, XHTML, and CSS: 2th ed. / Jon Ducket.- U.S.A: Wiley Publishing. Inc, 2008.- 739с. ISBN 978-1-0-470-25931-3. 5. Stephen P Borgatti, Martin G. Everett, Jeffrey C. Johnson Analyzing Social Networks Paperback, 2013 6. Уша Рани Вьясулу Редди. Серия учебников по ИКТР для молодежи. Учебник 1: Введение в ИКТ для развития. UN-APCICT/ESCAP 2011 7. Дейтел Х. М., Дейтел П. Дж., Чофнес Д. Р. Операционные системы. Часть 1. Основы и принципы. – М.: Бином-Пресс, 2011. – 677 c. 8. Ярочкин В.И. Информационная безопасность: Учебник для вузов. – М.: Акад. Проект, 2008. – 544 c. 9. Голицына О.Л. Базы данных: Учебное пособие. – М.: Форум, 2012. – 400 c. 10. Keith Worden, W.A. Bullough, J. Haywood. Smart Technologies. World Scientific Pub Co Inc (April 14, 2003) Internet resources 11. http://www.microsoft.com/Rus/Msdnaa/Curricula/ 12 www.computer-museum.ru 13. http://inf.1september.ru 14. http://comp-science.narod.ru 15. http://www.intuit.ru 16. http://marklv.narod.ru/inf/ 17. http://inforschool.narod.ru 18. http://www.syrtsovasv.narod.ru 19. www.phis.org.ru/informatika 20. www.rusedu.info 21.http://iit.metodist.ru 22.http://book.kbsu.ru 23. http://school187.kubannet.ru/info/


Turkmen State Institute of Culture, Turkmenistan


Database (Microsoft Access)- Syllabus

Course Title DATABASE (Microsoft Access) Pre-requisite (s) Fundamentals of Information Systems; Application Design Choices


No need

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: TSIC

Department: Computer Technologies

Teacher: Durjemal Abdyrahmanova

E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description Microsoft Access 2010 is an information management tool that allows to store, report, and analyze information within a relational database. Trying to use Excel to manage large amounts of information, then chances are Microsoft Access will be helpful. Access makes it easy to keep track, organize, and sort data. It can be the back-end of a business, keeping records. Whether a novice or an experienced database user, this course will show to the students how to harness the full power of Microsoft Access 2010.

In these practical and project-oriented lessons, students will learn how to use this award-winning MS Office software to create and customize tables. students will build relationships between tables to eliminate redundancies and slash data entry time. And discover how to achieve huge reductions in data entry errors by setting default values, creating validation rules, and building input masks.

To find out how to make database more user-friendly with custom data entry forms, smart lists, and other sophisticated controls. The students will learn how to retrieve exactly what they need from their database with powerful queries and reports, and even start automating routine tasks with labor-saving macros.

Additionally, the students will learn about the basic structure of relational databases and how to read and write simple and complex SQL statements and advanced data manipulation techniques

Trainees profile Speciality, 3nd year students

Learning Objectives At the end of this course, the student will learn:

• all about databases and how they work • an understanding of how access works to make even its complex inner workings seem simple • how to navigate access


• how to create tables, forms, reports, and queries • how to enter criteria into your data • how to form expressions and create functions • how to customize the appearance of forms and reports • how to use access for home-record keeping or for a business • start automating routine tasks with labor-saving macros • read and write simple and complex SQL statements and advanced data manipulation techniques

Pedagogical aims to be reached Taking control over data! For improving students skills, how to create an effective database for any information they need to store, document, and manage—at home or on the job. and not to be ashamed when a huge of information’s dropped.

Pedagogical methodologies used: • Student-centered approach • Blended learning • Cooperative learning • interactive learning method • learning-by-doing (lbd),

Pedagogical tools • Course Book • M-Learning • Google • Traditional (social) pedagogical tools • Group discussion

Environment used • Classrooms which are included with smart boards, projectors, computers. • Internet access: browsers:

a. Mozilla Firefox b. Microsoft Internet Explorer (9.0 or above) c. Google Chrome

• MS Excel • MS Access:

a. SQL b. VBA

Course Timing Duration of lectures/practical/laboratory lessons is 80 minutes.

Course Modality • Face-to-Face

• Blended


Course Structure This course is consisted of several parts: several courses of lecture and several courses of practical lessons, monthly attestation and Final Exams. Assessment is administered continuously throughout the course. The students are rated against their performance in continuous rating administered throughout the semester and summative rating done during the examination session. Class sessions – will be a mixture of information, discussion and practical application practiced in diverse situations. All tasks are done by students independently and checked by the teacher. End-of-term is an achievement test and Project presentation. Final examination is a multiple choice test designed to monitor the students’ academic performance. The “DATABASE (Microsoft Access) course lasts 18 weeks. 2 lessons in a week.


DATE Weeks 1-2- Module I: Start MS Access. Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Getting to Know Access 2010 • Controlling Your Access Table Fields

Learning activities Getting to Know Access 2010: To find out what Access is and how individuals, businesses, and organizations use it to store information. Students will begin to build an Access database including all the components that turn a list of records into reports, forms, and queries. We’ll start by opening the application and creating a new database. Controlling Access Table Fields: To impose rules that automatically fill an Access table field with a preset value or that automatically insert the symbols commonly included in phone numbers. Also, set up rules that require allow only certain kinds of data in certain fields. With just a few minutes of work, make data entry simpler, clearer, and practically error-free.



Self-assessment test

Course slides: lectures 1-2

DATE Weeks 3-4- Module II:Access Customization tools Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Creating Tables and Relationships • Building Powerful Forms

Learning activities Creating Tables and Relationships: To create additional tables for our class database, customizing them along the way, and then build relationships between them. This all paves the way for later database features, such as reports, queries, and forms that draw from multiple tables in the database. Building Powerful Forms: To use forms for data entry and for viewing records in tables. Meet the Form Wizard, which makes form building fast and easy and which allows to select one or more tables’ fields to include and determine form layout.





DATE Weeks 5-6-7- Module III- Forms for data entry


Topics The main topics of this module are: • Adding Versatility to Forms • Interviewing Your Database

Learning activities Adding Versatility to Forms to add buttons and controls to forms. to adjust table relationships to support

the creation of multi-table forms which paves the way to creating queries and reports that draw data from more than one table.

Interviewing Database: Using queries to sort, filter, and search database is one of the most important

skills. to create queries that search for specific data. customize how Access displays that data. You’ll follow instructions step by step, to gain confidence with the process.





DATE Weeks 8-9-10 – Module IV - -Queries, multiple tables Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Taking Queries to the Next Level • Multi-Table Query Control

Learning activities Taking Queries to the Next Level: A query that puts specific records in order or finds all the records that have a general piece of information in common is, well, pretty common. Being able to create that kind of query is a great foundation skill, but it won’t help you find a very specific record. Nor will it let you search for records within a span of dates or other numeric values. It also won’t help you exclude certain records, reducing a large pool of data to just those records you need to see. In this lesson, you’ll create queries that give you true power to search your database. Multi-Table Query Control: In this lesson, you’ll learn to plan, build, and use queries that pull data from more than one table at a time. This gives you more power over your data and allows you to build a great foundation for truly customized reports.





DATE Weeks 11-12-13 – Module V – Create reports Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Reporting on Your Tables • Creating Query-Based Reports

Learning activities Reporting on Your Tables Reports are easy to create and to customize. In this lesson, you’ll build a simple report using the Report Wizard. Then you’ll change the report’s appearance, using layout view and design view. These skills provide the foundation to create and design any report you may need, on any data in your database.

Creating Query-Based Reports In this lesson, you’ll create reports that are based on the results of queries you

create to sort and filter your database. Because queries can combine data from multiple tables, filter for specific data, and sort the results, your report reflects just the data that meet the query’s criteria. This makes truly customized reporting possible—and quite simple.

OUT OF CLASS Self-assessment test



ASSIGNED READINGS


DATE Weeks 14-15-16 - Module VI – Report Wizard Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Mastering Report Design • Automating Your Database With Macros

Learning activities Mastering Report Design In this lesson, you’ll plan and create a completely customized report, using a

specialized query that controls which data the report includes. You’ll add fields that perform calculations on your data. You’ll customize your report’s layout, too, using design view’s many tools for controlling the structure and appearance of your data.

Automating Your Database With Macros Building macros (short programs that perform a series of steps) helps you speed

up and create consistency in your more repetitive Access tasks. From opening a form to running a report to building a new record in a table, macros eliminate redundant procedures by turning them into something you can do with one click.




Course slides: lectures 11-12-

DATE Weeks 17-18 – Module VII Basic functions of SQL Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Database Basics and Structured Query Language • Filtering and Retrieving Data

Learning activities Database Basics and Structured Query Language In our first lesson, we'll explore the basic structure and history of relational databases. You'll learn the history of SQL, then we'll review some key terms. Then, you'll discover what SQL is and how it's used with a relational database.

Filtering and Retrieving Data In this lesson, you'll learn how to use SQL to filter and retrieve data from tables. We'll talk about important query terms that allow you to communicate with your database, as well as syntax rules that will help you to create clear and understandable queries while avoiding system generated errors.



Self-assessment test Course slides: lectures 13-14


ASSIGNED READINGS

Endterm exam (24 questions)



Exam: Paper and Computer based

Book required

Required literature 1. 1 Berdimuhamedow G. Döwlet adam üçindir. - A., 2008. – 36 s. 1. Berdimuhamedow G. Eserler ýygyndysy. 1-nji tom /Çapa taýý. W. Hramow. – A.: TDNG, 2007. – 415 s. 2. Berdimuhamedow G. Garaşsyzlyga guwanmak, Watany, halky söýmek bagtdyr. – A.: Ylym, 2007. – 143 s. 3. Berdimuhamedow G. Ösüşiň täze belentliklerine tarap: Saýlanan eserler. 1-nji t. – A., 2008. – 360 s. 4. Berdimuhamedow G. Ösüşiň täze belentliklerine tarap: Saýlanan eserler. 2-nji t. – A., 2009. – 392 s. 5. Wiktor Pasko, WORD-2000. 6. Aşyralyýew Ç. Kompýuter tehnologiýalary: ýokary okuw mekdepleri üçin okuw kitaby. – A.: TDNG, 2008. –

286 s. 7. Zolotova S.I. “Practising with MS Access.” 2006-144 pages 8. Prenov R.M.. O.O.Gojaýewa “Maglumatlar toplumyny döretmek we olaryň üstünde işlemek: okuw

gollanmasy.”2003, 33 s. 9. Designing databases. Microsoft Access. Textbook Author: NN Grinchenko, EV Gusev, NP Makarov 10. Internet researches


• Course slides • E-books • Web-sites

overcoming tdelay

Sound Control - Syllabus

Course Title Sound Control Pre-requisite (s) Sound control, Acustica Hours 36 hours Out of Class


Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: _TSIC

Department: _ Cinema and Theater Art

Professor: _ J. Charyyev


Course Description The course includes: lectures, practice works. Contents: Goals of live sound mixing; Following the signal: a)

Microphones and others inputs; b) Lines – balanced, unbalanced; c) The mixer : Gain setting; channel levels and

EQ. The lectures deal with theoretical issues. Laboratory and independent works are aimed at studying various

analog and digital mixing equipment and virtual instruments. Equipment provided by the artist. References.

Some references are listed at the end of the guide along with some Web sites for more info.


Course objectives: - Students develop technologies systems; many highly important components of live sound. Notably excluded

are details of effects (reverb, delay, and harmony units) which are used to mix in an external signal. Scientific

achievements and technological innovations; to introduce theoretical fundamentals of information systems

design. The tasks to improve the achieved and continuous creative pursuit, introduction of all up-to-date

technologies in the educating process Students, guided by gained knowledge and skills in mastering new

technologies, should fulfill the set tasks in practice.

Trainees profile Bachelor(Spesialist), 5 year, 10 semester, Faculty Theatre of Art, Sound Control


- the students to know an audio control works on the recording, manipulating the record using equalization and electronic effects, mixing and etc. - the students to use instrumental tools of technologies design; - the students to know such subjects as Sound Controlling, Acoustics, Editing and Sound Effect, Colorization/Staging; - to modify and rewrite the created program using the analysis. - to study of evolution stages of audio dubbing artistic expressiveness means in accordance with the development of ontological features (technical palette); - to study the impact of modern computer technologies, sound processing treatment, new sound technologies

of special sound transmission on artistic and aesthetic quality of the 21st century sound production.

Pedagogical aims to be reached At the end of the course of Sound Control the students will be able to:

- concert sound control to provide the basic knowledge of analog and on digital technologies; - to teach the students' the practical skills to design and digital technologies; - to teach the students' listen samples, read reviews, mixing. - to increase students intellectual demands of students, to develop the capacity to explore their way of problem solving.

Pedagogical methodologies used: Traditional classroom; Face to face; task-based teaching methodology; E- learning;

Pedagogical tools - Concert demonstration, - dubing - sound mixing; microphones and others tools; lines – balanced, unbalanced; gain setting; channel levels and EQ. - Practical, quizzes, tests,

Environment used Use the following software: - Digital software programm - Cubase


- Cool edit - Microsoft PowerPoint - Innovative, computers and mobile phones.

Course Timing Duration of lectures/practical is 80 minutes 6 months, Lectures: 10 hours practice classes: 26 hours T/SIS: 60 hours Total: 36 hours One 80-minutes lecture, 80-minutes practical work per week, Student Independent Study 60 hours, 30-minutes final exam.


Course Structure

The "Sound Control" course lasts 4 weeks and is organized into 4 modules. Each module consists of several activities, which are different in each module and include: lectures, practical lessons, class discussions, etc.


DATE Weeks 1 Module 1: Concert sound control

Topics National priorities in Sound Control Studies. Labor markets requirements for specialists in Sound Control Studies. Microphones and others inputs; computer program (Cubase; Cool edit; Sound Forge). Software and software products. Computer program tools.

Learning activities The main topics of this module are: - effects (reverb, delay, and harmony units) which are used to mix in an external signal. Computer program (Cubase, Sound Forge), study information in lecture notes; Interactive/adaptive – improve created programs and projects. Assessment –demonstrate concert, critique and peer-review quizzes , do self-assessment, received feedback of teacher.



Cubase, Sound Forge - Student Independent Study. Self-assessment test (10 questions). Peer review.

DATE Weeks 2 Module 2: Record music different of genre

Topics Record music different of genre including national, classic, international and many more


Learning activities The Module 2 “Record music different of genre” is composed the following activities: - Recording artist and orcestre - Mixing music and solo - Practice work - Audio lessons Productive – create programs, write documentation for created programs. Experimental – apply new information for study.



Record music different of genre - Student Independent Study. Self-assessment test (10 questions). Peer review.

DATE Weeks 3 Module 3: - Live sound mixing Operators.

Topics - Following the signal: - Lines – balanced, unbalanced; - The mixer : Gain setting; channel levels and EQ.

Learning activities The Module 3 is composed the following activities: - Recording music and editing - Mixing music and solo - Practice work - Audio lessons Productive – create programs, write documentation for created programs. Experimental – apply new information for study.




DATE Weeks 4 Module 4: - Microphones and others inputs

Topics There are line and microphones in mixing input. Signal processors EQ, compressor, limiter, gate, etc - equipment, which are used to modify the audio signal, and speaker details such as crossovers. Upload to You Tube – save login credentials to upload sound directly to You Tube, Facebook or Flick from Video Pad.

Learning activities The Module 4 is composed the following activities: - Recording music and editing - Mixing music and solo - Practice work - Audio lessons Productive – create programs, write documentation for created programs. Experimental – apply new information for study.





Assessment tools at the end of the course At the end of the course the students will pass final exam, which is evaluated as 30 points (maximum). The final

exam is a test, which contains 10 questions and practical part is concert. The duration of the test is 60 minutes

and 4 hours for practical part.

Instructional Materials and References Basic literature: 1. А.В.Севашко “Звукорежиссура” 2004г. 2. Бабушкин В.Д. Современные технические средства обработки звуковой информации при записи музыки кинофильмов //Техника кино и телевидения. - 1978. 3. Воскресенская И.Н. Звуковое решение фильма. - М.: Искусство, 1984. 4. Гуревич С .Д. Динамика звука в кино. - СПб.: ВНИИИ, 1992. - 134 с. 5. Дворко Н.И., Познип В.Ф., Кузнецов И.Р., Каурых А.Е. Основы режиссуры мультимедиа-программ: Учеб. пособие / Под общ. ред.Н.И. Дворко.- СПб.: СПбГУП, 2005. 6. Дворко Н.И. Компьютерные средства обработки звука для задач звуко- режиссуры и режиссуры компьютерной графики // Проблемы развития техники и технологии кинематографа. - Вып. 10. - СПб.: СПбИКиТ, 1999 .

Sound Engineering - Syllabus

Course Title Sound Engineering Pre-requisite (s) Sound Engineering,

Acustica, Montaj Hours 234 hours Out of Class


Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: _TSIC_______________

Department: _ Cinema and Theater Art ______________

Professor: _ S. Mashayeva _______________

E-mail: [email protected]_____________

Course Description The aim of discipline «Sound Engineering» includes lectures, laboratory works and practice. The lectures deal with theoretical issues and methods of solving problems of an applied and systematic nature. Lectures are based on oral presentations of educational theoretical material. Laboratory and practice works are aimed at studying and working many of analog and virtual electronics equipment. The aim of discipline «Sound Engineering» is acquisition of knowledge by students, which is necessary for young specialist during participation in projects of radio, cinema, tele, concert sound design, with the use of modern methodologies and many video and sound programmer of sound design, such as Adobe Premiere-Pro, Cubase, Sound Forger. The relation of creative and expressive means with the scientific and technological achievements and innovations in the cinematography of Turkmenistan As part of technological type of art, integration of sound production in the cinematography in relation to the achievements and innovations of science and technological development nowadays has taken place in a new sophisticated level due to mutual interrelation and development. Cinematography in Turkmenistan is an impressive aesthetic phenomenon which represents a part of national and cultural heritage and embraces our humanistic traditions. Having creative film producers with sophisticated


ideas, brilliant sound producers and highly skilled camera men and talented actors in our national filmmaking team, allows us to broaden our knowledge of aesthetic concept of reality. Due to the evolution of technology, scientific achievements and technological innovations, we are now able to search for new expressive means and aesthetic techniques. Creative and aesthetic processes occurred along with a number of experimental discoveries and innovations in science and technology which took place at the end of the XIX th century and in 20-30 th of the 20th century a new specialist skill was introduced which was called audio (sound) producer. As a result of this, a new kind of art took root with its unique technics of creative expressiveness.

Course objectives: - Students develop technologies of modern information systems; scientific achievements and technological innovations; to introduce theoretical fundamentals of information systems design, as well as skills of design in canonical, typical video-audio technologies of design; - The tasks to improve the achieved and continuous creative pursuit, introduction of all up-to-date technologies in the educating process are set to teaching staff. Students, guided by gained knowledge and skills in mastering new technologies, should fulfill the set tasks in practice. A great number of different expressive means distinguishes modern cinematography from other kinds of art. It has the materials of visual imagery with the introduction of such creative elements as editing with its plasticity and tempo-rhythmic arrangements, sound expressiveness, and variety of sound and visual solutions available. To realize the creative concept the sound director has at his disposal wide choice of technical means such as sound, colour, dimension, stereoscopy, stereophony, format, and others. To provide understanding to students of tendencies of modern information technologies development; orientate students in multiple technologies design; - to illustrate theoretical and practice-methodical lessons; to show possibilities of modern teach to practical work in environment of typical design on the example of software system. General task of discipline learning is teach students to fundamentals of modern information technologies design.

Trainees profile Bachelor(Spesialist), 5 year, 10 semester, Faculty Theatre of Art, Sound Engineering


- the students to know consequence and maintenance of stages of modern information technologies design; - the students to use instrumental tools of technologies design; - the students to know such subjects as Sound Controlling, Acoustics, Editing and Sound Effect, Colorization/Staging; - to formulate and solve tasks of information systems design with the use of technology, based on functional specifications; - the students participate in the International conferences where they made presentations; - the students to apply knowledge of subject area analysis and applied information systems creation; - the students to form project for modern information technologies design; - the students to write and publish a number of manuals and articles; - the students to solve practical tasks by creating programs on digital technologies; - to compare and contrast the different ways of solving a problem after testing the program; - to modify and rewrite the created program using the analysis. - to study of evolution stages of audio dubbing artistic expressiveness means in accordance with the development of ontological features (technical palette); - to identificate of the character and peculiarities of audio dubbing artistic expressiveness means; - to study of evolution stages of audio dubbing artistic expressiveness means in accordance with the development of ontological features (technical palette);


- to study of the dynamics of the dialectal interaction of creative activity components of audio dubbing in its evolutionary development;

- to analysis of the influence of audio dubbing artistic expressiveness means on creative abilities of an audio producer to shape sound/visual image in various spheres of artistic activity;

- to study the impact of modern computer technologies, sound processing treatment, new sound technologies of special sound transmission on artistic and aesthetic quality of the 21st century sound production.

Pedagogical aims to be reached At the end of the course of Sound Engineering the students will be able to: - to provide the basic knowledge in the field of analog and creating programs on digital technologies; - to teach the students' the practical skills to design and digital technologies; - to increase students intellectual demands of students, to develop the capacity to explore their way of problem solving, to develop analytical skills and critical thinking of students, motivization.

Pedagogical methodologies used: - Traditional classroom; task-based teaching methodology; E- learning; - Expository methods (presentations, worked examples, demonstrations, Editing and Sound Effect ); - Practice demonstration methods (project work, simulations. Video and audio edit and sound effect).

Pedagogical tools - PPT presentations - doc, pdf, jpg, gif. - Video tutorials – video, audio edit. - Practical, quizzes, tests, individual tasks.

Environment used Use the following software: - Adobe Premiere Pro - Cubase - Sound Forge - Pro-Tools - Microsoft PowerPoint - Innovative, computers and mobile phones.

Course Timing Duration of lectures/practical is 80 minutes 6 months, Lectures: 30 hours practice classes: 204 hours T/SIS: 100 hours Total: 234 hours One 80-minutes lecture per week, one 480-minutes practical work per week, Student Independent Study 60 hours, 60-minutes final exam.



Course Structure

The "Sound Engineering" course lasts 24 weeks and is organized into 6 modules (of 4 weeks each). Each module consists of several activities, which are different in each module and include: lectures, practical lessons, class discussions, etc.


DATE Weeks 1-4 Module 1: Introduction to Information Systems, technics, technologies design

Topics National priorities in Sound Engineering Studies. Labor markets requirements for

specialists in Sound Engineering Studies. Computer program (Adobe Premiere Pro, Cubase, Sound Forge). Software and software products. Computer program tools. Visual Studio. Structure of a program.

Learning activities The main topics of this module are: Watching and review Computer program (Adobe Premiere Pro, Cubase, Sound Forge), study information in lecture notes; Finding and handling information - analysing information about laboratory works and

practice (Video and audio edit and sound effect). Interactive/adaptive – improve created programs and projects. Assessment –demonstrate programs and projects, critique and peer-review quizzes , do self-assessment, received feedback of teacher.



Adobe Premiere Pro video and audio edit - Student Independent Study. Self-assessment test (33 questions). Peer review.

DATE Weeks 5-8 Module 2: Edit video from any comcorder.

Topics Capture video from a DV camcorder, VHS, webcam and all common video file formats including avi, mpv and many more

Learning activities The Module Edit video from any comcorder is composed the following activities: - Presentation of lectures - Practice work - Video tutorials - Audio lessons Productive – create programs, write documentation for created programs. Experimental – apply new information for study.



Editing video from any comcorder - Student Independent Study. Self-assessment test (33 questions). Peer review.

DATE Weeks 9 -12 Module 3: - Supported input Formats. Operators. Topics - Import video – avi, mpeg, mp4, mov and more. Import audio – wav, mp3, mp4a and

more. Import images – gif, tif, jpg and more. Learning activities The Module 3 is composed the following activities:


Watching and review video-audio film, study information in presentations and lecture notes; Experimental – apply new information for study, investigate different approach for solving problems. Interactive/adaptive – improve created programs and projects. Assessment –demonstrate programs and projects, critique and peer-review quizzes , do self-assessment.



Study the impact of modern computer technologies, sound processing treatment, new sound technologies of special sound transmission. Self-assessment test (33 questions). Peer review.

DATE Weeks 13-16 Module 4: - Supported Output Formats Topics Burn to disk – DVD, CD, Blu-ray or HD-DVD. Export video-audio file – avi, mpg, mp4,

Mobile Phone, You Tube, mp3, audio, wave and more. Upload to You Tube – save login credentials to upload videos directly to You Tube, Facebook or Flick from Video Pad.

Learning activities The Module 4 is composed the following activities: Watching and review video-audio film, study information in presentations and lecture notes; Experimental – apply new information for study, investigate different approach for solving problems. Interactive/adaptive – improve created programs and projects. Assessment –demonstrate programs and projects, critique and peer-review quizzes , do self-assessment.




DATE Weeks 17-20 Module 5: Amazing audio Tools –

Topics - Import and mix music tracks; - Make your own custom movie soundtrack with MixPad multi-track mixing software; - Record your own narrations with the click of a button; - Use sound effects from the free Sound Effect library - Add photos and digital images to sequences; - Plugin support to add thousands of tools and effects.

Learning activities The Module 5 is composed the following activities: Watching and review video-audio film, study information in presentations and lecture notes; Experimental – apply new information for study, investigate different approach for solving problems. Interactive/adaptive – improve created programs and projects. Assessment –demonstrate programs and projects, critique and peer-review quizzes , do self-assessment.




DATE Weeks 21-24 Module 6: Search Sound Engineering r ators.


Topics The Ways of Audio Control Development

Research propositions are:

- identification of the character and peculiarities of audio dubbing artistic expressiveness means;

- study of evolution stages of audio dubbing artistic expressiveness means in accordance with the development of ontological features (technical palette);

- consideration of creative concepts of audio dubbing in shaping sound/visual image perceived by a recipient;

- study of the dynamics of the dialectal interaction of creative activity components of audio dubbing in its evolutionary development;

- analysis of the influence of audio dubbing artistic expressiveness means on creative abilities of an audio producer to shape sound/visual image in various spheres of artistic activity;

- study the impact of modern computer technologies, sound processing treatment, new sound technologies of special sound transmission on artistic and aesthetic quality of the 21st century sound production.

Learning activities The Module 6 is composed the following activities: Watching and review video-audio film, study information in presentations and lecture notes; Experimental – apply new information for study, investigate different approach for solving problems. Interactive/adaptive – improve created programs and projects. Assessment –demonstrate programs and projects, critique and peer-review quizzes , do self-assessment. Assessment –demonstrate programs and projects, critique and peer-review quizzes , do self-assessment, received feedback of teacher.




Assessment tools at the end of the course At the end of the course the students will pass final exam, which is evaluated as 60 points (maximum). The final

exam is a test, which contains 30 questions and practical part is short film-edit. The duration of the test is 60

minutes and 4 hours for practical part.

Instructional Materials and References Basic literature: 1. И.Л.Репин. Развитие кинематографии и кинофикации советского Туркменистана (1925-1941г.г.) Ашхабад, 1977г. 2. М.Фалин Булат Мансуров. – В кн. Пересечение параллельных. М., Искусство.1976г. 3. Арнхейм Р. Кино как искусство. - М.: Изд-во иностр. лит-ры, 1960. 4. Бабушкин В.Д. Современные технические средства обработки звуковой информации при записи музыки кинофильмов //Техника кино и телевидения. - 1978.


5. Воскресенская И.Н. Звуковое решение фильма. - М.: Искусство, 1984. 6. Гуревич С .Д. Динамика звука в кино. - СПб.: ВНИИИ, 1992. - 134 с. 7. Дворко Н.И., Познип В.Ф., Кузнецов И.Р., Каурых А.Е. Основы режиссуры мультимедиа-программ: Учеб. пособие / Под общ. ред.Н.И. Дворко.- СПб.: СПбГУП, 2005. 8. Дворко Н.И. Компьютерные средства обработки звука для задач звуко- режиссуры и режиссуры компьютерной графики // Проблемы развития техники и технологии кинематографа. - Вып. 10. - СПб.: СПбИКиТ, 1999 .


Turkmen State Institute of Finances, Turkmenistan


Information system and technology in the economy - Syllabus

Course Title Information system and

technology in the economy Pre-requisite (s) None


Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Turkmen State Institute of Finance

Department: Information technology

Professor: Azat Sopyyev


Course Description Construction and development of information society declares world trend of XXI which determine necessity of forming global informational and economical spaces. New technological paradigm of information society bases on electronics and genetic engineering and its the basis are information system and technology (ISandT). This paradigm replaces paradigm of industrial society. To the main areas of influence ISandT on the economy are: Activation of market interaction processes; creation of the information market and information service; increase in needs for information resources; globalization of the international business at the expense of development of networks such as the Internet; changes in organizational structures of the enterprise, etc.

Trainees profile

This course is intended for second-year students in all specialties

Learning Objectives • The foundations of modern economic information systems,Their development trends, as well as specific

implementations; compositionInformation system (functional, providingSystems and a set of technical facilities); The main stages of lifeCycle of information systems, the purpose and content of documents,Regulating the work of certain stages

• Concepts of document, document flow, workflow,Document management systems;Document area, compositionTheir requisites; Basic information technologies of the documentation management; Concept of a unified systemDocumentation and general principles of harmonization

• Classify information; Determine the measure and volume of information presented in various forms (text, graphic, numeric)

• To assess the level of development of information systems and technologies for management purposes • To apply an information approach to the formation of information systems and technologies • Analyze the functional structure of computer-aided accounting information systems


• To analyze the external and internal environment of the enterprise from the point of view of the application, design and implementation of open computing and information systems

Pedagogical aims to be reached Mastering for students professional and personal competence , which gives chance using modern informational system and technologies in diverse field of professional activities , sciential and practical activities , for self-education and other purposes. On a level with practical target, course realizes educational target, contribute to widening outlook of students, promotion their general culture and education.

Pedagogical methodologies used: It is used combination of traditional learning, blended learning and interactive learning.

Pedagogical tools

Quizzes,online survey, Discussion forums, E-mail, Oral interview in accordance with the tasks for practical classes.

Environment used

Moodle, Line, skype,Vk.

Course Timing Lectures: 34 hours Practical classes: 102 hours Total: 136 hours Monthly micro-exam 30 min per student, final exam 1 hour per student


Course Structure


DATE Week1-2Module I: Economical information Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Characters of economical information and structural elements.

• Classification of economical information.

• Notions about barcodes

Learning activities The Module Economical information is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, study; Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, write, etc.; Assessment –


write, present, demonstrate, self-assessment, received feedback OUT OF CLASS

Activities &ASSIGNMENTS &

ASSIGNED READINGS

Self-assessment test (10 questions) Teacher's tasks Additional materials given by teachers

DATE Weeks 3-4 Module II: Creating information system in the economy Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Progress of informatics, computerization and Internet in Turkmenistan.

• Foundations of creating information system in the economy.

• Design of stages of information system in the economy.

Learning activities The Module Creating information system in the economy is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, study; Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, write, etc.; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, self-assessment, received feedback

OUT OF CLASS Activities

&ASSIGNMENTS & ASSIGNED READINGS

Self-assessment test (10 questions) Additional materials given by teachers

DATE Weeks 5 -6 Module III: Groups of economical information and analyze flow of information

Topics The main topics of this module are: • Groups of economical information and information systems.

• Groups of economical information systems.

• Flow of informations and analyze them.

Learning activities The Module Groups of economical information and analyze flow of information is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, study; Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, write, etc.; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, self-assessment, received feedback




DATE Weeks 7-8 Module IV: Information systems and technical also organizational technological facilities in the economy

Topics The main topics of this module are: • Information systems and kinds of technical technological facilities in the

economy

• Information systems’ and technical technological structure of the hardware


supply in the economy.

• External equipment of personal computer.

Learning activities The Module Information systems and technical also organizational technological facilities in the economy is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, study; Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, write, etc.; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, self-assessment, received feedback




DATE Weeks 9-10 Module V: Information systems’ and computer programme instruments of technologies in the economy

Topics The main topics of this module are: • Systematical software.

• Practice programmes

• Programming systems.

Learning activities The Module Information systems’ and computer programme instruments of technologies in the economy is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, study; Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, write, etc.; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, self-assessment, received feedback




DATE Weeks 11-12- Module VI: Informational systems’ and reliability of informations in technologies in the economy

Topics The main topics of this module are: • Information operations in management process.

• Monitoring of reliability of informations and methods of sending them.

• Trend of development in information technologies.

• Classification of information recourse.

Learning activities The Module Informational systems’ and reliability of informations in technologies in the economy is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, study; Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss,


collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, write, etc.; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, self-assessment, received feedback




DATE Weeks 13-14- Module VII: Information systems and to project technologies, introduce and support in the economy.

Topics The main topics of this module are: • Design basics of information systems in the economy.

• Stages of creating of information systems.

• Types of planning of information systems.

Learning activities The Module Information systems and to project technologies, introduce and support in the economy is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, study; Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, write, etc.; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, self-assessment, received feedback




DATE Week 5 Module VIII: Business planning in interprises and decide automation managing tasks by technologies

Topics The main topics of this module are: • Structure of business planning in enterprise.

• Decide managing tasks by computerization

• Organizing systematicalcontrol technology

Learning activities The Module Business planning in interprises and decide automation managing tasks by technologies is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, study; Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, write, etc.; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, self-assessment, received feedback




Assessment tools at the end of the course At the end of the course the students will pass final exam.



1. G. Shukurov, O. Atdayeva, S. Kerimberdiyeva, Computer networks. A.2010 2. Ashyralyyev C. Programming technology. A. 2014. 3. Reznik W.G. Modern computer technology Tomks . 2016. 4. S.Soltanov, M.Berkeliyev. Internet networks. A.2012 5. Garryyev G., Garryyev O. Myradov A. Modern computer technology A. 2015

International payment system - Syllabus

Course Title International payment

system Pre-requisite (s) None


Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Turkmen State Institute of Finance Department: Banking Professor: Shohrat Bashimov E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description Studying the discipline "International payment systems" for specialties "Money circulation and credit", "Banking" is conducted in the third and fourth courses and is aimed at obtaining knowledge in the sphere of functioning of the world financial market and the formation of skills necessary for solving problems related to this area of international economic relations. The course contains an obligatory system of knowledge for the professional activity of economists-specialists in the field of the activity of banks in the context of globalization of the world's economic, monetary and financial relations, which in turn determines the requirements for the level of mastering the content of the course. The course "International payment systems" is based on the knowledge gained in the process of studying such disciplines as: "Economic theory", "Organization economics", "Organization finances", "World economy", "International economic relations", "Money, credit, banks “,”Finance”. The obtained knowledge will be used in mastering the training courses: "Securities market", "Investments", "Insurance", “International trade in services","Foreign trade activities of enterprises","International transport operations","International Accounting Standards","International Commercial Activity"in the process of diploma and professional activity.

Trainees profile This course is intended for students of the third and fourth year in the specialties of “Monetary circulation and the credit”, “Banking”.

Learning Objectives Give knowledge of the features and techniques of the modern commercial bank in the markets of capital and services, as well as the organization of banking activities in a globalized economy.


Pedagogical aims to be reached The study of the basic principles of the organization and methods of work of commercial banks in the conditions of an extensive network of financial and credit institutions of developed and developing countries that have specific features of activity with the goal of judicious use of world experience in professional activity.

Pedagogical methodologies used: It is used combination of traditional learning, blended learning, flipped learning and interactive learning.

Pedagogical tools

Quizzes, online survey, Discussion forums, E-mail, Oral interview in accordance with the tasks for practical classes.

Environment used

Moodle, Line, skype.



Course Structure


DATE Week1-2 Module I: Theoretical aspects of construction and development of payment systems:

Topics The main topics of this module are: • Payment system: essence, functions and role in the economy.

• Types of payment systems. Risk management of payment systems.

• Examples of international payment systems.

• The role of central banks and other regulators in the organization and functioning of payment systems.

• International standards and payment card requirements.

Learning activities The Module Theoretical aspects of construction and development of payment systems


is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, study; Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, write, etc.; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, self-assessment, received feedback




DATE Weeks 3-4 Module II: Cash flow in international payment systems Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Correspondent accounts.

• Bank payment documents and account statements.

• Inter-bank communications facilities.

• Payment process and clearing systems.

• Payment process and its participants.

• Methods of making bank payments.

Learning activities The Module Cash flow in international payment systems is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, study; Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, write, etc.; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, self-assessment, received feedback




DATE Weeks 5 - Module III: Types of operations, products and services of a modern commercial bank.

Topics The main topics of this module are: • Modern commercial bank as a special kind of enterprise.

• The nature of the products and services of the financial and credit sector.

• The subjects of the modern credit system.

• The structure of the bank, the management of financial institutions, universal and specialized commercial banks.

Learning activities The Module Types of operations, products and services of a modern commercial bank is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, study; Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, write, etc.; Assessment –




ASSIGNED READINGS


DATE Weeks 6- Module IV: The practice of international payments Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Key aspects of drafting orders for funds transfer.

• Practical issues of preparation of payment orders.

• Features of payments in US dollars.

• Features of payments in EURO.

Learning activities The Module The practice of international payments is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, study; Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, write, etc.; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, self-assessment, received feedback




DATE Weeks 7 -8- Module V: Features of EU credit, financial and payment systems. Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Stories of the creation of the European Union and the European system of central banks.

• Common European payment systems.

• Legal basis for the functioning of European payment systems.

• Development of European payment systems.

• European payment systems based on bank cards.

Learning activities The Module Features of EU credit, financial and payment systems.is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, study; Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, write, etc.; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, self-assessment, received feedback





DATE Weeks 9 - Module VI: Payment Systems USA Topics The main topics of this module are:

• The history of creation and the basis for the functioning of the FRS.

• Institutional structure of the US payment system.

• Payment system Fedwire. CHIPS payment system

Learning activities The Module Payment Systems USA is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, study; Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, write, etc.; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, self-assessment, received feedback




DATE Weeks 10-11 Module VII: International system of banking telecommunications SWIFT

Topics The main topics of this module are: • General information about the system.

• Organizational structure.

• Services provided to participants and members of the system.

• Interfaces of systems.

• The identification of banks in the system.

Learning activities The Module International system of banking telecommunications SWIFT is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, study; Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, write, etc.; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, self-assessment, received feedback




DATE Weeks 12 -13 Module VIII: Electronic payment systems Topics The main topics of this module are:

• The main characteristics of electronic money are their types and essence.

• Requirements for electronic money as a new means of payment.

• Experience in regulating activities in the field of electronic money in the European Union.

• Electronic payment systems. Basic principles of electronic payment systems.


Learning activities The Module Electronic payment systems is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, study; Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, write, etc.; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, self-assessment, received feedback




DATE Weeks 14 - Module IX: Methods of payment on the Internet Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Criteria of use and requirements to methods of payment on the Internet.

• Classification of payment methods on the Internet.

• Economic features of payment methods on the Internet.

Learning activities The Module Methods of payment on the Internet is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, study; Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, write, etc.; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, self-assessment, received feedback




DATE Weeks 15 - Module X: Internet banking Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Theoretical aspects of the concept and essence of Internet banking.

• Problems and prospects of Internet banking.

• Internet banking in developed countries.

• Trends in the development of Internet banking

Learning activities The Module Internet banking is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, study; Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, write, etc.; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, self-assessment, received feedback







1. Beloglazova O. Banking. M .: Fis. 2007. 2. Rudakova, O.S. Bank electronic services. - M .: Banks and stock exchanges, UNITI, 2007. - 261 p. 3. Shevchuk DA Bank operations. Moscow: Phoenix. 2008 4. "Internet Payment Systems". Http://www.emoney.ru 5. "Payment systems" http://f-gold.v-teme.com 6. Visa www.visa.com

Modern computer technology - Syllabus

Course Title Modern computer

technology Pre-requisite (s) None


Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Turkmen State Institute of Finance

Department: Information technology

Professor: Shaguly Shagulyyev


Course Description The modern period of the development of society is characterized by a strong influence on it of computer

technologies that penetrate all spheres of human activity, ensure the dissemination of information flows in

society, forming a global information space. An integral and important part of these processes is the

computerization of education. At present, Turkmenistan is developing a new education system aimed at entering

the global information and educational space. This process is accompanied by significant changes in the

pedagogical theory and practice of the teaching and upbringing process related to the introduction of

adjustments to the content of teaching technologies that must be adequate to modern technical capabilities and

to promote the harmonious entry of the child into the information society. Computer technologies are called

upon to become an integral part of a holistic educational process that significantly enhances its effectiveness.

Trainees profile This course is intended for first-year students in all specialties

Learning Objectives The training is supposed solution of various classes of problems on the basis of acquired knowledge, as well as

the extraction and analysis of a number of additional knowledge needed to solve a given problem. An important

place is given to acquiring skills to collect, streamline, analyze, and transfer information.


Pedagogical aims to be reached Familiarization of students of the Institute with promising educational technologies and their orientation to the

creative and productive use of these technologies in their studies, future professional activities and in the process

of self-education and professional development.

Pedagogical methodologies used: It is used combination of traditional learning, blended learning and interactive learning.

Pedagogical tools

Quizzes, online survey, Discussion forums, E-mail, Oral interview in accordance with the tasks for practical classes.

Environment used

Moodle, Line, skype, Vk.



Course Structure


DATE Weeks 1-2 Module I: Technical means of computer technologies Topics The main topics of this module are:

• History of the development of computers and computer technologies.

• Theoretical foundations of computers.

• Hardware for personal computers

• Sensory technologies in computer technologies

• Features of the structure of computerized 3D technologies

Learning activities The Module Technical means of computer technologies is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, study; Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, write, etc.; Assessment –




ASSIGNED READINGS

Self-assessment test (10 questions) Teacher's tasks Additional materials given by teachers

DATE Weeks 3-4 Module II: Computational technologies Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Paradigm of computing technologies

• Technology of calculations and modeling

• Integrated systems of scientific and engineering calculations

Learning activities The Module Computational technologies is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, study; Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, write, etc.; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, self-assessment, received feedback




DATE Weeks 5 -6- Module III: Technology of computer networks Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Computer networks and their capabilities

• Standardized computer network technologies

• Internet network of computer networks.

Learning activities The Module Storage technology is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, study; Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, write, etc.; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, self-assessment, received feedback




DATE Weeks 7-8 Module IV: Office technology Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Office suite of applications

• Workflow system

• Integration of office applications


Learning activities The Module Office technology is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, study; Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, write, etc.; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, self-assessment, received feedback




DATE Weeks 9 -10- Module V: Automated control technologies Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Computer technologies in industry

• CALS technology

• Industrial tires

Learning activities The Module Automated control technologies is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, study; Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, write, etc.; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, self-assessment, received feedback




DATE Week 11 -12 Technology of interaction of open systems Topics The main topics of this module are:

• The paradigm of interaction of open systems

• Computer networks and telecommunications

• Integration of network and object-oriented technologies

Learning activities The Module Technology of interaction of open systems is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, study; Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, write, etc.; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, self-assessment, received feedback




DATE Weeks 13-14 Module VII: Service technologies Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Paradigm of service technologies


• WWW-technology and project SOA

• Cloud computing and "virtualization"

Learning activities The Module Service technologies is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, study; Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, write, etc.; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, self-assessment, received feedback




DATE Week 15 Module VIII: Intellectual systems and technologies Topics The main topics of this module are:

• Intellectual information technologies

• Artificial intelligence system

• robotics

Learning activities The Module Intellectual systems and technologies is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, study; Finding and handling information, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, write, etc.; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, self-assessment, received feedback






1. Reznik W.G. Modern computer technology Tomks . 2016. 2. Ashyralyyev C. Programming technology. A. 2014. 3. Garryyev G., Garryyev O. Myradov A. Modern computer technology A. 2015 4. Kerimberdiyeva S. Infrastructure of information systems. A. TDNG, 2016 5. Churuyev M. Data protection. A. 2013.


Samarkand Veterinary Medicine Institute (Samarcand Agricultural Institute), Uzbekistan


Materials Science and Technology of Structural Materials - Syllabus

Course name Materials Science and Technology of Structural Materials

Prerequisites Materials Science and Technology of Structural Materials

Hours 210h СРС: Time of the Task

22h

FULL NAME. contact information of instructors University: SAI Department: General technical subject and safety and of human activity. Teacher: Aziz Mamanazarov E-mail: [email protected]

Description Material Science - the science of the structure, structure, and properties of materials used in engineering. The purpose of the discipline is to give knowledge about the structure, physical, mechanical and technological properties of metals, as well as the possibility of controlling the properties of materials by applying heat treatment. As a result of studying the discipline, the student must:

1. To know the physical essence of the phenomena occurring in materials in the conditions of production and operation; Their relationship to properties; Basic properties of modern metal materials.

2. To be able to choose the right material in accordance with operational, technological and economic requirements for the manufacture of structural parts and designate the type of hardening treatment.

3. Have an idea of the perspective directions for the creation of new construction materials.

Trainees profile The course is intended for:

The Bachelor 2nd course

Learning Objectives At the end of this course, a bachelor will be able to:

be able to:

Perform mechanical testing of samples of materials;

Use physical and chemical methods for studying metals;

Use reference tables to determine the properties of materials;

Choose materials for professional activities.

know:

Basic properties and classification of materials used in professional activities;


Name, marking, properties of the material being processed;

Rules for the use of cooling and lubricating materials;

Basic information about metals and alloys;

Basic information about nonmetallic, gasket, sealing and electrotechnical materials, steels, their classification.

Pedagogical goals to be achieved The purpose of the discipline is the formation of knowledge of the scientifically grounded principles of the material. The task of the discipline is to study the internal structure of structural materials and to determine the relationship of the structure with mechanical, physical properties and chemical composition, as well as with technological and operational influences

Physical principles of materials science. The atomic crystalline structure of materials. Properties of materials and their relationship with the type of chemical bonds, crystal structure, lattice defects, phase-structural state. The properties of structures, the mechanism of deformation and fracture, hardening, recrystallization, the formation of the structure and properties of alloys, the surface layer. Ways to change the structure and properties of materials. Materials of mechanical engineering; Types, composition, structure, mechanical and technological properties, behavior under operating conditions, marking, the scope of application; Economic and environmental efficiency of materials.

Pedagogical methods used: In the process of studying, will be used:

- Explanatory-illustrative;

- Problem statement of the material;

- Heuristic;

- Research.

Students need to conduct various types of independent work, independently look for information on specific topics, work individually and in a group, engage in evaluating classmates and self-esteem.

Pedagogical tools To achieve these goals, the following tools will be used in the learning process:

• Interactive (interaction, including through social networks and forums); • multimedia (photo, video, graphics, animation, sound); • Communicative (control over the state of the learning process and own results) • productivity (quick information retrieval, by keywords, access to unique publications of reference and

information character).

Environment used Projector, laptop, mobile phones for some kinds of tasks, access to the Internet.

Course Timing Course lasts 3 semesters(winter)

Lectures: 60 hours

Laboratory classes: 36 hours

Practical classes: 36 hours


T/SIS: 78 hours

Total: 210 hours.

Course Modality Half day

- lectures

- laboratory classes

- practical lessons

- independent work;

- Test solution;

- individual and group presentations;

- doing homework;

- writing essays;

- case-stage and others

Structure of the course Mathematics, Physics and analitic mechanics.

Thematic plan and schedule

DATE Weeks 1-2. Module I: Research and preparation of microsections Topics The main topics of this module are:

To get acquainted with the microanalysis, the device and the work of the metallographic microscope.

Acquire the skills of analyzing the structure and properties of iron-carbon alloys in an equilibrium state.

Educational Activity The module for the study and preparation of microsections is composed of the following: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.

Independent work of students

Reading: The main and additional literature on the list.

Conducting research: A creative abstract on the proposed topic using the recommended resources.

Preparation of the report / presentation: To compose a creative essay on one of the proposed topics. The abstract should not exceed 5 pages of typewritten test. An example from the practice of the real world of the student: Speech with a prepared essay (imitation of speech at a scientific conference, presentation of the preparation of questions)

Experiment in a simulated environment / based on problematic scenarios: Simulation of a scientific conference, during which people present questions, create a discussion. Self-assessment test: Written answer to the questions: what new did I learn? What questions stood before me? How did I answer them? What could I do better? What are


the weaknesses of my report?

Review: oral discussion and summarizing.

Reading topics - Student Independent Study.

Case study taken from the student’s real world.

Self-assessment test (10 questions).

Peer review.

Data Weeks 3-4 - Module II: Metal tensile testing Topics The main topics of this module are:

To familiarize with carrying out of test on a stretching and definition of indicators of durability and plasticity. To familiarize with the device of the rupture machine P-5. Definitions of the basic characteristics of strength and plasticity

Educational Activity Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.

Independent work of the student

Reading: literature on the list of recommended basic and additional literature.

Conducting research: a scientific essay on one of the proposed topics.

Preparation of the presentation: The volume of the essay - 1 page of printed text. Thoughts are formulated in a thesis form, followed by defense in an oral presentation. Content requirements:

- Presence of the plan of performance;

- Identification of goals and objectives of the essay;

- Highlighting key terms;

- Clearly formulated theses;

- Thoughtful argumentation;

- Full disclosure of the topic.

The topic should be fully disclosed, the main ideas are formulated in a thesis form. Proofs of the thesis and examples are told orally.

Example from real-world practice of the student: Presentation of the product for sale / research to obtain grant financing. Self-assessment test (30 questions) - based on the material studied, with options for answers and an open type. Reviewing. Writing a review or review of your own work, as well as the work of a classmate (random )

Date Weeks 5. Module III: Determination of the hardness of the material by the Brinell method Topics The main topics of this module are:

Determination of the value of the hardness of the material by Brinell. To get acquainted with the device TSh-2M. Schematic sketch of the studied structures.

Educational Activity Module Determination of the hardness of the material by the Brinell method from the following:


Assimulative activities -reading, study; Finding and handling information - analysing information; Communication - debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive - design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental - practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive / adaptive - model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment - write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.





Experiment in a simulated environment / based on problematic scenarios: Simulation of a scientific conference, during which people present questions, create a discussion.

Self-assessment test: Written answer to the questions: what new did I learn? What questions stood before me? How did I answer them? What could I do better? What are the weaknesses of my report?





Peer review.

Data Weeks are 6-7. Module IV: Determination of the hardness of the material by the Rockwell method


Determining the value of the hardness of the material by Rockwell.

Schemes for the introduction of diamond and ballpoints.

To get acquainted with the device TK - 2M.

Schematic sketch of the studied structures.




Preparation of the report / presentation: To compose a creative essay on one of the proposed topics. The abstract should not exceed 5 pages of typewritten test.

An example from the practice of the real world of the student: Speech with a prepared essay (imitation of speech at a scientific conference, presentation of the preparation of questions)


Self-assessment test: Written answer to the questions: what new did I learn? What questions stood before me? How did I answer them? What could I do better? What are


the weaknesses of my report?





Peer review.

Data Weeks are 8-9. Module V: Construction and study of the iron-carbon state diagram Topics The main topics of this module are:

Study of the iron-carbon state diagram on the basis of the thermal analysis method.

Schematic sketch of the studied structures.

A study of the mathematical formulation of the phase rule and the Gibbs law.

Educational Activity Module The construction and study of the iron-carbon state diagram consists of the following:

Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.

Independent work of

students Reading: The main and additional literature on the list.









Peer review.

Date Weeks 10. Module VI: Blast Furnace Design and the Principle of its Operation Topics The main topics of this module are:

Studying the device of a blast furnace, the principle of its operation;


Charge materials and preparing them for melting.

Study the blast furnace device and auxiliary devices using a furnace model and posters.

Examine refractory materials using natural samples.

To study charge materials for a blast furnace.

View the film fragments on the design and operation of the blast furnace.












Example from real-world practice of the student: Presentation of the product for sale / research to obtain grant financing.

Self-assessment test (30 questions) - based on the material studied, with options for answers and an open type.

Reviewing. Writing a review or review of their own work, as well as the work of a classmate (random choice).

Date Weeks are 11-12. Module VII: Design of the oxygen converter and the principle of its operation


Study of the device of the oxygen converter, the principle of its operation; Preparation of charge materials.

To study the arrangement of the oxygen converter and auxiliary devices, using the furnace layout and posters.

To study charge materials for the oxygen converter.

View movies on the device and operation of the oxygen converter

Educational Activity Module The device of the oxygen converter and the principle of its operation consists of

the following actions:

Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based


scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.






Experiment in a simulated environment / based on problematic scenarios: Simulation of a scientific conference, during which people present questions, create a discussion. Self-assessment test: Written answer to the questions: what new did I learn? What questions stood before me? How did I answer them? What could I do better? What are the weaknesses of my report?





Peer review.

Date Module VIII: Heat Treatment Technology for Carbon Steels


To study the purpose and types of heat treatment operations.

To become acquainted with the practice of thermal treatment of carbon steels and to investigate the dependence of microstructure and mechanical properties on heat treatment regimes.

Draw the lower left corner of the Fe-Fe3C diagram for steels and indicate the phases and structures by area.

According to the instructor's instructions, determine the temperature of quenching and normalization of the pre-eutectoid steel and the hypereutectoid in the Fe-Fe3C diagram.

Determine the heating time of the samples for quenching, taking into account the dimensions of the samples. Show the heating intervals for normalization, annealing, quenching, tempering, aging on the phase diagram of the Fe-Fe3C state.
















Date Classification, marking and area of application of steels


To get acquainted with the classification and designations of steels and learn how to decipher these notations.

Learn to decipher the designations of metals and alloys.

Study of the properties and composition of steels.

Educational Activity Module Classification, marking and area of application of steels consists of the following: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.













Peer review.

Date Weeks are 16-17. Module X: Classification, marking and area of application of cast iron

and non-ferrous metals. Topics The main topics of this module are:

To get acquainted with the classification and notation of metals and alloys and learn to decipher these notations.

Structure, properties, production, marking and use of cast irons.

Classification and features of non-ferrous metals
















Training materials and references

Norkulov A.A. Materialshunoslik va konstruksion materiallar texnologiyasi. – T.: «Fan», 2003.

Norkulov A.A. va boshqalar. Materialshunoslik. – T.: «Fan», 2004.

Edited by J. Paulo Davim Materials and surface engineering.


Edditional materials:

1. Mirboboyev V.A. Konstruksion materiallar texnologiyasi - T.:"O’qituvchi", 1991.

2. Qalandarov R. Konstruksion materiallar texnologiyasi - T.: "O’qituvchi", 1992.

3. Дриц М.Э., Маспальев М.А. Технология конструкционных материалов и материаловедение. – М.: Высш. шк., 1991.

4. O’zbekiston Respublikasining «Kadrlar tayyorlash Milliy dasturi» to’g’risidagi qonuni. - T.: 1997.

5. Nikiforov V. M. Metallar texnologiyasi va konstruksion materiallar. - T.: "O’qituvchi", 1992.

6. Chernov N. N. Metall kesish stanoklari. - T.:"O’qituvchi", 1991.

7. Yo’ldoshev O., Usmonov A. Konstruksion materiallar texnologiyasi kursidan laboratoriya ishlari. - T.: "O’qituvchi", 1991.

8. Po’latov S., Rahmonaliyev I., Qosimov K. Materialshunoslik va konstruksion materiallar texnologiyasidan amaliy mashg’ulotlar. – T.: «Mehnat», 1992.

9. Лахтин Ю.М. Материаловедение. - М.: Машиностроение,1993.

10. Дальский А. и др. Технология конструкционных материалов. - М.: Машиностроение, 1995.

Internet resource:

http://ssau.saratov.ru/tehservis/k_tehnologii/k_tehnologii.htm

http://book.teonet.ru/author.php?id

http://www.chemport.ru/index.php?cid

http://www.webkniga.ru/books/5122.html

http://www.book.ru/cgi-bin/book.pl?pageq4&bookq87698

http://referat.goohoo.ru/theme_64.htm

http://ggf.donntu.edu.ua/caf/ttgr/russian/ucheba/dis/d10.htm

Theory of management - Syllabus

Name of the course Pre-requisites Class hours

Theory of management Tutorials 94


ASSIGNMENTS *Semester 3

including: 1. classroom-based – 56 hours

- 24 hours - 32 hours

2. extracurricular – 38 hours * Winter semester

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Samarkand Agricultursl institute Department: Managemant in Agriculture Assestant: Muratov Shukrullo E-mail: [email protected]


Course Description The subject «Theory of Management» in economics on base of improving management relationships guarantees control of learning secrets of development of optimal management decision, making decisions and succesive controle of it implementations in institutions and organizations.

Trainees profile Course for: Bachelor: 3 course

Learning Objectives The purpose of subject –is to provide continuing scientific research and become great and high qualified specialists on base of macro and microeconomic level.

Pedagogical aims to be reached Bachelor in the process of learning “Management theory” subject:

• basics of management theory; • history of management evolution and modern conception; • conditions of forming management theory as a subject; • scientific schools of management; • development of management in Uzbekistan; • foreign models of management; • management system; • Scientific approach and principles of management; • Innovative and technocratic methods in work management.; • Essence and system of management; • Image and methods of manager. ; • Having imagination of ethics and etiquette of work; • Definition, characteristics and types of work management.; • Scientific organization of work management. • Managing of manager by himsel; • Planning and organization of manager activity; • Managing of staff in working community; • Notion of community, types, steps of forming; • Influence on staff and managing of them; • The ways of solving conflicts; • Notion of organization, their definition ; • Types of organizatinal system; • Main organizational-legal forms of organization; • New types of organizations; • Knowing modern tendensions in developing of organizations and using them; • Using methods of management; • Organization of management technology; • Process of management; • planning, organization, motivation; • Using informational and communicational technologies in management; • Analyzing of indoor and outdoor conditions of organizations; • Making management decisions.



The learning of “Macroeconimics”, “Microeconimics”, “Strategik management”, “Innovative management”, “Operational management”, “Sociologi”, “Psycology”, “Personal management”, “Econometrics” are based on “Theory of Management.

Pedagogical tools In order to study accounting and taxation in agriculture requires the use of modern methods of teaching, the introduction of advanced information technologies are important. The development of science textbooks, and manuals, technology, complex electronic materials used. Lectures, practical training classes also requires teaching and information technology.

Environment used Projector, mobile phones for some types of jobs, Internet access

Education period 6 semestr 3 course.

Education form Full-time

Course structure

DATE Week 1. Modul I: Theme History of management developing and modern condition.

Educational Activity Historical conditions of management. Scientific schools of management. The development of government managing. Foreign model of management


Accumulative activity – reading, video material watching, lecture material study. Communication activity: discussion, collaborating and concluding. Productive – reports preparation, cases solving Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparison method, sharing opinion. Cluster activity – a small group discuss about given topics Assessment activity: lectures and video materials analysis, professional problems

solving, timeliness of assignments, preparation of reports, participation in the discussion (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests, Easy tests) are evaluated.

DATE Week 2 - Modul II: Theme Theoretical basics of management.

Educational Activity Direction and management. Essence and system of management. The principles and scientific approaches of management.





DATE Week 3. Modul III: Theme Methods of work managing.

Educational Activity Character of work management. Types of work management. F. Taylor’s methods in work management. Technocratic work managing.




DATE Week 4. Modul IV: THEME Technology of management.

Educational Activity The process of managing and tasks. Planning. Organization. Motivation. Coordination. Information and communication in management. Management decisions.




DATE Week 5. Modul V: Theme Orgsnizations and their managing.

Educational Activity Notion of organization and their definition. Indoor and outdoor condition of organizations. Classification of organization activities. Types of organizational. Main organizational-legal forms. Modern tendencions in development of organizations. New types of organizations. Strategic managing of organizations. Managing of organizational changes. Efficiency of management. Innovative strategies management and corporations.




DATE Week 6. Modul VI: THEME Modern manager.

Educational Activity Notion, personal and worker qualities and tasks of manager. Manager and leading. Image and methods of manager. Ethics and etiquette of work


Accumulative activity – reading, video material watching, lecture material study. Communication activity: discussion, collaborating and concluding.


Productive – reports preparation, cases solving Interactive - problem-based scenarios, discussions, comparison method, sharing opinion. Cluster activity – a small group discuss about given topics Assessment activity: lectures and video materials analysis, professional problems


DATE Week 7. Modul VII: Theme Organization of work managing.

Educational Activity Work management: Definition, featuress, types. Scientific organization of work management. Managing of director by himself. Equipments of organiation and planning of manager activity.




DATE Week 8. Modul VIII: THEME Managing of work society staff.

Educational Activity Notion of community, types, forming steps. Influence. Managing of conflicts. Managing of staff. Managing and organizational aspects of little business.




DATE Week 9. Modul IX: Theme Managing of work society staff.

Educational Activity Notion of community, types, forming steps. Influence. Managing of conflicts. Managing of staff. Managing and organizational aspects of little business.




DATE Week 10. Modul X:


Theme Managing of organization powerty. Educational Activity Steps of technology in managing of organization powerty. Competitivity of

organization powerty. Estimation of competitivity of organization powerty. Managing of goods competitivity.



solving, timeliness of assignments, preparation of reports, participation in the discussion (self-assessment, group assessment, standardized tests) are evaluated.

Course evaluation mechanisms . The system for assessing the progress of students in the discipline

Types of control

Marks The maximum points

“2” “3” “4” “5”

Current control 30 0-16,2 16,5-21,0 21,3-25,5 25,8-30,0 Attendance,

activity 10 0-5,4 5,5-7,0 7,1-8,5 8,6-10,0

Performance of assignments

20 0-10,9 11,0-14,1 14,2-17,1 17,2-20,0

Midterm control 40 0,0 - 21,6 22,0 - 28,0 29,0 - 34,0 34,4 - 40,0 Test 20 0-10,9 11,0-14,1 14,2-17,1 17,2-20,0

Independent work

20 0-10,9 11,0-14,1 14,2-17,1 17,2-20,0

Final control 30 0,0 – 16,2 16,5 – 21,0 21,3 – 25,5 25,8 – 30,0 Paperwork 15 0,0 – 8,1 8,2 – 10,5 10,6 – 12,7 12,9–15,0

Tasks 15 0,0 – 8,1 8,2 – 10,5 10,6 – 12,7 12,9–15,0 Total: 100 0,0 – 54,0 55,0 – 70,0 71,0 – 85,0 86,0 - 100

Training materials and references

1. Yuldoshev N. K., Nabokov V. I. “Theory of management”. Textbook. –Тashkent, TDIU, 2013,-433 p.

2. Yuldoshev N. K. “Management”.Тashkent, 2006.-150 p.

3. Kucharov A.S. “Management”. (Lecture topics). –Tashkent, 2009. -120 p.

4. Sharifodjayev M. “Management” . Textbook.-Тashkent, 2002. -464 p.

5. Yuldoshev N. K., Azlarova М.М., Xo’djamuratova G. Y. “Basics of management and marketing” (Lecture topics). – Тashkent, 2012. -258 p.

Internet resource:

www.ziyonet.uz - Educational portal Ziyonet

www.agro.uz – web site of Ministry of agriculture and water


www.lex.uz - legislation portal of Uzbekistan

www.gov.uz – web site of Uzbekistan government

www.economics.ru – Portal of magazine “Ekonomics and life”

www.uza.uz – Site of Information Agency UzA

www.managment.ru – Site of management

Winter and Summer Semester Courses

Agricultural machine - Syllabus

Course Title Agricultural machine Pre-requisite (s) Hours 230h Out of Class assignment

Hours 70h

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University:SAMARKAND AGRICULTURAL INSTITUTE Department: Agroengeniring Professor: Tashtemirov Bekzod E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description Give future specialists knowledge of the device, design, theory of technological and work processes, the rationale and tuning of agricultural machines for the given working conditions

Trainees profile The course is intended for: The Bachelor _3rd course, two semestre

Learning Objectives At the end of this course, the student will be able to: • To justify the applied systems of machines taking into account the production situations and

environmental requirements; • Set up machines for the given working conditions and work for them; • To detect and fix malfunctions in their work; • Independently master the designs and working processes of new agricultural machines and

technological complexes; • Justify, perform calculations and design individual advanced working bodies and nodes of agricultural

machinery; • To evaluate the quality and effectiveness of mechanized works.

Pedagogical aims to be reached - Organic laws of natural sciences on which mechanisation principles selskohozjaj-stvennyh processes are based, - the general device, ways and methods of application of means of mechanisation.

Pedagogical methodologies used: In the process of studying, will be used:

- Explanatory-illustrative;

- Problem statement of the material;


- Heuristic;

- Research.

Students need to conduct various types of independent work, independently look for information on specific topics, work individually and in a group, engage in evaluating classmates and self-esteem.

Pedagogical tools For laboratory employment it is necessary to have agricultural cars for processing of soil, application of fertilizers and protection frames of plants; crops and care of crops; cleaning and послеуборочной processings grain-vyh of cultures, a potato, root crops, flax, vegetable and plodovo-berry cultures. The part of difficult cars can be replaced by their working bodies with an electro-drive for demonstration of their working process or their reduced breadboard models.

Environment used Discipline teaching «Agricultural cars» provides wide use of the multimedia equipment, for demonstration of presentations in format Microsoft Power Point, display of educational films, etc.

For increase of presentation and the best mastering of a material on all groups of cars video films with demonstration of ma-tyres in work should be prepared. Laboratories and educational classes of chair should be equipped by visual aids on the studied technics in the form of stands and the tablets placed on walls. It is necessary to equip workplaces of teachers with modern office equipment, in т. ч. Computers with the corresponding software.

Course Timing Course lasts 2 semesters(summer)

Lectures: 80 hours

Laboratory classes: 90 hours

T/SIS: 60 hours

Total: 230 hours


Course Structure

DATE Weeks 1-6. Module I: Soil-cultivating machines Topics The main topics of this module are:

Determination hardness of soil Resistance determinations on soil deformation Rules of plotting of kinematic schemes Studies of ploughs Determinations a kind of a working surface of a body Studies kinematic and dynamic schemes of ploughs Process a layer revolution Machines for superficial handling

Educational Activity The module for the study and preparation of microsections is composed of the following:

Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate,


share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.



Conducting research: A creative abstract on the proposed topic using the recommended resources. Preparation of the report / presentation: To compose a creative essay on one of the proposed topics. The abstract should not exceed 5 pages of typewritten test. An example from the practice of the real world of the student: Speech with a prepared essay (imitation of speech at a scientific conference, presentation of the preparation of questions) Experiment in a simulated environment / based on problematic scenarios: Simulation of a scientific conference, during which people present questions, create a discussion. Self-assessment test: Written answer to the questions: what new did I learn? What questions stood before me? How did I answer them? What could I do better? What are the weaknesses of my report? Review: oral discussion and summarizing. Reading topics - Student Independent Study. Case study taken from the student’s real world. Self-assessment test (10 questions). Peer review.

Data Weeks 7-13 - Module II: Seeders and machines for application of fertilizers Topics The main topics of this module are:

Study of cultivators Study of grain seeders Study of a seeder of crops of a cotton Study sprouts and a potato of landing machines Cars for chemical fertilizers



Reading: literature on the list of recommended basic and additional literature. Conducting research: a scientific essay on one of the proposed topics. Preparation of the presentation: The volume of the essay - 1 page of printed text. Thoughts are formulated in a thesis form, followed by defense in an oral presentation. Content requirements: - Presence of the plan of performance; - Identification of goals and objectives of the essay; - Highlighting key terms; - Clearly formulated theses; - Thoughtful argumentation; - Full disclosure of the topic. The topic should be fully disclosed, the main ideas are formulated in a thesis form. Proofs of the thesis and examples are told orally. Example from real-world practice of the student: Presentation of the product for sale / research to obtain grant financing. Self-assessment test (30 questions) - based on the material studied, with options for answers and an open type. Reviewing. Writing a review or review of your own work, as well as the work of a classmate (random )


DATE Weeks 13-20. Module I: HARVESTERS Topics The main topics of this module are:

Combine harvester Machines for potato cleaning Machines for clap assembly Korchevatelnye machines Meliorative machines The analysis of motion of a motor-country house Principles of cutting of stalks. Shear conditions. Types of cutting vehicles. Grid selection Trajectory spindle motions between cotton trunks Determinations of an active part of a spindle Determinations of working parametres of the cotton-picking machine Resistance determinations on a hydraulic cylinder at a raising of the assembly vehicle of the cotton-picking machine Studies of opening of a cover of the bunker of the cotton-picking machine Determinations of working parametres of the assembly vehicle of the cotton-picking machine

Educational Activity The module for the study and preparation of microsections is composed of the following: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.


Reading: The main and additional literature on the list. Conducting research: A creative abstract on the proposed topic using the recommended resources. Preparation of the report / presentation: To compose a creative essay on one of the proposed topics. The abstract should not exceed 5 pages of typewritten test. An example from the practice of the real world of the student: Speech with a prepared essay (imitation of speech at a scientific conference, presentation of the preparation of questions) Experiment in a simulated environment / based on problematic scenarios: Simulation of a scientific conference, during which people present questions, create a discussion. Self-assessment test: Written answer to the questions: what new did I learn? What questions stood before me? How did I answer them? What could I do better? What are the weaknesses of my report? Review: oral discussion and summarizing. Reading topics - Student Independent Study. Case study taken from the student’s real world. Self-assessment test (10 questions). Peer review.

Instructional Materials and References The basic literature

1. Shoumarova M, Abdillayev T. Qishloq xo’jaligi mashinalari. Toshkent. O’qituvchi 2002.

2. Xamidov A. Qishloq xo’jalik mashinalarini loyihalash Toshkent 1994.

3. Abdillayev T. Shoumarova M. G’alla kombayni va paxta terish mashinalari. Toshkent 2000.

4. Shoumarova M., Abdullayev T. Qishloq xo'jaligi mashinalari. Toshkent 2006


5. Shoumarova M., Abdillayev T. Qishloq xo’jaligi mashinalari. Darslikning internetdagi nusxasi. Toshkent, 2004.

The additional literature

1. 1-Prezidentimiz I.A. Karimovning asarlari.

2. O’zbekiston Respublikasi Vazirlar maxkamasi, qishloq va suv xo’jaligi vazirligining qarorlari.

3. Shoumarova M.Sh., Abdillayev T.A., Musayev D.M. Qishloq xo’jalik mashinalari atamalarining ruscha-o’zbekcha lug’ati. Toshkent 1994.

English - Syllabus

Course Title English Pre-requisite (s) Hours 76 Out of Class assignment

Hours 34

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: SAI Department: Uzbek and Foreign Languages Teacher: Rafieva Bunafsha E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description Language, as a means of communication, as a way of expressing thought, is the basis of national culture. For a deep knowledge of the culture of other peoples, it is very important to know and learn a foreign language.

English is an international language, it is the language of international communication in such areas as politics, science, technology, culture, business,agriculture and trade. English - the language of navigation, aviation, literature education, international sports, tourism, transport, programming.Today, Uzbekistan develops contacts and cooperation with many countries of the world, which requires a large number of specialists who know the English language, necessary for negotiating and concluding contracts. Agriculture of Uzbekistan is no exception.

Trainees profile

In the "Requirements for the level of preparedness of graduates of all levels of education in a foreign language," it is indicated that graduates of the bachelor's degree of non-linguistic faculties of higher education institutions should, as a result of three years of education, reach B2


• Understand the main content of lectures, conversations, detailed instructions, academic and professional presentations;

• active participation in discussions, negotiations on daily topics; - participation in interviews, conversations on professional topics; Level of B2;

• to understand the basic / necessary information, compiled on a familiar and unfamiliar topic, personal correspondence (letters and messages) and messages on the specialty;

• careful reading of the text in order to determine its relevance or uselessness, read and understand the programs of conferences.;

• To be able to write - special information (letters, information, electronic letters about the language); - essays and lectures; - scientific articles and research papers having exact logic; - to draw up written invitations, reports and summaries.


Pedagogical aims to be reached To understand the essence of a lengthy conversation and text with the complex arguments cited;

To learn complex and authentic speech and recognize in an unfamiliar context;

To be able to accurately and systematically express your own thoughts on a familiar topic;

To understand the overview of diagrams, diagrams, drawings;

To be able to apply complex grammatical and syntactic turns in communicative situations; correctly apply alliances; analyze the professional text in order to understand its content.

Pedagogical methodologies used: • insert; demonstration, story telling • active methods of learning "Case-study" (Business School of Harvard University), business games;

Methods for the group solution of creative tasks:

• The method of the black box - to identify the cause of the shortcomings with the help of the analysis of the problem, creative debate;

• method of diaries - analysis of records in the diaries of the members of the group and discussion of the proposals and opinions in them, development of a common opinion;

• "brainstorming" - activation of creative ideas of participants (members) of the group with the help of the team, ideas against the idea, evaluation of their application;

Pedagogical tools • Text books • Handouts • presentations • websites and mobile device applications. • Video,audio materials

Environment used • Projector • Computer • moodle • telegram • facebook

Course Timing Course lasts 2 semesters(winter and spring),76 hours practical face to face lessons,36 self study works

Course Modality • practical lessons • independent work; • Test solution; • individual and group presentations; • doing homework; • writing essays; • case-stage and others

Course Structure



DATE Weeks 1- Module title: Introductory lesson Topics The main topics of this module is:

Lesson 1.Text: Independence Day of Republic of Uzbekistan. Learning activities The Module Introductory lesson is composed the following activities:

Assimulative activities –reading the text: Independence Day of Republic of Uzbekistan, watching the video clip to the topic; Communication – organize debate on the given topic Assessment – write an essay on the given topic.




DATE Weeks 2 Lesson 2. Ubiquity of English. Topics Ubiquity of English.

Learning activities Listening:English in Tashkent. Speaking: Widespread use of English. Reading: Working Language.Writing: Mind Maps Grammar:Verb Forms


ASSIGNED READINGS


DATE Weeks 3- Module title: Living abroad

Topics Lesson 3-4. Living abroad

Learning activities The Module Introductory lesson is composed the following activities:

Listening: Working abroad. Speaking Making small talk: Reading: Living abroad Writing: Formal and informal emails. Grammar: Preposition of time




DATE Weeks 4 Lesson 2. Information and Security Topics Information and Security

Learning activities Lesson 5-6.Theme: Information and Security. Listening: Intellectual Property. Speaking: Infringement of Copyright Issues. Reading: Speeding of Information Writing: Describing Process. Grammar: Adjectives


ASSIGNED READINGS


DATE Weeks 5- Module title: On-line etiquette. Topics On-line etiquette.

Learning activities Lesson 7-8. On-line etiquette. Grammar: Phrasal verbs. Speaking: Problems of working on the net.Writing e- mail, comment. Reading and listening:Ten rules of Netiquette. Real life behavior and on line behavior


ASSIGNMENTS &



ASSIGNED READINGS DATE Weeks 6 Lesson 9. Review

. Topics Lesson 9. Review

Learning activities Project work OUT OF CLASS



DATE Weeks 7- Module title: Dealing with customers Topics The main topic of this module is: Dealing with customers

Learning activities Lesson 10-11. Dealing with customers. Listening: The shopping experience. Speaking: Telephoning Reading: Customer care Writing:. Dealing with an email of complaint Grammar: Request and offers




DATE Weeks 8 Lesson 12.“Operations” Topics “Operations”

Learning activities Speaking: Presentations-signpost and stepping stones. Reading:Lean manufacturing Writing: Instuctions for an exhibition stands . Grammar: Adverbs Listening:. Presentations


ASSIGNED READINGS


DATE Weeks 9- Module title: Success stories Topics Success stories

Learning activities Speaking: Describing yourself and being successful Reading: Business leaders Writing: Profile of Business leaders Grammar: used to Listening: Appraisals.




DATE Weeks 10 Social responsibility Topics Social responsibility

Learning activities Listening: The song “Man in the Mirror”. Speaking: Case Studies. Reading: Good Uzbek Deeds. Writing: Anecdote. Grammar: Narrative tenses


ASSIGNED READINGS


DATE Weeks 11- Module title: Review Topics Review



ASSIGNED READINGS

poster


DATE Weeks 12 Selling Topics Selling

Learning activities Lesson 18. Theme: Selling. Listening: Negotiating by e-mail . Speaking: Negotiating Reading: .Buying and selling Writing: Coolhunters. Grammar: Comparatives, superlatives and asking questions


ASSIGNED READINGS


DATE Weeks 13 Lesson “ The organizations” Topics “The organizations”

Learning activities Listening: Enterpreneur. Speaking: Interrupting in meetings Reading: Types of companies. Writing: Agenders and action minutes Grammar: Reported speech


ASSIGNED READINGS


DATE Weeks 14- Module title: The stock markets Topics The stock markets

Learning activities Theme: The stock markets Listening: Speaking: Negotiations-making offersReading:Keep it in the family . Writing:.Describing figures Grammar: first conditions




DATE Weeks 15 Going global Topics Going global

Learning activities Theme: Going global Listening.Franchising Speaking:Presentations Reading:Setting up a franchise. Writing:reports of recommendations. Grammar: Past perfect


ASSIGNED READINGS


DATE Weeks 16- Module title: Career responsibility Topics Career responsibility

Learning activities Theme: Career responsibility Listening: Job interview. Speaking:Causes and Consequences of CR Reading:CR is one of the…Writing: Paragraph w. Grammar:to be supported to




DATE Weeks 17 Professional development Topics Professional development

Learning activities Theme: Professional development. Listening: Professional development. Speaking: Professional development. Reading: Professional development. Writing: Argumentative writing


ASSIGNED READINGS


DATE Weeks 18 Latest Achievement Topics Latest Achievement

Learning activities Theme: Latest Achievement Listening: Recent Inventions. Speaking: The Worst Inventions of the Mankind Reading:


Inventions that changed the world. Writing: Creative writing Grammar:Conditional sentences 1,2


ASSIGNED READINGS


DATE Weeks 19 Lesson “World Awards” Topics World Awards

Learning activities Theme: World Awards Listening:Anvar’s Award. Speaking: Awards Stimulate …Reading:”The Golden Pen”. Writing: Persuasive Writing. Grammar:Mixed Conditions


ASSIGNED READINGS


DATE Weeks 20- Module title: Revision Topics Revision



ASSIGNED READINGS

GROUP PRESENTATION

Assessment tools at the end of the course Tests, oral or written tasks

Instructional Materials and References Our Business and Economic World.Авт:B.J.Brown.J.E.ClowUSA 1990 Economics principles and practices. Авт:C.Brown USA 1995 Presenting for success, 2007 Business English Pod Ltd. Meeting Essentials, James Moss and Paul Meredith, 2009 Business English Pod Ltd. Word Wise; Муаллиф: Martin Sevior 1997 Economics principles and practices.Мухитдинова.Г.Ш.Гусейнова К.И Scale up 1 course student’s book

Mathematics for economists - Syllabus

Course Title Mathematics for economists Pre-requisite (s) Hours The general – 120 hours

Lecture – 36 hors Practical employment – 36 hours Independent work 48 hours


Independent work – 48 hours

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Samarkand agricultural institute

Department: Management in agriculture

Professor: Majid Mavlyanov

E-mail: [email protected], [email protected]


Course Description This course to be spent for students of first-year students of a direction «Economy». The course is intended for mathematics training on bases of knowledge and skills of students of an average and average-vocational education, and also will acquaint them with application of mathematical methods in economic processes.

Trainees profile The course is appointed for Bachelor degree students of 1st course a direction «Economy».

Learning Objectives In the end of this course the student can:

• Has skills operation performance over matrixes and determinants; • Is able to solve the elementary practical problems on systems of the linear equations; • Owns knowledge and to skills of application of matrixes, systems of the linear equations for application

the a specialty (in economy); • It is formed skills about linear and евклидовом space; • To familiarise module Leonteva (model of interbranch balance); • Strengthens the knowledge on analytical geometry; • Strengthens and develops the knowledge on initial concepts of the mathematical analysis; • Will get acquainted and develops skills and knowledge on functions of many variables.

Pedagogical aims to be reached The basic aim this course formation of development of knowledge and skills on higher mathematics of students of an economic direction; formation of skills of application of mathematical methods in economic to processes; to prepare basic skills and knowledge for studying of economic disciplines; developments wide a circle the review of students.

Pedagogical methodologies used: In this course it is used different pedagogical methods and technologies. Including, individual and group approaches, "face to face", different competition between students and are.

Pedagogical tools For carrying out of employment in audiences the Educational methodical complex (УМК) on discipline is prepared. And also for everyone аудиторного employment prepares distributing materials and presentations. To prepare methodical instructions on performance of practical problems on themes. All necessary materials the electronic course on discipline in system of remote training of institute http://moodle.samqxi.uz takes place.

Environment used For course carrying out «Mathematics for economists (the Part 1)» is used following means:

• Personal the computer; • Videoprojector; • Interactive board; • For networks and it is much equipment another.

Course Timing The course is trained in first semestre of 1st course. Duration of a course of 18 weeks. In the second semestre the course proceeds.


Course Modality The course «Mathematics for economists» is spent in the displaced aspect. The basic part of lectures (36 hours) and a practical training (36 hours) to be spent in an aspect "face to face". Remaining parts (48 hours) (independent works of students) it is studied to students in systems of distant training (Moodle). In a course of distant training to be located not only materials of independent works, and as materials for class occupation.

Course Structure The course lasts 18 weeks and consists of 5 modules. At module training it is planned occupations face to face, presentations, self-training etc.


DATE Weeks 1-3- Module title: Matrixes and operations over them Topics The main topics of this module are:

The basic themes of this module: Topic 1. Matrixes and operations over them Topic 2. Determinants and their properties Topic 3. The Reciprocal matrix. A grade of a matrix

Learning activities The module «Matrixes and operations over them» consists of following operations: Matrixes and operations over them Matrixes and their aspects Multiplication to a real number, addition and subtraction of matrixes Multiplication of two matrixes Solution of problems. Determinants and their properties Solution of determinants of the second and third order Properties of determinants. Minor and cofactor Evaluation of determinants of higher orders Solution of problems. Reciprocal matrix. A grade of a matrix. Reciprocal matrix. Algorithm of determination of a reciprocal matrix. Concept of a grade of a matrix. Solution of problems.



Reading: Independent preparation for occupations. Solution of practical problems. Preparation of reports. Example from practice of the real world of the pupil The test for a self-estimation (20 representations) Reviewing

DATE Weeks 4-7 - Module II: Linear equation system

Topics The module Linear equation system. Consists of following operations: Topic 1. System n simple equations Topic 2. Methods of solution of linear equation systems Topic 3. Model of Leontev of diversified economy

Learning activities The module Linear equation system. Consists of following operations: System n simple equations

1) The Basic concepts and definitions 2) The Matrix aspect of system


3) System Solutions Methods of solution of linear equation systems

1) The Method of Gauss 2) Cramer's rules 3) The Method inverse matrixes

Model of Leontev of diversified economy 1) The Basic concepts

Essence model of Leonte Learning activities Reading:

Independent preparation for occupations. Solution of practical problems. Preparation of reports. Example from practice of the real world of the pupil The test for a self-estimation (20 representations) Reviewing

DATE Weeks 8-11 - Module III: Arithmetical spaces Topics Topic 1. Vectors on a plane and in space.

Topic 2. The Vector space Topic 3. The Euclidean space Topic 4. Quadratic forms

Learning activities The module Arithmetical space consists of following operations: Vectors on a plane and in space

1) Vectors and operations over them 2) Scalar and a vector product of vectors

Vector space 1) A n-dimensional vector and a vector space 2) Dimension and base vectorial space 3) Passage to new base

Euclidean space 1) The Euclidean space 2) Linear operators

Quadratic forms 1) Quadratic forms

Linear interchanging model Learning activities Reading:


DATE Wee Weeks 12-15 - Module IV: Analytical geometry elements Topics The basic themes of this module:

Topic 1. The straight line equations on a plane Topic 2. Curves of the second order Topic 3. The equations of a straight line and a plane in space

Learning activities The module analytical geometry Elements consists of following operations: The straight line equations on a plane

1) The straight line Equations on a plane 2) Conditions of parallelism and perpendicularity of straight lines 3) The Linear function need-offer

Curves of the second order 1) The General the equation of curves of the second order


2) The Circle 3) The Ellipse 4) The Hyperbola 5) The Parabola 6) Curves need-offer

The equations of a straight line and plane in space 1) The plane Equations in space 2) The straight line Equations in space

Construction of convex area Learning activities Reading:


DATE Weeks 12-15 - Module V: Introduction in mathematical analises12-15 - Module II: Analytical geometry elements

Topics The basic themes of this module: Theme 1. Concepts of sets. Theme 2. Numerical sequences Theme 3. Function of one variable Theme 4. A limit and a continuity of function of one variable Theme 5. Functions of many variables

Learning activities The module Introduction in a calculus consists of following operations: Theme 1. Concepts set.

1) Set of real numbers 2) Discovery and set closing. Convex sets

Theme 2. Numerical sequences 1) Numerical sequences. 2) Converging sequences and their properties 3) Infinitesimal and it is infinite great values

Theme 3. Function of one variable 1) Concepts of function 2) The Basic elementary functions 3) Production functions

Theme 4. A limit and a continuity of function of one variable 1) A function Limit 2) The Basic theorems of limits 3) Remarkable a limit 4) The Continuity of function of one variable

Theme 5. Functions of many variables 1) Concepts and definition of function of many variables 2) The Limit and a continuity of function of many variables

Function of Kobb-Duglass Learning activities Reading:



Assessment tools at the end of the course In a course «the Mathematics for economists» students is estimated by the following an order:

1) Flowing an estimation (FE) - is maximum 30 point; 2) The Intermediate estimation (IE) - is maximum 40 point. 3) The Total estimation (TE) - is maximum 30 point.

Only 100 point (maximum).

Lowest passing score - 55 point (on all monitorings).

On current control students in class occupations it is estimated it is estimated for visiting occupations and activity. Remaining balls gathers in a distant course.

On intermediate to control students activity (including in an electronic course) and on in writing or test to control is estimated on visiting lecture occupations.

Everyone lack of the student in occupations will be taken away penal balls.

Delay of students in lecture and a practical training is not supposed.

On total to control students it is estimated on a result test or written to control on the termination of all course.

Homeworks occupation is given to students individually on everyone and starts in electronic form through an electronic course.

The student receives at a distant course maximum 200 point (the Part 1. In 1st semestre-100 a point, the Part 2. In 2nd semestre). These collected balls it is rounded off to 40 balls and it is added to current and intermediate balls. (Accordingly 25 point and 15 point).

Estimation aspects On class occupations At a distant course IN TOTAL

Maxima (100%)

Minimum (55%)

Maxima (100%)

Minimum (55%)

Maxima (100%)

Minimum (55%)

FE 5 3 25 14 30 17 IE 25 14 15 8 40 22 TE 30 17 - - 30 17 TOTAL 60 33 40 22 100 55


Accounting theory - Syllabus

Name of the course Class hours

Accounting theory 244

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Samarkand Agriculture Institute Department: Accounting and Audit in agriculture Professor: Eshmuradov Ulugbek Tashmuratovich E-mail: [email protected]


Course Description This program involves the importance of accounting methods and the accounting methods of the proceedings and the regulatory and legal framework, assets, liabilities and capital account introduce the basic rules of accounting information collection, processing and submission procedures.

Trainees profile Course for: Bachelor _2 course

Learning Objectives The purpose of the teaching of course is to learn subjects and objects of accounting, accounts and double entry, taking into account the economic problems.

The functions of science are to teach students the theoretical basis of the accounting students to think about the organization of agricultural accounting and the accounting balance of its structure, business processes, financial items in the agricultural enterprises as well as the procedure for calculating them.

Pedagogical aims to be reached A bachelor student should have these information about "Accounting theory":

• The subject of the importance of accounting methods and procedures; • The organization of accounting and regulatory and legal proceedings; • Assets, liabilities and capital account the basic rules of legal proceedings; • Accounting information collection, processing and delivery; • Accounting methods; • Accounts and double entry accounting; • Documentation and inventory; • Keeping of registers and forms; • Assets, liabilities and capital accounts; • Expenses and accounting; • Income and expenses for accounting and determination of financial results; • Preparation of financial and statistical reports; • Documentation of farming communities; • To reflect the economic accounting of double bills in circulation; • Assets, liabilities and capital accounts; • Agricultural operations to reflect the accounting registers; • Accounting method; • The avoidance of double entry accounting method to know the proceedings; • Documented knowledge and to organize and conduct an inventory; • Costs and record keeping; • And the preparation of financial reports;


To study "Economic theory", "Mathematics", "Money, Credit and Banking", "Science and technology", "Agricultural Economics and Management" are closely related to the sciences, this subjects the knowledge and skills required to be.

Pedagogical tools In order to study Accounting theory requires the use of modern methods of teaching, the introduction of advanced information technologies are important. The development of science textbooks, and manuals, technology, complex electronic materials used. Lectures, practical training classes also requires teaching and information technology.


Environment used Projector, mobile phones for some types of jobs, Internet access

Education period 3-4 semestrs 2 course.

Education form Full-time

Course structure

DATE Week 1. Modul I: Theme Importance and general characteristics of accounting

Educational Activity The essence of accounting. A common understanding about the account. General characteristics of accounting. Account types and then measure.


- Textbooks, manuals and reports, collection of science departments to develop part of the lecture topics; - Computer and electronic version; - Topics for independent work; - Tests and problems, etc.

DATE Week 2. Modul II: Theme Historical aspects of the development of accounting

Educational Activity Accounting, in particular, the conditions created for accounting. Accounting (double entry). The roots of accounts and reports in the history of the Turkic peoples. Accounting, reporting and control in the period of Amir Temur and Timurid.Modern schools of accounting: an Italian school, an Anglo-American school, a French school, a Russian school. Accountant-economists who contributed to the formation of accounting as a science. Creation and development of the national accounting system in Uzbekistan.



DATE Week 3. Modul III: Theme Subject and method of accounting

Educational Activity Accounting subject. Economic resources (assets). Agricultural sources of funds (liabilities). Method of accounting. Accounting method elements (methods). Accounting functions.



DATE Week 4. Modul IV: Theme Balance sheet

Educational Activity Balance of accounting. Balance structure: active; passive. Methods of the balance sheet. Changes in the balance of business relations.


- Textbooks, manuals and reports, collection of science departments to develop part of the lecture topics; - Computer and electronic version;


- Topics for independent work; - Tests and problems, etc.

DATE Week 5. Modul V: Theme Accounts and double entry

Educational Activity Accounting accounts. Active, passive, transit accounts. The avoidance of double entry. The order of creation and the importance of their working results.


Reading Theme - Student Independent Study. Case study taken from the student’s real world. Self-assessment test (10 questions).

Peer review. DATE Week 6. Modul VI:

Theme Classification of accounting accounts and plan of accounts Educational Activity The Account structure: debit, credit, turnover (saldo). Active and passive accounts,

their composition. Synthetic and analytical accounts. correspondence of accounts. Types of accounting correspondence.



Peer review. DATE Week 7. Modul VII:

Theme Documentation Educational Activity Documentation and regulatory and legal framework. Document binding details and

classified. The concept of accounting documents; registration of accounting documents; the procedure for correcting errors in source documents; types of documents and their classification. Electronic document, electronic digital signature. Requisites of documents.



DATE Week 8. Modul VIII: Theme Inventory of assets and liabilities

Educational Activity Inventory is one of the elements of the accounting method. Importance of inventory. Types of inventory. Methods and conditions, order and methods of inventory. Construction of inventory results reflecting accounting and reporting.



DATE Week 9. Modul IX: Theme Evaluation of accounting

Educational Activity The essence and value of evaluation in accounting. Types of evaluation. Legal and regulatory framework.



Peer review. DATE Week 10. Modul X:

Theme Calculation of the cost of products (works, services) Educational Activity Essence and importance of costing. Calculation objects. Calculation units, cost items.

Types of calculations.




DATE Week 19 - Modul XI: Theme The main business processes

Educational Activity The main business processes. Procurement, production and sales processes, content and organization of accounting.



DATE Week 20. Modul XII: Theme Accounting registers

Educational Activity Account registers, their types and forms. Classification of account registers by groups and types of account records. Account records. Errors in account registries and correction methods: corrections, red reversals and much more.



DATE Week 21. Modul XIII: THEME Accounting forms

Educational Activity Accounting and reporting forms: magazine, memorial warrant, the log-order computer.



DATE Week 22. Modul XIV: THEME Accounting (financial) reports

Educational Activity The nature and significance of the report. The structure of the report and its requirements. Explanatory note to the financial statements. Financial reporting and its publication.



Peer review. DATE Week 23. Modul XV:

THEME The regulatory accounting system in Uzbekistan Educational Activity The regulatory accounting system and its main elements in Uzbekistan; Law on

accounting; national accounting standards. Independent work of

students - Textbooks, manuals and reports, collection of science departments to develop part of the lecture topics; - Computer and electronic version; - Topics for independent work; - Tests and problems, etc.

DATE Week 24. Modul XVI:


THEME Accounting policy Educational Activity Accounting policy, the essence of tasks, the formation of lines and structures.

Accounting methodologies, organizational and technical support. Accounting policy change.



DATE Week 25. Modul XVII: Theme The organization of accounting

Educational Activity The purpose of accounting, objectives and requirements for the organization. The basic rules of the organization of accounting principles. Bookkeeping organizational structure.



DATE Week 26. Modul XVIII: Theme The modeling of accounting

Educational Activity The concept of the model. Modeling and its meaning. The role of account modeling. Stages of development of accounting modeling. The tasks of modeling accounting. Model of the dynamic balance equation. Modeling of accounting processes. Model of production, economic and financial activities.



DATE Week 27. Modul XIX: Theme Accounting reforms in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards

Educational Activity National accounting system of the Republic of Uzbekistan. System of International Accounting Standards. International Financial Reporting Standards. Structure of international standards


Reading Theme - Student Independent Study. Case study taken from the student’s real world. Self-assessment test (10 questions). Peer review.

Course evaluation mechanisms The system for assessing the progress of students in the discipline:

Types of control

Marks The maximum points

“2” “3” “4” “5”

Current control 30 0-16,2 16,5-21,0 21,3-25,5 25,8-30,0 Attendance,

activity 10 0-5,4 5,5-7,0 7,1-8,5 8,6-10,0

Performance of assignments

20 0-10,9 11,0-14,1 14,2-17,1 17,2-20,0


Midterm control 40 0,0 - 21,6 22,0 - 28,0 29,0 - 34,0 34,4 - 40,0 Test 20 0-10,9 11,0-14,1 14,2-17,1 17,2-20,0

Independent work

20 0-10,9 11,0-14,1 14,2-17,1 17,2-20,0

Final control 30 0,0 – 16,2 16,5 – 21,0 21,3 – 25,5 25,8 – 30,0 Paperwork 15 0,0 – 8,1 8,2 – 10,5 10,6 – 12,7 12,9–15,0

Tasks 15 0,0 – 8,1 8,2 – 10,5 10,6 – 12,7 12,9–15,0 Total: 100 0,0 – 54,0 55,0 – 70,0 71,0 – 85,0 86,0 - 100

Training materials and references 1. Law of Republic of Uzbekistan "Оn Accounting" (April 13, 2016) Collection of Laws of the Republic of

Uzbekistan (2016), # 5, Uzbekistan. 2. The Regulations on the documents and their turnover in accounting (December 23, 2003), approved by

the Ministry of Finance, Uzbekistan. 3. Collection of national accounting standards of the Republic of Uzbekistan (2005), Vol. 3, Тashkent, World

Economics and Law. 4. International Accounting Standard (IAS) #41, Agriculture (December 2000). 5. Accounting theory (5 th ed.)/ Eldon S.Hendriksen, Michael Bred. Boston, 2006. 6. Accounting for non-accounting students (eighth edition)/ John R. Dyson. London, 2010. 7. Accounting Principles (10 th ed.)/ Jerry J. Weygandt, Paul D. Kimmel, Donald E. Kieso. Printed in the USA,

2012. 8. Financial Accounting and Reporting (fourteenth edition)/ Barry Elliott, Jamie Elliott. Harlow, England,

2011. 9. Intermediate Accounting (15th ed)/ Donald E. Kieso, Jerry J. Weygandt, Terry D. Warfield. USA, 2013. 10. Hasanov B.A. (2013), Management Accounting (2nd ed.), Tashkent. 11. Karimov A.A., Islomov F., Avlokulov A. (2004), Accounting, Tashkent. 12. Xolbayev D., Ibragimov U. (2016), Financial Accounting (pp. 141-148), Tashkent. 13. Alikulov A.I., Ibragimov U.N., Eshmuradov U.T. (2011), Accounting in farms, Tutorial, Samarkand. 14. Accounting in Uzbekistan: Modern Aspect (2004). Vol. 1-2, Edited by Tulahodhaeva M.M., Tashkent,

National Association of Accountants and Auditors of Uzbekistan.

Internet resource:

http://academica.samqxi.uz/course/view.php?id=5 http://www.mf.uz – O’zbekiston Respublikasi Moliya vazirligi http://www.norma.uz – “NORMA-HAMKOR” MChJ http://www.lex.uz – O’zbekiston Respublikasi Qonunchiligi portal

Agrarian Policy and Food Security - Syllabus

Course Title Agrarian Policy and Food

Security Pre-requisite (s) Object-oriented

programming Hours

180 Out of Class assignment Hours 72

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Samarkand Agricultural Institute Department: Management in Agriculture Professor: Khusniddin Pardaev E-mail: [email protected]


Course Description This course is revealed to students of SAI that the notion of academical-practical basis of the Agrarian Policy and Food Security (APFS), the role of APFS to provides stability of economy, essences of AP and its reforms, objects and basic trandancies, economical role of government to providing FS, the basis of teoretical-practical evaluation of FS, practices and experients of foriegne countries to providing them, methods and degrees of economical controls by the sectors of agrar and food.

Trainees profile The course is addressed to which student class?

This course is addressed to the 3 years of students of the department “Management in Agriculture” of SAI.


• Bachelor students will be obtained the essence and significance of the providing the food security of the government;

• The basic trends and stages of the objected to provide food security reforms in agriculture; • The role of government to provide food security and its economical strategy; • The country's food security and economic strategy and the role of government that provides modern

theories on the basis of the level of regulation of the agricultural and food sectors of the economy and methods to assess the formation of knowledge and skills;

• Students will got the results in the agricultural and food sectors on the effective use of the economic potential problems of theoretical conclusions;

• Students will be learned to assess impacting factors to change the balance between aggregate supply and demand in the agrarian and food sectors.

Pedagogical aims to be reached: • To teach students the essence and significance of the providing the food security of the government; • To explain the basic trends and stages of the objected to provide food security reforms in agriculture; • To show the role of government to provide food security and its economical strategy; • The country's food security and economic strategy and the role of government that provides modern

theories on the basis of the level of regulation of the agricultural and food sectors of the economy and methods to assess the formation of knowledge and skills;

• To teach students to get the results in the agricultural and food sectors on the effective use of the economic potential problems of theoretical conclusions;

• Explain to assess impacting factors to change the balance between aggregate supply and demand in the agrarian and food sectors.

Pedagogical methodologies used: For to learn the course “Agrarian Policy and Food Security” by students should to use high and contemporary pedagogical methods, and to apply modern (effective) informational-pedagogical technologies are essential. Those methods are which current time newly will use in academic teaching system flipped classroom, problem based learning and task based teaching methodologies.

Pedagogical tools Peer review evaluation, case-study, online test, quizzes, tests

Environment used Projectors, computers, notebooks, tablets and mobile phones


Course Timing Total weeks: 17 Total hours for lectures: 54 Total hours for practices: 54 Total hours for independent learning: 72 Total hours for the course: 180


Course Structure


DATE Week 1 Module 1: "Agricultural policy and food security" in connection with the subject, purpose, mission, and its research methods.

Topics The main topics of this module are: - "Agricultural policy and food security" in connection with the subject,

purpose and objectives; - The content of science, it is used in the coverage of research methods;

Learning activities The Module "Agricultural policy and food security" in connection with the subject, purpose, mission, and its research methods is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities – reading materials which depended on the module title and review the materials; Finding and handling information – extracting information from official statistics and analysing information (presentations, lecture notes, and data sources from Internet); Communication – debating and discuss, and collaborative work on new certian topic and presenting of findings; Productive – creating a new depended data sheet, drawing some illustrations on current food security aspects in the area and writing some notions; Experiental – exploring policy simulations by different aspects; Interactive/adaptive – analysie of policy simulations and problem-based scenarios; Assessment – writing the answers for certain problematic questions and group presents the combined works, demonstrate findings on the certain topic and self-assessment, receiving feedbacks.



Independent read extra reading sources, whaching documental film materials and prepare to presentation. Case study taken from the student’s real world setting. Experiment in simulated environment/problem-based scenarios. Self-assessment test (10 questions). Peer review.

DATE Weeks2 Module 2: Maintanance of agrarian policy of the Republic of Uzbeskistan, objects and its basic trends

Topics The main topics of this module are: - Special characteristics of agrarian policy of the Repuclic of Uzbekistan - Stages and developing trendentcies of agrar policy - Means and mechanizms of application agrarian policy - Historical, juridical and institutional basis of agrarian policy - The basic directions of agrarian policy of the Republic of Uzbekistan

Learning activities The Module Maintanance of agrarian policy of the Republic of Uzbeskistan, objects and its basic trends is composed the following activities:


Assimulative activities –reading the lecture materials, review journal articles and reports of FAO and WB; Finding and handling information – extracting information from official statistics and analysing information (presentations, lecture notes, and data sources from Internet); Communication – debating and discuss, and collaborative work on new certian topic and presenting of findings; Productive – creating a new depended data sheet, drawing some illustrations on current food security aspects in the area and writing some notions; Experiental – exploring policy simulations by different aspects; Interactive/adaptive – analysie of policy simulations and problem-based scenarios; Assessment – writing the answers for certain problematic questions and group presents the combined works, demonstrate findings on the certain topic and self-assessment, receiving feedbacks.



Reading materials; Reports writing /presentation preparation Case study taken from the student’s real world setting Experiment in simulated environment/problem-based scenarios Self-assessment test (10 questions) Peer review


ASSIGNED READINGS

Self-assessment test (10 questions) Reading: National reports and international reports such as FAO, WTO and WB reports

DATE Weeks3 Module 3: The basic trends of agrarian reforms of Uzbekistan Topics The main topics of this module are:

- Objects of agrarian reforms, relevances, essence and juridical basis; - Reforms the structure on land and water, property, financial-credit, taxation

and insurence; - Provide the liberalizing of produsers producting in agriculture, and the role

of agrarian reforms on forming teh market relations Learning activities The Module the basic trends of agrarian reforms of Uzbekistan is composed the

following activities: Assimulative activities –reading the lecture materials, review journal articles and reports of FAO and WB; Finding and handling information – extracting information from official statistics and analysing information (presentations, lecture notes, and data sources from Internet); Communication – debating and discuss, and collaborative work on new certian topic and presenting of findings; Productive – creating a new depended data sheet, drawing some illustrations on current food security aspects in the area and writing some notions; Experiental – exploring policy simulations by different aspects; Interactive/adaptive – analysie of policy simulations and problem-based scenarios; Assessment – writing the answers for certain problematic questions and group presents the combined works, demonstrate findings on the certain topic and self-assessment, receiving feedbacks.





ASSIGNED READINGS

Self-assessment test (4 questions) Reading: National reports and international reports such as FAO, WTO and WB reports

DATE Weeks 4 Module 4: Mechanizms and factors of arranging the agrarian reforms Topics The main topics of this module are:


- Agricultural reforms and food security, and their current condition; - The application mechanizms of agricultural refroms; - Economical and Juridical relations to agroindustrial sector; - The sector of food production and its development; - Enterpris on the system of recycling, preparing and marketing, and

opportunities to improve their activities; - The social objects, and the methods to implove them.

Learning activities The Module mechanizms and factors of arranging the agrarian reforms is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities – reading notes and dependent sources, watching the topic relevant documental films, reviewing; Finding and handling information – retriving information from internet, analysing that informations; Communication – debate and discussion on topic relevant conundrums, shareing ideas among the student in class, collaborate work with shared small groupes, present, etc.; Productive – creating diagramms, illustration the ideas and results on white board; Experiental – apply new information for case-study, investigate different approach for solving problems; Interactive/adaptive –simulation of policy models, testing the problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write essay and notes, preparing the presentation in the small group which the certain assigned topics on, peer-review the writen essays, self-assessment.



Reading the assigned topics and independently them reporting, presentation preparation Case study taken from the government simulation Self-assessment test (2 global problematic questions) Peer review


ASSIGNED READINGS

Self-assessment test (2 questions) Reading materials: Salomov T. et all., The world agriculture. – T.: TSEU, 2004. – 128 p (In Uzbek) Alexandratos, N. and J. Bruinsma. 2012. World agriculture towards 2030/2050: the 2012 revision. ESA Working paper No. 12-03. Rome, FAO. FAO (2002). Food insecurity: when people must live with hunger and fear of starvation. The State of Food Insecurity in the World 2001, Rome, Italy FAO (2010) Food security in Uzbekistan, Tashkent, Uzbekistan Baring Point (2007). A study of fruits and vegetable sector’s export potential in Uzbekistan. Report prepared within the “Economic Reforms in Uzbekistan” Project

DATE Weeks 5 Module 5: Agrar policy and food security of developed countries Topics The main topics of this module are:

- Features and trends of agrar policy and reforms of developed countries - Government projects on providing food security of developed countries - Developing the agricultural sector for food security in developed counries

Learning activities The Module agrar policy and food security of developed countries is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading the lecture materials, review journal articles and reports of FAO and WB; Finding and handling information – extracting information from official statistics and analysing information (presentations, lecture notes, and data sources from Internet); Communication – debating and discuss, and collaborative work on new certian topic and presenting of findings; Productive – creating a new depended data sheet, drawing some illustrations on current food security aspects in the area and writing some notions;


Experiental – exploring policy simulations by different aspects; Interactive/adaptive – analysie of policy simulations and problem-based scenarios; Assessment – writing the answers for certain problematic questions and group presents the combined works, demonstrate findings on the certain topic and self-assessment, receiving feedbacks.



Reading materials; Essays writing /presentation preparation Case study taken from the student’s real world setting Experiment in simulated environment/problem-based scenarios Self-assessment test (3 questions) Peer review


ASSIGNED READINGS

Self-assessment test (3 questions) Reading: National reports and international reports such as FAO, WTO and WB reports; Saidova D.N., et. all., Agrar policy and food security. -Т.: 2016. – 257 pp. (In Uzbek)

DATE Weeks 7 Module 6: Agrar policy and food security of developing countries Topics The main topics of this module are:

- Features and trends of agrar policy and reforms of developing countries - Government projects on providing food security of developing countries - Developing the agricultural sector for food security in developing counries

Learning activities The Module agrar policy and food security of developing countries is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading the lecture materials, review journal articles and reports of FAO and WB; Finding and handling information – extracting information from official statistics and analysing information (presentations, lecture notes, and data sources from Internet); Communication – debating and discuss, and collaborative work on new certian topic and presenting of findings; Productive – creating a new depended data sheet, drawing some illustrations on current food security aspects in the area and writing some notions; Experiental – exploring policy simulations by different aspects; Interactive/adaptive – analysie of policy simulations and problem-based scenarios; Assessment – writing the answers for certain problematic questions and group presents the combined works, demonstrate findings on the certain topic and self-assessment, receiving feedbacks.



Reading materials; Essays writing /presentation preparation Case study taken from the student’s real world setting Experiment in simulated environment/problem-based scenarios Self-assessment test (5 questions) Peer review


ASSIGNED READINGS

Self-assessment test (5 questions) Reading: National reports and international reports such as FAO, WTO and WB reports; Saidova D.N., et. all., Agrar policy and food security. -Т.: 2016. – 257 pp. (In Uzbek) Salomov T. et all., The world agriculture. – T.: TSEU, 2004. – 128 p (In Uzbek) Alexandratos, N. and J. Bruinsma. 2012. World agriculture towards 2030/2050: the 2012 revision. ESA Working paper No. 12-03. Rome, FAO

DATE Week 9 Module 7: Food security – marketing strategy of national food production The main topics of this module are:

- Food security: concepts and experiences. Food ballance; - Food provides and consumption in Uzbekistan; - Macroeconimical, institutional and agrciultural aspects of food security; - Consumption supporting policy. Abundance and polictical aspects.

Learning activities The Module food security – marketing strategy of national food production is


composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.





ASSIGNED READINGS

Self-assessment test (4 questions) Reading: National reports and international reports such as FAO, WTO and WB reports Saidova D.N., et. all., Agrar policy and food security. -Т.: 2016. – 257 pp. (In Uzbek)

DATE Weeks10 Module 8: The basis of food security – regulations of food system by government

Topics The main topics of this module are: - The economical role of state on providing food security - Food security is as a trendency of agrar policy - The parameters and criterias of providing food security

Learning activities The Module the basis of food security – regulations of food system by government is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.



Reading materials; Reports writing /presentation preparation Self-assessment test (3 questions) Peer review


ASSIGNED READINGS

Self-assessment test (3 questions) Reading: Saidova D.N., et. all., Agrar policy and food security. -Т.: 2016. – 257 pp. (In Uzbek)

DATE Week 12 Module 9: Evaluation criterias of food security Topics The main topics of this module are:

- Evaluation aspects of food security; - Evaluation trendency of food security; - Evaluation indicators and coefficients of food security.

Learning activities The Module evaluation criterias of food security is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing


information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.



Reading materials; Reports writing /presentation preparation Self-assessment test (3 questions) Peer review


ASSIGNED READINGS

Self-assessment test (3 questions) Reading: Saidova D.N., et. all., Agrar policy and food security. -Т.: 2016. – 257 pp. (In Uzbek)

DATE Week 14 Module 10: Factor of food security and develop agricultural sector Topics The main topics of this module are:

- Economical, political and social factors on providing food security; - Solutions of developing agricultural sectors; - Theory and basic trends of integration international agriculture and food

security sector prosseses. Learning activities The Module factor of food security and develop agricultural sector is composed the

following activities: Assimulative activities – reading materials which depended on the module title and review the materials; Finding and handling information – extracting information from official statistics and analysing information (presentations, lecture notes, and data sources from Internet); Communication – debating and discuss, and collaborative work on new certian topic and presenting of findings; Productive – creating a new depended data sheet, drawing some illustrations on current food security aspects in the area and writing some notions; Experiental – exploring policy simulations by different aspects; Interactive/adaptive – analysie of policy simulations and problem-based scenarios; Assessment – writing the answers for certain problematic questions and group presents the combined works, demonstrate findings on the certain topic and self-assessment, receiving feedbacks.



Independent read extra reading sources, whaching documental film materials and prepare to presentation. Case study taken from the student’s real world setting. Experiment in simulated environment/problem-based scenarios. Self-assessment test (7 questions). Peer review.


ASSIGNED READINGS

Self-assessment test (7 questions) Reading: National reports Saidova D.N., et. all., Agrar policy and food security. -Т.: 2016. – 257 pp. (In Uzbek)

DATE Weeks 15 Module 11: Social-organizational basis of nourishing norms and food security

Topics The main topics of this module are: - Providing food producst with as medical norms; - Food and its calories; - Requirements of quality of food products.


Learning activities The Module Social-organizational basis of nourishing norms and food security is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading the lecture materials, review journal articles and reports of FAO and WB; Finding and handling information – extracting information from official statistics and analysing information (presentations, lecture notes, and data sources from Internet); Communication – debating and discuss, and collaborative work on new certian topic and presenting of findings; Productive – creating a new depended data sheet, drawing some illustrations on current food security aspects in the area and writing some notions; Experiental – exploring policy simulations by different aspects; Interactive/adaptive – analysie of policy simulations and problem-based scenarios; Assessment – writing the answers for certain problematic questions and group presents the combined works, demonstrate findings on the certain topic and self-assessment, receiving feedbacks.





ASSIGNED READINGS


DATE Weeks 16 Module 12: Food security in the world countries Topics The main topics of this module are:

- Economical changes in the world. Food security problems in the countries; - International experienences providing food security. Food market policy in

world countries; - Liberalization of international markets of agricultural food security; - Imports and exports of food products. Decreasing the opportunities of

taxation for food trading Learning activities The Module food security in the world countries is composed the following activities:

The Module Social-organizational basis of nourishing norms and food security is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading the lecture materials, review journal articles and reports of FAO and WB; Finding and handling information – extracting information from official statistics and analysing information (presentations, lecture notes, and data sources from Internet); Communication – debating and discuss, and collaborative work on new certian topic and presenting of findings; Productive – creating a new depended data sheet, drawing some illustrations on current food security aspects in the area and writing some notions; Experiental – exploring policy simulations by different aspects; Interactive/adaptive – analysie of policy simulations and problem-based scenarios; Assessment – writing the answers for certain problematic questions and group presents the combined works, demonstrate findings on the certain topic and self-assessment, receiving feedbacks.



Reading materials; Reports writing /presentation preparation Experiment in simulated environment/problem-based scenarios Self-assessment test (5 questions) Peer review

OUT OF CLASS Self-assessment test (5 questions)



Reading: National reports and international reports such as FAO, WTO and WB reports Saidova D.N., et. all., Agrar policy and food security. -Т.: 2016. – 257 pp. (In Uzbek)

DATE Weeks 17 Module 13: Global organizations on agar policy and food security Topics The main topics of this module are:

- The role of Global organizations on food security; - The world food projects of UN, WTO, and enrolling adventages and

disadventages to them; - FAO;

Learning activities The Module global organizations on agar policy and food security is composed the following activities: The Module Social-organizational basis of nourishing norms and food security is composed the following activities: Assimulative activities –reading the lecture materials, review journal articles and reports of FAO and WB; Finding and handling information – extracting information from official statistics and analysing information (presentations, lecture notes, and data sources from Internet); Communication – debating and discuss, and collaborative work on new certian topic and presenting of findings; Productive – creating a new depended data sheet, drawing some illustrations on current food security aspects in the area and writing some notions; Experiental – exploring policy simulations by different aspects; Interactive/adaptive – analysie of policy simulations and problem-based scenarios; Assessment – writing the answers for certain problematic questions and group presents the combined works, demonstrate findings on the certain topic and self-assessment, receiving feedbacks.



Reading materials; Reports writing /presentation preparation Experiment in simulated environment/problem-based scenarios Self-assessment test (4 questions) Peer review


ASSIGNED READINGS


Financial statement - Syllabus

Course Title Financial statement Pre-requisite (s) Uzbek language Hours 54 Out of Class Assignment

Hours 6 hour

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Samarkand Agricultural Institute Department: Accounting and audit in Agriculture Professor: Mamed Mardonov E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description This program involves the importance of financial statement of the proceedings and the regulatory and legal framework, assets, liabilities and capital account introduce the basic rules of accounting information collection,


processing and submission procedures, the nature of the taxes, the need for and function of the tax system and tax classified, agricultural enterprises, the tax system, methods of taxation.

Trainees profile Bachelor VIII semester

Learning Objectives The purpose of the teaching of course is to learn subjects and objects of accounting, accounts and double entry, taking into account the economic problems, the first need of the legal nature of existing taxes and the tax system and the functions of taxes classified, agricultural enterprises of the tax system, taxation methods the necessary knowledge.

The functions of science is to teach students the theoretical basis of the accounting students to think about the organization of agricultural accounting and the accounting balance of its structure, business processes, and take into account their knowledge of a report on the results of the tax system and the breakdown of the tax, financial items and taxes paid by agricultural enterprises as well as the procedure for calculating them, teaching tax reporting and payment terms.

Pedagogical aims to be reached A bachelor student should have this information about "Financial statement":

• The subject of the importance of accounting methods and procedures; • The organization of accounting and regulatory and legal proceedings; • Assets, liabilities and capital account the basic rules of legal proceedings; • Accounting information collection, processing and delivery; • The nature of the tax assessment and functions; • The tax system and the tax is classified; • Agricultural tax system; • Have an idea about the methods of taxation; • Accounting methods; • Accounts and double entry accounting; • Documentation and inventory; • Keeping of registers and forms; • Assets, liabilities and capital accounts; • Expenses and accounting; • Income and expenses for accounting and determination of financial results; • Preparation of financial and statistical reports; • Agricultural enterprises object of tax, tax rates, tax benefits and terms for calculation and payment of

taxes; • Knowledge of individual taxation and access to them; • Documentation of farming communities; • To reflect the economic accounting of double bills in circulation; • Assets, liabilities and capital accounts; • Agricultural operations to reflect the accounting registers; • Financial and statistical reports; • To determine the correct tax structures; • Tax benefits apply; • Establishment of lists of taxes and should have the skills to provide the tax authorities. • Accounting method; • The avoidance of double entry accounting method to know the proceedings; • Documented knowledge and to organize and conduct an inventory; • Assets, liabilities and capital account of themselves;


• Costs and record keeping; • Income and expenses for accounting and financial results; • And the preparation of financial and tax reports; • The single land tax, personal tax and other taxes, to reflect the accounting and must be able to conduct.

Pedagogical methodologies used: To study “Financial statement”, "Economic theory", "Mathematics", "Money, Credit and Banking", "Science and technology", "Agricultural Economics and management" are closely related to the sciences, this subjects the knowledge and skills required to be.

Pedagogical tools In order to study financial statement requires the use of modern methods of teaching, the introduction of advanced information technologies are important. The development of science textbooks, and manuals, technology, complex electronic materials used. Lectures, practical training classes also require teaching and information technology.

Environment used Learning Management System (LMS) such as Moodle

Course Timing 1 semestr 4 course.


Course Structure


DATE Week 1. Modul I:

Theme The Theoretical and methodological bases of financial report. Educational Activity The essence of accounting. A common understanding about the account. Account

types and then measure. Accounting subject. Economic resources (assets). Agricultural sources of funds (liabilities). Method of accounting. Accounting method elements (methods). Accounting functions.



DATE Week 1 - Modul II: Theme Balance sheet

Educational Activity Balance of accounting, in which the changes occur. Accounting accounts. Active, passive, transit accounts. The avoidance of double entry. The order of creation and the importance of their working results.



DATE Week 2. Modul III:


Theme Income and outcome statement Educational Activity



DATE Week 2. Modul IV: THEME Cash flows statement

Educational Activity The essence of cash in circulation and the regulatory and legal framework. Cash in circulation and documented. Synthetic cash in circulation account. An inventory of cash in circulation.



DATE Week 3. Modul V: Theme Report of Primary capital

Educational Activity The economic importance of the content and structure of the equity. Private capital account. Founding documents. Capital formation and organization of accounting. Added to the capital account. Capital reserve account. Retained earnings (outstanding loss) account. Target earnings. Future expenses and payments to the reserve account.



DATE Week 3. Modul VI: THEME Explanations, calculations to financial report and presenting it.

Educational Activity The essence of cash in circulation and the regulatory and legal framework. Cash in circulation and documented. Synthetic cash in circulation account. An inventory of cash in circulation.



DATE Week 4. Modul VII: Theme Account, foreign currency account funds and special accounts

Educational Activity Accounts, foreign currency accounts and special accounts. Non-cash settlement system of legal regulation. Cashless forms of payment. Accounts, currency funds and special accounts synthetic accounting.



DATE Week 4. Modul VIII: THEME Material accounting. Grown and cattle rearers account

Educational Activity Economic assessment of the nature of the material and classified. Materials, analytical and synthetic accounting. The establishment of materials inventory. An inventory of the material. Grown cattle rearers and accounting organization and documentation. Movement of cattle rearers and grown into account and transactions


Reading Theme - Student Independent Study. Case study taken from the student’s real world.


Self-assessment test (10 questions). Peer review.

DATE Week 5. Modul IX: Theme Fixed assets accounting

Educational Activity The main means of economic content, assessed and classified. Based tools, analytical and synthetic accounting. Depreciation of fixed assets, re-evaluation and repair account. Fixed assets inventory



DATE Week 5. Modul X: Theme Intangible assets account

Educational Activity Assessment of the economic importance of intangible assets and classified. Intangible assets in the first, analytical and synthetic accounting. To calculate the amortization of intangible assets



DATE Week 6. Modul XI: Theme Accounting and production process of goods (works, services) costs сalсulation

Educational Activity The content of the production process and the organization of accounting. Calculation the nature and types. Cost of production. Farming expenses and the cost of the product is taken into account, as well as calculations. Livestock expenses and accounting and cost calculation procedure.



DATE Week 6. Modul XII: Theme Inventory and the Cost of Sales

Educational Activity Finished goods and goods in the economic and accounting organization. Finished products and goods accounting documentation. Finished goods and goods in analytical and synthetic accounting.



DATE Week 6 Modul XIII: Theme Suppliers and contractors, customers and non-customers account

Educational Activity Suppliers and contractors, buyers and customers with the establishment of the clearing account. Suppliers and contractors, customers and non-customers accounting documentation. Suppliers and contractors, buyers and customers account of analytical and synthetic accounting.



DATE Week 7. Modul XIV: Theme Taxes and payments to the state funds account

Educational Activity Taxes and payments to the state funds and economic significance, and the importance of keeping the organization. Documenting the payment of taxes and


state funds account. Taxes and payments to the state funds analytical and synthetic accounting.



DATE Week 7. Modul VII: Theme Settlements with various creditors and debtor accounts.

Taking into account the credit styles Educational Activity The concept of debit and credit debts. And the role of the credit. Settlements with

various creditors and the debtor and the loan outstanding economic significance, and the importance of keeping the organization. Settlements with various creditors and the debtor and credit transactions documented. Settlements with various creditors and the debtor and credit outstanding analytical and synthetic accounting.



DATE Week 7. Modul VIII: Theme Labor and its payment account. Accountable parties on the settlement account

Educational Activity The importance of the nature of work and its payment and accounting organization. Accountable persons with the calculations, and the regulatory and legal framework. Labor and with the people and accountable to pay for documenting the settlement account. Labor and with the people and accountable to pay for calculations of analytical and synthetic accounting.



DATE Week 8. Modul IX: Theme Private capital account

Educational Activity The economic importance of the content and structure of the equity. Private capital account. Founding documents. Capital formation and organization of accounting. Added to the capital account. Capital reserve account. Retained earnings (outstanding loss) account. Target earnings. Future expenses and payments to the reserve account.



DATE Week 8. Modul XI: Theme Recognizing Revenue

Educational Activity Financial results of theoretical principles. The concept of income and expenses. The recognition of revenues and expenses. Income and expenditure account. The final financial results reflect the recognition and accounting.



DATE Week 9. Modul XII: Theme Accounting reports

Educational Activity The nature and significance of the report. The structure of the report and its requirements. Explanatory note to the financial statements. Financial reporting and


its publication. Independent work of

students Reading Theme - Student Independent Study. Case study taken from the student’s real world. Self-assessment test (10 questions). Peer review.

DATE Week 9. Modul XIII: Theme Economic essence of taxes and the tax system

Educational Activity Tax concept, its brands, and economic aspects. The subject of science and responsibilities. The need for an objective and functions of taxes. The taxation system. Tax elements. The concept of the tax system. Tax relations, their rights and obligations. Tax control framework. Tax inspections and their form.



DATE Week 10. Modul XIV: Theme Corporate income tax

Educational Activity Taxpayers. The object of taxation. The tax base. Corporate income tax exemptions and their types. Tax rates. The tax period. In the reporting period. Tax and accounting books in order. The procedure for payment of the tax.



DATE Week 10. Modul XV: Theme Value-added tax. excise tax

Educational Activity Value-added tax payers. The object of taxation. Determination of the tax base. Value-added tax benefits. Tax rates. Tax and accounting books in order. The procedure for payment of the tax. The excise tax. The object of taxation. To determine the tax base. Tax rates. The tax

period. Tax and accounting books in order. The procedure for payment of the tax. Independent work of

students Reading Theme - Student Independent Study. Case study taken from the student’s real world. Self-assessment test (10 questions). Peer review.

DATE Week 11. Modul XVI: Theme Corporate property tax and land tax

Educational Activity Corporate property tax payers. Payers of property tax. The object of taxation. The tax base. Tax incentives. Calculation and payments and payment. Corporate tax payers. The object of taxation. The tax base. Benefits. The specifics of

the application of the tax rate. The calculation and submission of tax calculation and payment procedures.



DATE Week 11. Modul XVII: Theme Land tax

Educational Activity The single tax payers. Only the specifics of the application of the order to pay the land tax. The object of taxation. The tax base. Benefits. The calculation and the procedure for submission of tax calculation. The order to pay the tax.


Reading Theme - Student Independent Study. Case study taken from the student’s real world.



DATE Week 12. Modul XVIII: Theme Personal income tax

Educational Activity Personal income tax payers. The object of taxation. The tax base. Individuals in total revenue structure. Benefits. Tax rates. The calculation and submission of tax calculation and payment procedures.



DATE Week 12. Modul XIX: Theme Tax and compulsory payments to social funds

Educational Activity The single tax payers. Micro and small enterprises by the specifics of the application of the single tax payment. The object of taxation. The tax base. Benefits. The calculation of the single tax payment, submission and payment calculations. Compulsory payments to social funds: the single social payment and budget to the

pension fund, insurance payments and budgetary Pension Fund. Independent work of

students Reading Theme - Student Independent Study. Case study taken from the student’s real world. Self-assessment test (10 questions).

Peer review. DATE Week 13. Modul XX:

Theme Capitalize versus Expense Educational Activity To this point in the text, we have assumed that the decision of expensing a cost to

the income statement or capitalizing an expenditure and placing it on the balance sheet as an asset is an easy one. In reality, that decision is often difficult and one that makes accounting judgment critical.



Instructional Materials and References Basic:

1. Дусмуратов Р.Д. Бухгалтерия ҳисоби назарияси. –Т.: “Фан ва технология”, 2013. 2. Дусмуратов Р.Д., Менгликулов Б.Ю. Қишлоқ хўжалигида бухгалтерия ҳисоби ва статистика асослари. –Т.:

“Фан ва технология”, 2014. 3. Каримов А., Исломов Ф., Авлоқулов А. Бухгалтерия ҳисоби./Дарслик. -Т.: “Шарқ” НМАК, 2004. 4. Яҳёев Қ. Солиққа тортиш назарияси ва амалиёти. –Т.: Фан ва технологиялар, 2003. Additional:

1. Ғуломова Ф.Ғ Бухгалтерия ҳисобини мустақил ўрганиш учун қўлланма. Т.: “NORMA” 2009. 2. Дўсмуратов Р.Д., Машарипов О.А. Фермер хўжалигида бухгалтерия ҳисоби ва ҳисоботини ташкил этиш.

Тошкент-2007. 3. Ибрагимов А. ва бошқалар. Молиявий ва бошқарув ҳисоби. -Т.: “Иқтисод-молия”, 2008. 4. Пизенгольц М.З. Бухгалтерский учет в сельском хозяйстве. 1-2 том. М.: Финансы и статистика, 2001. 5. Сотиволдиев А.С. Замонавий бухгалтерия ҳисоби. I-III том. Т.: ЎзБАМА Нашриёт маркази, 2004. 6. Alikulov A.I., Ibragimov U.N., Eshmuradov U.T. Soliqlar va soliqqa tortish. O’quv qo’llanma. - Samarqand: 2011. 7. Аликулов А.И., Ибрагимов У.Н., Эшмурадов У.Т. Фермер хўжаликларида бухгалтерия ҳисоби. –Самарқанд:

“Н-Доба”, 2011. 8. Жўраев А., Тошматов Ш. Солиқлар ва солиққа тортиш. -Т.: 2009.


Foreign Literature:

1. Accounting theory (5 th ed.)/ Eldon S.Hendriksen, Michael Bred. Boston, 2006. ISB N0-256-11269. 2. Accounting for non-accounting students (eighth edition)/ John R. Dyson. London, 2010. ISBN 978-0-273-

72297-7. 3. Accounting Principles (10 th ed.)/ Jerry J. Weygandt, Paul D. Kimmel, Donald E. Kieso. Printed in the USA, 2012.

ISBN-13 978-0-470-53479-3. 4. Financial Accounting and Reporting (fourteenth edition)/ Barry Elliott, Jamie Elliott. Harlow, England, 2011.

ISBN: 978-0-273-74444-3. 5. Intermediate Accounting (15th ed)/ Donald E. Kieso, Jerry J. Weygandt, Terry D. Warfield. USA, 2013. ISBN-13

978-1-118-14729-0. 557 pg. Internet resourse:

1. http://moodle.samqxi.uz/ 2. http://www. mf. uz – O’zbekiston Respublikasi Moliya vazirligi 3. http://www.soliq.uz – O’zbekiston Respublikasi Davlat soliq qo’mitasi 4. http://www.norma. uz – “NORMA-HAMKOR” MChJ 5. http://www.lex.uz – O’zbekiston Respublikasi Qonunchiligi portal

Information technologies in agriculture (a) and (b) - Syllabus

Course Title Pre-requisite (s) agriculture Hours 64 hours Out of Class assignment Hours 108 hours

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Samarkand Agricultural Institute Department: Higher mathematics and Information Technology Course (a) Professor: Alisher Kudratov E-mail: [email protected] Course (b) Professor: Husan Akbarov E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description Informatization is the process of creation, development and universal application of information tools and technologies that ensure the achievement and maintenance of the level of awareness of all members of society, necessary and sufficient to radically improve the quality of work and living conditions in society.

The inevitability of informatization of society is due to a sharp increase in the role and importance of information. Information society is characterized by highly developed information sphere, which includes human activity in creation, processing, storage, transmission and accumulation of information. The modern specialist should have knowledge in the field of computer science and practical skills in the use of computer technology, be able to evaluate the accuracy and completeness of information that influences the adoption of managerial decisions. Therefore, the discipline "Information technology in agriculture" occupies one of the important places among the disciplines studied in universities.

Trainees profile The course is intended for: Bachelor



Familiarizing and teaching students the use of modern information technology in the conditions of economic modernization.

The tasks of the discipline are the components of the Microsoft Office information processing program, the global computer network - the Internet, e-mail, telecommunications and information storage, selection, processing, generation and remote transmission, and the study of the possibilities of modern information technology.

Pedagogical aims to be reached In the process of studying the subject of information technology in agriculture, students should have an idea:

• the importance of information and information technology in the economy and agricultural research; • the capabilities of modern computers, information systems, information and communication tools and

technology; • the basic principles of the organization and design of information security systems in automated

information processing systems; • about the global computer network of the Internet and e-mail. • when solving economic problems in the agricultural sectors, use economic mathematical models, digital

modeling, software and instrumentation.

Pedagogical methodologies used: The following information and pedagogical technologies will be used for qualitative mastering and studying of the subject related to the educational process: teaching at a high scientific and pedagogical level, the use of problem lectures, the application of the question-and-answer method for students' interest, the use of new pedagogical technologies and multimedia tools, The formulation of problems in which they must ponder their essence, exactingness, individual work with students, is led e free dialogue, involvement in research.

When designing the course "Informatics and Information Technology" the following basic conceptual approaches are used:

Education aimed at the individual. This method of education on the value provides the complete development of all participants in the educational process. This in turn in the design of education, based on the goals of education, provides an approach primarily related to the activities of the future specialty.

Systems approach. When studying the subject, a rating system of control, production situations, self-training and self-education, discussions on subject topics using new pedagogical technologies such as case study, cluster, training, insert, delphi, solving production situations, brainstorming, Distance learning, as well as the use of the global Internet, slideshows and viewing of scientific clips on this subject. The application of "cross-poll", the use of business games, psychological and express testing.

An activity-oriented approach. The focus on the process qualities of the individual, the activation and intensification of activities, all his capabilities and abilities in the educational process, determines the formation aimed at proactive activities.

Dialogue approach. This approach assesses the appropriateness of educational relations. As a result, the student's creative activity will increase in making decisions aimed at increasing the economic efficiency of production.

Organization of training in cooperation. The principles of the organization of the training of cooperation include in the assignment of tasks to the group, the application of encouragement, personal responsibility of each for their own successes and successes of other members of the group, joint activities: is built on such methods of interaction as group discussion, cooperation, mutual assistance; Equal opportunities: each trainee should be motivated to improve his own achievements, study, strength, his own abilities, abilities, because it is assessed on an equal basis with others. Basic rules for students in collaboration:


- to learn together, and not just to carry out tasks together;

- cooperate, not compete;

- to learn to work together, learn and create;

- always be ready to come to each other's aid, share the joy of success or the bitterness of failure.

Problem education. One of the methods of activating the activity of the student is by providing the essence of education as a problem. The objective contradictoriness of this scientific knowledge and find ways to solve the problem in the form of problem formulation in the form of questions, searching for the causes of the problem, providing a field for the problem, establishing approaches to solving approaches to solving the problem and developing methods for solving it.

Use in the educational process of new computer and information technologies.


• Interactive (interaction, including through social networks and forums); • multimedia (photo, video, graphics, animation, sound); • modeling (modeling of real situations); • Communicative (control over the state of the learning process and own results); • productivity (quick search for information on keywords, access to unique publications of reference and


Environment used Learning Management System (LMS) such as Moodle

Course Timing 1 semester 1 course.


Course Structure


DATE Week 1-2. Module I: The subject of information technology in agriculture and its basic concepts.

Topics The main topics of this module are: The concept of the subject is information technology in agriculture. The role and prospects of the development of computer science in the modern

world. Information culture and information society. The definition and essence of agricultural information and data.

Coding information. Classifiers. Arithmetic and logical foundations of information. Status and prospects of information technology development in Uzbekistan. Normative documents adopted for informatization and computerization.

The main topics of this module are: The concept of the subject is information technology in agriculture. The role and prospects of the development of computer science in the modern

world. Information culture and information society. The definition and essence of


agricultural information and data. Coding information. Classifiers. Arithmetic and logical foundations of information. Status and prospects of information technology development in Uzbekistan. Normative documents adopted for informatization and computerization.

Learning activities When studying the subject, a rating system of control, production situations, self-training and self-education, discussions on subject topics using new pedagogical technologies such as case study, cluster, training, insert, delphi, solving production situations, brainstorming, Distance learning, as well as the use of the global Internet, slideshows and viewing of scientific clips on this subject. The application of "cross-poll", the use of business games, psychological and express testing.

OUT OF CLASS


ASSIGNED READINGS

Reading: The main and additional literature on the list. Conducting research: A creative abstract on the proposed topic using the recommended resources. Preparation of the report / presentation: To compose a creative essay on one of the proposed topics. The abstract should not exceed 5 pages of typewritten test. An example from the practice of the real world of the student: Speech with a prepared essay (imitation of speech at a scientific conference, presentation of the preparation of questions) Experiment in a simulated environment / based on problematic scenarios: Simulation of a scientific conference, during which people present questions, create a discussion. Self-assessment test: Written answer to the questions: what new did I learn? What questions stood before me? How did I answer them? What could I do better? What are the weaknesses of my report? Review: oral discussion and summarizing. Reading topics - Student Independent Study. Case study taken from the student’s real world. Self-assessment test (10 questions). Peer review.

DATE Weeks 3 -4. Module II: Hardware and software of information processes. Topics The main topics of this module are:

Hardware and software of information processes. The concept of information processes in agriculture General concepts of computers. PC architecture. The main types of personal computer. Telecommunication environment. The concept of software. The structure of the software. Tasks, composition and structure of the system software of the computer. Tasks, composition and structure of computer software tools. Operating systems and their purpose, types of operating systems. Tasks, structures and basic functions of operating systems. Operating systems of the Windows family. Function of the WINDOWS operating system. Functionality of the operating systems Windows Vista, Windows XP, Windows 7, Windows 10. The user interface of the Windows operating system. Programs for computer

maintenance.





Reading: literature on the list of recommended basic and additional literature. Conducting research: a scientific essay on one of the proposed topics. Preparation of the presentation: The volume of the essay - 1 page of printed text. Thoughts are formulated in a thesis form, followed by defense in an oral presentation. Content requirements: - Presence of the plan of performance; - Identification of goals and objectives of the essay; - Highlighting key terms; - Clearly formulated theses; - Thoughtful argumentation; - Full disclosure of the topic. The topic should be fully disclosed, the main ideas are formulated in a thesis form. Proofs of the thesis and examples are told orally. Example from real-world practice of the student: Presentation of the product for sale / research to obtain grant financing. Self-assessment test (30 questions) - based on the material studied, with options for answers and an open type. Reviewing. Writing a review or review of their own work, as well as the work of a classmate (random choice).

DATE Weeks 5. Module III: Using application programs to solve agricultural problems Topics The main topics of this module are:

Microsoft Excel, spreadsheet and its features. On the basis of agricultural data, compose graphs and diagrams. Working with complex tables. Solution of agricultural tasks in the Microsoft Excel program. Solve correlation-regression problems. Solution of the optimization problem. Informatization of agricultural enterprises. Creation of the information sphere. With the help of the program create a book of the history of sown areas. Introduction of the field log. Management of the field experiment of agricultural data and its statistical analysis. The main program environment. Using the CropStat program, analyze the results of laboratory experiments in the field. Enter the experience data in the program to get results. Analysis of the results.




Reading: The main and additional literature on the list. Conducting research: A creative abstract on the proposed topic using the recommended resources. Preparation of the report / presentation: To compose a creative essay on one of the proposed topics. The abstract should not exceed 5 pages of typewritten test. An example from the practice of the real world of the student: Speech with a prepared essay (imitation of speech at a scientific conference, presentation of the preparation of questions) Experiment in a simulated environment / based on problematic scenarios: Simulation of a scientific conference, during which people present questions, create a discussion. Self-assessment test: Written answer to the questions: what new did I learn? What questions stood before me? How did I answer them? What could I do better? What are the weaknesses of my report? Review: oral discussion and summarizing.


DATE Weeks 6-7. Module IV Fundamentals of programming information processes. Topics The main topics of this module are:

Fundamentals of programming information processes. Creation of algorithm in linear, branched and cyclic form of agricultural tasks. Stages of solving problems on the computer. Technology of modern programming. Programming languages. Types of programming languages. Working with standard functions. C ++ programming language. Operators, arrays, variable strings, operations, procedures and functions of programming languages. Data types and language alphabet programming. Structure of the program structure. The decision of programs on the computer. Visual software technologies. Visual programming and basic principles of the visual user interface.





DATE Weeks 8-9. Module V: Computer graphics and design. Topics The main topics of this module are:

The technology of working with graphic data of agricultural tasks. Computer graphics and its types. Graphic editor. The technology of raster and vector graphics. Software and hardware for computer graphics. Mathematical basis of computer graphics. Curved Bezier line. V-spline. Display the shape of objects.

The main algorithms of raster graphics. Algorithm for drawing a line segment. Algorithms Brezenheim. Curved Bezier line. Models of Rang. The concept of Rang. Palette. The basis of graphic design. About Adobe Photoshop. The working window of the Adobe Photoshop editor.

Learning activities When studying the subject, a rating system of control, production situations, self-training and self-education, discussions on subject topics using new pedagogical technologies such as case study, cluster, training, insert, delphi, solving production situations, brainstorming, Distance learning, as well as the use of the global Internet, slideshows and viewing of scientific clips on this subject. The application of "cross-


poll", the use of business games, psychological and express testing. OUT OF CLASS


ASSIGNED READINGS


DATE Weeks 10. Module VI: Information systems and their role in the management of agricultural organizations

Topics The main topics of this module are: Information systems, their role in the management of agricultural organizations. Concept of systems and information systems. Concept of the system. Information system. The content, application and tasks of information systems. The role of information systems in society. The main tasks of information technology. Characteristics and processes of information system development. Parts of the structure of the provision of information systems: technical, mathematical, software, information, organizational and legal. Methods of designing and creating information systems. The main tasks of the automated information system. Information systems of the state and its resources. Interactive services of information systems. The concept of automated workplaces




Reading: literature on the list of recommended basic and additional literature. Conducting research: a scientific essay on one of the proposed topics. Preparation of the presentation: The volume of the essay - 1 page of printed text. Thoughts are formulated in a thesis form, followed by defense in an oral presentation. Content requirements: - Presence of the plan of performance; - Identification of goals and objectives of the essay; - Highlighting key terms; - Clearly formulated theses; - Thoughtful argumentation; - Full disclosure of the topic. The topic should be fully disclosed, the main ideas are formulated in a thesis form. Proofs of the thesis and examples are told orally. Example from real-world practice of the student: Presentation of the product for sale / research to obtain grant financing. Self-assessment test (30 questions) - based on the material studied, with options for answers and an open type. Reviewing. Writing a review or review of their own work, as well as the work of a


classmate (random choice). DATE Weeks 11-12. Module VII: Databases and Database Management Systems

Topics The main topics of this module are: Databases and systems database management (6 hours) Types of databases and their role in the creation of information technology. Database and its types. Database design. Data structure. The main objects of the database. Functionality of the DBMS. Creating a database in Microsoft Access, editing and development. Create a structure in the MS Access database of agriculture, editing and processing. Methods of database design. Search and rework data created in the field. Forming queries in Microsoft Access.





DATE Weeks 13-14. Module VIII: Networking and Data Management Topics The main topics of this module are:

Computer networks and network technologies. Connections between computers. Local, regional and global networks. The structure and architecture of computer networks. Wired and wireless networks (Wi-Fi, wimax). Protocols of computer network. The concept of an address in a computer network. Sending and receiving data. Technical and software support of the computer network. Internet network. The concept of the Internet address and their types. Web pages, the concept of Web sites and the Web portal. Work with web browsers. Search services on the Internet. Types of Web resources. Hyperconnection. The concept of a domain. Domain name and IP address service. Video communication. Forum. Chat. Blogs. Mobile Internet technologies.






DATE Weeks 15. Module IX: Technology of creating Web resources Topics The main topics of this module are:

Technology creation of Web resources (4 hours) Software for Web technology. The concept of hypertext. Web page and its structure. The concept of HTML. HTML language and its operators. Locate the documents in the Web page. Create pages in the ADOBE DREAMWEAVER environment. Programs for creating multimedia. The animation program Adobe Flash. The main area of the program. The main tasks of working with animation frames.





DATE Weeks 16. Module X: The Electronic Control System Topics The main topics of this module are:

Electronic government system. The architecture of the e-government system. Services of the portal of the system of electronic government. The role of e-


government in public administration. Main state interactive services. Web addresses of electronic authorities. The main elements of e-government. Department of e-education. Distance learning system. Models of distance learning. Stages of the introduction of distance education. Electronic payment system.

Learning activities When studying the subject, a rating system of control, production situations, self-training and self-education, discussions on subject topics using new pedagogical technologies such as case-study, cluster, training, insert, dolphy, solving production situations, brainstorming, distance learning, and Also use of the global Internet, slide demonstration and viewing of scientific clips on this subject. The application of "cross-poll", the use of business games, psychological and express testing.




DATE Weeks 17. Module XI: Information Security and Information Security Methods. Topics The main topics of this module are:

Information security and methods of information protection (4 hours) The concept of information security. Ensuring the security of information. Information Security Policy. Technical and software means of information protection. Methods of information security. Computer viruses and their types. Protection against computer viruses. Means of information security in the operating system

Learning activities When studying the subject, a rating system of control, production situations, self-training and self-education, discussions on subject topics using new pedagogical technologies such as case-study, cluster, training, insert, dolphy, solving production situations, brainstorming, distance learning, and Also use of the global Internet, slide demonstration and viewing of scientific clips on this subject. The application of "cross-poll", the use of business games, psychological and express testing.



Reading: The main and additional literature on the list. Conducting research: A creative abstract on the proposed topic using the recommended resources. Preparation of the report / presentation: To compose a creative essay on one of the proposed topics. The abstract should not exceed 5 pages of typewritten test. An example from the practice of the real world of the student: Speech with a prepared essay (imitation of speech at a scientific conference, presentation of the preparation of questions) Experiment in a simulated environment / based on problematic scenarios: Simulation of a scientific conference, during which people present questions, create


a discussion. Self-assessment test: Written answer to the questions: what new did I learn? What questions stood before me? How did I answer them? What could I do better? What are the weaknesses of my report? Review: oral discussion and summarizing.

Course evaluation mechanisms System for assessing students' progress in discipline: Evaluation criteria

Types of valuation Score Evaluation criteria

0 - 54 55 - 70 71 - 85 86 – 100

Current control 30 0-16,2 16,5-21,0 21,3-25,5 25,8-30,0

1-Current monitoring 1-2 module 1-Lab work

5 0 – 2,7 2,75 – 3,5 3,55 – 4,25 4,30 – 5

2-Current monitoring 3-4 module 2-3 Laboratory work

5 0 – 2,7 2,75 – 3,5 3,55 – 4,25 4,30 – 5

3-Current monitoring 5-6 module 4-Laboratory work

5 0 – 2,7 2,75 – 3,5 3,55 – 4,25 4,30 – 5

4-Current monitoring 7-8 module

5-6 Laboratory work

5 0 – 2,7 2,75 – 3,5 3,55 – 4,25 4,30 – 5

5-Current monitoring 9-10-11 module 7-8 Laboratory work

5 0 – 2,7 2,75 – 3,5 3,55 – 4,25 4,30 – 5

6-Ongoing Control (Self-Study and Attendance)

5 0 – 2,7 2,75 – 3,5 3,55 – 4,25 4,30 – 5

Interim control 40 0,0 - 21,6

22,0 - 28,0 29,0 - 34,0 34,40 - 40,0

1- Intermediate control 30 0,0 - 16,2

16,5 - 21 21,3 - 25,5 25,8 - 30

2- Intermediate control Self-study and Attendance

10 0,0 – 5,3

5,4-7,0 7,1-8,5 8,6-10

Current and intermediate control

70 0,0 – 38,0

39,0 – 49,0 50,0 – 59,0 60,0 – 70,0

Final control 30 0,0 – 16,2

16,5 – 21,0 21,3 – 25,5 25,8 – 30,0

Total points 100 0,0 – 54,0

55,0 – 70,0 71,0 – 85,0 86,0 - 100

Training materials and references Main literature:

1. Misty E Vermaat, Susan L Sebok, Steven M Freund. Discovering Computers (C)2016 (2016 edition). Textbook.USA, 2016

2. Brian P. Hogan. HTML5 and CSS3 Level Up with Today's Web Technologies country. Tutorial. USA, 2013 3. М.Aрипoв., Б.Бегалов., У.Бегимқулов., М.Мамаражабов. Информационные технологии, учебное пособия,

Т.: “Ношир”, 2009 4. Федотова Е.Л. Информационные технологии и системы: Учебное пособия – Форум ИНФРА- М, 2013 г. -

426 стр.


Additional literature:

1. Информатика: Учебное пособие. / Под общ.ред. И.А.Чернопустовой. – СПб.: Питер, 2005. – 272 с. 2. Безручко В.Т. Компьютерный практикум по курсу «Информатика»: Учебное пособие. 3-е изд., перераб. И

доп. –М,: ИД «ФОРУМ»: ИНФРА-М, 2008.-368 с. 3. Н.Х.Норалиев, Н.Қиличев Информатика. Учебное пособие. – Т.: ТашГАУ издания опубликованы, 2003. –

147 стр. 4. Информатика: Практикум по технологии работы на компьютере. / Под ред. В. Макаровой. – 3-е изд.,

перераб. – М.: ФиС, 2004. – 256 с. 5. Л.Ф. Аюпов, Б.А. Бегалов, Ш.Т. Эрматов, Л.Т.Ибрагимова, Н.Х. Шоахмедова. Персональные компьютеры и

основы эффективное использование. Учебное пособие, ТГЭУ,2007, 490 6. Информатика. Базовый курс: Учебник. / Под ред. С.В. Симоновича. СПб.: Питер, 2003. 622 с 7. Т.Х. Халматов. Информатика: Пособие для студентов ВУЗа. – Т.: “Национальная энциклопедия

Узбекистана”, 2003. – 256 стр. Source of the Internet.

1. http://www.rxlib.com – Site about modern software products and computer technologies. 2. http://www.gov.uz – Government portal of the Republic of Uzbekistan 3. http://www.ziyonet.uz – General educational portal 4. http://www.agroculture.com - Information resources on agriculture. 5. http://www.agro.uz – Site of the Ministry of Agriculture and Water Resources of the Republic of Uzbekistan.

Theoretical Mechanics - Syllabus

Course name Theoretical Mechanics Prerequisites Kinematics and Dinamics Clock 294 h CPC:

Time of the Task 30 h

FULL NAME. And contact information of instructors University: SAI Department: General technical subject and safety and of human activity. Teacher: Hursandbek Ismoilov E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description

The development of modern technology puts before the engineers the most diverse tasks related to the calculation of various structures (buildings, bridges, channels of dams, etc.), with the design, production and operation of all kinds of machines, engine mechanisms and in particular objects such as cars, Diesel locomotives, sea and river vessels, aircraft, rockets, spacecraft, etc. Despite the diversity of all these problems, their solution in a certain part is based on some general principles and has a common scientific basis. This is explained by the fact that in these problems a significant place is occupied by questions requiring the study of the laws of motion or equilibrium of certain material bodies.

The science of the general laws of motion and the equilibrium of material bodies and the interactions that arise between them is called theoretical (or general) mechanics. Theoretical mechanics is one of the scientific foundations of modern technical disciplines.

By motion in mechanics we mean mechanical motion, i.e. The change in the mutual position of material bodies in space over time. The mechanical interaction between bodies is the type of interaction, which results in a change in the motion of these bodies or changes in their shape (deformation). The quantity, which is a quantitative measure of the mechanical interaction of bodies, is called power in mechanics.


The main task of theoretical mechanics is to study the general laws of motion and equilibrium of material bodies under the action of the forces applied to them.

By the nature of the problems considered, mechanics is divided into static, kinematics and dynamics. In the statics, the doctrine of the forces and the conditions for the equilibrium of material bodies under the action of forces is expounded. In kinematics, the general geometric properties of the motion of bodies are considered. Finally, in the dynamics of the laws of motion of material bodies under the influence of forces.

Trainees profile The course is intended for: Students of 2nd bachelor course of “Mechanization of agricultural” specialty.


For undergraduate students, the purpose of studying the subject is to study the basics of classical mechanics more deeply, as well as to study certain special subjects.

The basis of many technical disciplines is the basis of the subject of mechanics.

For a clear presentation of the directions and tasks of classical mechanics, one should learn to build a mathematical model of the problem and a methodology for its solution, commenting, which is one of the main tasks of studying theoretical mechanics.

Requirements for knowledge, improvement and study of the subject, put before students.

Students, having studied the subject "Theoretical mechanics", practical and basic theoretical ideas of kinematics, statics and dynamics, within the program of the course, must have the knowledge of constructing classical models of mechanics, methods of solving practical problems and basic principles of theoretical mechanics.

To navigate in different situations, one must know the solutions of the equations of motion of classical mechanics and to have an understanding of solved problems one must have certain skills.

For the concept of constructing a complex model of theoretical mechanics and a certain model, one should have some information.

To understand the ideas of the departments of kinematics, statics and dynamics of theoretical mechanics and some other of its sections, one must have a certain skill in solving problems.

Pedagogical goals to be achieved It should be noted that all classes should be conducted using computer technology. It should be noted that all software installed on computers must be licensed. Including the operating system; File manager as part of the operating system or other; antivirus program; The program-archiver; Integrated office application including text editor, raster and vector graphics editors, presentation development program, spreadsheets, database management system; Optical text recognition system. To control access to Internet resources and optimize traffic, special software should be used. You need to install an interactive program, a simple Web page editor, and so on.

It is important to emphasize that during the training sessions it is recommended to use all forms and methods of innovative technology.

Pedagogical methods used: In the process of studying the course the following teaching methods will be used:

- Explanatory-illustrative; - Problem statement of the material; - Heuristic; - Research.


Students need to conduct various types of independent work, apply knowledge in specific speech situations, independently look for information on specific topics, work individually and in a group, engage in evaluating classmates and self-esteem.


• Interactive (interaction, including through social networks and forums); • multimedia (photo, video, graphics, animation, sound); • Communicative (control over the state of the learning process and own results); • productivity (quick information retrieval, by keywords, access to unique publications of reference and


Environment used • Projector • Computer • moodle • telegram • facebook

Course Timing Course lasts 2 semesters(summer) Lectures: 88 hours Laboratory classes: 20 hours Practical classes: 62 hours T/SIS: 124 hours Total: 294 hours

Course Modality • Half day • lectures • laboratory classes • practical lessons • independent work; • Test solution; • individual and group presentations; • doing homework; • writing essays; • case-stage and others

Structure of the course Mathematics, Physics and analitic mechanics.

Thematic plan and schedule

DATE Weeks 20. Module XX: MAIN OBJECTIVES OF KINEMATICS. KINEMATICS OF THE POINT. THREE WAYS OF ASSIGNMENT OF MOVEMENT: VECTOR, COORDINATE,

NATURAL. DEFINITIONS OF THE TRAJECTORY, SPEED AND ACCELERATION OF THE POINT BY THE COORDINATE AND VECTOR METHOD OF ASSIGNMENT OF MOTION.

Topics 1. Introduction to kinematics 2. Ways to specify the motion of a point. 3. The natural way of setting the movement. 4. Coordinate method for specifying the motion.


5. Vector way to specify the motion.. Educational Activity Basic concepts, motion, monotonic motion, displacement, mean velocity, trajectory,

ways of specifying motion, radius vector, coordinates of a point. Kinematics is the division of mechanics, in which the geometric properties of the motion of bodies are studied without regard to their inertia (mass) and forces acting on them.


Kinematics is itself, the basic kinematic concepts and dependencies are necessary for studying the motion of bodies with allowance for the action of forces. On the other hand, the methods of kinematics have an independent practical value, for example, in studying the transmission of motion mechanisms. For this reason, under the influence of the requests of the developing machine-building industry, kinematics were separated into an independent section of mechanics (in the first half of the 19th century). By motion, we understand in mechanics the change over time of the position of a given body in space with respect to other bodies.

DATE Weeks 21 - Module XXI: GRAPHICS OF MOVEMENT, SPEED AND ACCELERATION OF THE POINT. DETERMINATION OF SPEED AND ACCELERATION OF THE POINT WITH

NATURAL METHOD OF ASSIGNMENT OF MOVEMENT.

Topics The main topics of this module are: 1. The vector of the velocity of a point. 2. The vector of the acceleration point. 3. Tangential and normal acceleration of a point.

Educational Activity speed, acceleration, average speed, motion, kinds of motion, the coordinates of a point, the projection of speed and acceleration.



Data Weeks 22. Module XXII: PROGRESSIVE MOVEMENT. ROTATIONAL MOVEMENT OF THE SOLID BODY AROUND THE AXIS. ANGULAR VELOCITY. ANGULAR ACCELERATION. SPEED AND ACCELERATION OF A POINT OF A SOLID BODY ROTATING AROUND A FIXED AXIS.

Topics The main topics of this module are: 1. Progressive movement. 2. Rotational motion of a rigid body.

Educational Activity translational motion, rotational motion, axis of rotation, angular velocity, angular


acceleration. Independent work of

students Reading: In kinematics, like statics, we will treat all solids as absolutely solid, i.e. we assume that the distance between any two points of the body remains unchanged during the motion. The problems of kinematics of a solid body break up into two parts: 1) assigning motion and studying the kinematic characteristics of the motion of the whole body as a whole; 2) study the movements of each of the points of the body separately.

Data Weeks 23. Module XXIII: PLANE-PARALLEL MOVEMENT OF THE SOLID. DECOMPOSITION OF THE MOVEMENT ON THE INTRODUCTORY AND ROTATIONAL

MOVEMENT. DETERMINATION OF SPEEDS OF POINT PLANE POINTS. TOPICS 1. The equation of plane-parallel motion.

2. Decomposition of motion into translational and rotational 3. Determination of the velocities of body points.

Educational Activity solid, plane-parallel motion, composed of motion-translational and rotational, speed and acceleration, instantaneous center of rotation, center of instantaneous accelerations.



DATE Weeks 24. Module XXIV: THE INSTANT CENTER OF SPEEDS. THEOREM ON THE PROJECTIONS OF THE SPEEDS OF TWO POINTS OF THE BODY. DETERMINATION OF

ACCELERATION OF BODY POINTS. INSTANT CENTER FOR ACCELERATION. TOPICS The main topics of this module are:

1. Determination of the velocities of points of the body with the help of the instantaneous velocity center. 2. Plan of velocities. 3. Determination of the acceleration of body points. 4. Instantaneous acceleration center

Educational Activity instantaneous center of acceleration, instantaneous center of rotation and methods for determining them, pole.


Reading: The main and additional literature on the list. Conducting research: A creative abstract on the proposed topic using the recommended resources. Preparation of the report / presentation: To compose a creative essay on one of the proposed topics. The abstract should not exceed 5 pages of typewritten test.


An example from the practice of the real world of the student: Speech with a prepared essay (imitation of speech at a scientific conference, presentation of the preparation of questions) Experiment in a simulated environment / based on problematic scenarios: Simulation of a scientific conference, during which people present questions, create a discussion. Self-assessment test: Written answer to the questions: what new did I learn? What questions stood before me? How did I answer them? What could I do better? What are the weaknesses of my report? Review: oral discussion and summarizing. Reading topics - Student Independent Study. Case study taken from the student's real world. Self-assessment test (10 questions). Peer review.

DATE Weeks 25. Module XXV: KINEMATIC EILER EQUATIONS. SPEED AND ACCELERATION OF BODY POINTS.

TOPICS The main topics of this module are: 1. The main orientation system, the agile system, the Euler angles. 2. Axes-own rotation, precession, nutation, angular velocity of the body.

Educational Activity orientation systems, angles, axes of coordinate systems, angular velocity, angular velocity projections.Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.



DATE Weeks 26. COMPLEX MOTION POINT. RELATIVE, PORTABLE AND ABSOLUTE MOVEMENTS. THEOREM ON STABILIZING SPEEDS. THEOREM OF CORIOLIS.

FLAT SYSTEM FORCE. CASE OF PARALLEL FORCES.


TOPICS The main topics of this module are: 1. Relative, portable and absolute movement. 2. Addition of velocities.

Educational Activity Module The flat system of forces. relative, portable and absolute motion, complex motion, complex velocities, Coriolis theorem.Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.


Reading: The main and additional literature on the list. Conducting research: A creative abstract on the proposed topic using the recommended resources. Preparation of the report / presentation: To compose a creative essay on one of the proposed topics. The abstract should not exceed 5 pages of typewritten test. An example from the practice of the real world of the student: Speech with a prepared essay (imitation of speech at a scientific conference, presentation of the preparation of questions) Experiment in a simulated environment / based on problematic scenarios: Simulation of a scientific conference, during which people present questions, create a discussion. Self-assessment test: Written answer to the questions: what new did I learn? What questions stood before me? How did I answer them? What could I do better? What are the weaknesses of my report? Review: oral discussion and summarizing. Reading topics - Student Independent Study. Case study taken from the student's real world. Self-assessment test (10 questions). Peer review.

DATE Weeks 26 Module COMPLETION OF PROGRESSIVE MOVEMENTS. COMPOSITION OF ROTATIONS AROUND 2 PARALLEL AXIES. The composition of rotational and

progressive motions. SCREW MOVEMENT TOPICS The main topics of this module are:

1. Accumulation of accelerations 2. Addition of accelerations in the translational motion. 3. Accumulation of accelerations in the translational motion. The Coriolis theorem 4. Addition of translational movements. 5. Addition of rotation around two parallel axes

Educational Activity Module Spatial force system. forward motion, addition of motion, rotation around 2 parallel axes, addition of rotations, screw motion. Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.


Reading: literature on the list of recommended basic and additional literature. Conducting research: a scientific essay on one of the proposed topics. Preparation of the presentation: The volume of the essay - 1 page of printed text. Thoughts are formulated in a thesis form, followed by defense in an oral


presentation. Content requirements: - Presence of the plan of performance; - Identification of goals and objectives of the essay; - Highlighting key terms; - Clearly formulated theses; - Thoughtful argumentation; - Full disclosure of the topic. The topic should be fully disclosed, the main ideas are formulated in a thesis form. Proofs of the thesis and examples are told orally. Example from real-world practice of the student: Presentation of the product for sale / research to obtain grant financing. Self-assessment test (30 questions) - based on the material studied, with options for answers and an open type. Reviewing. Writing a review or review of their own work, as well as the work of a classmate (random choice).

Course evaluation mechanisms Tests, oral or written tasks

Training materials and references Literature

1. Nazariy mexanikadan kurs ishlari uchun topshiriqlar to'plami. - T. «О'qituvchi», 2002. 2. Husanov Q.. "Nazariy mexanika" (statika, kinematika). O'quv qo'llanma. Toshkent- 2012. 3. Husanov Q.. "Nazariy mexanika fanidan laboratoriya topshiriqlari to'plami". O'quv qo'llanma. Toshkent-2007. 4. Bahodirov G'.O., Husanov Q. "Nazariy mexanika fanidan topshiriqlar to'plami" . Uslubiy qo'llanma. Toshkent-2010. 5. Szolga I.V. Theoretical Mechanics. Part 2.- 2010 (261p) 6.Szolga I.V. Theoretical Mechanics.- 2010 (204p) 7.Jotautiene E. Theoretical Mechanics. Practicums.- Kaunas-Akademija, 2012 Edditional:

1. Rashidov T.R., Shozi'yotov Sh.Sh., Мo'minov K.B.. "Nazariy mexanika asoslari". Toshkent, "O'qituvchi", 1990. 2. Мещерский И.Б "Nazariy mexanikadan masalalar to'plami" Toshkent, "O'qituvchi", 1990. 3. Tapг С.М. Краткий курс теоретической механики . 10-е изд.- М, Hayка, 1986. 4. Shoxaydarova P., Shozi'yotov Sh.Sh., Zoirov J. Nazariy mexanika, Toshkent, "O'qituvchi", 1981. 5. Мещерский И.Б. C6opник задач по теоритической механике. 35-е изд. перераб., М., Hayка, 1981. 6.. Yahyoev M.S., Mo'minov B.. "Nazariy mexanika". Toshkent,"O'qituvchi", 1990. 7. Бутенин Н.В., Jlyнс Я.Л., Меркин Д.Р., Kypc тeopeтической mexaники, 4-e изд., перераб. и доп.-М., Hayкa., 1985.

том.1,2 8. Baт М.И.,Джанелидзе Г.Ю., Keльзон А.С., "Teopeтическая mexaника в примерах и задачах". 9-e изд. доп.,М.,

Hayкa., 1990, том.1,2. 9. Aziz-Qoriev S.K., Yangurazov Sh.X.. "Nazariy mexanikadan masalalar yechish metodikasi" (Statika

va kinematika).Qayta ishlangan 2-nashri. -Toshkent,"O'qituvchi", 1974. 10. Яблонский A.A., Hopeйко С.С., Вольфсон С.A.. C6opник заданий кypcoвых pa6oт по тeopeтической

мexaнике. 3-e изд. ИСПР., М., Высшая школа, 1978. 11. Husanov Q. «Qattiq jismning qo'zg'almas o'q atrofidagi harakati» mavzusi bo'yicha hisob-grafik ishlarini

o'rganish uchun metodik ko'rsatma, 1993. Internet resource:

1. www. http://uni.udm.ru/pubhouse/shop2.htm 2. www .http://pedagog.uz 3. www .http://elkutubhona.narod.ru/html/elmarqurilish.htm


Tashkent University of Information Technologies, Uzbekistan


Information Security (а) - Syllabus

Course Title Information Security Pre-requisite (s) Hours 72 hours Out of Class assignment

Hours T/SIS: 46 hours

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Tashkent University of Information Technologies Department: Ensuring Information Security Ass.Prof. Abdukhalil Ganiyev E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description The purpose of the discipline "Information Security" is to teach students basic principles of information security in the operation of computer facilities, computer and communication systems, to familiarize students with organizational, technical, algorithmic other methods and means of information protection, with modern cryptosystems. The concepts, methods, tools and main directions of activity in the field of information security, concepts and types of protected information are disclosed in the framework of the legislation of the Republic of Uzbekistan.

Trainees profile Bachelor, 2 year

Learning Objectives As a result of studying the discipline, the student must: Be able to: - select and analyze quality indicators and criteria for evaluating systems and certain methods and means of protecting information; - to use modern scientific and technical information on the problems and problems studied; Have skills: - analysis of the state's information infrastructure; - a formal formulation and solution of the problem of ensuring information security of computer systems. Pedagogical aims to be reached Pedagogical aims of the course to be reached are to increase students motivation, comply with needs and intellectual demands of students, to develop the capacity to explore their way of problem solving, to develop analytical skills and critical thinking of students.

Pedagogical methodologies used: In the process of studying the course the following teaching methods will be used:

- Explanatory-illustrative; - Problem statement of the material; - Heuristic; - Research.


Students need to conduct various types of independent work, apply knowledge in specific speech situations, independently look for information on specific topics, work individually and in a group, engage in evaluating classmates and self-esteem.

Pedagogical tools To achieve these goals, the following tools will be used in the learning process: - Interactive (interaction, including through social networks and forums); - multimedia (photo, video, graphics, animation, sound); - modeling (modeling of real situations); - Communicative (control over the state of the learning process and own results); - productivity (quick search for information on keywords, access to unique publications of reference and





Course Structure


DATE Weeks 1-2- Module I: Introduction. Basic concepts of information security and its tasks.

Topics The main topics of this module are: The concept of information security, the characteristics of its components, the place of information security in the national security system, the conceptual basis of information protection. Mechanisms and types of information security: conceptual, political, legislative, regulatory, technical, administrative, software and technical. Tasks and levels of information security. Security policies. Strategy and architecture of information security.

Learning activities Module Introduction. Basic concepts of information security and its tasks: Assimulative activities -reading, study; Finding and handling information - analysing information; Communication - debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive - design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental - practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive / adaptive - model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment - write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback. Assimilative activities - reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information - extracting information from authentic sources (physical and on-line libraries), analyzing information, synthesis of data; Communication - debating, sharing, discussion, collaboration, presentations (PPP, Prezi, emaze); Production - creation and design of presentations, projects, drawing diagrams, composing thesis-led assays, writing summaries; Interactive / adaptive - roleplay, problem-based scenarios, case study (on-line); Assessment - writing essays, summaries; Presentation of reports, projects, demonstration of projects, peer-review, peer-evaluation, self-assessment, feedback (from students / teacher).




Reading: The main and additional literature on the list. Conducting research: A creative abstract on the proposed topic using the recommended resources. Preparation of the report / presentation: To compose a creative essay on one of the proposed topics. The abstract should not exceed 5 pages of typewritten test. An example from the practice of the real world of the student: Speech with a prepared essay (imitation of the round table, presentation of the preparation of questions) Experiment in a simulated environment / based on problematic scenarios: Simulation of a round table, during which people present questions, create a discussion. Self-assessment test: Written answer to the questions: what new did I learn? What questions stood before me? How did I answer them? What could I do better? What are the weaknesses of my report? Review: oral discussion and summarizing. Reading topics - Student Independent Study. Case study taken from the student's real world. Self-assessment test (10 questions). Peer review.

DATE Weeks 3-4- Module II: Threats, attacks and vulnerabilities in information security. Topics The main topics of this module are:

Threats to information security, their analysis. Characteristics of threats to information security. Vulnerability of information security. Confidentiality, integrity, accessibility. Secrecy and integrity of information. Aspects of information security. Tasks of information security: accessibility, integrity, confidentiality. Measures to ensure information security. Unauthorized access (NID) to information and methods of NID.

Learning activities Module threats, attacks and vulnerabilities in information security: Assimulative activities -reading, study; Finding and handling information - analysing information; Communication - debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive - design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental - practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive / adaptive - model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment - write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback. Assimulative activities - reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information - extracting information from authentic sources (physical and on-line libraries), analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication - debating, sharing, discussion, collaboration, presentations (PPP, Prezi, emaze); Production - creation and design of presentations, projects, drawing diagrams, composing thesis-led assays, writing summaries; Interactive / adaptive - roleplay, problem-based scenarios, case study (on-line); Assessment - writing essays, summaries; Presentation of reports, projects, demonstration of projects, peer-review, peer-evaluation, self-assessment, feedback (from students / teacher).



Reading: literature on the list of recommended basic and additional literature. Conducting research: a scientific essay on one of the proposed topics. Preparation of the presentation: The volume of the essay - 1 page of printed text. Thoughts are formulated in a thesis form, followed by defense in an oral presentation. Content requirements: - Presence of the plan of performance; - Identification of goals and objectives of the essay;


- Highlighting key terms; - Clearly formulated theses; - Thoughtful argumentation; - Full disclosure of the topic. The topic should be fully disclosed, the main ideas are formulated in a thesis form. Proofs of the thesis and examples are told orally. Example from real-world practice of the student: Presentation of the product for sale / research to obtain grant financing. Self-assessment test (30 questions) - based on the material studied, with options for answers and an open type. Reviewing. Writing a review or review of their own work, as well as the work of a classmate (random choice).

DATE Week 5- Module III: International and national regulatory and legal framework in the field of information security.

Topics The main topics of this module are: International standards in the field of information security. National standards in the field of information security. Normative documents in the field of information security. Laws and Regulations on Information Security. Applicable practice in the field of communication technology.

Learning activities Module International and national regulatory and legal framework in the field of information security consists of the following actions: Assimulative activities -reading, study; Finding and handling information - analysing information; Communication - debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive - design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental - practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive / adaptive - model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment - write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback. Assimulative activities - reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information - extracting information from authentic sources (physical and on-line libraries), analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication - debating, sharing, discussion, collaboration, presentations (PPP, Prezi, emaze); Production - creation and design of presentations, projects, drawing diagrams, composing thesis-led assays, writing summaries; Interactive / adaptive - roleplay, problem-based scenarios, case study (on-line); Assessment - writing essays, summaries; Presentation of reports, projects, demonstration of projects, peer-review, peer-evaluation, self-assessment, feedback (from students / teacher).





Reading topics - Student Independent Study. Case study taken from the student's real world. Self-assessment test (10 questions). Peer review.

DATE Weeks 6-7- Module IV: Security Models. Topics The main topics of this module are:

The model of the infringer of information security, the prevention of possible threats, the category of infringers of information security, depending on the purpose and methods, the security model in computer systems and networks. The Bell and La-Padula model, the Dena model, the Landver model. Discretionary model of Harrison-Ruzo-Ulman, Mandatory model of Bell-Lapadul, role model of security.

Learning activities Module Security Models. Assimulative activities -reading, study; Finding and handling information - analysing information; Communication - debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive - design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental - practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive / adaptive - model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment - write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback. Assimulative activities - reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information - extracting information from authentic sources (physical and on-line libraries), analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication - debating, sharing, discussion, collaboration, presentations (PPP, Prezi, emaze); Production - creation and design of presentations, projects, drawing diagrams, composing thesis-led assays, writing summaries; Interactive / adaptive - roleplay, problem-based scenarios, case study (on-line); Assessment - writing essays, summaries; Presentation of reports, projects, demonstration of projects, peer-review, peer-evaluation, self-assessment, feedback (from students / teacher).




DATE Weeks 8-9- Module V: Cryptographic methods of information protection. Topics The main topics of this module are:

Basic concepts and classification of means of cryptographic information protection, brief history and essence of cryptography. Methods of cryptographic information


transformation: encryption, steganography, encoding, compression Encryption systems with a symmetric (secret) key and an asymmetric (open) key. Replacement methods, polyalphabetic substitution methods, additive methods, RSA algorithm. Authentication of electronic documents. Electronic digital signature, the advantage and formation of an electronic digital signature, electronic digital signature verification scheme. Hardware-software means of information protection.

Learning activities The module cryptographic methods of information protection consists of the following actions: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback. Assimulative activities – reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from authentic sources (physical and on-line libraries), analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debating, sharing, discussion, collaboration, presentations (PPP, Prezi, emaze); Production – creation and design of presentations, projects, drawing diagrams, composing thesis-led assays, writing summaries; Interactive/adaptive – roleplay, problem-based scenarios, case study (on-line); Assessment – writing essays, summaries; presentation of reports, projects, demonstration of projects, peer-review, peer-evaluation, self-assessment, feedback (from students/teacher).




DATE Week 10- Module VI: Identification and Authentication. Topics The main topics of this module are:

Basic concepts and concepts. Typical schemes of identification and user authentication. Classification of authentication methods. Features of the password for user authentication. Biometric authentication and user authentication. Mutual authentication of users. A lot of factor authentication.

Learning activities Module Identification and Authentication.: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate,


present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback. Assimulative activities – reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from authentic sources (physical and on-line libraries), analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debating, sharing, discussion, collaboration, presentations (PPP, Prezi, emaze); Production – creation and design of presentations, projects, drawing diagrams, composing thesis-led assays, writing summaries; Interactive/adaptive – roleplay, problem-based scenarios, case study (on-line); Assessment – writing essays, summaries; presentation of reports, projects, demonstration of projects, peer-review, peer-evaluation, self-assessment, feedback (from students/teacher).




DATE Weeks 11-12- Module VII: Computer viruses, malware and mechanisms to combat them.

Topics The main topics of this module are: Definitions of computer viruses, classification of computer viruses by features. Analysis of computer crimes and virus attacks. Methods and means of fighting viruses. Prevention of virus infection of computer systems. The order of the user's actions upon detection of virus infection by the computer. Protection of personal computers and corporate systems from the impact of malicious programs and viruses.

Learning activities Computer viruses, malware and mechanisms to combat them consists of the following: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback. Assimulative activities – reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from authentic sources


(physical and on-line libraries), analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debating, sharing, discussion, collaboration, presentations (PPP, Prezi, emaze); Production – creation and design of presentations, projects, drawing diagrams, composing thesis-led assays, writing summaries; Interactive/adaptive – roleplay, problem-based scenarios, case study (on-line); Assessment – writing essays, summaries; presentation of reports, projects, demonstration of projects, peer-review, peer-evaluation, self-assessment, feedback (from students/teacher).



Reading: The main and additional literature on the list. Conducting research: A creative abstract on the proposed topic using the recommended resources. Preparation of the report / presentation: To compose a creative essay on one of the proposed topics. The abstract should not exceed 5 pages of typewritten test. An example from the practice of the real world of the student: Speech with a prepared essay (imitation of speech at a scientific conference, presentation of the preparation of questions) Experiment in a simulated environment/based on problematic scenarios: Simulation of a scientific conference, during which people present questions, create a discussion. Self-assessment test: Written answer to the questions: what new did I learn? What questions stood before me? How did I answer them? What could I do better? What are the weaknesses of my report? Review: oral discussion and summarizing. Reading topics - Student Independent Study. Case study taken from the student's real world. Self-assessment test (10 questions). Peer review.

DATE Weeks 13- Module VIII: The place of firewalls in the protection of information. Topics The main topics of this module are:

Features of the functioning of firewalls, the main components of firewalls, the scheme of interconnection of firewalls. Classification of firewalls, traffic filtering. The basic schemes of network protection on the basis of firewalls.

Learning activities Module The place of firewalls in the protection of information consists of the following: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback. Assimulative activities – reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from authentic sources (physical and on-line libraries), analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debating, sharing, discussion, collaboration, presentations (PPP, Prezi, emaze); Production – creation and design of presentations, projects, drawing diagrams, composing thesis-led assays, writing summaries; Interactive/adaptive – roleplay, problem-based scenarios, case study (on-line); Assessment – writing essays, summaries; presentation of reports, projects, demonstration of projects, peer-review, peer-evaluation, self-assessment, feedback (from students/teacher).





DATE Week 14- Module IX: Virtual Private Network (VPN). Topics The main topics of this module are:

The concept of building a secure virtual private network (VPN), options for building virtual protected channels. VPN technologies for network protection, the principle of VPN.

Learning activities The Virtual Private Network (VPN) module consists of the following: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback. Assimulative activities – reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from authentic sources (physical and on-line libraries), analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debating, sharing, discussion, collaboration, presentations (PPP, Prezi, emaze); Production – creation and design of presentations, projects, drawing diagrams, composing thesis-led assays, writing summaries; Interactive/adaptive – roleplay, problem-based scenarios, case study (on-line); Assessment – writing essays, summaries; presentation of reports, projects, demonstration of projects, peer-review, peer-evaluation, self-assessment, feedback (from students/teacher).



Reading: The main and additional literature on the list. Conducting research: A creative abstract on the proposed topic using the recommended resources. Preparation of the report / presentation: To compose a creative essay on one of the proposed topics. The abstract should not exceed 5 pages of typewritten test. An example from the practice of the real world of the student: Speech with a prepared essay (imitation of speech at a scientific conference, presentation of the preparation of questions) Experiment in a simulated environment / based on problematic scenarios: Simulation of a scientific conference, during which people present questions, create


a discussion. Self-assessment test: Written answer to the questions: what new did I learn? What questions stood before me? How did I answer them? What could I do better? What are the weaknesses of my report? Review: oral discussion and summarizing. Reading topics - Student Independent Study. Case study taken from the student's real world. Self-assessment test (10 questions). Peer review.

DATE Week 15- Module X: Operating System Protection. Topics The main topics of this module are:

The problems of ensuring the protection of operating systems, the architecture of the subsystem providing protection for operating systems, the application of software applications in the protection of information. Application programs for system security.

Learning activities The Operating System Protection module consists of the following: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback. Assimulative activities – reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from authentic sources (physical and on-line libraries), analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debating, sharing, discussion, collaboration, presentations (PPP, Prezi, emaze); Production – creation and design of presentations, projects, drawing diagrams, composing thesis-led assays, writing summaries; Interactive/adaptive – roleplay, problem-based scenarios, case study (on-line); Assessment – writing essays, summaries; presentation of reports, projects, demonstration of projects, peer-review, peer-evaluation, self-assessment, feedback (from students/teacher).





DATE Week 16- Module XI: Information leakage channels. Topics The main topics of this module are:

General classification of technical channels of information leakage. General recommendations for the protection of information circulating in the premises. The methods of information transfer to information through technical means, information leakage through technical channels, visual, acoustic, electromagnetic, material-material channels. Ways of unauthorized access to wire communication lines, to fiber-optic communication lines and wireless communication lines. Special technical means for secretly intercepting and recording information circulating in information systems.

Learning activities The module Information leakage channels consists of the following: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback. Assimulative activities – reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from authentic sources (physical and on-line libraries), analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debating, sharing, discussion, collaboration, presentations (PPP, Prezi, emaze); Production – creation and design of presentations, projects, drawing diagrams, composing thesis-led assays, writing summaries; Interactive/adaptive – roleplay, problem-based scenarios, case study (on-line); Assessment – writing essays, summaries; presentation of reports, projects, demonstration of projects, peer-review, peer-evaluation, self-assessment, feedback (from students/teacher).




DATE Week 17- Module XII: Protection of information in wireless networks. Topics The main topics of this module are:

Wireless technology. Threats to wireless network security. Methods for protecting wireless networks. Intrusion detection systems in wireless networks.

Learning activities The module Protection of information in wireless networks consists of the following actions: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information –


analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback. Assimulative activities – reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from authentic sources (physical and on-line libraries), analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debating, sharing, discussion, collaboration, presentations (PPP, Prezi, emaze); Production – creation and design of presentations, projects, drawing diagrams, composing thesis-led assays, writing summaries; Interactive/adaptive – roleplay, problem-based scenarios, case study (on-line); Assessment – writing essays, summaries; presentation of reports, projects, demonstration of projects, peer-review, peer-evaluation, self-assessment, feedback (from students/teacher).




DATE Weeks 18- Module XIII: Information Security Management. Topics The main topics of this module are:

Objectives of information security management, information security management architecture. Protection of resources, management of means of protection. Audit of the security of the information system, monitoring the security of the system.

Learning activities The Information Security Management module consists of the following: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback. Assimulative activities – reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from authentic sources (physical and on-line libraries), analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debating, sharing, discussion, collaboration, presentations (PPP, Prezi, emaze);


Production – creation and design of presentations, projects, drawing diagrams, composing thesis-led assays, writing summaries; Interactive/adaptive – roleplay, problem-based scenarios, case study (on-line); Assessment – writing essays, summaries; presentation of reports, projects, demonstration of projects, peer-review, peer-evaluation, self-assessment, feedback (from students/teacher).





Continuous rating (70%) Summative Rating (30%) Attestation I Attestation II Examination


30% 10% 20%


30% 10% 20%



20% 10% 10%


20% 10% 10%


25% 10%

15%


25% 10%

15%


25% 10% 10% 5%


25% 10% 5%

10%



Instructional Materials and References 1. В.Ф. Шаньгин «Информационная безопасность», М: ДМК Пресс, 2014 г., 702 стр. 2. В.Ф. Шаньгин «Информационная безопасность компьютерных систем и сетей», 2010 г., 416 стр. 3. Цирлов В.Л. «Основы информационной безопасности информационных систем», издательство

«Феникс», 2008 г., 173 стр. 4. Соколов А.В., Шаньгин В.Ф. Защита информации в распределенных корпоративных сетях и

системах. М.:ДМК Пресс,2002.-656с. 5. Завгородний В.И. Комплексная зашита информации в компьютерных системах: Учебное пособие. -

М.: Логос; 2001. -264 с.

6. Stallings, William. Computer security: principles and practice/William Stallings, Lawrie Brown.—2nd ed.

2012.

7. Hong, Seokhie, Park, Jong Hwan. Information Security and Cryptology – ICISC 2016. 19th International

Conference, Seoul, South Korea, November 30 – December 2, 2016.

8. Rolf Oppliger, SSL and TLS: Theory and Practice, Second Edition, 978-1-60807-998-8, 2016, 304 pp.

9. Stefan Katzenbeisser, and Fabien Petitcolas (Eds.), Information Hiding, 978-1-60807-928-5, 2015, approx.

312 pp.

10. Stefan Rass, and Daniel Slamanig, Cryptography for Security and Privacy in Cloud Computing, ISBN 978-

1-60807-575-1, 2013, 260 pp. Additional references

1. Мерит Максим, Девид Полино. Безопасность беспроводных сетей. Информационные технологий

для инженеров.М.2004. 2. 2. В.А.Галатенко. Идентификация и аутентификация, управление доступом. Лекция из курса

Основы информационной безопасности. Интернет Университет Информационных Технологий, www.INTUIT.ru.

3. Беляев А.В. Методы и средства защиты информации .//www/citforum.ru/internet/infsecure/its2000_01.shtml.

4. Олифер В.Г. Защита информации при работе в Интернет// Connect-2002. -№11. 5. Казарин О.В. Безопасность программного обеспечения компьютерных систем. Монография. – М.:

МГУЛ, 2003. – 212 с. 6. C. Warren Axelrod, Engineering Safe and Secure Software Systems, ISBN 978-1-60807-472-3, 2012, 350 p

7. Rolf Oppliger, Contemporary Cryptography, Second Edition, ISBN 978-1-60807-145-6, 2011, 612 pp.

http://www.urss.ru/cgi-bin/db.pl?cp=&page=Book&id=12007&lang=Ru&blang=ru&list=Found Internet sources

1.www. ziyonet.uz 2. www.library.tuit.uz 3. www.intuit.ru 4. www.citforum.ru

Information Security (b) - Syllabus

Course Title Information Security Pre-requisite (s) Hours 72 hours Out of Class assignment



Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Tashkent University of Information Technologies Department: Ensuring Information Security Lectures: Ass.Prof. Khusnutdin Samarov E-mail: [email protected] Practice: Baxodir Yusupov E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description The purpose of the discipline "Information Security" is to teach students basic principles of information security in the operation of computer facilities, computer and communication systems, to familiarize students with organizational, technical, algorithmic other methods and means of information protection, with modern cryptosystems. The concepts, methods, tools and main directions of activity in the field of information security, concepts and types of protected information are disclosed in the framework of the legislation of the Republic of Uzbekistan.

Trainees profile Bachelor, 2 year

Learning Objectives As a result of studying the discipline, the student must: Be able to: - select and analyze quality indicators and criteria for evaluating systems and certain methods and means of protecting information; - to use modern scientific and technical information on the problems and problems studied; Have skills: - analysis of the state's information infrastructure; - a formal formulation and solution of the problem of ensuring information security of computer systems. Pedagogical aims to be reached Pedagogical aims of the course to be reached are to increase students motivation, comply with needs and intellectual demands of students, to develop the capacity to explore their way of problem solving, to develop analytical skills and critical thinking of students.


- Explanatory-illustrative; - Problem statement of the material; - Heuristic; - Research. Students need to conduct various types of independent work, apply knowledge in specific speech situations, independently look for information on specific topics, work individually and in a group, engage in evaluating classmates and self-esteem.

Pedagogical tools To achieve these goals, the following tools will be used in the learning process: - Interactive (interaction, including through social networks and forums); - multimedia (photo, video, graphics, animation, sound); - modeling (modeling of real situations); - Communicative (control over the state of the learning process and own results); - productivity (quick search for information on keywords, access to unique publications of reference and






Course Structure


DATE Weeks 1-2- Module I: Introduction. Basic concepts of information security and its tasks.

Topics The main topics of this module are: The concept of information security, the characteristics of its components, the place of information security in the national security system, the conceptual basis of information protection. Mechanisms and types of information security: conceptual, political, legislative, regulatory, technical, administrative, software and technical. Tasks and levels of information security. Security policies. Strategy and architecture of information security.

Learning activities Module Introduction. Basic concepts of information security and its tasks: Assimulative activities -reading, study; Finding and handling information - analysing information; Communication - debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive - design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental - practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive / adaptive - model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment - write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback. Assimilative activities - reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information - extracting information from authentic sources (physical and on-line libraries), analyzing information, synthesis of data; Communication - debating, sharing, discussion, collaboration, presentations (PPP, Prezi, emaze); Production - creation and design of presentations, projects, drawing diagrams, composing thesis-led assays, writing summaries; Interactive / adaptive - roleplay, problem-based scenarios, case study (on-line); Assessment - writing essays, summaries; Presentation of reports, projects, demonstration of projects, peer-review, peer-evaluation, self-assessment, feedback (from students / teacher).



Reading: The main and additional literature on the list. Conducting research: A creative abstract on the proposed topic using the recommended resources. Preparation of the report / presentation: To compose a creative essay on one of the proposed topics. The abstract should not exceed 5 pages of typewritten test. An example from the practice of the real world of the student: Speech with a prepared essay (imitation of the round table, presentation of the preparation of questions) Experiment in a simulated environment / based on problematic scenarios: Simulation of a round table, during which people present questions, create a discussion.


Self-assessment test: Written answer to the questions: what new did I learn? What questions stood before me? How did I answer them? What could I do better? What are the weaknesses of my report? Review: oral discussion and summarizing. Reading topics - Student Independent Study. Case study taken from the student's real world. Self-assessment test (10 questions). Peer review.

DATE Weeks 3-4- Module II: Threats, attacks and vulnerabilities in information security. Topics The main topics of this module are:

Threats to information security, their analysis. Characteristics of threats to information security. Vulnerability of information security. Confidentiality, integrity, accessibility. Secrecy and integrity of information. Aspects of information security. Tasks of information security: accessibility, integrity, confidentiality. Measures to ensure information security. Unauthorized access (NID) to information and methods of NID.

Learning activities Module threats, attacks and vulnerabilities in information security: Assimulative activities -reading, study; Finding and handling information - analysing information; Communication - debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive - design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental - practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive / adaptive - model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment - write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback. Assimulative activities - reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information - extracting information from authentic sources (physical and on-line libraries), analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication - debating, sharing, discussion, collaboration, presentations (PPP, Prezi, emaze); Production - creation and design of presentations, projects, drawing diagrams, composing thesis-led assays, writing summaries; Interactive / adaptive - roleplay, problem-based scenarios, case study (on-line); Assessment - writing essays, summaries; Presentation of reports, projects, demonstration of projects, peer-review, peer-evaluation, self-assessment, feedback (from students / teacher).



Reading: literature on the list of recommended basic and additional literature. Conducting research: a scientific essay on one of the proposed topics. Preparation of the presentation: The volume of the essay - 1 page of printed text. Thoughts are formulated in a thesis form, followed by defense in an oral presentation. Content requirements: - Presence of the plan of performance; - Identification of goals and objectives of the essay; - Highlighting key terms; - Clearly formulated theses; - Thoughtful argumentation; - Full disclosure of the topic. The topic should be fully disclosed, the main ideas are formulated in a thesis form. Proofs of the thesis and examples are told orally. Example from real-world practice of the student: Presentation of the product for sale / research to obtain grant financing. Self-assessment test (30 questions) - based on the material studied, with options for answers and an open type. Reviewing. Writing a review or review of their own work, as well as the work of a


classmate (random choice). DATE Week 5- Module III: International and national regulatory and legal framework in the

field of information security. Topics The main topics of this module are:

International standards in the field of information security. National standards in the field of information security. Normative documents in the field of information security. Laws and Regulations on Information Security. Applicable practice in the field of communication technology.

Learning activities Module International and national regulatory and legal framework in the field of information security consists of the following actions: Assimulative activities -reading, study; Finding and handling information - analysing information; Communication - debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive - design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental - practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive / adaptive - model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment - write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback. Assimulative activities - reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information - extracting information from authentic sources (physical and on-line libraries), analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication - debating, sharing, discussion, collaboration, presentations (PPP, Prezi, emaze); Production - creation and design of presentations, projects, drawing diagrams, composing thesis-led assays, writing summaries; Interactive / adaptive - roleplay, problem-based scenarios, case study (on-line); Assessment - writing essays, summaries; Presentation of reports, projects, demonstration of projects, peer-review, peer-evaluation, self-assessment, feedback (from students / teacher).




DATE Weeks 6-7- Module IV: Security Models. Topics The main topics of this module are:

The model of the infringer of information security, the prevention of possible threats, the category of infringers of information security, depending on the purpose and methods, the security model in computer systems and networks. The Bell and La-Padula model, the Dena model, the Landver model. Discretionary model of Harrison-Ruzo-Ulman, Mandatory model of Bell-Lapadul, role model of security.


Learning activities Module Security Models. Assimulative activities -reading, study; Finding and handling information - analysing information; Communication - debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive - design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental - practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive / adaptive - model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment - write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback. Assimulative activities - reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information - extracting information from authentic sources (physical and on-line libraries), analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication - debating, sharing, discussion, collaboration, presentations (PPP, Prezi, emaze); Production - creation and design of presentations, projects, drawing diagrams, composing thesis-led assays, writing summaries; Interactive / adaptive - roleplay, problem-based scenarios, case study (on-line); Assessment - writing essays, summaries; Presentation of reports, projects, demonstration of projects, peer-review, peer-evaluation, self-assessment, feedback (from students / teacher).




DATE Weeks 8-9- Module V: Cryptographic methods of information protection. Topics The main topics of this module are:

Basic concepts and classification of means of cryptographic information protection, brief history and essence of cryptography. Methods of cryptographic information transformation: encryption, steganography, encoding, compression Encryption systems with a symmetric (secret) key and an asymmetric (open) key. Replacement methods, polyalphabetic substitution methods, additive methods, RSA algorithm. Authentication of electronic documents. Electronic digital signature, the advantage and formation of an electronic digital signature, electronic digital signature verification scheme. Hardware-software means of information protection.

Learning activities The module cryptographic methods of information protection consists of the following actions: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate;


Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback. Assimulative activities – reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from authentic sources (physical and on-line libraries), analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debating, sharing, discussion, collaboration, presentations (PPP, Prezi, emaze); Production – creation and design of presentations, projects, drawing diagrams, composing thesis-led assays, writing summaries; Interactive/adaptive – roleplay, problem-based scenarios, case study (on-line); Assessment – writing essays, summaries; presentation of reports, projects, demonstration of projects, peer-review, peer-evaluation, self-assessment, feedback (from students/teacher).




DATE Week 10- Module VI: Identification and Authentication. Topics The main topics of this module are:

Basic concepts and concepts. Typical schemes of identification and user authentication. Classification of authentication methods. Features of the password for user authentication. Biometric authentication and user authentication. Mutual authentication of users. A lot of factor authentication.

Learning activities Module Identification and Authentication.: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback. Assimulative activities – reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from authentic sources (physical and on-line libraries), analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debating, sharing, discussion, collaboration, presentations (PPP, Prezi, emaze); Production – creation and design of presentations, projects, drawing diagrams, composing thesis-led assays, writing summaries;


Interactive/adaptive – roleplay, problem-based scenarios, case study (on-line); Assessment – writing essays, summaries; presentation of reports, projects, demonstration of projects, peer-review, peer-evaluation, self-assessment, feedback (from students/teacher).




DATE Weeks 11-12- Module VII: Computer viruses, malware and mechanisms to combat them.

Topics The main topics of this module are: Definitions of computer viruses, classification of computer viruses by features. Analysis of computer crimes and virus attacks. Methods and means of fighting viruses. Prevention of virus infection of computer systems. The order of the user's actions upon detection of virus infection by the computer. Protection of personal computers and corporate systems from the impact of malicious programs and viruses.

Learning activities Computer viruses, malware and mechanisms to combat them consists of the following: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback. Assimulative activities – reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from authentic sources (physical and on-line libraries), analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debating, sharing, discussion, collaboration, presentations (PPP, Prezi, emaze); Production – creation and design of presentations, projects, drawing diagrams, composing thesis-led assays, writing summaries; Interactive/adaptive – roleplay, problem-based scenarios, case study (on-line); Assessment – writing essays, summaries; presentation of reports, projects, demonstration of projects, peer-review, peer-evaluation, self-assessment, feedback (from students/teacher).


Reading: The main and additional literature on the list. Conducting research: A creative abstract on the proposed topic using the



recommended resources. Preparation of the report / presentation: To compose a creative essay on one of the proposed topics. The abstract should not exceed 5 pages of typewritten test. An example from the practice of the real world of the student: Speech with a prepared essay (imitation of speech at a scientific conference, presentation of the preparation of questions) Experiment in a simulated environment/based on problematic scenarios: Simulation of a scientific conference, during which people present questions, create a discussion. Self-assessment test: Written answer to the questions: what new did I learn? What questions stood before me? How did I answer them? What could I do better? What are the weaknesses of my report? Review: oral discussion and summarizing. Reading topics - Student Independent Study. Case study taken from the student's real world. Self-assessment test (10 questions). Peer review.

DATE Weeks 13- Module VIII: The place of firewalls in the protection of information. Topics The main topics of this module are:

Features of the functioning of firewalls, the main components of firewalls, the scheme of interconnection of firewalls. Classification of firewalls, traffic filtering. The basic schemes of network protection on the basis of firewalls.

Learning activities Module The place of firewalls in the protection of information consists of the following: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback. Assimulative activities – reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from authentic sources (physical and on-line libraries), analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debating, sharing, discussion, collaboration, presentations (PPP, Prezi, emaze); Production – creation and design of presentations, projects, drawing diagrams, composing thesis-led assays, writing summaries; Interactive/adaptive – roleplay, problem-based scenarios, case study (on-line); Assessment – writing essays, summaries; presentation of reports, projects, demonstration of projects, peer-review, peer-evaluation, self-assessment, feedback (from students/teacher).



Reading: literature on the list of recommended basic and additional literature. Conducting research: a scientific essay on one of the proposed topics. Preparation of the presentation: The volume of the essay - 1 page of printed text. Thoughts are formulated in a thesis form, followed by defense in an oral presentation. Content requirements: - Presence of the plan of performance; - Identification of goals and objectives of the essay; - Highlighting key terms; - Clearly formulated theses; - Thoughtful argumentation;


- Full disclosure of the topic. The topic should be fully disclosed, the main ideas are formulated in a thesis form. Proofs of the thesis and examples are told orally. Example from real-world practice of the student: Presentation of the product for sale / research to obtain grant financing. Self-assessment test (30 questions) - based on the material studied, with options for answers and an open type. Reviewing. Writing a review or review of their own work, as well as the work of a classmate (random choice).

DATE Week 14- Module IX: Virtual Private Network (VPN). Topics The main topics of this module are:

The concept of building a secure virtual private network (VPN), options for building virtual protected channels. VPN technologies for network protection, the principle of VPN.

Learning activities The Virtual Private Network (VPN) module consists of the following: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback. Assimulative activities – reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from authentic sources (physical and on-line libraries), analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debating, sharing, discussion, collaboration, presentations (PPP, Prezi, emaze); Production – creation and design of presentations, projects, drawing diagrams, composing thesis-led assays, writing summaries; Interactive/adaptive – roleplay, problem-based scenarios, case study (on-line); Assessment – writing essays, summaries; presentation of reports, projects, demonstration of projects, peer-review, peer-evaluation, self-assessment, feedback (from students/teacher).




DATE Week 15- Module X: Operating System Protection. Topics The main topics of this module are:


The problems of ensuring the protection of operating systems, the architecture of the subsystem providing protection for operating systems, the application of software applications in the protection of information. Application programs for system security.

Learning activities The Operating System Protection module consists of the following: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback. Assimulative activities – reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from authentic sources (physical and on-line libraries), analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debating, sharing, discussion, collaboration, presentations (PPP, Prezi, emaze); Production – creation and design of presentations, projects, drawing diagrams, composing thesis-led assays, writing summaries; Interactive/adaptive – roleplay, problem-based scenarios, case study (on-line); Assessment – writing essays, summaries; presentation of reports, projects, demonstration of projects, peer-review, peer-evaluation, self-assessment, feedback (from students/teacher).




DATE Week 16- Module XI: Information leakage channels. Topics The main topics of this module are:

General classification of technical channels of information leakage. General recommendations for the protection of information circulating in the premises. The methods of information transfer to information through technical means, information leakage through technical channels, visual, acoustic, electromagnetic, material-material channels. Ways of unauthorized access to wire communication lines, to fiber-optic communication lines and wireless communication lines. Special technical means for secretly intercepting and recording information circulating in information systems.

Learning activities The module Information leakage channels consists of the following: Assimulative


activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback. Assimulative activities – reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from authentic sources (physical and on-line libraries), analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debating, sharing, discussion, collaboration, presentations (PPP, Prezi, emaze); Production – creation and design of presentations, projects, drawing diagrams, composing thesis-led assays, writing summaries; Interactive/adaptive – roleplay, problem-based scenarios, case study (on-line); Assessment – writing essays, summaries; presentation of reports, projects, demonstration of projects, peer-review, peer-evaluation, self-assessment, feedback (from students/teacher).




DATE Week 17- Module XII: Protection of information in wireless networks. Topics The main topics of this module are:

Wireless technology. Threats to wireless network security. Methods for protecting wireless networks. Intrusion detection systems in wireless networks.

Learning activities The module Protection of information in wireless networks consists of the following actions: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback. Assimulative activities – reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from authentic sources (physical and on-line libraries), analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debating, sharing, discussion, collaboration, presentations (PPP, Prezi, emaze); Production – creation and design of presentations, projects, drawing diagrams,


composing thesis-led assays, writing summaries; Interactive/adaptive – roleplay, problem-based scenarios, case study (on-line); Assessment – writing essays, summaries; presentation of reports, projects, demonstration of projects, peer-review, peer-evaluation, self-assessment, feedback (from students/teacher).




DATE Weeks 18- Module XIII: Information Security Management. Topics The main topics of this module are:

Objectives of information security management, information security management architecture. Protection of resources, management of means of protection. Audit of the security of the information system, monitoring the security of the system.

Learning activities The Information Security Management module consists of the following: Assimulative activities –reading, study; Finding and handling information – analysing information; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present; Productive – design, construct, complete, draw, compose, remix, write; Experimental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback. Assimulative activities – reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from authentic sources (physical and on-line libraries), analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debating, sharing, discussion, collaboration, presentations (PPP, Prezi, emaze); Production – creation and design of presentations, projects, drawing diagrams, composing thesis-led assays, writing summaries; Interactive/adaptive – roleplay, problem-based scenarios, case study (on-line); Assessment – writing essays, summaries; presentation of reports, projects, demonstration of projects, peer-review, peer-evaluation, self-assessment, feedback (from students/teacher).



Reading: The main and additional literature on the list. Conducting research: A creative abstract on the proposed topic using the recommended resources. Preparation of the report / presentation: To compose a creative essay on one of the proposed topics. The abstract should not exceed 5 pages of typewritten test.


An example from the practice of the real world of the student: Speech with a prepared essay (imitation of speech at a scientific conference, presentation of the preparation of questions) Experiment in a simulated environment / based on problematic scenarios: Simulation of a scientific conference, during which people present questions, create a discussion. Self-assessment test: Written answer to the questions: what new did I learn? What questions stood before me? How did I answer them? What could I do better? What are the weaknesses of my report? Review: oral discussion and summarizing. Reading topics - Student Independent Study. Case study taken from the student's real world. Self-assessment test (10 questions). Peer review.


Continuous rating (70%) Summative Rating (30%)

Attestation I Attestation II Examination Class work: Attendance/part. Skills (reading, listening, speaking)

30% 10% 20%


30% 10% 20%



20% 10% 10%


20% 10% 10%


25% 10%

15%


25% 10%

15%


25% 10% 10% 5%


25% 10% 5%

10%


Instructional Materials and References 1. В.Ф. Шаньгин «Информационная безопасность», М: ДМК Пресс, 2014 г., 702 стр. 2. В.Ф. Шаньгин «Информационная безопасность компьютерных систем и сетей», 2010 г., 416 стр. 3. Цирлов В.Л. «Основы информационной безопасности информационных систем», издательство

«Феникс», 2008 г., 173 стр. 4. Соколов А.В., Шаньгин В.Ф. Защита информации в распределенных корпоративных сетях и

системах. М.:ДМК Пресс,2002.-656с. 5. Завгородний В.И. Комплексная зашита информации в компьютерных системах: Учебное пособие. -

М.: Логос; 2001. -264 с.


6. Stallings, William. Computer security: principles and practice/William Stallings, Lawrie Brown.—2nd ed.

2012.

7. Hong, Seokhie, Park, Jong Hwan. Information Security and Cryptology – ICISC 2016. 19th International

Conference, Seoul, South Korea, November 30 – December 2, 2016.

8. Rolf Oppliger, SSL and TLS: Theory and Practice, Second Edition, 978-1-60807-998-8, 2016, 304 pp.

9. Stefan Katzenbeisser, and Fabien Petitcolas (Eds.), Information Hiding, 978-1-60807-928-5, 2015, approx.

312 pp.

10. Stefan Rass, and Daniel Slamanig, Cryptography for Security and Privacy in Cloud Computing, ISBN 978-

1-60807-575-1, 2013, 260 pp. Additional references

1. Мерит Максим, Девид Полино. Безопасность беспроводных сетей. Информационные технологий для инженеров.М.2004.

2. В.А.Галатенко. Идентификация и аутентификация, управление доступом. Лекция из курса Основы информационной безопасности. Интернет Университет Информационных Технологий, www.INTUIT.ru.

3. Беляев А.В. Методы и средства защиты информации .//www/citforum.ru/internet/infsecure/its2000_01.shtml.

4. Олифер В.Г. Защита информации при работе в Интернет// Connect-2002. -№11. 5. Казарин О.В. Безопасность программного обеспечения компьютерных систем. Монография. – М.:

МГУЛ, 2003. – 212 с. 6. C. Warren Axelrod, Engineering Safe and Secure Software Systems, ISBN 978-1-60807-472-3, 2012, 350 p

7. Rolf Oppliger, Contemporary Cryptography, Second Edition, ISBN 978-1-60807-145-6, 2011, 612 pp.

http://www.urss.ru/cgi-bin/db.pl?cp=&page=Book&id=12007&lang=Ru&blang=ru&list=Found Internet sources

1.www. ziyonet.uz 2. www.library.tuit.uz 3. www.intuit.ru 4. www.citforum.ru

Software Defined Networks - Syllabus

Course Title Software Defined Networks

Pre-requisite (s) Telecommunications Networks, Data

Communication Networks and Systems, Programming

Basics in Telecommunications.

Hours 36 Out of Class assignment

Hours 32

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: __ Tashkent University of Information Technologies, TUIT ______________ Department: _ Telecommunications technologies _____________ Associate Professor: ___Usmanova N.B._____________ E-mail: [email protected] _______________


Teacher: Magsud Saidaxmedov E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description This discipline is designed to study the principles of building software-defined networks (SDN), operational issues, protocols and solutions supporting such networks. The main components of the SDN, the architecture and requirements for networks, the principles and structures of SDN programming, quality assurance issues and the application of software-configurable networks are considered.

Trainees profile The course is offered for bachelor students at the 6th semester of the direction 5350100 - Telecommunication technologies.

Learning Objectives The objectives of teaching the discipline "Software-Defined Networks" is the preparation of bachelor students who are ready for independent work in the field of building, operation and development of modern information communication networks using the concept of software-configurable, software-defined and programmable connections. Among the training tasks is the formation of skills in analyzing networks using modern protocols, assessing opportunities, limitations and areas of application, taking into account perspective solutions, in particular: - Studying the theoretical basis for the construction and operation of software-defined networks;

- Acquainting with the concept of dividing the network into application layers, control and infrastructure;

- Shaping students' understanding of the main functional elements and processes of each of the levels of the SDN network; - Studying of the basic standards and applications of SDN networks; Obtaining basic practical skills for working with SDN applications.

Pedagogical aims to be reached The indicators of the quality of the relationship between the educational process and the quality of education are: teaching at a high scientific and pedagogical level, conducting problem lectures, conducting classes in the form of interesting questions and answers, using advanced pedagogical technologies and multimedia tools, raising problems for students, exacting individual work with students, attracting to free communication and scientific research. For the development of the course "Software Defined Networks", the main conceptual provisions were used together, namely: -Student-centric education. This education in its meaning implies the comprehensive development of all participants in the learning process. In turn, in the design of education, first of all, it is in mind in the future that the relationship with the vocational activity of the learning objectives is concerned. - Systems approach. The technology of education should embody all the points of the system: the logic of the process, the relationship with all items, integrity. - Activity-centric approach. It implies education aimed at shaping the process qualities of a person, activation and intensity of activity of the person receiving education, his / her abilities and abilities in the process of education, awakening of initiative. - Dialogue approach. This approach determines the need for creating learning relationships. As a result of this approach, human activity and other positive qualities, such as self-representation, will intensify.

Pedagogical methodologies used: In the process of studying the discipline "Software-Defined Networks", methods of modern education, introduction of pedagogical and information-communication technologies are used, namely: To conduct lectures (theoretical studies), along with traditional methods, such as lecture, presentation, demonstration, training conversation, it is necessary to use interactive teaching methods aimed at self-solving problems, system thinking, independent working planning, learning for understanding, development of Personality competence. Among the methods that contribute to the development of these principles are:


research; round-table discussion; Problem discussion; role-playing game; Case study. To conduct practical exercises, teaching methods are used to transfer the necessary skills and abilities to students in order to obtain appropriate qualifications. In practical training, visual demonstration can be used with the help of training stands, a personal computer, etc. Students consolidate and deepen the knowledge obtained during theoretical training, and also acquire and develop skills and practical skills on the PC, performing tasks independently under the guidance of the teacher. The following teaching methods can be used to carry out practical tasks: - 4-step method (explanation, demonstration, simulation, exercise); - 5-step method (motivation, information, demonstration, application, control); - method of guiding text; - design method.

Pedagogical tools Modern means of providing information and applying methods - the use of new computers and information technologies in the educational process. Methods and techniques of teaching. Lectures (introduction, approach to the topic, visualization), problem formation, case study, pin board, paradox and design methods, practical work. Organizational forms of teaching: dialogue, polylogue, communication and based on the study of each other's frontal, collective and group methods. Teaching tools: standard forms of study (textbook, lecture notes), as well as computer and information technologies. Communications: direct relationships based on prompt feedback from students. Feedback: observation, blitz-survey, diagnostics of training on the basis of analysis of intermediate and final control results.

Environment used • Rooms are equipped with: Projectors; Computer/laptops; Whiteboards • Students are provided with: Books; e-books; handouts; Internet access;



Course Structure Training hours total 86 Including: Lectures- 36 Practical classes -18 Self-education- 32


DATE Weeks 1-7 Module title: Latest Trends in IT Weeks:

Topics:

Week 1 Development of Software Defined Networks (SDN)

Week 2 SDN principles. challenging the networking issues

Week 3 SDN architecture. Layered model. Network administration, infrastructure, application layers in SDN

Week 4 Open networking principles in SDN ‘Configuring physical and logical networks’


Week 5 SDN functionality. Controllers

Week 6 Openflow principles. Components, functioning

Week 7 SDN functionality. Virtualization in SDN. NFV principles

Week 8 NFV in planes of SDN

Week 9 SDN programming: Principles, Structures, Languages

Week 10 SDN programming: Principles, Structures, Languages

Week 11 SDN programming: software in networks and components. Overview of operating systems in SDN.

Week 12 SDN programming. SDN frameworks

Week 13 QoS issues in SDN: SDN QoS model. QoS provisioning in Openflow architecture

Week 14 QoS issues in SDN: security issues in SDN. Elements & System Security

Week 15 Applying SDN for Networking Tasks

Week 16 Applying SDN for Networking Tasks. Applying SDN for NGN/IMS and NFV

Week 17 Applying SDN for data centers.

Week 18 Applying SDN for cloud, IOT

Learning activities Assimulative activities – reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from authentic sources (physical and on-line libraries), analysing information, synthesis of data; Production – creation and design of presentations, projects; Interactive/adaptive – roleplay, problem-based scenarios, case study; Assessment – writing summaries on technical papers (SDN overview, history of SDN); presentation of reports, projects, demonstration of projects, peer-review, peer-evaluation, self-assessment, feedback (from students/teacher).



Out of class activity of the student on the discipline "Software Defined Networks" is an integral part of the process of studying this subject, which is provided with methodical and information resources. Students in classroom listen to lectures of professors-teachers, solve problems. In out-of-class time, the student prepares for classes, makes notes on the sources of literature, assignments for independent work. In addition, to expand the subject matter of the study material, the student studies additional literature, prepares abstracts on this topic, and solve the tests. The student's independent work is evaluated based on the results of the rating system. Completion of tasks, independent study of additional literature, finding the necessary data and finding ways to solve the problem, collecting materials on the Internet, conducting research, preparing abstracts and lectures among scientific circles or independently with the help of scientific resources lead to a deepening of students' knowledge and broadening their horizons. The examination and evaluation of the work is carried out by the teachers on practical tasks, and the review of the abstracts and the level of academic progress are carried out by the lecturers at each lesson.

Assessment tools at the end of the course On the discipline "Software Defined Networks" rating tables, types of control and their meaning, the maximum score and its distribution for each control, as well as existing passing scores for the subject (TK) - (FN) and (PC) - (OH) are announced to students on the first lesson. In accordance with the State Educational Standard for the discipline, the following types of controls are conducted to assess the level of knowledge and performance of students: − Current control (CC) - method of assessing and determining the level of knowledge on discipline and practical skills of the student in accordance with the current subject. The current control of the discipline in practical


classes can be conducted in various forms (orally, testing, interview, test, colloquium, checking homework, etc.) - Intermediate control (IC) - a method of assessing and determining the level of theoretical knowledge and practical skills of a student in discipline during the semester in accordance with the curriculum. Intermediate control (IC) is conducted 2 times a semester in various forms (verbally, in writing, testing, etc.) and is determined by the distribution of the total amount of hours for the academic discipline. - Final control (FC) - is conducted at the end of the semester by the method of assessing the theoretical knowledge and practical skills of students and their level of academic achievement. The final control, based on the keywords and topics of the discipline, is conducted in a written form. The process of conducting the IC is controlled by a commission whose composition is approved by the order of the rector of the Higher Educational Institution, under the supervision of the internal control department and the monitoring department. If the procedure is violated, the results are canceled. The rating system of knowledge assesses the skills and level of knowledge of the student by determining in points the level of academic achievement in the discipline. The performance indicators are determined per semester and are estimated on a 100 points system. 100 points system is distributed as follows: Final control FC - 30 points, Current control CC -35 points, Intermediate control IC - 35 points.

Points The Score The level of knowledge of the student

86-100 Excellent

Can explain, have an idea of discipline. They can perform the task independently.

71-85 Good Have general idea of discipline, can answer the question posed.

55-70 Satisfactorily They understand the question posed, have an idea, but can not give a deep explanation of the studied topic/subject.

0-54 Unsatisfactory

They do not have enough knowledge about the discipline being studied.

Instructional Materials and References Main literature: 1. Thomas D. Nadeau, Ken Gray. SDN: Software Defined Networks. Thomas D. Nadeau and Ken Gray: O'Reilly Media, Inc. 2013 2. Software-Defined Networking: The New Norm for Networks / ONF White Paper April 13, 2012 3. Nick Feamster. The Road to SDN: An intellectual history of programmable networks / Georgia Institute of Technology, Princeton University Press 2015 4. The SDN Solutions Showcase / ONF White Paper 2015 5. Fei Hu et ali, A Survey on Software Defined Network and OpenFlow: from Concept to Implementation. IEEE Communication Survey & Tutorials, Vol. 16, No. 4, 2014 6. Behrouz A. Forouzen. "Data communication and networking", Mc Graw-Hill Springer, New York 2010. 7. 3 Stallings, William. Data and Computer Communications, 8th ed. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall, 2010. 8. 4 Sommerville, Ian. Software Engineering, 6th edition. : Trans. With the English. - М.: ИД "Вильямс", 2002. Additional literature: 1. Brian Underdahl, Gary Kinghorn. Software Defined Networking For Dummies, Cisco Special Edition. John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 2015 2. Held G. Data transmission technologies. 7 th ed. -SPb Peter, K .: Ed. Group BHV, 2003 3. Olifer V.G., Olifer N.A. Computer networks. Principles of technology, Protocols / Textbook for high schools. 4 th ed. St. Petersburg: Peter, 2010. 4. Tanenbaum, Andrew S. Computer Networks, 5th ed. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall, 2011. 5. Alexander Clemm. Network Management Fundamentals. Cisco Press, 2006, ISBN-13: 978-1587201370 6. Network Management Configuration Guide, Cisco IOS Release 15.0S, Cisco Systems, Inc. 2010. Internet sites: 1. https://www.sdxcentral.com/resources/sdn-nfv-pdf-library/sdn-document-library/


2. http://www.tallac.com/developers 3. www.txt.uz 4. http://library.tuit.uz 5. http://www.intuit.ru


Winter and Summer Semester Courses

Network Programming -Syllabus

Course Title Pre-requisite (s) None Hours 100 Out of Class assignment

Hours 54

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Tashkent University of Information Technologies Department: Hardware and Software of Management Systems in Telecommunications Lectures: Oybek Djuraev E-mail: [email protected] Practice: Alisher Abdullaev E-mail: [email protected]

mailto:[email protected]

Course Description The connection of computers in networks, whether local or global, has added a new dimension to the power of computers. This course aims to introduce students to the standards that make this power possible, the theoretical concepts needed to understand it, and approaches for designing networked software systems.

Practical element of the course involves writing programs that use the various protocol stacks to carry out network computing tasks.

Subjects covered include layered network architecture, local and wide area network protocols, network topologies, connectivity and delay analysis, network security and communication secrecy, client/server and peer-to-peer communication architectures, programming for high-load web applications.

Students who register to this course is expected to have a fair command of object oriented programming and concurrent programming techniques.

Trainees profile This course is intended for third and fourth year of the Bachelor students of Telecommunication Technologies specialty.

Learning Objectives On successful completion of this course, the student should be able to:

- Develop a robust understanding of digital data transmission, packet switching, and the Internet protocol stack.

- Understand security issues in Internet communication, encryption and hashing techniques, and how to make choices among security measures and apply them using common security tools.

- Understand issues in concurrent network applications in connectionless and connection-oriented infrastructures.

- Understand issues in implementing client/server systems using distributed programming techniques. - Develop a firm understanding of network topologies and their consequences, and be able to measure

performance and monitoring tasks in local area networks.

Learning Outcomes - Write client and server programs using UDP and TCP protocols. - Implement protocols for TCP based connection oriented application layers.


- Write distributed network applications using common protocol standards such as XML-RPC and RMI. - Monitor and constrain network activity. - Create, install, maintain, and analyze SSL security certificates for various network services.


Pedagogical methodologies used: Practical methods - exercises, laboratory works, practical works. Verbal methods - include lectures, student self-study. Student-centered learning (learner-centered); Learning-by-doing; Interactive learning; Storytelling;

Pedagogical tools Tests Diagnostic written test Analysis of problem situations Practice-oriented project Lectures

Environment used Computers, Computer Network, Projector, Mobile phones, access to the Internet, LMS, NetBeans or Eclipse IDE.

Course Timing Lectures: 50 hours Practical classes: 34 hours Lab classes: 16 hours T/SIS: 54 hours Total: 154 hours


Course Structure

Topical Outline and Schedule Semester VI

DATE Week 1 - Module I: Basic Concepts, Protocols and Terminology Topics Clients, Servers and Peers; Ports and Sockets; The Internet and IP Addresses; Internet

Services, URLs and DNS; TCP; UDP Learning activities Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling

information – extracting information from DB, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.



Student Independent Study. Case study taken from the student’s real world. Self-assessment test (10 questions). Peer review.


DATE Week 2 - Module II: Starting Network Programming in Java Topics The InetAddress Class; Using Sockets; TCP Sockets; Datagram (UDP) Sockets; Network

Programming with GUIs. Learning activities Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling





DATE Week 3 - Module III: Basic Network Concepts Topics Networks; The Layers of a Network; The Host-to-Network Layer; The Internet Layer; The

Transport Layer; The Application Layer; IP, TCP, and UDP; The Internet; The Client/Server Model; Internet Standards.

Learning activities Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.




DATE Weeks 4-5 - Module IV: Streams Topics Output Streams; Input Streams; Marking and Resetting; Filter Streams; Chaining Filters

Together; Buffered Streams; PrintStream; Data Streams; Readers and Writers; Writers; OutputStreamWriter; Readers; Filter Readers and Writers; PrintWriter.





DATE Weeks 6-7- Module V: Threads Topics Running Threads; Subclassing Thread; Implementing the Runnable Interface; Returning

Information from a Thread; Race Conditions; Polling; Callbacks; Futures, Callables, and Executors; Synchronization; Deadlock; Thread Scheduling; Priorities; Preemption.

Learning activities Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate,


roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.




DATE Week 8 - Module VI: Internet Addresses Topics The InetAddress Class; Creating New InetAddress Objects; Getter Methods; Address

Types; Testing Reachability; Object Methods; Inet4Address and Inet6Address; The NetworkInterface Class; Factory Methods; Getter Methods.





DATE Weeks 9-10- Module VII: URLs and URIs Topics URIs, URLs, Relative URLs; The URL Class; Creating New URLs; Retrieving Data from a

URL; Splitting a URL into Pieces; Equality and Comparison; Conversion; The URI Class; Constructing a URI; The Parts of the URI; Resolving Relative URIs; Equality and Comparison; String Representations; Proxies; Communicating with Server-Side Programs Through GET; Accessing Password-Protected Sites.





DATE Week 11 - Module VIII: HTTP Topics The Protocol; HTTP Methods; The Request Body; Cookies; CookieManager; CookieStore;





DATE Week 12- Module IX: URLConnections Topics Opening URLConnections; Reading Data from a Server; Reading the Header; Retrieving


Specific Header Fields; Retrieving Arbitrary Header Fields; Caches; Configuring the Connection; Configuring the Client Request HTTP Header; Writing Data to a Server; Security Considerations for URLConnections; Guessing MIME Media Types; HttpURLConnection.





DATE Week 13 - Module X: Sockets for Clients Topics Using Sockets; Constructing and Connecting Sockets; Getting Information About a

Socket; Setting Socket Options; Sockets in GUI Applications; Whois; A Network Client Library.





DATE Week 14- Module XI: Sockets for Servers Topics Using ServerSockets; Serving Binary Data; Multithreaded Servers; Writing to Servers

with Sockets; Closing Server Sockets; Logging; Constructing Server Sockets; Getting Information About a Server Socket; Socket Options; HTTP Servers; A Single-File Server; A Redirector; A Full-Fledged HTTP Server.





DATE Week 15 - Module XII: Secure Sockets Topics Secure Communications; Creating Secure Client Sockets; Choosing the Cipher Suites;

Event Handlers; Session Management; Client Mode; Creating Secure Server Sockets; Configuring SSLServerSockets; Choosing the Cipher Suites.

Learning activities Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create,


design, construc, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.




DATE Week 16- Module XIII: Nonblocking I/O Topics An Example Client; An Example Server; Buffers; Creating Buffers; Filling and Draining;

Bulk Methods; Data Conversion; View Buffers; Compacting Buffers; Duplicating Buffers; Slicing Buffers; Marking and Resetting; Object Methods.





DATE Week 17 - Module XIV: UDP Topics The UDP Protocol; UDP Clients; UDP Servers; The DatagramPacket Class; The

Constructors; The get Methods; The setter Methods; The DatagramSocket Class; Socket Options; Some Useful Applications; DatagramChannel.





DATE Week 18 - Module XV: IP Multicast Topics Multicasting; Multicast Addresses and Groups; Clients and Servers; Routers and Routing;

Working with Multicast Sockets; The Constructors; Communicating with a Multicast Group; Two Simple Examples.






Semester VII

DATE Week 1 - Module XVI: Multithreading and Multiplexing Topics Thread Basics; Using Threads in Java; Extending the Thread Class; Explicitly

Implementing the Runnable Interface; Multithreaded Servers; Locks and Deadlock; Synchronizing Threads; Non-Blocking Servers





DATE Weeks 2-3 - Module XVII: File Handling Topics Serial Access Files; File Methods; Redirection; Command Line Parameters; Random

Access Files; Serialisation; File I/O with GUIs; Vectors and Serialisation. Learning activities Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling





DATE Weeks 4-5 - Module XVIII: Remote Method Invocation (RMI) Topics The Basic RMI Process; Implementation Details; Compilation and Execution; Using RMI

Meaningfully; RMI Security. Learning activities Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling





DATE Weeks 6-7 - Module XIX: CORBA Topics Background and Basics; The Structure of a Java IDL Specification; The J ava IDL Process;

Using Factory Objects; Object Persistence; RMI-IIOP. Learning activities Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling

information – extracting information from DB, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate,


roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.




DATE Weeks 8-9 - Module XX: Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) Topics The Vendor Variation Problem; SQL and Versions of JDBC; Creating an ODBC Data

Source; Simple Database Access; Modifying the Database Contents; Transactions; Meta Data; Using a GUI to Access a Database; Scrollable ResultSets in JDBC 2.0; Modifying Databases via Java Methods; Using the DataSource Interface.





DATE Weeks 10-11 - Module XXI: Servlets Topics Servlet Basics; Setting up the Servlet API; Creating a Web Application; The Servlet URL

and the Invoking Web Page; Servlet Structure; Testing a Servlet; Passing Data; Sessions; Cookies; Accessing a Database Via a Servlet.





DATE Week 12 - Module XXII: Java Server Pages (JSPs) Topics The Rationale behind JSPs; Compilation and Execution; JSP Tags; Implicit JSP Objects;

Collaborating with Servlets; JSPs in Action; Error Pages; Using JSPs to Access Remote Databases.





DATE Week 13 - Module XXIII: JavaBeans


Topics Introduction to the Bean Builder; Creating a JavaBean; Exposing a Bean's Properties; Making Beans Respond to Events; Using JavaBeans within an Application; Bound Properties; Using JavaBeans in JSPs.





DATE Week 14 - Module XXIV: Introduction to Enterprise JavaBeans Topics Categories of EJB; Basic Structure of an EJB; Packaging and Deploymen; Client

Programs; Entity EJBs. Learning activities Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling





DATE Week 15- Module XXV: Multimedia Topics Transferring and Displaying Images Easily; Transferring Media Files; Playing Sound Files;

The Java Media Framework. Learning activities Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling





DATE Week 16 - Module XXVI: Applets Topics Applets and Japplets; Applet Basics and the Development Process; The Internal

Operation of Applets; Using Images in Applets; Scaling Images; Using Sound in Applets. Learning activities Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling


OUT OF CLASS Student Independent Study.



ASSIGNED READINGS





30% 10% 20%


30% 10% 20%



20% 10% 10%


20% 10% 10%


25% 10%

15%


25% 10%

15%


25% 10% 10% 5%


25% 10% 5%

10%



1. Computer networking : a top-down approach / James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross.—6th ed. 2013. by Pearson Education, Inc., publishing as Addison-Wesley.

2. TCP/IP protocol suite / Behrouz A. Forouzan.—4th ed. Published by McGraw-Hill, a business unit of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., 1221 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10020. Copyright © 2010

3. Java Network Programming, Fourth Edition by Elliotte Rusty Harold. 2014. Published by O’Reilly Media, Inc., 1005 Gravenstein Highway North, Sebastopol.

4. The Definitive Guide to Linux Network Programming Copyright © 2004 by Keir Davis, John W. Turner, Nathan Yocom. 2011.

5. W. Richard Stevens, B. Fenner, A.M. Rudoff, “Unix Network Programming – The Sockets Networking API”, 3rd edition, Pearson, 2004.

6. W. Richard Stevens, S.A Rago, “Programming in the Unix environment”, 2nd edition, Pearson, 2005. 7. David Reilly and Michael Reilly, Java Network Programming and Distributed Computing, Addison-

Wesley (ISBN: 0-201-71037-4). 8. W. Richard Stevens, TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 1: The Protocols, Addison-Wesley, 1994

(ISBN: 0201633469). 9. An Introduction to Network Programming with Java, 2nd Edition, by Jan Graba, Springer, 2007 (

ISBN: 978-1-84628-380-2) 10. TCP/IP Sockets in Java, 2nd Edition, by Kenneth Calvert, and Michael Donahoo, Morgan Kaufmann,

2008 (ISBN: 978-0-12-374255-1) – key sockets programming techniques; an introduction to NIO Internet sources:


1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/java 2. https://www.javatpoint.com/socket-programming 3. https: //cs.lmu.edu/~ray/notes/javanetexamples/ 4. https://www3.ntu.edu.sg/home/ehchua/programming/java/J6a_Networking.html 5. http://learnermode.com/java-tutorial/java-inheritance/java-abstract-classes/ 6. http://www.java2novice.com/java_networking/



Digital Forensics - Syllabus

Course Title Digital Forensics Pre-requisite (s) None Hours 60 Out of Class assignment

Hours 18

Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Tashkent University of Information Technologies Department: Ensuring Information Security Professor: Sabirjan Yususpov E-mail: [email protected] [email protected]

Course Description The discipline "Digital Forensics" is an applied science on the disclosure and investigation of crimes related to computer information, about methods of obtaining and researching evidence that takes the form of computer information (so-called digital evidence), and the technical means used for this.

Digital forensics solves the following problems:

- development of tactics for operational search activities (ORM) and investigative actions related to computer information;

- creation of methods, hardware and software tools for collecting and investigating evidence of computer crimes;

- establishment of forensic characteristics of offenses related to computer information.

Trainees profile The course is addressed to first year of the Master student of specialties Information Security.


• know the relationship between digital forensics and information security and special digital tools, the

tasks of digital forensics and analysis of their principles;

• be able to provide computer evidence, storage of documents on special magnetic disks using software

and hardware used in the forensic process;

• give recommendations on the use of computers in the fight against crime.;

• to have the skills to use methods and means of protecting information against computer crimes; Protect

the network and monitor it in order to collect information in forensic network traffic, display legal

arguments and eliminate the threats and attacks that are being carried out.

Pedagogical aims to be reached As a result of mastering the discipline, the graduate must have the following competencies:

- to form a worldview position; - Ability to self-organization and self-education;


- mastering the skills of implementing effective communication in a professional environment, the ability to correctly express thoughts in oral and written speech; - the ability to critically analyze, summarize and systematize information, to set goals for professional activity and to choose the optimal ways and methods for achieving them; - Possession of skills in participation in the research process, the ability to prepare scientific texts for publication in scientific publications and at scientific presentations


- Explanatory-illustrative; - Problem statement of the material; - Heuristic; - Research. Students need to conduct various types of independent work, apply knowledge in specific speech situations, independently look for information on specific topics, work individually and in a group, engage in evaluating classmates and self-esteem.


- Interactive (interaction, including through social networks and forums); - multimedia (photo, video, graphics, animation, sound); - modeling (modeling of real situations); - Communicative (control over the state of the learning process and own results); - productivity (quick search for information on keywords, access to unique publications of reference and information character).


Course Timing Lectures: 40 hours Practical classes: 20 hours T/SIS: 18 hours Total: 68 hours


Course Structure


DATE Weeks 1-2- Module I: Introduction to Digital Forensics Topics The main topics of this module are:

Basic concepts of digital forensics: forensic, cybercrime, viral analytics. Types of digital forensics: computer forensics, network criminology, mobile criminology. Scheme of the crime committed with the use of the media. Forensic research. Data recovery.

Learning activities The Module Introduction to Digital Forensics is composed the following activities: Examples: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.;


Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.




DATE Weeks 3-4 - Module II: The tasks of digital forensics Topics The main topics of this module are:

Subjects of digital forensics. The relationship between digital forensics and information security and special digital tools. The tasks of digital forensics and analysis of their principles. Areas of application forenzies. General scientific methods. Special methods. Forms of using general scientific and special methods of computer forensics in the fight against crime.

Learning activities The Module The tasks of digital forensics is composed the following activities: Examples: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.




DATE Weeks 5- Module III: Technologies of digital forensics Topics The main topics of this module are:

Forensic photography and video recording. 3D-technology. A virtual reality. Special technical means. Hardware. Expert programs. Forensic information systems. Counter-forensic.

Learning activities The Module Technologies of digital forensics is composed the following activities: Examples: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.




DATE Weeks 6-7 - Module IV: Computer crimes Topics The main topics of this module are:

Computer crime: crimes related to interference in the operation of computers; Crimes that use computers as necessary technical means. Classification of computer crimes. Typical images of computer criminals: a hacker, an insider, a white collar, E_businessman, an antisocial type.

Learning activities The Module Computer crimes is composed the following activities: Examples: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.;


Productive – create, design, construc, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.




DATE Weeks 8-9- Module V: Common types of computer crimes Topics The main topics of this module are:

Online_fraud: ways, furnishings, tracks. DoS_attacks: ways, a criminal, traces. Deface: ways, a criminal, traces. Malicious programs: ways, a criminal, traces. Carding. Methods of obtaining bank card data. Phishing. Cybersquatting. Payments through the Internet.

Learning activities The Module Common types of computer crimes is composed the following activities: Examples: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.




DATE Weeks 10 - Module VI: Investigation of incidents of information security Topics The main topics of this module are:

Investigations of incidents. Management of incidents of information security. Categorizing the incident. Incident classification.

Learning activities The Module Investigation of incidents of information security is composed the following activities: Examples: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.




DATE Weeks 11-12- Module VII: Methods of committing computer crimes and their prevention

Topics The main topics of this module are: Methods of committing computer crimes: seizure of computer equipment, interception of information, unauthorized access, manipulation of data and control commands, integrated methods. Prevention of computer crimes: legal, organizational and technical, forensic.

Learning activities The Module Methods of committing computer crimes and their prevention is composed the following activities: Examples: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and


handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.




DATE Weeks 13-14 - Module VIII: Working with log files Topics The main topics of this module are:

Log files "or just" logs ". Investigation of logs of the web server and system logs. Research of system logs: Windows system logs, UNIX and Linux system logs, IOS system logs. Development of a system and analysis of log-files of network traffic. What is Who is?

Learning activities The Module Working with log files is composed the following activities: Examples: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.




DATE Weeks 15- Module IX: Interception and analysis of traffic Topics The main topics of this module are:

Sniffer. Category sniffers. Ways to intercept traffic. Wireshark is a network traffic analyzer. Traffic research.

Learning activities The Module Interception and analysis of traffic is composed the following activities: Examples: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.




DATE Weeks 16 - Module X: Establishment of the domain name. Topics The main topics of this module are:

Domain name registration. Reliability of the data of the registrar. Keylogers. Classification of keyloggers. The purposes of using keyloggers. Methods of protection against unauthorized installed keyloggers.

Learning activities The Module Establishment of the domain name is composed the following activities: Examples: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.;


Productive – create, design, construc, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.




DATE Weeks 17- Module XI: Methods and means of searching for occurrences of characters in encrypted data

Topics The main topics of this module are: Search in the encrypted data. Possible tools for finding entries in encrypted data. Opens the protected data. Analysis of network data in real time.

Learning activities The Module Methods and means of searching for occurrences of characters in encrypted data is composed the following activities: Examples: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.




DATE Weeks 18 - Module XII: Search for email messages Topics The main topics of this module are:

The fact of using a mailbox. Hacking Email. How to identify a fake e-mail. Disappearing headlines. E-mail message storage systems.

Learning activities The Module Search for email messages is composed the following activities: Examples: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.




DATE Weeks 19- Module XIII: Manufacture of computer and technical expertise Topics The main topics of this module are:

The main equipment and software for the production of expertise. Types and categories of research. What questions should the computer expert solve?

Learning activities The Module Manufacture of computer and technical expertise is composed the following activities: Examples: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve,


model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.




DATE Weeks 20 - Module XIV: Trends and Prospects of Digital Forensics Topics The main topics of this module are:

Trends in digital forensics. Prospects of digital forensics. Learning activities The Module Trends and Prospects of Digital Forensics is composed the following

activities: Examples: Assimulative activities –reading, watching, review, study; Finding and handling information – extracting information from DB, analysing information, synthesis of data; Communication – debate, share, discuss, collaborate, present, etc.; Productive – create, design, construc, complete, draw, compose, remix, write, etc.; Experiental – practice, apply, explore, investigate; Interactive/adaptive – tial, improve, model, simulate, roleplay, problem-based scenarios; Assessment – write, present, demonstrate, critique, peer-review, self-assessment, received feedback.







30% 10% 20%


30% 10% 20%



20% 10% 10%


20% 10% 10%


25% 10%

15%


25% 10%

15%


25% 10% 10% 5%


25% 10% 5%

10%



1. Keith John Jones, Richard Bejtlich, Curtis W. Rose. Real Digital Forensics. Mit DVD: Computer Security and Incident Response. Addison Wesley Professional, 2006 - Computers - 650 pages. 2. Gottschalk L, Liu J, Dathan B, Fitzgerald S, Stein M (2005) Computer forensics programs in higher


education: a preliminary study, SIGCSE Technical Symposium on Computer Science Education, 203–231. 3. Panagiotis Kanellis, Evangelos Kiountouzis, Nicholas Kolokotronis. Digital Crime and Forensic Science in Cyberspace. 2013. 4. Федотов Н.Н. Форензика – компьютерная криминалистика. — М.: Юридический Мир, 2007. — 432 с. 5. Белкин А.Р. Криминалистические классификации.-М.,2000. 6. Савельева М.В., Смушкин А.Б. Криминалистика. Учебник. М,: Издательство Издательский дом «Дашков и К». - 2009 г. - 608 ISBN: 978-5-91131-836-9.

Supplementary reading: 7. Panagiotis Kanellis, Evangelos Kiountouzis, Nicholas Kolokotronis. Digital Crime and Forensic Science in Cyberspace. 2013. 8. C.Altheide & H. Carvey. Digital Forensics with Open Source Tools, Syngress, 2011. ISBN: 9781597495868. (Required textbook). 9. Теоретические основы компьютерной безопасности: Учеб.пособие для вузов / П.Н. Девянин, О.О.Михальский, Д.И.Правиков и др.- М.: Радио и Связь, 2000. - 192с. 10. Производство судебной компьютерно-технической экспертизы : метод. пособие. Под редакцией профессора Усова А.И. — М. : ГУ РФЦСЭ при Минюсте России, 2009-2011. Серия книг.

Internet sources: 1. http://infosecmd.narod.ru/gl5.html 2. http://www.elcomsoft.ru 3. http://www.prodmag.ru/catalog/info/3211 4. http://yosoft.\org/soft/30325passwarekitforensic135build8557klyuch.html 5. www.waco.tstc.edu/ 6. www.basistech.com/ 7. www.evidencemagazine.com/ 8. www.devry.edu/ 9. www.athenaforensics.co.uk/ 10. www.nij.gov/topics/forensics/evidence/digital/ 11. www.criminologycareers.about.com/ 12. www.ziyonet.uz/

Intrusion incident and Response - Syllabus

Course Title Intrusion incident and

Response Pre-requisite (s) Integrate incident response

procedures Hours 84 hours Out of Class assignment


Name and Contact Information of Instructors University: Tashkent University of Information Technologies named after Muhammad al-Khwarizmi Department: Providing Information Security Senior teacher: Sh.R. Gulomov E-mail: [email protected]

Course Description This course will understand principle purpose of incident response, Incident Response Goals, Incident Definition, Responses to intrusion detection alarms, Establish procedures detailing actions taken during the incident,


Determine a response strategy, Prevention of re-infection, Plan and take preventative steps. Students operate team play for research or exercise.

Trainees profile Bachelor, 4 year, 8 semester, Faculty Information Security, 5330500 – Computer engineering (“Information Security”)


• ecognizing knowledge intrusion incident; • analyses the intrusion methods; • include incident response center.



Pedagogical tools Quizzes, tests, peer review evaluation, case-stady, individual tasks, online-tests, votes, polling.


Course Timing 12 weeks, Lectures: 24 hours Practical classes: 24 hours T/SIS:36 hours Total: 84 hours Student Independent Study 36 hours.


Course Structure


DATE Weeks 1 Module 1: Overview and purpose of incident response. Topics This module includes incident response plan defines what constitutes a security

incident and outlines the incident response phases. Incident response plan, assessment of the incident. Minimizing damage and response strategy, documentation, and preservation of evidence.

Learning activities The Module 1 is composed the following activities:


1. Group Work. 2. Demos. 3. Student Presentations. 4. Group Projects & Presentations. 5. Debates. 6. Role Play. 7. Concept Maps. 8. Classroom Assessment & Feedback. 9. Think-Pair-Share.



Reading topics - Student independent study. Case study taken from the student’s real world. Self-assessment test (15 questions). Peer review.

DATE Weeks 2 - Module II: Incident Response Goals. Topics This module includes maintain or restore business continuity. Reduce the incident

impact. Determine how the attack was done the incident happened. Prevent future attacks or incidents. Improve security and incident response. Prosecute illegal activity. Keep management informed of the situation and response.

Learning activities The Module 2 is composed the following activities: 1. Group Work. 2. Demos. 3. Student Presentations. 4. Group Projects & Presentations. 5. Debates. 6. Role Play. 7. Concept Maps. 8. Classroom Assessment & Feedback. 9. Think-Pair-Share.




DATE Weeks 3 - Module III: Incident Definition.

Topics This module includes loss of information confidentiality (data theft). Compromise of information integrity (damage to data or unauthorized modification). Theft of physical IT asset including computers, storage devices, printers, etc. Damage to physical IT assets including computers, storage devices, printers, etc. Denial of service. Misuse of services, information, or assets. Infection of systems by unauthorized or hostile software. An attempt at unauthorized access. Unauthorized changes to organizational hardware, software, or configuration. Reports of unusual system behavior. Responses to intrusion detection alarms.



Reading topics - Student independent study. Case study taken from the student’s real world.




DATE Weeks 4 - Module IV: Incident Planning Topics This module includes define roles and responsibilities. Establish procedures detailing

actions taken during the incident. Hacker intrusion, data theft, system destruction. Learning activities The Module 4 is composed the following activities:





DATE Weeks 5 - Module V: Incident Response Life cycle. Topics This module includes incident preparation. Policies and procedures. Implement

policies with security tools including firewalls, intrusion detection systems, and other required items. Establish response guidelines by considering and discussing possible scenarios. Test the process.





DATE Weeks 6 - Module VI: Discovery incident response Topics This module includes helpdesk. Intrusion detection system. A system administrator. A

firewall administrator. A business partner. A monitoring team. The security department or a security person. An outside source.


OUT OF CLASS Reading topics - Student independent study.



ASSIGNED READINGS


DATE Weeks 7 - Module VII: Notification incident response. Topics This module includes records management (records retention, litigation hold

planning, data classification, records disposal.). Security incident response planning, Breach notice law applicability analysis. Identify relevant data types. Coordinate preservation and collection of relevant data.





DATE Weeks 8 Module VIII: Response Strategy. Topics This module includes determine a response strategy. Containment. Prevention of re-

infection. Restore Affected System. Creating a response strategy. Develop communication strategies.





DATE Weeks 9 Module IX: Documentation incident response. Topics This module includes evidence preservation. Copies of logs, email, and other

documentable communication. Lists of witnesses. Learning activities The Module 9 is composed the following activities:






DATE Weeks 10 Module X: Notifying proper external agencies Topics This module includes notify the police. Review response and update policies. Assess

damage and cost. Incident communications procedure. Learning activities The Module 10 is composed the following activities:




Reading topics - Student Independent Study. Case study taken from the student’s real world. Peer review.

DATE Weeks 11 Module XI: Incident response team. Topics This module includes incident response teams address two different types of

incidents and bomb threats. Computer incidents such as theft or accidental exposure of sensitive data. Exposure of intellectual property or trade secrets and product contamination.





DATE Weeks 12 Module 12: Incident Response Software. Topics Cb Response. Sucuri. FireEye Network. CimSweep. CyberSponse. D3 Security. Hexadite

AIRS. LogicManager. The Resilient Incident Response Platform. Q5 Incident Management Software.

Learning activities The Module 12 is composed the following activities: 1. Group Work. 2. Demos. 3. Student Presentations. 4. Group Projects & Presentations. 5. Debates. 6. Role Play. 7. Concept Maps. 8. Classroom Assessment & Feedback.


9. Think-Pair-Share. OUT OF CLASS


ASSIGNED READINGS





30% 10% 20%


30% 10% 20%



20% 10% 10%


20% 10% 10%


25% 10%

15%


25% 10%

15%


25% 10% 10% 5%


25% 10% 5%

10%


Instructional Materials and References 1. Joe Fichera and Steven Bolt. «Network Intrusion Analysis: Methodologies, Tools, and Techniques for

Incident Analysis and Response». 2012. 2. Jason T. Luttgens, Matthew Pepe, Kevin Mandia. Incident Response & Computer Forensics, Third

Edition (Networking & Comm - OMG) Paperback – 1 Aug 2014. 3. Paul Cichonski, Tom Millar, Tim Grance, Karen Scarfone. Computer Security Incident Handling Guide.

NIST Special Publication 800-61 Revision 2. 2012. 4. ISO/IEC 27035:2011 «Information technology. Security techniques. Information security incident

management». 5. http://www.hw.ac.uk/documents/information-security-incident 6. https://www.it.ox.ac.uk/information-security-incident-response


Aknowledgements

We thank the European Commission and the Education, Audiovisual and Culture Executive Agency for the financial support of the ACADEMICA project carried out in the framework of the ERASMUS + Programme| KA2| Capacity Building in the Field of Higher Education - 2015.

We express acknowledgements to anyone who provided intellectual assistance, technical help, or special equipment or materials.

Date post:	29-Jan-2023
Category:	Documents
Upload:	khangminh22
View:	0 times
Download:	0 times